<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 28 April 2000
Registration No. 33-58796
811-7534
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 12
TO
FORM S-6
FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933 OF SECURITIES OF UNIT INVESTMENT
TRUSTS REGISTERED ON FORM N-8B-2
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant)
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63105
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire
Paragon Life Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
(Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)
Copy to:
Stephen E. Roth, Esquire
Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan LLP
1275 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004-2404
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate space)
[_] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b), of Rule 485
[X] 1 May 2000 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
[_] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
[_] on (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485
[_] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485
[_] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
Title of securities being registered: Group and Individual Flexible Premium
Variable Life Insurance Policies.
<PAGE>
Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the registration statement on Form S-6 (the
"Registration Statement") is being filed pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") to update the Registration
Statement, which describes five variable life insurance policies (the
"Policies") issued by the depositor and the registrant described in the five
prospectuses included in the Registration Statement. The Policies are
substantially identical, except that different subaccounts investing in
different underlying funds are available as allocation options under each of the
five Policies.
multi-pr
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
50407
Prospectus dated May 1, 2000 Com
Scudder
[LOGO OF SCUDDER VARIABLE LIFE INVESTMENT FUND]
Variable Life
Investment Fund
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of Separate
Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to reflect the
investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner. Depending on the
death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit may also vary. The
Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies; there is no minimum
guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in Class A Shares of a
corresponding investment portfolio of Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:
FUND FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Money Market Portfolio Global Discovery Portfolio
Bond Portfolio International Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio 21st Century Growth Portfolio
Balanced Portfolio Large Company Growth Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 14
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 18
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 23
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 28
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 31
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 35
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 35
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 36
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 39
Voting Rights............................................................ 39
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 40
Management of the Company................................................ 41
Legal Matters............................................................ 42
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 42
Experts.................................................................. 42
Additional Information................................................... 42
Definitions.............................................................. 43
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer-sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee
is eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
4
<PAGE>
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored
5
<PAGE>
insurance programs may not provide each of the additional benefits described
above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the acceleration of
death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none of the additional
benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these additional
insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction. (See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1999.
6
<PAGE>
The prospectus for each Fund contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees
and expenses. (See "The Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Fees
(after fee Other Expenses Total
waiver (after reimbursement Annual
Fund as applicable) as applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market Portfolio 0.37% 0.06% 0.43%
Bond Portfolio 0.48% 0.09% 0.57%
Capital Growth Portfolio 0.46% 0.03% 0.49%
Balanced Portfolio 0.48% 0.08% 0.56%
Growth and Income Portfolio 0.48% 0.08% 0.56%
International Portfolio 0.85% 0.18% 1.03%
Global discovery Portfolio(/1/) 0.98% 0.65% 1.63%
Large Company Growth Portfolio(/2/) 0.00% 1.25% 1.25%
21st Century Growth Portfolio(/3/) 0.00% 1.50% 1.50%
</TABLE>
(/1/)Please note that beginning May 1, 2000, with the new Scudder Variable
Life Investment Fund prospectus, Scudder Kemper Investments had agreed to
maintain the expenses for the Global Discovery Portfolio at 1.25% of the
portfolio's average daily net assets. These expense limits will remain in
effect until at least April 30, 2001.
(/2/)The Adviser continues to maintain the expenses for the Large Company
Growth Portfolio at 1.25% of the portfolio's average daily net assets
through April 30, 2001. Without these reimbursements, the Management Fee
would have been .745% and Other Expenses would have been 2.72% for total
expenses of 3.47%.
(/3/)The Adviser also continues to maintain the management expenses for the
21st Century Growth Portfolio at 1.50% of the portfolio's average daily net
assets through April 30, 2001. Without these reimbursements, the Management
Fee would have been .875% and Other Expenses would have been 2.02% for
total expenses of 2.90%.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
7
<PAGE>
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
8
<PAGE>
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.
Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies.
10
<PAGE>
In addition, the Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other
flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in Class A shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund (the "Scudder Variable Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the assets
of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies which
are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or losses of
one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of any other
Fund.
Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are
similar to the investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may
be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of
the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be
no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any
of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or
manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
Money Market Portfolio
The Money Market Portfolio seeks to maintain the stability of capital and,
consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to provide
current income. The Portfolio seeks to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per
share. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and
policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
Bond Portfolio
The Bond Portfolio pursues a policy of investing for a high level of income
consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt securities. Unless otherwise
indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed
without a vote of shareholders.
11
<PAGE>
Capital Growth Portfolio
The Capital Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize long-term capital growth through
a broad and flexible investment program. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.
Balanced Portfolio
The Balanced Portfolio pursues a balance of growth and income from a
diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities. The Portfolio also
seeks long-term preservation of capital through a quality-oriented investment
approach that is designed to reduce risk. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.
Growth and Income Portfolio
The Growth and Income Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital, current
income and growth of income. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's
investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.
Global Discovery Portfolio
The Global Discovery Portfolio pursues above-average capital appreciation over
the long term by investing primarily in the equity securities of small
companies located throughout the world. Unless otherwise indicated, the
portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed without a vote of
shareholders.
International Portfolio
The International Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily through
diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments. Unless otherwise
indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies may be changed
without a vote of shareholders.
21st Century Growth Portfolio
(Please note: This fund was previously named Small Company Growth Portfolio)
The 21st Century Growth Portfolio pursues long-term growth of capital by
investing primarily in equity securities issued by emerging growth companies.
Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment objective and policies
may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
Large Company Growth Portfolio
Large Company Growth Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital through
investment primarily in the equity securities of seasoned, financially strong
U.S. growth companies. Unless otherwise indicated, the portfolio's investment
objective and policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.
12
<PAGE>
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
conditions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
13
<PAGE>
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued:
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract
14
<PAGE>
specifications pages. Employees of any Associated Companies of the
Contractholder will be considered employees of the Contractholder. We may also
allow an individual who is an independent contractor working primarily for the
sponsoring employer to be considered an eligible employee. An independent
contractor may receive an Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending
upon state law applicable to the contracts. An employee may include a partner
in a partnership if the employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue
15
<PAGE>
Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
16
<PAGE>
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned
17
<PAGE>
premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
18
<PAGE>
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
19
<PAGE>
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1)The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
20
<PAGE>
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
21
<PAGE>
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
22
<PAGE>
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium
23
<PAGE>
allocations, borrow, etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home
Office. We will send all reports and other notices described herein or in the
Policy directly to the Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account), at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
24
<PAGE>
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face
25
<PAGE>
Amount. The death benefit also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option
B is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash
Value, the partial withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will
reduce the Cash Value and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will
be decreased in the following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any
increases in the same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account), may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
26
<PAGE>
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
27
<PAGE>
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
28
<PAGE>
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Eligible First Subsequent
Employees Year Years
--------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499..................................................... $5.00 $2.50
500-999..................................................... $4.75 $2.25
1000+....................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is
29
<PAGE>
issued on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis does not affect
the cost of insurance charge determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
30
<PAGE>
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from
31
<PAGE>
the rights and benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and
incorporated by reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights
under the Group Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application
are considered representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud.
Only statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be
used to contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy
must be approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the
Secretary of the Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of
the terms, conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its
provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,
prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
32
<PAGE>
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy
33
<PAGE>
will be paid upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from
accidental injury and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120
days from the date of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary
nearest age 70 of the Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named
Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon receipt of proof of the
Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider will be continued on a
fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance added
by other riders), plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid,
34
<PAGE>
deductions made since the last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The
Owner will also be sent without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a
list of the portfolio securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments
directly from the Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan
repayments, changes in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face
Amount, surrenders and reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each
transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have
entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies
may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given.
35
<PAGE>
If the Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace
period, the Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance
will continue following the Group Contract's termination, provided such
insurance is not surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.
Tax Status of the Policy
In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
36
<PAGE>
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies.as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.
In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."
Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:
(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will be
treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income and as
tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only after all
gain has been distributed.
(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.
37
<PAGE>
(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life
expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.
Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.
Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.
Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.
Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.
Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.
Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.
38
<PAGE>
Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer. and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.
Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.
Our Income Taxes
Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's, operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.
Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for the assets of the Separate Account is
afforded by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine
Company with a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the
Company who have access to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
39
<PAGE>
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
40
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
--------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
Louis, Mo (GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy/4/ Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
1987-June 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4/ Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December
700 Market Street 30, 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August 1990-November 1996.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992-January 2000.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
M. Mercer, July 1993-August 1995.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
October 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice
President--Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1 /All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2 /The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
/3 /The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
Chesterfield, MO 63017.
/4 /Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
41
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
42
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
43
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
44
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-1
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available
for sale................... $ 81,421 83,384
Policy loans................ 16,954 14,135
Cash and cash equivalents... 10,591 7,439
-------- -------
Total cash and invested
assets................. 108,966 104,958
-------- -------
Reinsurance recoverables.... 1,314 1,170
Deposits relating to
reinsured policyholder
account balances........... 7,020 6,688
Accrued investment income... 1,853 1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
costs...................... 24,357 20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
improvements, net.......... 1,031 4,504
Other assets................ 262 105
Separate account assets..... 255,190 168,222
-------- -------
Total assets............ $399,993 307,794
======== =======
Liabilities and
Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
balances................... 101,665 93,334
Policy and contract claims.. 1,691 1,672
Federal income taxes
payable.................... 1,007 281
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses........... 3,734 3,943
Payable to affiliates....... 3,803 2,062
Due to separate account..... 192 183
Deferred tax liability...... 3,070 5,591
Separate account
liabilities................ 255,126 168,222
-------- -------
Total liabilities....... $370,288 275,288
-------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value
$25; 100,000 shares
authorized;
82,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............. 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in
capital.................. 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income................... (2,748) 2,809
Retained earnings......... 12,453 9,697
-------- -------
Total stockholder's
equity................. $ 29,705 32,506
-------- -------
Total liabilities and
stockholder's equity... $399,993 307,794
======== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $24,577 20,437 16,417
Net investment income................................. 7,726 6,983 6,288
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 292 124 10
Net realized investment gains......................... 57 53 69
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 32,652 27,597 22,784
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,616 4,774 3,876
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 445 167 227
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 11,394 9,042 7,743
Policy administration system expenses................. 4,787 469 --
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,631 1,150 424
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 28,397 20,830 17,008
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 4,255 6,766 5,775
Federal income tax expense.............................. 1,499 2,368 1,885
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income....................... (5,557) 851 1,636
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801) 5,249 5,526
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Total
Common paid-in comprehensive Retained stockholder's
Stock capital income earnings equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
Net income............ -- -- -- 2,756 2,756
Other comprehensive
loss................. -- -- (5,557) -- (5,557)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1999................... $2,050 17,950 (2,748) 12,453 29,705
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... (144) 563 (892)
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (332) (272) (342)
Accrued investment income.................... (308) (168) (79)
Federal income tax payable................... 726 118 (648)
Other assets................................. 3,316 (1,821) (1,280)
Policy and contract claims................... 19 587 (23)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... (209) 457 782
Payable to affiliates........................ 1,741 442 (669)
Company ownership of separate account........ (64) -- --
Due to separate account...................... 9 122 (34)
Deferred tax expense........................... 469 740 732
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (4,185) (3,808) (2,972)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,631 1,150 424
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (57) (53) (69)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 10,892 7,683 3,558
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 4,695 8,632 5,255
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,819) (2,648) (1,923)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (10,547) (8,931) (9,225)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,807 2,954 2,294
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 3,152 1,706 (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 7,439 5,733 9,106
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591 7,439 5,733
-------- ------- -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (346) (1,460) (1,801)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Subsequent Event
(i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
(ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 8,728 53 (162) 8,619
Corporate securities............ 70,312 276 (4,830) 65,758
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,911 36 (394) 6,553
Asset-backed securities......... 500 -- (9) 491
-------- --- ------ ------
$ 86,451 365 (5,395) 81,421
======== === ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,880
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 193 (25) 7,022
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,951 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized Fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 471 480
Due after one year through five years................. 22,034 21,893
Due after five years through ten years................ 8,853 8,317
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 48,182 44,178
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,911 6,553
-------- ------
$ 86,451 81,421
======== ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
Short-term investments................................ 486 535 608
Policy loans and other................................ 1,244 924 807
------- ----- -----
$ 7,807 7,062 6,356
Investment expenses................................... (81) (79) (68)
------- ----- -----
Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030) 4,717 3,373
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............. 803 (396) (361)
Deferred income taxes............................ 1,479 (1,512) (1,054)
------- ------ ------
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748) 2,809 1,958
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
Policy benefits ceded............................. 16,823 17,071 14,070
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 292 123 195
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,268 1,109 1,661
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 4,185 3,808 2,972
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,631) (1,150) (424)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. 1,201 (36) (344)
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $24,357 20,602 17,980
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Administration System Write-off
In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
Deferred tax expense.................................. 469 740 732
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
Other, net........................................... 10 0 (137)
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $ 194 218 217
Policy and contract liabilities..................... 583 709 1,031
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs............. 2,559 2,147 1,755
Other, net.......................................... 359 58 76
Unrealized Loss on investments, net................. 1,479 -- --
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
======= ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $ -- 1,512 1,054
Deferred policy acquisition costs................... 8,244 7,211 6,419
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
------- ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.
(7) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(8) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.
F-11
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(9) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $ 300 1,596 1,397
</TABLE>
(10) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.
(11) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a
F-12
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
2000............................................................ $ 750
2001............................................................ 321
2002............................................................ 130
2003............................................................ 99
-------
$ 1,300
=======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
(13) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding losses arising during
period.................................. $(8,492) 2,972 (5,520)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (57) 20 (37)
------- ----- ------
Other comprehensive loss................. (8,549) 2,992 (5,557)
======= ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (53) 19 (34)
------ ---- ---
Other comprehensive income............... 1,308 (457) 851
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (69) 24 (45)
------ ---- -----
Other comprehensive income............... 2,516 (880) 1,636
====== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Scudder Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, International, Capital Growth,
Balanced, Bond, Growth & Income and Global Discovery Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market,
International, Capital Growth, Balanced, Bond, Growth & Income and Global
Discovery Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and
the results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of the
periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Capital Growth & Global
Market International Growth Balanced Bond Income Discovery
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Scudder
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)......... $107,458 976,038 2,249,701 983,502 209,666 476,350 18,386
Receivable from
(payable to) Paragon
Life Insurance
Company.............. -- 55 83 55 -- 84 --
-------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Total Net Assets.... $107,458 976,093 2,249,784 983,557 209,666 476,434 18,386
======== ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======
Net Assets, represent-
ing:
Equity of Contract
Owners............... $107,409 975,679 2,248,803 983,119 209,571 476,222 18,378
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.... 49 414 981 438 95 212 8
-------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
$107,458 976,093 2,249,784 983,557 209,666 476,434 18,386
======== ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======
Total Units Held........ 85,564 37,559 55,141 44,991 23,315 33,437 1,387
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.26 25.98 40.78 21.85 8.99 14.24 13.25
Cost of Investments..... $107,458 627,557 1,447,076 775,896 218,557 470,926 12,184
======== ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
Discovery Division
which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division Balanced Division
---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------------- ----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 4,524 2,514 1,697 3,862 9,586 6,239 4,505 10,625 67,231 10,818 16,634 12,268
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 730 364 260 5,713 4,279 3,814 14,587 10,303 8,396 6,948 4,734 3,712
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Investment
Income
(Expense)....... 3,794 2,150 1,437 (1,851) 5,307 2,425 (10,082) 322 58,835 3,870 11,900 8,556
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain
from
Distributions..... -- -- -- 54,461 63,044 3,268 159,059 67,200 2,366 54,670 26,776 20,984
Proceeds from
Sales............. 18,828 11,296 18,673 156,952 112,597 68,547 294,883 264,342 149,231 165,754 83,851 70,741
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 18,828 11,296 18,673 132,987 100,354 56,471 220,294 202,151 104,692 136,484 69,758 56,070
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Realized
Gain on
Investments..... -- -- -- 78,426 75,287 15,344 233,648 129,391 46,905 83,940 40,869 35,655
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning
of Year........... -- -- -- 86,528 78,522 59,971 457,526 316,515 120,746 173,652 97,262 43,162
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of
Year.............. -- -- -- 348,481 86,528 78,522 802,625 457,526 316,515 207,606 173,652 97,262
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 261,953 8,006 18,551 345,099 141,011 195,769 33,954 76,390 54,100
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Gain (Loss)
on Investments.. -- -- -- 340,379 83,293 33,895 578,747 270,402 242,674 117,894 117,259 89,755
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... $ 3,794 2,150 1,437 338,528 88,600 36,320 568,665 270,724 301,509 121,764 129,159 98,311
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ====== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Growth & Income Global
Bond Division Division Discovery Division
---------------------- ------------------------ --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 7,739 8,740 5,950 4,300 6,710 3,833 -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 1,585 1,121 930 3,390 2,254 1,275 58 1
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
Net Investment
Income
(Expense)....... 6,154 7,619 5,020 910 4,456 2,558 (58) (1)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain
from
Distributions..... 773 481 1,659 24,411 15,633 3,309 18
Proceeds from
Sales............. 32,355 30,061 27,553 106,367 67,098 26,569 1,402 52
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 33,369 30,206 24,606 102,472 62,590 22,348 1,237 51
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
Net Realized
Gain on
Investments..... (241) 336 4,606 28,306 20,141 7,530 183 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning
of Year........... 535 35 51 20,860 37,619 7,630 59 --
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of
Year.............. (8,891) 535 35 5,424 20,860 37,619 6,202 59
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... (9,426) 500 (16) (15,436) (16,759) 29,989 6,143 59
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
Net Gain (Loss)
on Investments.. (9,667) 836 4,590 12,870 3,382 37,519 6,326 60
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------ --------- ---------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... $(3,513) 8,455 9,610 13,780 7,838 40,077 6,268 59
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ====== ========= =========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
Discovery Division which
is for the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division
------------------------ ------------------------ -------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 3,794 2,150 1,437 (1,851) 5,307 2,425 (10,082) 322 58,835
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. -- -- -- 78,426 75,287 15,344 233,648 129,391 46,905
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. -- -- -- 261,953 8,006 18,551 345,099 141,011 195,769
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets Re-
sulting from
Operations.......... 3,794 2,150 1,437 338,528 88,600 36,320 568,665 270,724 301,509
Net Deposits into
Separate Account... 26,053 42,677 5,480 31,554 5,924 73,456 115,249 75,940 140,956
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------
Increase in Net
Assets............ 29,847 44,827 6,917 370,082 94,524 109,776 683,914 346,664 442,465
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year............... 77,611 32,784 25,867 606,011 511,487 401,711 1,565,870 1,219,206 776,741
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ---------
Net Assets, End of
Year.................. $107,458 77,611 32,784 976,093 606,011 511,487 2,249,784 1,565,870 1,219,206
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Global
Balanced Division Bond Division Growth & Income Division Discovery
------------------------ ------------------------ ------------------------------- ------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 3,870 11,900 8,556 6,154 7,619 5,020 910 4,456 2,558 (58) (1)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 83,940 40,869 35,655 (241) 336 4,606 28,306 20,141 7,530 183 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 33,954 76,390 54,100 (9,426) 500 (16) (15,436) (16,759) 29,989 6,143 59
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ------ ---
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets Re-
sulting from
Operations.......... 121,764 129,159 98,311 (3,513) 8,455 9,610 13,780 7,838 40,077 6,268 59
Net Deposits into
Separate Account... 101,725 93,743 69,393 35,257 41,324 14,364 104,619 131,034 97,894 11,545 514
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ------ ---
Increase in Net
Assets............ 223,489 222,902 167,704 31,744 49,779 23,974 118,399 138,872 137,971 17,813 573
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year............... 760,068 537,166 369,462 177,922 128,143 104,169 358,035 219,163 81,192 573 --
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ------ ---
Net Assets, End of
Year.................. $983,557 760,068 537,166 209,666 177,922 128,143 476,434 358,035 219,163 18,386 573
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ========= ====== ===
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1999
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1991. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on March 3, 1994. The Separate Account receives and
invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into seven
Divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of Scudder
Variable Life Investment Fund (Scudder), an open-end, diversified management
investment company. These funds are the Money Market, International, Capital
Growth, Balanced, Bond, Growth and Income and Global Discovery (the Divisions).
Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments into any or
all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to 1% of
the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for providing
the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
assuming certain risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some
polices have a premium tax assessment equal to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon
for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment less premium expense and
premium tax charges equals the net premium that is invested in the underlying
separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) Purchases and Sales of Scudder Investment Series Shares
For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (Inception) to
December 31, 1998; purchases and proceeds from sales of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Funds were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division
--------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $44,371 53,364 23,916 185,087 111,520 138,552 407,432 317,123 282,658
Sales................... $18,828 11,296 18,673 156,952 112,597 68,547 294,883 264,342 149,231
======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Growth & Income Global
Balanced Division Bond Division Division Discovery
------------------------ -------------------- ----------------------- -----------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $274,510 158,435 136,801 66,448 69,750 41,077 208,443 194,789 123,344 12,889 565
Sales................... $165,754 83,851 70,741 32,355 30,061 27,553 106,367 67,098 26,569 1,402 52
======== ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ====== ===
</TABLE>
(5) Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global
Discovery Division which is for the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to
December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market International Capital Growth
Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 35,974 45,369 21,325 10,022 7,107 10,046 12,248 11,935 13,559
Withdrawals............ 14,831 9,370 16,319 8,240 6,829 4,720 8,642 9,447 6,577
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............... 21,143 35,999 5,006 1,782 278 5,326 3,606 2,488 6,982
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 64,421 28,422 23,416 35,777 35,499 30,173 51,535 49,047 42,065
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 85,564 64,421 28,422 37,559 35,777 35,499 55,141 51,535 49,047
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global
Growth & Income Discovery
Balanced Division Bond Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- -------------------- ----------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 13,201 10,163 10,116 7,282 7,938 5,071 14,411 14,262 11,243 1,460 78
Withdrawals............ 8,020 4,734 4,939 3,425 3,295 3,293 7,439 4,975 2,275 144 7
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
Net Increase in
Units............... 5,181 5,429 5,177 3,857 4,643 1,778 6,972 9,287 8,968 1,316 71
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 39,810 34,381 29,204 19,458 14,815 13,037 26,465 17,178 8,210 71 --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 44,991 39,810 34,381 23,315 19,458 14,815 33,437 26,465 17,178 1,387 71
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ===
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6) Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in
such shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense
charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider.
The following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December
31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Global Discovery Division which is for
the period from May 15, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market Division International Division Capital Growth Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.. $ 33,424 25,225 18,433 176,515 164,286 172,592 431,496 377,928 334,899
Surrenders and
Withdrawals.......... (4,670) (505) (13,596) (82,647) (84,896) (30,987) (170,285) (150,589) (56,497)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account.............. 9,057 25,891 8,319 (8,662) (15,319) (12,712) 1,787 (101) (1,888)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 37,811 50,611 13,156 85,206 64,071 128,893 262,998 227,238 276,514
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............. 981 740 543 5,186 4,819 5,084 12,684 11,085 9,865
Monthly Expense
Charges............. 779 497 433 3,504 3,685 4,050 9,764 9,690 7,859
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits............ 9,998 6,697 6,700 44,962 49,643 46,303 125,301 130,523 117,834
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------
Total Deductions... 11,758 7,934 7,676 53,652 58,147 55,437 147,749 151,298 135,558
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........ $ 26,053 42,677 5,480 31,554 5,924 73,456 115,249 75,940 140,956
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== =======
<CAPTION>
Global
Balanced Division Bond Division Growth & Income Division Discovery
-------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------- ------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.. $279,270 208,733 168,771 73,305 79,806 52,193 233,644 209,544 129,485 13,335 1,239
Surrenders and
Withdrawals.......... (97,872) (28,227) (34,296) (8,447) (4,783) (9,875) (36,802) (17,789) (7,167) -- (11)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account.............. 15,106 (14,287) (2,412) (8,709) (12,203) (9,318) (27,875) 1,021 15,123 715 --
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ -----
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 196,504 166,219 132,063 56,149 62,820 33,000 168,967 192,776 137,441 14,050 1,228
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............. 8,207 6,122 4,971 2,152 2,341 1,537 6,865 6,146 3,814 393 36
Monthly Expense
Charges............. 6,259 4,586 3,961 1,355 1,324 1,225 4,156 3,842 3,039 153 47
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits............ 80,313 61,768 53,738 17,385 17,831 15,874 53,327 51,754 32,694 1,959 631
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ -----
Total Deductions... 94,779 72,476 62,670 20,892 21,496 18,636 64,348 61,742 39,547 2,505 714
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ -----
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........ $101,725 93,743 69,393 35,257 41,324 14,364 104,619 131,034 97,894 11,545 514
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======= ====== =====
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(7) Subsequent Event
On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number
of Market
Shares Value Cost
------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Scudder Variable Insurance Series:
Money Market Division.......................... 107,458 $ 107,458 $ 107,458
International Division......................... 47,988 $ 976,038 $ 627,557
Capital Growth Division........................ 77,232 $2,249,701 $1,447,076
Balanced Division.............................. 61,049 $ 983,502 $ 775,896
Bond Division.................................. 32,306 $ 209,666 $ 218,557
Growth & Income Division....................... 43,463 $ 476,350 $ 470,926
Global Discovery............................... 1,395 $ 18,386 $ 12,184
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditor's Report.
F-24
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .890%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled .634% and
.657%, respectively. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After
deduction for these amounts with expense reimbursement, the illustrated gross
annual investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate
net annual rates of -1.790%, 4.210%, and 10.210%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.790%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,045 $500,000 $ 4,874 $500,000
2 12,630 5,882 500,000 9,576 500,000
3 19,423 8,468 500,000 14,145 500,000
4 26,555 10,797 500,000 18,515 500,000
5 34,045 12,844 500,000 22,698 500,000
6 41,908 14,593 500,000 26,698 500,000
7 50,165 16,014 500,000 30,521 500,000
8 58,834 17,065 500,000 34,110 500,000
9 67,937 17,712 500,000 37,531 500,000
10 77,496 17,923 500,000 40,728 500,000
11 87,532 17,693 500,000 43,648 500,000
12 98,070 16,987 500,000 46,357 500,000
13 109,134 15,803 500,000 48,805 500,000
14 120,752 14,109 500,000 50,940 500,000
15 132,951 11,853 500,000 52,768 500,000
16 145,760 8,972 500,000 54,295 500,000
17 159,209 5,353 500,000 55,468 500,000
18 173,331 860 500,000 56,234 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 56,604 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 56,524 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 46,474 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 7,369 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.210%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,144 $500,000 $ 5,033 $500,000
2 12,630 6,264 500,000 10,191 500,000
3 19,423 9,311 500,000 15,518 500,000
4 26,555 12,272 500,000 20,950 500,000
5 34,045 15,116 500,000 26,502 500,000
6 41,908 17,818 500,000 32,182 500,000
7 50,165 20,337 500,000 37,998 500,000
8 58,834 22,620 500,000 43,897 500,000
9 67,937 24,619 500,000 49,950 500,000
10 77,496 26,286 500,000 56,106 500,000
11 87,532 27,596 500,000 62,316 500,000
12 98,070 28,496 500,000 68,647 500,000
13 109,134 28,960 500,000 75,057 500,000
14 120,752 28,935 500,000 81,500 500,000
15 132,951 28,341 500,000 87,986 500,000
16 145,760 27,085 500,000 94,526 500,000
17 159,209 25,019 500,000 101,076 500,000
18 173,331 21,961 500,000 107,595 500,000
19 188,159 17,716 500,000 114,097 500,000
20 203,728 12,071 500,000 120,542 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 149,741 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 164,235 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.210%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,242 $500,000 $ 5,190 $500,000
2 12,630 6,655 500,000 10,821 500,000
3 19,423 10,208 500,000 16,977 500,000
4 26,555 13,907 500,000 23,643 500,000
5 34,045 17,743 500,000 30,882 500,000
6 41,908 21,710 500,000 38,756 500,000
7 50,165 25,791 500,000 47,338 500,000
8 58,834 29,957 500,000 56,644 500,000
9 67,937 34,183 500,000 66,820 500,000
10 77,496 38,447 500,000 77,903 500,000
11 87,532 42,750 500,000 89,942 500,000
12 98,070 47,070 500,000 103,109 500,000
13 109,134 51,414 500,000 117,485 500,000
14 120,752 55,765 500,000 133,166 500,000
15 132,951 60,082 500,000 150,313 500,000
16 145,760 64,318 500,000 169,112 500,000
17 159,209 68,375 500,000 189,723 500,000
18 173,331 72,130 500,000 212,342 500,000
19 188,159 75,444 500,000 237,239 500,000
20 203,728 78,173 500,000 264,684 500,000
25 294,060 77,940 500,000 453,351 525,887
30 409,348 21,483 500,000 763,920 817,395
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.790%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,798 $508,798 $ 10,633 $510,633
2 25,261 17,268 517,268 20,981 520,981
3 38,846 25,368 525,368 31,085 531,085
4 53,111 33,092 533,092 40,878 540,878
5 68,090 40,417 540,417 50,371 550,371
6 83,817 47,328 547,328 59,571 559,571
7 100,330 53,796 553,796 68,481 568,481
8 117,669 59,782 559,782 77,044 577,044
9 135,875 65,252 565,252 85,328 585,328
10 154,992 70,182 570,182 93,276 593,276
11 175,064 74,568 574,568 100,827 600,827
12 196,140 78,384 578,384 108,053 608,053
13 218,269 81,636 581,636 114,903 614,903
14 241,505 84,304 584,304 121,316 621,316
15 265,903 86,344 586,344 127,302 627,302
16 291,521 87,709 587,709 132,867 632,867
17 318,419 88,305 588,305 137,954 637,954
18 346,663 88,021 588,021 142,507 642,507
19 376,319 86,749 586,749 146,542 646,542
20 407,457 84,393 584,393 150,002 650,002
25 588,120 54,750 554,750 155,817 655,817
30 818,697 0 0 131,300 631,300
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.210%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ----------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,086 $ 509,086 $ 10,980 $ 510,980
2 25,261 18,378 518,378 22,326 522,326
3 38,846 27,835 527,835 34,088 534,088
4 53,111 37,453 537,453 46,211 546,211
5 68,090 47,207 547,207 58,716 558,716
6 83,817 57,078 557,078 71,620 571,620
7 100,330 67,036 567,036 84,938 584,938
8 117,669 77,035 577,035 98,622 598,622
9 135,875 87,033 587,033 112,755 612,755
10 154,992 96,995 596,995 127,287 627,287
11 175,064 106,907 606,907 142,168 642,168
12 196,140 116,730 616,730 157,482 657,482
13 218,269 126,454 626,454 173,183 673,183
14 241,505 136,044 636,044 189,223 689,223
15 265,903 145,441 645,441 205,615 705,615
16 291,521 154,575 654,575 222,375 722,375
17 318,419 163,324 663,324 239,450 739,450
18 346,663 171,546 671,546 256,787 756,787
19 376,319 179,090 679,090 274,404 774,404
20 407,457 185,810 685,810 292,244 792,244
25 588,120 203,314 703,314 381,673 881,673
30 818,697 174,009 674,009 457,425 957,425
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.210%)
------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,369 $ 509,369 $ 11,322 $ 511,322
2 25,261 19,512 519,512 23,700 523,700
3 38,846 30,458 530,458 37,279 537,279
4 53,111 42,277 542,277 52,105 552,105
5 68,090 55,025 555,025 68,314 568,314
6 83,817 68,773 568,773 86,045 586,045
7 100,330 83,585 583,585 105,454 605,454
8 117,669 99,519 599,519 126,644 626,644
9 135,875 116,647 616,647 149,866 649,866
10 154,992 135,052 635,052 175,258 675,258
11 175,064 154,853 654,853 202,972 702,972
12 196,140 176,153 676,153 233,315 733,315
13 218,269 199,102 699,102 266,493 766,493
14 241,505 223,835 723,835 302,725 802,725
15 265,903 250,478 750,478 342,325 842,325
16 291,521 279,165 779,165 385,636 885,636
17 318,419 309,991 809,991 432,969 932,969
18 346,663 343,042 843,042 484,666 984,666
19 376,319 378,416 878,416 541,178 1,041,178
20 407,457 416,231 916,231 602,930 1,102,930
25 588,120 648,905 1,148,905 1,007,307 1,507,307
30 818,697 969,509 1,469,509 1,626,060 2,126,060
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
company, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series
[Paragon Logo]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 2000
50450
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each of the 13 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest solely in one of
the corresponding Funds managed by Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Advisors Inc.:
FUND FUND
- ----------------------------
Money Market Portfolio Global Dividend Growth Portfolio
Quality Income Plus Portfolio European Growth Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio Pacific Growth Portfolio
Utilities Portfolio Equity Portfolio
Income Builder Portfolio Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
Dividend Growth Portfolio Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio
Strategist Portfolio
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company The Separate Account, and The Funds.......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 14
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 18
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 24
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 28
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 35
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 35
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 39
Voting Rights............................................................ 39
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 40
Management of the Company................................................ 41
Legal Matters............................................................ 42
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 42
Experts.................................................................. 42
Additional Information................................................... 42
Definitions.............................................................. 42
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. An Executive Program Policy is
issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under a Group Contract
or an employer sponsored insurance program. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds.) An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
4
<PAGE>
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive Program Policies. The
Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the minimum and maximum
amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death benefit option, but in
certain cases evidence of insurability may be required. (See "Policy Benefits--
Death Benefit.")
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an accelerated death benefit settlement option
rider, an accidental death benefit rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions
rider. Some Group Contracts and employer-sponsored insurance programs may not
provide each of the additional benefits described above. Generally, Executive
Program Policies only have the acceleration of death benefits rider. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We
will deduct the cost of these additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")
5
<PAGE>
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. Generally, there are no sales charges under a Policy. However, a
front-end charge will be imposed on Policies that are deemed to be individual
Policies under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The
additional charge, which is for federal income taxes measured by premiums, is
equal to 1% of each premium payment, and compensates the Company for a
significantly higher corporate income tax liability resulting from changes made
to the Internal Revenue Code by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2.25% to cover state premium taxes
from premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured (see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy. These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund
contains more detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.")
6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Other
Fees Expenses
(after fee (after
waiver reimbursement Total
as as Annual
Fund applicable) applicable) Expenses
---- ---------- ------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market Portfolio................ 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
Quality Income Plus Portfolio......... 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
High Yield Portfolio.................. 0.50% 0.03% 0.53%
Utilities Portfolio................... 0.64% 0.03% 0.67%
Income Builder Portfolio.............. 0.75% 0.06% 0.81%
Dividend Growth Portfolio............. 0.51% 0.01% 0.52%
Capital Growth Portfolio.............. 0.65% 0.07% 0.72%
Global Dividend Growth Portfolio...... 0.75% 0.08% 0.83%
European Growth Portfolio............. 0.95% 0.09% 1.04%
Pacific Growth Portfolio.............. 0.95% 0.47% 1.42%
Equity Portfolio...................... 0.49% 0.02% 0.51%
Competitive Edge "Best Ideas"
Portfolio............................ 0.44% 0.12% 0.56%
Strategist Portfolio.................. 0.50% 0.02% 0.52%
</TABLE>
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
7
<PAGE>
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before
8
<PAGE>
purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser should consider
whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with the purpose for
which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized purpose may have
tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.
Guarantee. In addition, the Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will
have sufficient funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event
a Policyholder presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance
Policy, the Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if
Paragon is unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should not be
considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in the
Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial status
of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's ratings.
These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial strength
and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the norms of
the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying ability of
the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings Services or Duff
& Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales literature or in reports
to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are opinions of an operating
insurance company's financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance
policies in accordance with their terms. These ratings do not reflect the
investment performance of the Separate Account or the degree of risk associated
with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in shares of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series (referred to as the "Fund"), a series-type mutual fund
registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management investment company.
Only the funds described in this section of the prospectus are currently
available as investment choices of the policies even though additional Funds
may be described in the prospectus for the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series. The assets of each Portfolio used by the Policies are held
separate from the assets of the other Portfolios, and each Portfolio has
investment objectives and policies which are generally different from those of
the other Portfolios. The income or losses of one Portfolio generally have no
effect on the investment performance of any other Portfolios.
Investment Results. The investment objectives and policies of certain
Portfolios are similar to the investment objectives and policies of other
portfolios that may be managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The
investment results of the Portfolios may differ from the results of these other
portfolios. There can be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the
investment results of any of the Portfolios will be comparable to the
investment results of any other portfolio, even if the other portfolio has the
same investment adviser or manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Portfolio:
Money Market Portfolio
The Money Market Portfolio seeks high current income, preservation of capital
and liquidity.
Quality Income Plus Portfolio
The Quality Income Plus Portfolio seeks as a primary objective to provide a
high level of current income by investing primarily in U.S. Government
securities and other fixed-income securities. As a secondary objective, the
Portfolio seeks capital appreciation but only when consistent with its primary
objective.
11
<PAGE>
High Yield Portfolio
The High Yield Portfolio seeks as a primary objective to provide a high level
of current income by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting
principally of fixed-income securities, which may include both non-convertible
and convertible debt securities and preferred stocks. As a secondary objective,
the Portfolio will seek capital appreciation, but only when consistent with its
primary objective.
Utilities Portfolio
The Utilities Portfolio seeks both capital appreciation and current income.
Income Builder Portfolio
The Income Builder Portfolio seeks as a primary objective reasonable income.
Growth of capital is a secondary objective.
Dividend Growth Portfolio
The Dividend Growth Portfolio seeks to provide reasonable current income and
long-term growth of income and capital.
Capital Growth Portfolio
The Capital Growth Portfolio seeks long-term capital growth.
Global Dividend Growth Portfolio
The Global Dividend Growth Portfolio seeks to provide reasonable current income
and long-term growth of income and capital.
European Growth Portfolio (European Portfolio)
The European Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize the capital appreciation of its
investments.
Pacific Growth Portfolio
The Pacific Growth Portfolio seeks to maximize the capital appreciation of its
investments.
Equity Portfolio
The Equity Portfolio seeks as a primary objective growth of capital through
investments in common stocks of companies believed by the Investment Manager to
have potential for superior growth. As a secondary objective the Equity
Portfolio seeks income but only when consistent with its primary objective.
Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio
The Competitive Edge "Best Ideas" Portfolio seeks long-term capital growth.
Strategist Portfolio
The Strategist Portfolio seeks high total investment return through a fully
managed investment policy utilizing equity, fixed-income and money market
securities, and the writing of covered call and put options.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must preceede this Prospectus and which should
be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of the Funds".
12
<PAGE>
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments.
We reserve the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to make
additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that
are held by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We
reserve the right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2)
substitute shares of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer
available for investment, or further investment in any Fund becomes
inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Separate Account. We will not
substitute any shares without notice to the Owner and prior approval of the
SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, as
required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
.Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
.Substitute one Division for another Division; or
.Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
13
<PAGE>
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs, we will issue the Policy
and any children's insurance rider applied for by the employee pursuant to our
guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed issue procedure only when
an employee is given the opportunity to purdchase a Policy for the first time.
Under this procedure the employee is required to answer qualifying questions in
the application for Individual Insurance, but is not required to submit to a
medical or paramedical examination. The maximum Face Amount that an
14
<PAGE>
employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue procedure
("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up to a
ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs depending upon the number of eligible employees
or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without guaranteed
issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
15
<PAGE>
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the
planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications pages.
The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based on the
requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the charges
under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not required to
pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract-- Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we
16
<PAGE>
agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the current
maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal Tax
Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income taxes
resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium
17
<PAGE>
requirements, the amount of the premium required to keep the Policy in force
will be the amount of the current monthly deduction. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required amount within the
grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without Cash Value. If the
Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly deductions will be
deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
(including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
18
<PAGE>
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
---------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
40................................ 250%
41................................ 243
42................................ 236
43................................ 229
44................................ 222
45................................ 215
46................................ 209
47................................ 203
48................................ 197
49................................ 191
50................................ 185
51................................ 178
52................................ 171
53................................ 164
54................................ 157
55................................ 150
56................................ 146
57................................ 142
58................................ 138
59................................ 134
60................................ 130
61................................ 128
62................................ 126
63................................ 124
64................................ 122
65................................ 120
66................................ 119
67................................ 118
68................................ 117
69................................ 116
70................................ 115
71................................ 113
72................................ 111
73................................ 109
74................................ 107
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
---------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
75 to 90.......................... 105%
91................................ 104
92................................ 103
93................................ 102
94................................ 101
95 or older....................... 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance
20
<PAGE>
charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
In addition, a change in Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences.
(See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
21
<PAGE>
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
22
<PAGE>
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
23
<PAGE>
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value
24
<PAGE>
equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
25
<PAGE>
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
26
<PAGE>
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals
27
<PAGE>
will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company may allow payment of
planned premium through periodic (usually monthly) authorized electronic funds
transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments can be made at any time. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including an Executive Program, the Policy will
continue in force following the change in eligibility. The rights, benefits,
and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same following this
change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher
28
<PAGE>
capitalization expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies
that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a
significantly higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early
Policy Years. Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts
under OBRA, we make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to
compensate us for the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result
from the sale of such a Policy.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2
1/4% from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
First Subsequent
Eligible Employees Year Years
--------------------------------------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250--499............................... $5.00 $2.50
500--999............................... $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................. $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs, the monthly administrative charge
may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first Policy Year
and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
29
<PAGE>
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
30
<PAGE>
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
31
<PAGE>
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action
32
<PAGE>
taken before we receive the written request for change. If the Owner is also a
Beneficiary of the Policy at the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may,
within 60 days of the Insured's death, designate another person to receive the
Policy proceeds. Changing the Owner may have adverse tax consequences.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
33
<PAGE>
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit.
34
<PAGE>
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company.
Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer
identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4,
1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis,
MO. 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into
written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take
place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company as well as Policy Cash Surrender Value.
Maximum commissions payable to a broker-dealer during the first year of a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program are (a) 15% of premiums
that do not exceed the cost of insurance assessed during the first Policy Year.
In addition, maximum commissions, based on Policy Cash surrender Value, in all
Policy Years through Policy Year 20 are 0.2% of the average of the beginning
and ending Policy Year Net Cash Surrender Value. In no event will commissions
be payable for more than 20 years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
35
<PAGE>
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
36
<PAGE>
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.
Tax Status of the Policy
In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.
In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."
Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
37
<PAGE>
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:
(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions upon
surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will be
treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income and as
tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only after all
gain has been distributed.
(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified endowment
contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.
(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to tax
except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has attained
age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life expectancy) of
the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and
the Owner's beneficiary or designated beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.
Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.
Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.
Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.
Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.
Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.
38
<PAGE>
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.
Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.
Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.
Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.
Our Income Taxes
Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.
Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
39
<PAGE>
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
40
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years /1/
------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
(GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy/4/ Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June
1996. Formerly Director of Accounting, Prudential
Insurance Company of America, March 1987--June 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4 Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
/ General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October, 1994.
Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4 Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
/ General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August 1990--November 1996.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating Officer,
ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998. Vice
President and General Manager of National Operations
Centers, Norell Corporation, January 1995--March
1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp Insurance
Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
October 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1/All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2/The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
/3/The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
Chesterfield, MO 63017.
/4/ Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
41
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
42
<PAGE>
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
43
<PAGE>
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
44
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-1
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available
for sale................... $ 81,421 83,384
Policy loans................ 16,954 14,135
Cash and cash equivalents... 10,591 7,439
-------- -------
Total cash and invested
assets................. 108,966 104,958
-------- -------
Reinsurance recoverables.... 1,314 1,170
Deposits relating to
reinsured policyholder
account balances........... 7,020 6,688
Accrued investment income... 1,853 1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
costs...................... 24,357 20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
improvements, net.......... 1,031 4,504
Other assets................ 262 105
Separate account assets..... 255,190 168,222
-------- -------
Total assets............ $399,993 307,794
======== =======
Liabilities and
Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
balances................... 101,665 93,334
Policy and contract claims.. 1,691 1,672
Federal income taxes
payable.................... 1,007 281
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses........... 3,734 3,943
Payable to affiliates....... 3,803 2,062
Due to separate account..... 192 183
Deferred tax liability...... 3,070 5,591
Separate account
liabilities................ 255,126 168,222
-------- -------
Total liabilities....... $370,288 275,288
-------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value
$25; 100,000 shares
authorized;
82,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............. 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in
capital.................. 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income................... (2,748) 2,809
Retained earnings......... 12,453 9,697
-------- -------
Total stockholder's
equity................. $ 29,705 32,506
-------- -------
Total liabilities and
stockholder's equity... $399,993 307,794
======== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $24,577 20,437 16,417
Net investment income................................. 7,726 6,983 6,288
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 292 124 10
Net realized investment gains......................... 57 53 69
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 32,652 27,597 22,784
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,616 4,774 3,876
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 445 167 227
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 11,394 9,042 7,743
Policy administration system expenses................. 4,787 469 --
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,631 1,150 424
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 28,397 20,830 17,008
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 4,255 6,766 5,775
Federal income tax expense.............................. 1,499 2,368 1,885
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income....................... (5,557) 851 1,636
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801) 5,249 5,526
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Total
Common paid-in comprehensive Retained stockholder's
Stock capital income earnings equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
Net income............ -- -- -- 2,756 2,756
Other comprehensive
loss................. -- -- (5,557) -- (5,557)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1999................... $2,050 17,950 (2,748) 12,453 29,705
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... (144) 563 (892)
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (332) (272) (342)
Accrued investment income.................... (308) (168) (79)
Federal income tax payable................... 726 118 (648)
Other assets................................. 3,316 (1,821) (1,280)
Policy and contract claims................... 19 587 (23)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... (209) 457 782
Payable to affiliates........................ 1,741 442 (669)
Company ownership of separate account........ (64) -- --
Due to separate account...................... 9 122 (34)
Deferred tax expense........................... 469 740 732
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (4,185) (3,808) (2,972)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,631 1,150 424
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (57) (53) (69)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 10,892 7,683 3,558
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 4,695 8,632 5,255
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,819) (2,648) (1,923)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (10,547) (8,931) (9,225)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,807 2,954 2,294
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 3,152 1,706 (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 7,439 5,733 9,106
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591 7,439 5,733
-------- ------- -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (346) (1,460) (1,801)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Subsequent Event
(i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
(ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 8,728 53 (162) 8,619
Corporate securities............ 70,312 276 (4,830) 65,758
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,911 36 (394) 6,553
Asset-backed securities......... 500 -- (9) 491
-------- --- ------ ------
$ 86,451 365 (5,395) 81,421
======== === ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,880
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 193 (25) 7,022
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,951 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized Fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 471 480
Due after one year through five years................. 22,034 21,893
Due after five years through ten years................ 8,853 8,317
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 48,182 44,178
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,911 6,553
-------- ------
$ 86,451 81,421
======== ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
Short-term investments................................ 486 535 608
Policy loans and other................................ 1,244 924 807
------- ----- -----
$ 7,807 7,062 6,356
Investment expenses................................... (81) (79) (68)
------- ----- -----
Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030) 4,717 3,373
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............. 803 (396) (361)
Deferred income taxes............................ 1,479 (1,512) (1,054)
------- ------ ------
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748) 2,809 1,958
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
Policy benefits ceded............................. 16,823 17,071 14,070
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 292 123 195
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,268 1,109 1,661
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 4,185 3,808 2,972
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,631) (1,150) (424)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. 1,201 (36) (344)
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $24,357 20,602 17,980
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Administration System Write-off
In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
Deferred tax expense.................................. 469 740 732
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
Other, net........................................... 10 0 (137)
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $ 194 218 217
Policy and contract liabilities..................... 583 709 1,031
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs............. 2,559 2,147 1,755
Other, net.......................................... 359 58 76
Unrealized Loss on investments, net................. 1,479 -- --
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
======= ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $ -- 1,512 1,054
Deferred policy acquisition costs................... 8,244 7,211 6,419
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
------- ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.
(7) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(8) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.
F-11
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(9) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $ 300 1,596 1,397
</TABLE>
(10) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.
(11) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a
F-12
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
2000............................................................ $ 750
2001............................................................ 321
2002............................................................ 130
2003............................................................ 99
-------
$ 1,300
=======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
(13) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding losses arising during
period.................................. $(8,492) 2,972 (5,520)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (57) 20 (37)
------- ----- ------
Other comprehensive loss................. (8,549) 2,992 (5,557)
======= ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (53) 19 (34)
------ ---- ---
Other comprehensive income............... 1,308 (457) 851
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (69) 24 (45)
------ ---- -----
Other comprehensive income............... 2,516 (880) 1,636
====== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Morgan Stanley
Dean Witter Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist,
Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European,
Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation
and Competitive Edge Best Ideas Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of
December 31, 1999, and related statements of operations and changes in net
assets for each of the periods in the three year period then ended. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Paragon
Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market, High Yield,
Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus, Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital
Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global Dividend Growth, Income Builder,
Capital Appreciation, and Competitive Edge Best Ideas Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the results of their operations
and changes in their net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Quality Dividend Capital
Market High Yield Equity Strategist Income Plus Growth Utilities Growth
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ---------- --------- ---------- ------------ ---------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Morgan
Stanley Dean Witter
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments).......... $199,611 106,312 1,237,768 302,880 56,653 1,337,461 61,118 358,738
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------ --------- ------ -------
Total Net Assets..... $199,611 106,312 1,237,768 302,880 56,653 1,337,461 61,118 358,738
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
Total Net Assets,
represented by:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ $199,474 104,899 1,236,521 301,157 56,293 1,330,352 60,749 358,555
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 137 1,413 1,247 1,723 360 7,109 369 183
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------ --------- ------ -------
$199,611 106,312 1,237,768 302,880 56,653 1,337,461 61,118 358,738
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
Total Units Held........ 167,157 14,710 14,843 12,895 4,498 51,032 2,220 11,094
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.19 7.13 83.31 23.35 12.52 26.07 27.36 32.32
Cost of Investments..... $199,611 139,749 813,689 250,097 61,353 1,408,157 46,719 269,575
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== ========= ====== =======
<CAPTION>
Global
Pacific Dividend Income Capital Comp. Edge
European Growth Growth Builder Appreciation Best Ideas
Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ---------- --------- ---------- ------------ ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Morgan
Stanley Dean Witter
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments).......... $698,725 1,310,308 838,278 8,334 -- 111,023
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------ ---------
Total Net Assets..... $698,725 1,310,308 838,278 8,334 -- 111,023
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== =========
Total Net Assets,
represented by:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ $698,363 1,309,641 833,967 8,225 -- 110,969
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 362 667 4,311 109 -- 54
-------- --------- --------- ------- ------ ---------
$698,725 1,310,308 838,278 8,334 -- 111,023
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== =========
Total Units Held........ 17,184 146,004 43,814 653 -- 9,029
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 40.64 8.97 19.03 12.61 -- 12.29
Cost of Investments..... $520,136 1,070,711 775,969 8,061 -- 93,484
======== ========= ========= ======= ====== =========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (Inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (Inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity Strategist
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ -------------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 7,930 7,158 6,775 20,323 22,700 15,138 18,770 3,713 2,078 5,565 3,488 2,963
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 1,505 1,254 1,180 1,345 1,607 1,075 6,971 4,478 3,039 1,997 1,292 834
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 6,425 5,904 5,595 18,978 21,093 14,063 11,799 (765) (961) 3,568 2,196 2,129
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... -- -- -- -- -- -- 75,327 59,774 22,106 -- 13,853 1,943
Proceeds from
Sales............. 74,996 55,996 125,617 106,893 23,423 21,931 108,003 115,177 62,902 36,946 9,976 10,046
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 74,996 55,996 125,617 128,463 26,109 19,948 86,095 96,763 50,493 30,221 8,897 8,592
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- (21,570) (2,686) 1,983 97,235 78,188 34,515 6,725 14,932 3,397
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning
of Year........... -- -- -- (36,213) (4,982) (1,865) 130,269 73,339 2,835 26,703 9,875 5,142
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of
Year.............. -- -- -- (33,437) (36,213) (4,982) 424,079 130,269 73,339 52,783 26,703 9,875
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 2,776 (31,231) (3,117) 293,810 56,930 70,504 26,080 16,828 4,733
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- (18,794) (33,917) (1,134) 391,045 135,118 105,019 32,805 31,760 8,130
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations.... $ 6,425 5,904 5,595 184 (12,824) 12,929 402,844 134,352 104,058 36,373 33,956 10,259
======== ====== ======= ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth Utilities Capital Growth
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ -------------------------- ------------------------ ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 3,563 2,746 1,559 30,640 24,526 20,643 1,460 1,395 1,315 8,292 17 724
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 487 379 207 13,186 11,708 8,929 514 426 328 2,572 2,099 1,676
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 3,076 2,367 1,352 17,454 12,818 11,714 946 969 987 5,720 (2,082) (952)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... -- -- -- 209,513 116,995 46,805 1,113 2,323 479 27,927 17,323 20,724
Proceeds from
Sales............. 4,345 7,815 9,791 361,347 229,964 183,012 13,788 13,062 12,068 66,476 45,333 50,041
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 4,522 7,666 9,003 337,867 194,242 135,818 10,602 10,220 10,478 55,308 39,779 40,214
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... (177) 149 788 232,993 152,717 93,999 4,299 5,165 2,069 39,095 22,877 30,551
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning
of Year........... 1,040 343 206 229,735 234,467 128,860 12,987 8,928 2,803 45,992 25,565 17,315
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of
Year.............. (4,700) 1,040 343 (70,696) 229,735 234,467 14,399 12,987 8,928 89,163 45,992 25,565
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... (5,740) 697 137 (300,431) (4,732) 105,606 1,412 4,059 6,125 43,171 20,427 8,250
-------- ------ ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... (5,917) 846 925 (67,438) 147,985 199,605 5,711 9,224 8,194 82,266 43,304 38,801
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations.... $ (2,841) 3,213 2,277 (49,984) 160,803 211,319 6,657 10,193 9,181 87,986 41,222 37,849
======== ====== ======= ======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1999 and for the Competitive Edge
Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
European Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth Income Builder
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ ---------------------------- ----------------------- --------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
--------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income....... $ 3,622 5,489 3,083 8,602 25,728 8,299 20,390 11,342 9,443 153 37
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................ 4,926 4,201 2,695 8,232 4,246 4,822 6,921 5,967 4,941 16 5
--------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ---
Net Investment In-
come (Expense)...... (1,304) 1,288 388 370 21,482 3,477 13,469 5,375 4,502 137 32
Net Realized Gain on In-
vestments
Realized Gain from
Distributions......... 53,707 30,332 15,138 -- -- -- 49,153 68,547 23,555 19 1
Proceeds from Sales... 120,363 74,099 35,610 149,242 61,430 97,967 207,136 165,949 80,262 1,372 12
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 103,796 61,617 28,179 166,113 102,232 104,807 190,685 154,978 66,550 1,310 12
--------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ---
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Invest-
ments............... 70,274 42,814 22,569 (16,871) (40,802) (6,840) 65,604 79,518 37,267 81 1
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year..... 98,264 55,867 36,882 (255,713) (237,617) 7,836 40,275 50,203 38,176 4 0
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year........... 178,589 98,264 55,867 239,597 (255,713) (237,617) 62,309 40,275 50,203 273 4
--------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ---
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 80,325 42,397 18,985 495,310 (18,096) (245,453) 22,034 (9,928) 12,027 269 4
--------- ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ----- ---
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... 150,599 85,211 41,554 478,439 (58,898) (252,293) 87,638 69,590 49,294 350 5
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations............ $ 149,295 86,499 41,942 478,809 (37,416) (248,816) 101,107 74,965 53,796 487 37
========= ====== ====== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= ====== ===== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Competitive
Capital Edge
Appreciation Best Ideas
Division Division
--------------- -------------
1999 1998 1999 1998
------- ------ ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income............................... $ -- 5 359 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense Charge.................. 1 8 459 38
------- ----- ------ -----
Net Investment Income (Expense)............. (1) (3) (100) (38)
Net Realized Gain on Investments
Realized Gain from Distributions.............. -- -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales........................... 1,568 37 1,197 598
------- ----- ------ -----
Cost of Investments Sold...................... 1,525 35 1,139 644
Net Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments..... 43 2 58 (46)
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss) Beginning of Year...... (37) 0 1,004 0
Unrealized Gain (Loss) End of Year............ -- (37) 17,539 1,004
------- ----- ------ -----
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments..... 37 (37) 16,535 1,004
------- ----- ------ -----
Net Gain (Loss) on Investments.............. 80 (35) 16,593 958
Increase (Decrease) in Assets Resulting from
Operations.................................... $ 79 (38) 16,493 920
======= ===== ====== =====
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division
which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31,
1997 and the Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division
which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through December 31,
1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
------------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (expense).... $ 6,425 5,904 5,595 18,978 21,093 14,063 11,799 (765) (961)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- -- (21,570) (2,686) 1,983 97,235 78,188 34,515
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- -- 2,776 (31,231) (3,117) 293,810 56,930 70,504
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 6,425 5,904 5,595 184 (12,824) 12,929 402,844 134,353 104,058
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 42,319 29,356 8,391 (81,792) 32,111 73,622 220,956 35,309 88,708
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 48,744 35,260 13,986 (81,608) 19,287 86,551 623,800 169,662 192,766
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 150,867 115,607 101,621 187,920 168,633 82,082 613,968 444,306 251,540
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. $199,611 150,867 115,607 106,312 187,920 168,633 1,237,768 613,968 444,306
======== ======= ======= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth Utilities
Division Division Division
------------------------- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (expense).... $ 3,076 2,367 1,352 17,454 12,818 11,714 946 969 987
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... (177) 149 788 232,993 152,717 93,999 4,299 5,165 2,069
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... (5,740) 697 137 (300,431) (4,732) 105,606 1,412 4,059 6,125
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... (2,841) 3,213 2,277 (49,984) 160,803 211,319 6,657 10,193 9,181
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 5,420 23,059 1,992 (51,192) 96,482 144,340 (322) (1,350) (112)
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 2,579 26,272 4,269 (101,176) 257,285 355,659 6,335 8,843 9,069
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 54,074 27,802 23,533 1,438,637 1,181,352 825,693 54,783 45,940 36,871
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. $ 56,653 54,074 27,802 1,337,461 1,438,637 1,181,352 61,118 54,783 45,940
======== ======= ======= ========= ========= ========= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Strategist
Division
-------------------------
1999 1998 1997
------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (expense).... 3,568 2,196 2,129
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 6,725 14,932 3,397
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 26,080 16,828 4,733
------- -------- --------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 36,373 33,956 10,259
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 84,920 31,816 36,030
------- -------- --------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 121,293 65,772 46,289
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 181,587 115,815 69,526
------- -------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. 302,880 181,587 115,815
======= ======== ========
<CAPTION>
Capital Growth
Division
-------------------------
1999 1998 1997
------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (expense).... 5,720 (2,082) (952)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 39,095 22,877 30,551
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... 43,171 20,427 8,250
------- -------- --------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 87,986 41,222 37,849
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 76 14,267 20,698
------- -------- --------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 88,062 55,489 58,547
Net Assets, Beginning
of Year.............. 270,676 215,187 156,640
------- -------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year................. 358,738 270,676 215,187
======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, except for the Income
Builder and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge
Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global Dividend
European Division Pacific Growth Division Growth Division
------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income
(expense).............. $ (1,304) 1,288 388 370 21,482 3,477 13,469 5,375 4,502
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 70,274 42,814 22,569 (16,871) (40,802) (6,840) 65,604 79,518 37,267
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 80,325 42,397 18,985 495,310 (18,096) (245,453) 22,034 (9,928) 12,027
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations........... 149,295 86,499 41,942 478,809 (37,416) (248,816) 101,107 74,965 53,796
Net Deposits into
Separate Account..... 18,595 74,213 104,536 202,458 217,960 172,283 6,007 7,793 182,583
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets............. 167,890 160,711 146,478 681,267 180,544 (76,533) 107,114 82,758 236,379
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year.................... 530,835 370,124 223,646 629,041 448,497 525,030 731,164 648,406 412,027
-------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------- ------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. 698,725 530,835 370,124 1,310,308 629,041 448,497 838,278 731,164 648,406
======== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income Capital Competitive
Builder Appreciation Edge Best
Division Division Ideas Division
------------ ------------- ---------------
1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
------ ----- ------ ----- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment Income (expense).. $ 137 32 (1) (3) (100) (38)
Net Realized Gain (Loss) on
Investments...................... 81 1 43 2 58 (46)
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on
Investments...................... 269 4 37 (37) 16,535 1,004
------ ----- ------ ----- ------- ------
Increase in Net Assets
Resulting from Operations...... 487 37 79 (38) 16,493 920
Net Deposits into Separate
Account........................ 6,391 1,419 (1,432) 1,391 75,652 17,958
------ ----- ------ ----- ------- ------
Increase in Net Assets....... 6,878 1,456 (1,353) 1,353 92,145 18,878
Net Assets, Beginning of Year..... 1,456 -- 1,353 -- 18,878 --
------ ----- ------ ----- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of Year........... $8,334 1,456 -- 1,353 111,023 18,878
====== ===== ====== ===== ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1999
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on December 1, 1995. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment Series (Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter), an open-end, diversified management investment company. These funds
are the Money Market, High Yield, Equity, Strategist, Quality Income Plus,
Dividend Growth, Utilities, Capital Growth, European, Pacific Growth, Global
Dividend Growth, Income Builder, Capital Appreciation and Competitive Edge Best
Ideas (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium
payments into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares
held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on
withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent
with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested
on the ex-dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge, if any, is determined by
the costs associated with distributing the policy
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
and is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the policies,
incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in
connection with the policies. In addition, some polices have a premium tax
assessment equal to 2% or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes
incurred. The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges
equals the net premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges, a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4--Purchases and Sales of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment Shares
For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period
from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997 and for the Competitive Edge
Best Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception)
through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $115,697 84,104 132,963 23,614 53,931 93,779 321,550 146,072 148,683
Sales................... $ 74,996 55,996 125,617 106,893 23,423 21,931 108,003 115,177 62,902
======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $119,737 40,532 44,691 9,235 30,513 11,458 295,904 316,061 314,169
Sales................... $ 36,946 9,976 10,046 4,345 7,815 9,791 361,347 229,964 183,012
======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Utilities Capital Growth European
Division Division Division
------------------------ --------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 12,911 11,288 11,329 63,791 57,789 68,959 133,645 144,181 137,762
Sales................... $ 13,788 13,062 12,068 66,476 45,333 50,041 120,363 74,099 35,610
======== ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth
Division Division
------------------------ ---------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $343,005 275,498 265,523 205,685 168,043 257,005
Sales................... $149,242 61,430 97,967 207,136 165,949 80,262
======== ======= ======= ======= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Income Capital
Builder Appreciation Competitive Edge
Division Division Best Ideas Division
---------------- --------------- -------------------
1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
-------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 7,745 1,428 135 1,420 76,376 18,532
Sales................... $ 1,372 12 1,568 37 1,197 598
======== ======= ======= ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The purchases do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the year ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the Period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge Best
Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 98,447 75,146 123,611 3,199 7,099 12,526 4,956 3,257 4,229
Withdrawals........... 62,582 48,733 114,886 13,920 2,879 2,863 1,693 2,493 1,745
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 35,865 26,413 8,725 (10,721) 4,220 9,663 3,263 764 2,484
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 131,292 104,879 96,154 25,431 21,211 11,548 11,580 10,816 8,332
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 167,157 131,292 104,879 14,710 25,431 21,211 14,843 11,580 10,816
======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Strategist Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
----------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 5,541 2,306 2,898 727 2,394 988 10,692 12,475 14,308
Withdrawals........... 1,642 494 613 301 576 845 12,783 8,689 8,129
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 3,899 1,812 2,285 426 1,818 143 (2,091) 3,786 6,179
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 8,996 7,184 4,899 4,072 2,254 2,111 53,123 49,337 43,158
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 12,895 8,996 7,184 4,498 4,072 2,254 51,032 53,123 49,337
======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for the
year ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income Builder
Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the period from
May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the Competitive Edge Best
Ideas Division which is for the period from May 19, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Utilities Capital Growth European
Division Division Division
------------------------ ------------------------ --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 507 511 673 2,442 2,633 3,685 4,047 4,841 5,762
Withdrawals........... 511 574 719 2,409 1,989 2,603 3,579 2,433 1,385
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units.............. (4) (63) (46) 33 644 1,082 468 2,408 4,377
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 2,224 2,287 2,333 11,061 10,417 9,335 16,716 14,308 9,931
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- -------- ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 2,220 2,224 2,287 11,094 11,061 10,417 17,184 16,716 14,308
======= ======= ====== ====== ======== ======== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth
Division Division
------------------------ ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 51,786 54,035 30,646 11,537 10,749 17,660
Withdrawals........... 21,241 11,602 10,382 11,164 10,200 5,080
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 30,545 42,433 20,264 373 549 12,580
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 115,459 73,026 52,762 43,441 42,892 30,312
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 146,004 115,459 73,026 43,814 43,441 42,892
======= ======= ====== ====== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
Income Capital Competitive Edge
Builder Appreciation Best Ideas
Division Division Division
---------------- -------------- -----------------
1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits.............. 637 122 12 134 7,174 1,998
Withdrawals........... 105 1 143 3 77 66
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
Net Increase in
Units.............. 532 121 (131) 131 7,097 1,932
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 121 -- 131 -- 1,932 --
------- ------- ------ ------ -------- --------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 653 121 -- 131 9,029 1,932
======= ======= ====== ====== ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series. Net deposits represent the amounts
available for investment in such shares after deduction of premium expense
charges, monthly expense charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional
benefits added by rider. The following is a summary of net deposits made for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the
Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division which is for the period May 19, 1998
(inception) through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market High Yield Equity
Division Division Division
--------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 262,361 191,717 192,847 49,461 72,480 107,577 344,900 238,128 217,652
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (20,370) (4,672) (59,511) (16,259) (10,809) (1,778) (72,508) (43,978) (20,977)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 18,409 13,902 34,673 (84,319) (276) (5,540) 134,820 (37,101) (9,857)
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers ...... 260,400 200,947 168,009 (51,117) 61,395 100,259 407,212 157,049 186,818
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 5,866 4,292 4,356 1,106 1,623 2,430 7,713 5,331 4,916
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 3,090 2,796 1,712 430 462 955 2,600 1,946 1,932
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 209,125 164,503 153,550 29,139 27,199 23,252 175,943 114,463 91,262
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total
Deductions...... 218,081 171,591 159,618 30,675 29,284 26,637 186,256 121,740 98,110
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 42,319 29,356 8,391 (81,792) 32,111 73,622 220,956 35,309 88,708
========= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Quality Income Plus Dividend Growth Utilities
Division Division Division
--------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 15,842 14,325 16,285 697,226 615,565 558,109 23,012 19,568 18,704
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (457) (1,743) (4,917) (198,294) (131,059) (79,140) (4,054) (2,300) (1,988)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 1,239 17,741 (1,578) (149,446) (57,102) (64,590) (6,064) (6,116) (7,220)
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers ...... 16,624 30,323 9,790 349,486 427,404 414,379 12,894 11,152 9,496
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges .......... 353 321 368 15,591 13,780 12,605 515 438 422
Monthly Expense
Charges .......... 158 116 145 5,607 5,300 4,954 184 202 166
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 10,693 6,827 7,285 379,480 311,842 252,480 12,517 11,862 9,020
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total
Deductions...... 11,204 7,264 7,798 400,678 330,922 270,039 13,216 12,502 9,608
--------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 5,420 23,059 1,992 (51,192) 96,482 144,340 (322) (1,350) (112)
========= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Strategist
Division
--------------------------
1999 1998 1997
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 60,509 110,145 61,958
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (24,367) (2,953) (7)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 75,810 (3,566) (4,902)
-------- -------- --------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers ...... 111,952 103,626 57,049
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 1,352 2,466 1,399
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 374 1,159 550
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 25,306 68,185 19,070
-------- -------- --------
Total
Deductions...... 27,032 71,810 21,019
-------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 84,920 31,816 36,030
======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
Capital Growth
Division
--------------------------
1999 1998 1997
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 129,107 108,976 103,008
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (47,645) (3,599) (17,555)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (10,692) (34,994) (16,678)
-------- -------- --------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers ...... 70,770 70,383 68,775
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges .......... 2,884 2,440 2,326
Monthly Expense
Charges .......... 988 897 914
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 66,822 52,779 44,837
-------- -------- --------
Total
Deductions...... 70,694 56,116 48,077
-------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 76 14,267 20,698
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series. Net deposits represent the amounts
available for investment in such shares after deduction of premium expense
charges, monthly expense charges, cost of insurance and the cost of optional
benefits added by rider. The following is a summary of net deposits made for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 except for the Income
Builder Division and the Capital Appreciation Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (inception) through December 31, 1997 and the
Competitive Edge Best Ideas Division which is for the period May 19, 1998
(inception) through December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
European Pacific Growth Global Dividend Growth
Division Division Division
--------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 218,919 189,749 185,513 443,724 410,061 417,748 374,607 347,530 337,424
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............. (71,216) (30,281) (17,034) (80,016) (23,248) (17,101) (60,354) (63,645) (33,272)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account..... (18,062) 8,469 7,159 70,600 (15,033) (61,270) (97,007) (83,766) 43,872
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............ 129,641 167,937 175,638 434,308 371,780 339,377 217,246 200,119 348,024
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges................ 4,896 4,248 4,190 9,920 9,179 9,435 8,378 7,780 7,621
Monthly Expense
Charges................ 1,546 1,495 1,647 3,232 2,417 3,708 2,954 3,084 2,995
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits...... 104,604 87,981 65,265 218,698 142,224 153,951 199,907 181,462 154,825
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Deductions..... 111,046 93,724 71,102 231,850 153,820 167,094 211,239 192,326 165,441
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders........... $ 18,595 74,213 104,536 202,458 217,960 172,283 6,007 7,793 182,583
========= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income Capital Comp. Edge
Builder Appreciation Best Ideas
Division Division Division
------------- ------------- --------------
1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
------- ----- ------ ----- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits................ $ 834 263 345 1,382 90,238 2,108
Surrenders and Withdrawals.......... -- -- -- -- (193) --
Transfers Between Funds and General
Account............................. 5,877 1,265 (1,549) 520 9,066 17,576
------- ----- ------ ----- ------ ------
Total Gross Deposits net of
Surrenders, Withdrawals, and
Transfers.......................... 6,711 1,528 (1,204) 1,902 99,111 19,684
Deductions:
Premium Expense Charges............ 18 6 8 31 2,018 47
Monthly Expense Charges............ 4 2 3 8 312 28
Cost of Insurance and Optional
Benefits........................... 298 101 217 472 21,129 1,651
------- ----- ------ ----- ------ ------
320 109 228 511 23,459 1,726
------- ----- ------ ----- ------ ------
Net Deposits from Policyholders..... $ 6,391 1,419 (1,432) 1,391 75,652 17,958
======= ===== ====== ===== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 7 -- Subsequent Event
On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
F-28
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
For the year ended December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number
of Market
Shares Value Cost
------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Variable Investment
Series:
Money Market Division......................... 199,611 $ 199,611 $ 199,611
High Yield Division........................... 24,552 106,312 139,749
Equity Division............................... 22,973 1,237,768 813,689
Strategist Division........................... 15,858 302,880 250,097
Quality Income Plus Division.................. 5,746 56,653 61,353
Dividend Growth Division...................... 73,006 1,337,461 1,408,157
Utilities Division............................ 2,669 61,118 46,719
Capital Growth Division....................... 15,117 358,738 269,575
European Growth Division...................... 22,203 698,725 520,136
Pacific Growth Division....................... 154,517 1,310,308 1,070,711
Global Dividend Growth Division............... 58,053 838,278 775,969
Income Builder................................ 729 8,334 8,061
Capital Appreciation.......................... -- -- --
Competitive Edge Best Ideas................... 8,975 111,023 93,484
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-29
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .625%,
(representing the average of the fees incurred by the Portfolios in which the
Divisions invest the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Fund
prospectus), and a .08% charge that is an estimate of the Portfolios' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999. After
deduction for these amounts, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of
return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.605%,
4.395%, 10.395%, respectively. No expense reimbursement arrangement exists
between the Company and the Fund.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.605%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,093 $500,000 $ 4,953 $500,000
2 12,630 5,982 500,000 9,741 500,000
3 19,423 8,626 500,000 14,404 500,000
4 26,555 11,016 500,000 18,887 500,000
5 34,045 13,129 500,000 23,188 500,000
6 41,908 14,946 500,000 27,312 500,000
7 50,165 16,438 500,000 31,270 500,000
8 58,834 17,562 500,000 35,004 500,000
9 67,937 18,283 500,000 38,576 500,000
10 77,496 18,570 500,000 41,934 500,000
11 87,532 18,415 500,000 45,029 500,000
12 98,070 17,785 500,000 47,921 500,000
13 109,134 16,674 500,000 50,561 500,000
14 120,752 15,052 500,000 52,902 500,000
15 132,951 12,866 500,000 54,944 500,000
16 145,760 10,050 500,000 56,697 500,000
17 159,209 6,492 500,000 58,109 500,000
18 173,331 2,055 500,000 59,132 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 59,771 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 59,972 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 51,680 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 15,460 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.395%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,194 $500,000 $ 5,114 $500,000
2 12,630 6,371 500,000 10,367 500,000
3 19,423 9,483 500,000 15,801 500,000
4 26,555 12,519 500,000 21,367 500,000
5 34,045 15,448 500,000 27,069 500,000
6 41,908 18,243 500,000 32,915 500,000
7 50,165 20,865 500,000 38,921 500,000
8 58,834 23,262 500,000 45,036 500,000
9 67,937 25,385 500,000 51,324 500,000
10 77,496 27,188 500,000 57,744 500,000
11 87,532 28,644 500,000 64,252 500,000
12 98,070 29,702 500,000 70,912 500,000
13 109,134 30,335 500,000 77,685 500,000
14 120,752 30,491 500,000 84,531 500,000
15 132,951 30,091 500,000 91,458 500,000
16 145,760 29,041 500,000 98,484 500,000
17 159,209 27,193 500,000 105,569 500,000
18 173,331 24,368 500,000 112,679 500,000
19 188,159 20,368 500,000 119,828 500,000
20 203,728 14,984 500,000 126,980 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 160,983 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 183,871 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, the investment management company, or any representative thereof,
that this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or
sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.395%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,293 $500,000 $ 5,273 $500,000
2 12,630 6,767 500,000 11,006 500,000
3 19,423 10,395 500,000 17,285 500,000
4 26,555 14,185 500,000 24,110 500,000
5 34,045 18,128 500,000 31,536 500,000
6 41,908 22,221 500,000 39,631 500,000
7 50,165 26,450 500,000 48,476 500,000
8 58,834 30,788 500,000 58,095 500,000
9 67,937 35,213 500,000 68,634 500,000
10 77,496 39,709 500,000 80,143 500,000
11 87,532 44,279 500,000 92,685 500,000
12 98,070 48,908 500,000 106,435 500,000
13 109,134 53,606 500,000 121,488 500,000
14 120,752 58,364 500,000 137,956 500,000
15 132,951 63,149 500,000 156,011 500,000
16 145,760 67,922 500,000 175,859 500,000
17 159,209 72,595 500,000 197,681 500,000
18 173,331 77,057 500,000 221,699 500,000
19 188,159 81,188 500,000 248,204 500,000
20 203,728 84,859 500,000 277,499 500,000
25 294,060 92,114 500,000 480,227 557,064
30 409,348 52,583 500,000 814,300 871,301
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.605%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,896 $508,896 $ 10,762 $510,762
2 25,261 17,479 517,479 21,258 521,258
3 38,846 25,705 525,705 31,525 531,525
4 53,111 33,568 533,568 41,510 541,510
5 68,090 41,044 541,044 51,210 551,210
6 83,817 48,117 548,117 60,630 560,630
7 100,330 54,756 554,756 69,781 569,781
8 117,669 60,923 560,923 78,601 578,601
9 135,875 66,581 566,581 87,156 587,156
10 154,992 71,706 571,706 95,390 595,390
11 175,064 76,292 576,292 103,249 603,249
12 196,140 80,313 580,313 110,799 610,799
13 218,269 83,773 583,773 117,985 617,985
14 241,505 86,651 586,651 124,754 624,754
15 265,903 88,903 588,903 131,107 631,107
16 291,521 90,479 590,479 137,056 637,056
17 318,419 91,285 591,285 142,544 642,544
18 346,663 91,207 591,207 147,517 647,517
19 376,319 90,136 590,136 151,985 651,985
20 407,457 87,976 587,976 155,890 655,890
25 588,120 59,136 559,136 164,221 664,221
30 818,697 0 0 142,870 642,870
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.395%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,187 $509,187 $ 11,114 $511,114
2 25,261 18,601 518,601 22,618 522,618
3 38,846 28,203 528,203 34,568 534,568
4 53,111 37,988 537,988 46,920 546,920
5 68,090 47,935 547,935 59,687 559,687
6 83,817 58,026 558,026 72,887 572,887
7 100,330 68,230 568,230 86,545 586,545
8 117,669 78,504 578,504 100,614 600,614
9 135,875 88,809 588,809 115,173 615,173
10 154,992 99,108 599,108 130,183 630,183
11 175,064 109,390 609,390 145,602 645,602
12 196,140 119,617 619,617 161,510 661,510
13 218,269 129,781 629,781 177,866 677,866
14 241,505 139,848 639,848 194,631 694,631
15 265,903 149,759 649,759 211,815 711,815
16 291,521 159,447 659,447 229,444 729,444
17 318,419 168,792 668,792 247,469 747,469
18 346,663 177,650 677,650 265,847 765,847
19 376,319 185,872 685,872 284,595 784,595
20 407,457 193,314 693,314 303,661 803,661
25 588,120 215,072 715,072 400,964 900,964
30 818,697 191,029 691,029 488,378 988,378
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 0.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.25%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.395%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,472 $ 509,472 $ 11,459 $ 511,459
2 25,261 19,747 519,747 24,009 524,009
3 38,846 30,857 530,857 37,800 537,800
4 53,111 42,876 542,876 52,900 552,900
5 68,090 55,868 555,868 69,436 569,436
6 83,817 69,908 569,908 87,559 587,559
7 100,330 85,067 585,067 107,441 607,441
8 117,669 101,413 601,413 129,194 629,194
9 135,875 119,023 619,023 153,076 653,076
10 154,992 137,992 637,992 179,246 679,246
11 175,064 158,448 658,448 207,879 707,879
12 196,140 180,510 680,510 239,293 739,293
13 218,269 204,337 704,337 273,716 773,716
14 241,505 230,081 730,081 311,396 811,396
15 265,903 257,887 757,887 352,668 852,668
16 291,521 287,906 787,906 397,910 897,910
17 318,419 320,255 820,255 447,467 947,467
18 346,663 355,044 855,044 501,725 1,001,725
19 376,319 392,397 892,397 561,172 1,061,172
20 407,457 432,461 932,461 626,281 1,126,281
25 588,120 681,720 1,181,720 1,056,083 1,556,083
30 818,697 1,032,502 1,532,502 1,723,128 2,223,128
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Portfolios of the Fund. The Cash
Value, cash Surrender Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different
from those shown if the actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above
over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below that average for
individual years. No representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street
Securities, investment management company, or any representative thereof, that
this hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained
over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
Putnam Variable Trust
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 2000
50455 Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
Class IA investment portfolio of Putnam Variable Trust:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND FUND
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Putnam VT Asia Pacific
Growth Fund Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT Diversified
Income Fund Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Global Asset
Allocation Fund Putnam VT Money Market Fund
Putnam VT Global Growth
Fund Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Growth and Income
Fund Putnam VT Income Fund
Putnam VT High Yield Fund Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund
Putnam VT International
Growth Fund Putnam VT Voyager Fund
</TABLE>
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
1
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company, The Separate Account and The Funds.......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 14
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 24
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits.
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 35
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 40
Voting Rights............................................................ 40
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 41
Management of the Company................................................ 42
Legal Matters............................................................ 43
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 43
Experts.................................................................. 43
Additional Information................................................... 43
Definitions.............................................................. 44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Fund" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, see
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
. Annual Expenses of the Funds (after fee waiver and reimbursement as
applicable). The value of the assets of the Divisions will reflect the
management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds. The following
table describes the Fund fees and expenses during the time that the Owner
owns the Policy.
6
<PAGE>
These fees and expenses are shown as a percentage of net assets for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other Expenses
Management Fees (after Total
(after fee waiver reimbursement as Annual
Fund as applicable) applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth
Fund........................ 0.80% 0.33% 1.13%
Putnam VT Diversified Income
Fund........................ 0.68% 0.10% 0.78%
Putnam VT Global Asset
Allocation Fund............. 0.65% 0.12% 0.77%
Putnam VT Global Growth Fund. 0.61% 0.12% 0.73%
Putnam VT Growth and Income
Fund........................ 0.46% 0.04% 0.50%
Putnam VT High Yield Fund.... 0.65% 0.07% 0.72%
Putnam VT International
Growth Fund................. 0.80% 0.22% 1.02%
Putnam VT International
Growth and Income Fund...... 0.80% 0.18% 0.98%
Putnam VT International New
Opportunities Fund.......... 1.08% 0.33% 1.41%
Putnam VT Money Market Fund.. 0.41% 0.08% 0.49%
Putnam VT New Opportunities
Fund........................ 0.54% 0.05% 0.59%
Putnam VT Income Fund........ 0.60% 0.07% 0.67%
Putnam VT Utilities Growth
and Income Fund............. 0.65% 0.06% 0.71%
Putnam VT Voyager Fund....... 0.53% 0.04% 0.57%
</TABLE>
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that
the reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer
a portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account
to which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash
Value even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time
7
<PAGE>
while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and death benefit payable under the Policy. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders and
partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Right and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
8
<PAGE>
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, we had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to it by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, growth, premium income, investment income, capital gains
and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force. Our
use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by the
NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
Putnam Variable Trust
The Separate Account invests shares of Putnam Variable Trust, a series-type
mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for Putnam Variable
Trust.The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
.Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund
Seeks capital appreciation.
.Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund
Seeks as high a level of current income as Putnam Management believes is
consistent with capital preservation. The Fund invests in higher-yielding,
lower-rated securities commonly referred to as "junk bonds." See the special
considerations for and risks associated with investments in these securities
described in the Fund prospectus.
11
<PAGE>
.Putnam VT Global Asset Allocation Fund
Seeks a high level of long-term total return consistent with preservation of
capital.
.Putnam VT Global Growth Fund
Seeks capital appreciation.
.Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund
Seeks capital growth and current income.
.Putnam VT High Yield Fund
Seeks high current income. Capital growth is a secondary goal when consistent
with achieving high current income. The Fund invests in higher-yielding, lower-
rated securities commonly referred to as "junk bonds." See the special
considerations for and risks associated with investments in these securities
described in the Fund prospectus.
.Putnam VT International Growth Fund
Seeks capital appreciation.
.Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund
Seeks capital growth. Current income is a secondary objective.
.Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund
Seeks long-term capital appreciation.
.Putnam VT Money Market Fund
Seeks as high a rate of current income as Putnam Management believes is
consistent with preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.
.Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Seeks long-term capital appreciation.
.Putnam VT Income Fund
Seeks high current income consistent with preservation of capital.
.Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund (Utilities Fund)
Seeks capital growth and current income.
.Putnam VT Voyager Fund
Seeks capital appreciation.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
12
<PAGE>
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
13
<PAGE>
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
14
<PAGE>
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
15
<PAGE>
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned
premium payment schedule. A planned premium payment schedule provides for
premium payments in a level amount at fixed intervals (usually monthly) agreed
to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year.
16
<PAGE>
The maximum premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums
paid under the Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium
limitations referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986. If at any time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums
exceeding the current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that
portion of the premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any
part of the premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly
to the Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is
received (unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until
allowed by the current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax
law. See "Federal Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium
limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1)as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General
17
<PAGE>
Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the
payment of premiums in any amount does not guarantee that the Policy will
remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
18
<PAGE>
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
19
<PAGE>
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
20
<PAGE>
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
21
<PAGE>
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
22
<PAGE>
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
the current Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
which are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
the current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges
if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
Investment Factor is being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
assets during the Valuation Period; minus
23
<PAGE>
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
expense risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan
is requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.
24
<PAGE>
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the
amount held in the Loan Account) does not participate in the performance of the
Separate Account while the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest
credited is less than the investment performance of the selected Division, the
Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan
Account interest credited is higher than the investment performance of the
Division, the Policy values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal
25
<PAGE>
ordinarily will be paid within seven days of receipt of the written request.
(See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.")
Surrenders and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences.
(See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of
the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on the date the
request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make
26
<PAGE>
transfers and determine all values in connection with transfers as of the end
of the Valuation Period during which the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
27
<PAGE>
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
28
<PAGE>
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make
an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for the
anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such a
Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The
29
<PAGE>
amount of this charge is set forth in the specifications pages of the Policy
and depends on the number of employees eligible to be covered at issue of a
Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. The following table
sets forth the range of monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Eligible First Subsequent
Employees Year Years
--------- ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499.................................................. $5.00 $2.50
500-999.................................................. $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1)with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
30
<PAGE>
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing
the death benefit by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for
purposes of computing the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed
monthly earnings at an annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
31
<PAGE>
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
32
<PAGE>
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the
Insured is living when the request is received by us. We will not be liable for
any payment made or action taken before we receive the written request for
change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at the time of the
Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's death,
designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the Owner may
have adverse tax consequences.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
33
<PAGE>
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative
34
<PAGE>
processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner in a single
payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The rider may
be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets certain
underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV test
result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner
may make such an election under the rider if evidence, including a
certification from a licensed physician, is provided to us that the Insured (1)
has a life expectancy of 12 months or less or (2) is permanently confined to a
qualified nursing home and is expected to remain there until death. Any
irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record must provide written
authorization in order for the Owner to receive the accelerated benefit. The
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is not available with
Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company.
35
<PAGE>
Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers.
Walnut Street's Internal Revenue Service employer identification No. is 43-
1333368. It is a Missouri corporation formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's
address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite 1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies
will be sold by broker-dealers who have entered into written sales agreements
with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies may take place in all states (except
New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of the
part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums received in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may be up to 0.25%
per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy Year or calendar
year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20 years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
36
<PAGE>
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.
Tax Status of the Policy
In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not
37
<PAGE>
been explicitly addressed in published rulings. While we believe that the
Policies do not give Owners investment control over Variable Account assets, we
reserve the right to modify the Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from
being treated as the owner of the Variable Account assets supporting the
Policy.
In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."
Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:
(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
after all gain has been distributed.
(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.
(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part
of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or
life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are
38
<PAGE>
generally treated first as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy
and only after the recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income.
However, certain distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy
to continue to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes if Policy benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be
treated in whole or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.
Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.
Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.
Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.
Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.
Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.
Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.
Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.
Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.
39
<PAGE>
Our Income Taxes
Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.
Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine
40
<PAGE>
that the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
41
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
---- -------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
(GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy/4/ Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June
1996. Formerly Director of Accounting, Prudential
Insurance Company of America, March 1987--June 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4 Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
/ General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4 Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
/ General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August 1990--November 1996.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating Officer,
ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998. Vice
President and General Manager of National Operations
Centers, Norell Corporation, January 1995--March
1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp Insurance
Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
October 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1 /All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2 /The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
/3 /The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
Chesterfield, MO 63017.
/4 /Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
42
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of Federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
43
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
44
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
45
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-1
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available
for sale................... $ 81,421 83,384
Policy loans................ 16,954 14,135
Cash and cash equivalents... 10,591 7,439
-------- -------
Total cash and invested
assets................. 108,966 104,958
-------- -------
Reinsurance recoverables.... 1,314 1,170
Deposits relating to
reinsured policyholder
account balances........... 7,020 6,688
Accrued investment income... 1,853 1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
costs...................... 24,357 20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
improvements, net.......... 1,031 4,504
Other assets................ 262 105
Separate account assets..... 255,190 168,222
-------- -------
Total assets............ $399,993 307,794
======== =======
Liabilities and
Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
balances................... 101,665 93,334
Policy and contract claims.. 1,691 1,672
Federal income taxes
payable.................... 1,007 281
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses........... 3,734 3,943
Payable to affiliates....... 3,803 2,062
Due to separate account..... 192 183
Deferred tax liability...... 3,070 5,591
Separate account
liabilities................ 255,126 168,222
-------- -------
Total liabilities....... $370,288 275,288
-------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value
$25; 100,000 shares
authorized;
82,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............. 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in
capital.................. 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income................... (2,748) 2,809
Retained earnings......... 12,453 9,697
-------- -------
Total stockholder's
equity................. $ 29,705 32,506
-------- -------
Total liabilities and
stockholder's equity... $399,993 307,794
======== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $24,577 20,437 16,417
Net investment income................................. 7,726 6,983 6,288
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 292 124 10
Net realized investment gains......................... 57 53 69
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 32,652 27,597 22,784
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,616 4,774 3,876
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 445 167 227
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 11,394 9,042 7,743
Policy administration system expenses................. 4,787 469 --
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,631 1,150 424
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 28,397 20,830 17,008
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 4,255 6,766 5,775
Federal income tax expense.............................. 1,499 2,368 1,885
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income....................... (5,557) 851 1,636
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801) 5,249 5,526
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Total
Common paid-in comprehensive Retained stockholder's
Stock capital income earnings equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
Net income............ -- -- -- 2,756 2,756
Other comprehensive
loss................. -- -- (5,557) -- (5,557)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1999................... $2,050 17,950 (2,748) 12,453 29,705
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... (144) 563 (892)
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (332) (272) (342)
Accrued investment income.................... (308) (168) (79)
Federal income tax payable................... 726 118 (648)
Other assets................................. 3,316 (1,821) (1,280)
Policy and contract claims................... 19 587 (23)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... (209) 457 782
Payable to affiliates........................ 1,741 442 (669)
Company ownership of separate account........ (64) -- --
Due to separate account...................... 9 122 (34)
Deferred tax expense........................... 469 740 732
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (4,185) (3,808) (2,972)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,631 1,150 424
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (57) (53) (69)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 10,892 7,683 3,558
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 4,695 8,632 5,255
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,819) (2,648) (1,923)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (10,547) (8,931) (9,225)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,807 2,954 2,294
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 3,152 1,706 (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 7,439 5,733 9,106
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591 7,439 5,733
-------- ------- -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (346) (1,460) (1,801)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Subsequent Event
(i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
(ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 8,728 53 (162) 8,619
Corporate securities............ 70,312 276 (4,830) 65,758
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,911 36 (394) 6,553
Asset-backed securities......... 500 -- (9) 491
-------- --- ------ ------
$ 86,451 365 (5,395) 81,421
======== === ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,880
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 193 (25) 7,022
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,951 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized Fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 471 480
Due after one year through five years................. 22,034 21,893
Due after five years through ten years................ 8,853 8,317
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 48,182 44,178
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,911 6,553
-------- ------
$ 86,451 81,421
======== ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
Short-term investments................................ 486 535 608
Policy loans and other................................ 1,244 924 807
------- ----- -----
$ 7,807 7,062 6,356
Investment expenses................................... (81) (79) (68)
------- ----- -----
Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030) 4,717 3,373
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............. 803 (396) (361)
Deferred income taxes............................ 1,479 (1,512) (1,054)
------- ------ ------
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748) 2,809 1,958
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
Policy benefits ceded............................. 16,823 17,071 14,070
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 292 123 195
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,268 1,109 1,661
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 4,185 3,808 2,972
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,631) (1,150) (424)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. 1,201 (36) (344)
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $24,357 20,602 17,980
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Administration System Write-off
In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
Deferred tax expense.................................. 469 740 732
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
Other, net........................................... 10 0 (137)
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $ 194 218 217
Policy and contract liabilities..................... 583 709 1,031
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs............. 2,559 2,147 1,755
Other, net.......................................... 359 58 76
Unrealized Loss on investments, net................. 1,479 -- --
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
======= ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $ -- 1,512 1,054
Deferred policy acquisition costs................... 8,244 7,211 6,419
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
------- ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.
(7) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(8) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.
F-11
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(9) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $ 300 1,596 1,397
</TABLE>
(10) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.
(11) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a
F-12
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
2000............................................................ $ 750
2001............................................................ 321
2002............................................................ 130
2003............................................................ 99
-------
$ 1,300
=======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
(13) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding losses arising during
period.................................. $(8,492) 2,972 (5,520)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (57) 20 (37)
------- ----- ------
Other comprehensive loss................. (8,549) 2,992 (5,557)
======= ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (53) 19 (34)
------ ---- ---
Other comprehensive income............... 1,308 (457) 851
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (69) 24 (45)
------ ---- -----
Other comprehensive income............... 2,516 (880) 1,636
====== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's Putnam Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Money Market, New Opportunities, Growth &
Income, High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset Allocation, Voyager,
Income, Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth, International Growth,
International Growth & Income, and International New Opportunities Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Putnam Variable Trust. An audit also includes assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Money Market, New
Opportunities, Growth & Income, High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset
Allocation, Voyager, Income, Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth,
International Growth, International Growth & Income, and International New
Opportunities Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999,
and the results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of
the periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money New Growth & Diversified Global Asset
Market Opportunities Income High Yield Income Allocation Voyager
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- --------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Putnam
Investments, at Market
Value (See Schedule of
Investments)........... $60,082 654,542 480,429 173,953 104,920 103,851 566,749
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Net Assets..... $60,082 654,542 480,429 173,953 104,920 103,851 566,749
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ $60,062 654,270 480,217 173,876 104,873 103,806 566,514
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 20 272 212 77 47 45 235
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
$60,082 654,542 480,429 173,953 104,920 103,851 566,749
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Total Units Held........ 50,931 15,044 13,827 12,107 8,881 4,074 7,199
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 1.18 43.49 34.73 14.36 11.81 25.48 78.69
Cost of Investments..... $60,082 334,135 476,995 189,434 110,582 95,069 344,145
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
International International
Global Asia Pacific International Growth & New
Income Growth Utilities Growth Growth Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- ------------- --------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in Putnam
Investments, at Market
Value (See Schedule of
of Investments)........ $ 7,541 338,473 13,588 295,512 9,026 5,126 22,548
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total Net Assets..... $ 7,541 338,473 13,588 295,512 9,026 5,126 22,548
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ $ 7,538 338,333 13,582 295,392 9,017 5,124 22,539
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 3 140 6 120 9 2 9
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
$ 7,541 338,473 13,588 295,512 9,026 5,126 22,548
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Total Units Held........ 510 8,427 652 16,484 420 324 977
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 14.77 40.15 20.84 17.92 21.46 15.82 23.09
Cost of Investments..... $ 7,750 207,876 13,276 166,933 6,524 4,621 14,058
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield
Division Division Division Division
----------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income..... $ 1,499 946 526 -- -- -- 10,537 4,668 2,280 17,542 8,438 3,575
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge...... 233 142 76 3,312 2,030 1,064 3,437 2,270 1,191 1,285 944 496
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 1,266 804 450 (3,312) (2,030) (1,064) 7,100 2,398 1,089 16,257 7,494 3,079
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions....... -- -- -- 5,412 3,510 -- 24,682 30,476 5,550 -- 1,234 415
Proceeds from
Sales............... 77,494 91,184 25,049 101,273 33,161 37,344 56,661 32,638 12,784 42,248 6,065 5,800
Cost of Investments
Sold................ 77,494 91,184 25,049 71,588 28,400 36,869 54,040 30,358 11,255 47,331 6,143 5,459
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 35,097 8,271 475 27,303 32,756 7,079 (5,083) 1,156 756
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning of
Year................ -- -- -- 87,238 29,656 (1,874) 37,552 28,979 7,003 (12,380) 6,736 1,820
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of Year.. -- -- -- 320,407 87,238 29,656 3,434 37,552 28,979 (15,481) (12,380) 6,736
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... -- -- -- 233,169 57,582 31,530 (34,118) 8,573 21,976 (3,101) (19,116) 4,916
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 268,266 65,853 32,005 (6,815) 41,329 29,055 (8,184) (17,960) 5,672
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations...... $ 1,266 804 450 264,954 63,823 30,941 285 43,727 30,144 8,073 (10,466) 8,751
======= ====== ====== ======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= =====
<CAPTION>
Diversified Income Global Asset Allocation Voyager Income
Division Division Division Division
----------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income..... $ 6,088 2,868 1,898 1,611 1,152 1,057 390 515 187 272 120 63
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge...... 709 517 315 654 453 325 3,013 1,802 945 40 20 11
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 5,379 2,351 1,583 957 699 732 (2,623) (1,287) (758) 232 100 52
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions....... -- 1,219 299 4,520 4,943 1,806 31,300 12,485 4,031 24 3 --
Proceeds from
Sales............... 18,528 12,570 866 13,297 23,439 12,504 104,309 27,220 23,924 1,983 753 818
Cost of Investments
Sold................ 20,007 12,549 827 12,898 21,911 11,077 83,642 23,883 23,095 2,030 732 783
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... (1,479) 1,240 338 4,919 6,471 3,233 51,967 15,822 4,860 (23) 24 35
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) Beginning of
Year................ (2,819) 2,284 1,207 4,824 4,368 1,369 68,383 26,561 746 165 68 34
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) End of Year.. (5,662) (2,819) 2,284 8,782 4,824 4,368 222,604 68,383 26,561 (209) 165 68
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......... (2,843) (5,103) 1,077 3,958 456 2,999 154,221 41,822 25,815 (374) 97 34
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- -----
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... (4,322) (3,863) 1,415 8,877 6,927 6,232 206,188 57,644 30,675 (397) 121 69
Increase (Decrease)
in Assets Resulting
from Operations...... $ 1,057 (1,512) 2,998 9,834 7,626 6,964 203,565 56,357 29,917 (165) 221 121
======= ====== ====== ======== ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= =====
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
Global Growth Utilities Asia Pacific Growth Growth
Division Division Division Division
----------------------- -------------------- ------------------------- ----------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
-------- ------ ------ ------- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 736 2,505 1,086 410 104 56 -- 3,084 881 -- 8
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 1,581 858 451 101 58 15 1,338 626 388 81 5
-------- ------ ------ ------- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -----
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (845) 1,647 635 309 46 41 (1,338) 2,458 493 (81) 3
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 15,320 12,526 1,168 326 176 77 -- -- -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 25,275 26,245 9,268 4,624 1,953 1,482 36,237 10,508 8,945 27,009 579
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 21,927 24,547 8,265 4,365 1,861 1,333 28,215 12,561 8,631 21,138 587
-------- ------ ------ ------- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 18,668 14,224 2,171 585 268 226 8,022 (2,053) 314 5,871 (8)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... 20,199 5,171 2,094 1,333 386 112 (12,535) (9,973) 1,291 136 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ 130,597 20,199 5,171 312 1,333 386 128,579 (12,535) (9,973) 2,502 136
-------- ------ ------ ------- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -----
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 110,398 15,028 3,077 (1,021) 947 274 141,114 (2,562) (11,264) 2,366 136
-------- ------ ------ ------- ----- ----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -----
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 129,066 29,252 5,248 (436) 1,215 500 149,136 (4,615) (10,950) 8,237 128
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $128,221 30,899 5,883 (127) 1,261 541 147,798 (2,157) (10,457) 8,156 131
======== ====== ====== ======= ===== ===== ======= ======= ======= ======== =====
<CAPTION>
International International
Growth & New
Income Opportunities
Division Division
---------------- ---------------
1999 1998 1999 1998
-------- ------ ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ -- 27 -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 36 6 40 2
-------- ------ ------ -------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (36) 21 (40) (2)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... -- 65 -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 7,326 384 790 49
Cost of Investments
Sold................... 6,770 390 706 50
-------- ------ ------ -------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 556 59 84 (1)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of Year...... 25 -- 33 --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ 505 25 8,490 33
-------- ------ ------ -------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments.. 480 25 8,457 33
-------- ------ ------ -------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments.......... 1,036 84 8,541 32
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $ 1,000 105 8,501 30
======== ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income
(Expense)........ $ 1,266 804 450 (3,312) (2,030) (1,064) 7,100 2,398 1,089 16,257 7,494 3,079
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... -- -- -- 35,097 8,271 475 27,303 32,756 7,079 (5,083) 1,156 756
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments...... -- -- -- 233,169 57,582 31,530 (34,118) 8,573 21,976 (3,101) (19,116) 4,916
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase
(Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations...... 1,266 804 450 264,954 63,823 30,941 285 43,727 30,144 8,073 (10,466) 8,751
Net Deposits
into Separate
Account......... 37,048 7,829 7,110 26,593 82,102 102,551 91,850 102,404 126,292 15,582 63,083 49,608
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 38,314 8,633 7,560 291,547 145,925 133,493 92,135 146,131 156,436 23,655 52,617 58,359
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 21,768 13,135 5,575 362,995 217,070 83,577 388,294 242,163 85,727 150,298 97,681 39,322
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $ 60,082 21,768 13,135 654,542 362,995 217,070 480,429 388,294 242,163 173,953 150,298 97,681
======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Diversified Income Global Asset Allocation Voyager Income
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. $ 5,379 2,351 1,583 957 699 732 (2,623) (1,287) (758) 232 100 52
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... (1,479) 1,240 338 4,919 6,471 3,233 51,967 15,822 4,860 (23) 24 35
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... (2,843) (5,103) 1,077 3,958 456 2,999 154,221 41,822 25,815 (374) 97 34
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase
(Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations...... 1,057 (1,512) 2,998 9,834 7,626 6,964 203,565 56,357 29,917 (165) 221 121
Net Deposits
into Separate
Account......... 23,566 20,485 32,252 18,161 12,108 24,714 34,840 82,247 90,250 3,975 1,567 875
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 24,623 18,973 35,250 27,995 19,734 31,678 238,405 138,604 120,167 3,810 1,788 996
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 80,297 61,324 26,074 75,856 56,122 24,444 328,344 189,740 69,573 3,731 1,943 947
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $104,920 80,297 61,324 103,851 75,856 56,122 566,749 328,344 189,740 7,541 3,731 1,943
======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS--(Continued)
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
International Growth &
Global Growth Utilities Asia Pacific Growth Growth Income
Division Division Division Division Division
------------------------ -------------------- ------------------------- --------------- ---------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998
-------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. $ (845) 1,647 635 309 46 41 (1,338) 2,458 493 (81) 3 $ (36) 21
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 18,668 14,224 2,171 585 268 226 8,022 (2,053) 314 5,871 (8) 556 59
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 110,398 15,028 3,077 (1,021) 947 274 141,114 (2,562) (11,264) 2,366 136 480 25
-------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Increase
(Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations...... 128,221 30,899 5,883 (127) 1,261 541 147,798 (2,157) (10,457) 8,156 131 1,000 105
Net Deposits
into Separate
Account......... 46,196 43,689 47,514 1,685 7,850 952 31,785 53,632 39,527 (1,740) 2,479 1,747 2,274
-------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 174,417 74,588 53,397 1,558 9,111 1,493 179,583 51,475 29,070 6,416 2,610 2,747 2,379
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 164,056 89,468 36,071 12,030 2,919 1,426 115,929 64,454 35,384 2,610 -- 2,379 --
-------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $338,473 164,056 89,468 13,588 12,030 2,919 295,512 115,929 64,454 9,026 2,610 $ 5,126 2,379
======== ======= ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
International
New
Opportunities
Division
-----------------
1999 1998
--------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. (40) (2)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 84 (1)
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 8,457 33
--------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations...... 8,501 30
Net Deposits
into Separate
Account......... 13,428 589
--------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 21,929 619
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 619 --
--------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 22,548 619
========= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1999
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on April 15, 1996. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of
Putnam Variable Trust (Putnam), an open-end, diversified management investment
company. These funds are the Money Market, New Opportunities, Growth & Income,
High Yield, Diversified Income, Global Asset Allocation, Voyager, Income,
Global Growth, Utilities, Asia Pacific Growth, International Growth,
International Growth & Income, and International New Opportunities (the
Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments
into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Putnam are valued daily
based on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average
cost method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by
the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade
date accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
applicable, is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge
compensates Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
policies, incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain
risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some policies have a
premium tax assessment of 2% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred.
The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net
premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by the policy riders.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(4) - Purchases and Sales of Putnam Variable Trust Shares
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 purchases and proceeds
from the sales of the Putnam Variable Trust were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & High Yield Diversified Income
Division Division Income Division Division Division
---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $114,672 98,746 32,069 127,850 113,596 139,967 149,995 133,018 137,137 58,726 67,934 55,046 43,055 32,074 32,966
Sales........... $ 77,494 91,184 25,049 101,273 33,161 37,344 56,661 32,638 12,784 42,248 6,065 5,800 18,528 12,570 866
======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Global Asset Voyager Income Global Growth Utilities Growth &
Allocation Division Division Division Division Income Division
---------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $ 31,744 35,360 37,308 140,813 106,091 114,119 6,039 2,237 1,675 72,940 68,329 55,975 6,428 9,617 2,398
Sales........... $ 13,297 23,439 12,504 104,309 27,220 23,924 1,983 753 818 25,275 26,245 9,268 4,624 1,953 1,482
======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
<CAPTION>
International
International New
Asia Pacific Growth International Growth & Income Opportunities
Division Growth Division Division Division
---------------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
-------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $ 68,456 63,472 48,243 25,316 2,925 9,234 2,454 14,210 604
Sales........... $ 36,237 10,508 8,945 27,009 579 7,326 384 790 49
======== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income Diversified
Division Division Division High Yield Division Income Division
-------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -----------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 99,078 89,171 30,375 4,368 5,119 7,568 4,125 4,190 4,996 4,099 4,707 4,039 3,598 2,740 2,863
Withdrawals..... 67,292 82,162 23,625 3,355 1,448 2,092 1,570 972 455 2,994 387 410 1,585 1,077 55
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Net Increase in
Units........... 31,786 7,009 6,750 1,013 3,671 5,476 2,555 3,218 4,541 1,105 4,320 3,629 2,013 1,733 2,808
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 19,145 12,136 5,386 14,031 10,360 4,884 11,272 8,054 3,513 11,002 6,682 3,053 6,868 5,135 2,327
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 50,931 19,145 12,136 15,044 14,031 10,360 13,827 11,272 8,054 12,107 11,002 6,682 8,881 6,868 5,135
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ====== ===== ===== ===== =====
<CAPTION>
Global Asset Income Global Growth Utilities
Allocation Division Voyager Division Division Division Division
-------------------- -------------------- ------------------- ------------------- -----------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 1,334 1,641 1,962 2,473 2,489 3,222 399 156 125 2,654 3,233 3,047 300 511 154
Withdrawals..... 565 1,092 632 1,827 610 700 132 50 60 920 1,240 497 217 100 93
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Net Increase in
Units........... 769 549 1,330 646 1,879 2,522 267 106 65 1,734 1,993 2,550 83 411 61
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 3,305 2,756 1,426 6,553 4,674 2,152 243 137 72 6,693 4,700 2,150 569 158 97
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 4,074 3,305 2,756 7,199 6,553 4,674 510 243 137 8,427 6,693 4,700 652 569 158
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ====== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity--(continued)
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International International
International Growth & New
Asia Pacific Growth Growth Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division
------------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999 1998
------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 6,020 7,545 4,512 1,626 239 633 218 980 59
Withdrawals............ 2,866 1,168 794 1,399 46 495 32 57 5
------ ------ ----- ------- ----- ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in Units.. 3,154 6,377 3,718 227 193 138 186 923 54
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 13,330 6,953 3,235 193 -- 186 -- 54 --
------ ------ ----- ------- ----- ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding Units,
End of Year............ 16,484 13,330 6,953 420 193 324 186 977 54
====== ====== ===== ======= ===== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of Putnam Variable Trust.
Net deposits represent the amount available for investments in such shares
after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998,
1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Money Market New Opportunities Growth & Income High Yield
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $188,742 187,420 142,131 182,910 165,316 176,664 182,206 177,459 170,743 78,150 78,118 68,686
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (3,492) (1,772) (1,939) (67,823) (21,214) (13,699) (22,390) (3,882) (2,820) (21,863) (2,362) (976)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 23,814 (8,401) (440) (10,364) 3,079 (3,765) (13,335) (18,609) 5,484 (17,038) 10,100 8
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 209,064 177,247 139,752 104,723 147,181 159,200 146,481 154,968 173,407 39,249 85,856 67,718
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 5,653 5,616 4,387 5,477 4,954 5,452 5,457 5,317 5,270 2,342 2,338 2,120
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 8,391 7,913 2,902 3,665 2,905 3,607 2,480 2,282 3,486 1,076 987 1,402
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 157,972 155,889 125,353 68,998 57,220 47,590 46,694 44,965 38,359 20,249 19,448 14,588
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total
Deductions...... 172,016 169,418 132,642 78,130 65,079 56,649 54,631 52,564 47,115 23,667 22,773 18,110
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 37,048 7,829 7,110 26,593 82,102 102,551 91,850 102,404 126,292 15,582 63,083 49,608
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
<CAPTION>
Diversified Income Global Asset Allocation Voyager Income
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 38,977 39,709 41,160 42,871 53,892 53,792 169,291 151,049 149,063 8,119 3,617 2,396
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (6,326) (231) (123) (4,020) (14,261) (5,339) (67,619) (13,314) (7,566) (548) (21) (371)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (26) (10,398) (1) -- (129) -- 289 3,068 (2,579) 4 -- (1)
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 32,625 29,080 41,036 38,851 39,502 48,453 101,961 140,803 138,918 7,575 3,596 2,024
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 1,165 1,190 1,270 1,285 1,615 1,660 5,071 4,523 4,601 243 108 74
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 397 358 840 979 1,245 1,098 3,130 2,610 3,043 169 93 49
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 7,497 7,047 6,674 18,426 24,534 20,981 58,920 51,423 41,024 3,188 1,828 1,026
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total
Deductions...... 9,059 8,595 8,784 20,690 27,394 23,739 67,121 58,556 48,668 3,600 2,029 1,149
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 23,566 20,485 32,252 18,161 12,108 24,714 34,840 82,247 90,250 3,975 1,567 875
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ===
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(6)--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
International
Global Growth Utilities Asia Pacific Growth Growth
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ --------------------- ----------------------- ---------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $89,003 88,759 68,166 8,480 6,899 3,893 70,322 66,747 64,011 13,203 3,779
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (14,384) (21,423) (5,983) (1,809) (613) (567) (18,425) (2,682) (3,911) (1,812) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 547 1,887 2,526 (9) 5,352 (580) 4,355 9,609 (662) (6,677) 204
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 75,166 69,223 64,709 6,662 11,638 2,746 56,252 73,674 59,438 4,714 3,983
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 2,666 2,659 2,104 255 207 120 2,106 2,000 1,976 395 113
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 1,327 1,105 1,392 238 173 79 1,127 872 1,307 306 67
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 24,977 21,770 13,699 4,484 3,408 1,595 21,234 17,170 16,628 5,753 1,324
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Total Deductions..... 28,970 25,534 17,195 4,977 3,788 1,794 24,467 20,042 19,911 6,454 1,504
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $46,196 43,689 47,514 1,685 7,850 952 31,785 53,632 39,527 (1,740) 2,479
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
International
International New
Growth & Income Opportunities
Division Division
---------------- --------------
1999 1998 1999 1998
------- ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $10,118 3,740 15,623 961
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (2,385) (218) (173) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 1,193 25 421 21
------- ------- ------ ------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers........... 8,926 3,547 15,871 982
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 303 112 468 29
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 347 56 100 18
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 6,529 1,105 1,875 346
------- ------- ------ ------
Total Deductions..... 7,179 1,273 2,443 393
------- ------- ------ ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 1,747 2,274 13,428 589
======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 7--Subsequent Event
On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-28
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Market
of Shares Value Cost
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Putnam Variable Trust:
Money Market Fund................................. 60,082 $ 60,082 $ 60,082
New Opportunities Fund............................ 15,033 654,542 334,135
Growth & Income Fund.............................. 17,926 480,429 476,995
High Yield Fund................................... 15,686 173,953 189,434
Diversified Income Fund........................... 10,566 104,920 110,582
Global Asset Fund................................. 5,296 103,851 95,069
Voyager Fund...................................... 8,555 566,749 344,145
Income Fund....................................... 602 7,541 7,750
Global Growth Fund................................ 11,101 338,473 207,876
Utilities Fund.................................... 801 13,588 13,276
Asia Pacific Growth Fund.......................... 17,092 295,512 166,933
International Growth Fund......................... 417 9,026 6,524
International Growth & Income Fund................ 336 5,126 4,621
International New Opportunities Fund.............. 967 22,548 14,058
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-29
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .785%. See the
respective Fund prospectus for details. After deduction for these amounts, the
illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12%
correspond to approximate net annual rates of -1.685%, 4.315%, and 10.315%,
respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.685%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------ -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $3,046 $500,000 $ 4,876 $500,000
2 12,630 5,888 500,000 9,586 500,000
3 19,423 8,482 500,000 14,168 500,000
4 26,555 10,821 500,000 18,556 500,000
5 34,045 12,881 500,000 22,760 500,000
6 41,908 14,645 500,000 26,786 500,000
7 50,165 16,081 500,000 30,638 500,000
8 58,834 17,149 500,000 34,259 500,000
9 67,937 17,814 500,000 37,717 500,000
10 77,496 18,044 500,000 40,954 500,000
11 87,532 17,832 500,000 43,916 500,000
12 98,070 17,144 500,000 46,669 500,000
13 109,134 15,976 500,000 49,164 500,000
14 120,752 14,299 500,000 51,349 500,000
15 132,951 12,056 500,000 53,228 500,000
16 145,760 9,186 500,000 54,807 500,000
17 159,209 5,575 500,000 56,034 500,000
18 173,331 1,086 500,000 56,856 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 57,281 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 57,257 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 47,485 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 8,601 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM: $6,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at
4.315%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,146 $500,000 $ 5,036 $500,000
2 12,630 6,271 500,000 10,202 500,000
3 19,423 9,326 500,000 15,543 500,000
4 26,555 12,299 500,000 20,995 500,000
5 34,045 15,159 500,000 26,574 500,000
6 41,908 17,880 500,000 32,287 500,000
7 50,165 20,422 500,000 38,144 500,000
8 58,834 22,732 500,000 44,093 500,000
9 67,937 24,761 500,000 50,203 500,000
10 77,496 26,462 500,000 56,426 500,000
11 87,532 27,810 500,000 62,712 500,000
12 98,070 28,751 500,000 69,130 500,000
13 109,134 29,259 500,000 75,638 500,000
14 120,752 29,282 500,000 82,191 500,000
15 132,951 28,739 500,000 88,799 500,000
16 145,760 27,536 500,000 95,474 500,000
17 159,209 25,524 500,000 102,175 500,000
18 173,331 22,524 500,000 108,859 500,000
19 188,159 18,337 500,000 115,544 500,000
20 203,728 12,751 500,000 122,189 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 152,728 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 169,434 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.315%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,244 $500,000 $ 5,192 $500,000
2 12,630 6,662 500,000 10,832 500,000
3 19,423 10,224 500,000 17,004 500,000
4 26,555 13,938 500,000 23,693 500,000
5 34,045 17,793 500,000 30,964 500,000
6 41,908 21,785 500,000 38,882 500,000
7 50,165 25,898 500,000 47,521 500,000
8 58,834 30,104 500,000 56,898 500,000
9 67,937 34,379 500,000 67,163 500,000
10 77,496 38,702 500,000 78,356 500,000
11 87,532 43,075 500,000 90,528 500,000
12 98,070 47,479 500,000 103,855 500,000
13 109,134 51,921 500,000 118,423 500,000
14 120,752 56,386 500,000 134,333 500,000
15 132,951 60,838 500,000 151,751 500,000
16 145,760 65,229 500,000 170,870 500,000
17 159,209 69,465 500,000 191,859 500,000
18 173,331 73,428 500,000 214,921 500,000
19 188,159 76,983 500,000 240,339 500,000
20 203,728 79,992 500,000 268,393 500,000
25 294,060 81,976 500,000 461,992 535,911
30 409,348 30,425 500,000 781,407 836,105
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.685%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,803 $508,803 $ 10,639 $510,639
2 25,261 17,287 517,287 21,004 521,004
3 38,846 25,409 525,409 31,136 531,136
4 53,111 33,164 533,164 40,966 540,966
5 68,090 40,528 540,528 50,507 550,507
6 83,817 47,484 547,484 59,763 559,763
7 100,330 54,003 554,003 68,739 568,739
8 117,669 60,046 560,046 77,374 577,374
9 135,875 65,578 565,578 85,740 585,740
10 154,992 70,574 570,574 93,775 593,775
11 175,064 75,031 575,031 101,421 601,421
12 196,140 78,921 578,921 108,749 608,749
13 218,269 82,249 582,249 115,705 615,705
14 241,505 84,994 584,994 122,231 622,231
15 265,903 87,113 587,113 128,333 628,333
16 291,521 88,558 588,558 134,019 634,019
17 318,419 89,233 589,233 139,231 639,231
18 346,663 89,027 589,027 143,911 643,911
19 376,319 87,831 587,831 148,076 648,076
20 407,457 85,547 585,547 151,667 651,667
25 588,120 56,177 556,177 158,141 658,141
30 818,697 0 0 134,186 634,186
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.315%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,091 $509,091 $ 10,986 $510,986
2 25,261 18,398 518,398 22,350 522,350
3 38,846 27,880 527,880 34,142 534,142
4 53,111 37,533 537,533 46,309 546,309
5 68,090 47,334 547,334 58,873 558,873
6 83,817 57,265 557,265 71,851 571,851
7 100,330 67,295 567,295 85,260 585,260
8 117,669 77,380 577,380 99,053 599,053
9 135,875 87,478 587,478 113,313 613,313
10 154,992 97,554 597,554 127,993 627,993
11 175,064 107,594 607,594 143,044 643,044
12 196,140 117,562 617,562 158,549 658,549
13 218,269 127,447 627,447 174,467 674,467
14 241,505 137,216 637,216 190,749 690,749
15 265,903 146,808 646,808 207,410 707,410
16 291,521 156,155 656,155 224,468 724,468
17 318,419 165,137 665,137 241,871 741,871
18 346,663 173,609 673,609 259,568 759,568
19 376,319 181,422 681,422 277,578 777,578
20 407,457 188,431 688,431 295,847 795,847
25 588,120 207,656 707,656 388,008 888,008
30 818,697 180,466 680,466 467,610 967,610
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.315%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- ---------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,374 $ 509,374 $ 11,328 $ 511,328
2 25,261 19,532 519,532 23,724 523,724
3 38,846 30,505 530,505 37,336 537,336
4 53,111 42,365 542,365 52,214 552,214
5 68,090 55,171 555,171 68,494 568,494
6 83,817 68,997 568,997 86,321 586,321
7 100,330 83,908 583,908 105,855 605,855
8 117,669 99,968 599,968 127,202 627,202
9 135,875 117,250 617,250 150,620 650,620
10 154,992 135,843 635,843 176,252 676,252
11 175,064 155,870 655,870 204,258 704,258
12 196,140 177,441 677,441 234,952 734,952
13 218,269 200,710 700,710 268,548 768,548
14 241,505 225,820 725,820 305,277 805,277
15 265,903 252,906 752,906 345,463 845,463
16 291,521 282,108 782,108 389,462 889,462
17 318,419 313,532 813,532 437,598 937,598
18 346,663 347,275 847,275 490,231 990,231
19 376,319 383,447 883,447 547,830 1,047,830
20 407,457 422,177 922,177 610,840 1,110,840
25 588,120 661,801 1,161,801 1,024,996 1,524,996
30 818,697 995,443 1,495,443 1,662,782 2,162,782
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.685%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,522 $500,000 $ 9,973 $500,000
2 25,261 14,693 500,000 19,715 500,000
3 38,846 21,448 500,000 29,141 500,000
4 53,111 27,761 500,000 38,325 500,000
5 68,090 33,613 500,000 47,215 500,000
6 83,817 39,005 500,000 55,762 500,000
7 100,330 43,917 500,000 64,037 500,000
8 117,669 48,355 500,000 71,998 500,000
9 135,875 52,304 500,000 79,601 500,000
10 154,992 55,725 500,000 86,861 500,000
11 175,064 58,573 500,000 93,790 500,000
12 196,140 60,762 500,000 100,347 500,000
13 218,269 62,187 500,000 106,493 500,000
14 241,505 62,741 500,000 112,249 500,000
15 265,903 62,322 500,000 117,575 500,000
16 291,521 60,863 500,000 122,437 500,000
17 318,419 58,284 500,000 126,852 500,000
18 346,663 54,513 500,000 130,594 500,000
19 376,319 49,455 500,000 133,586 500,000
20 407,457 42,916 500,000 135,792 500,000
25 588,120 0 0 131,311 500,000
30 818,697 0 0 86,068 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-8
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.315%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,768 $500,000 $ 10,299 $500,000
2 25,261 15,644 500,000 20,979 500,000
3 38,846 23,564 500,000 31,968 500,000
4 53,111 31,502 500,000 43,353 500,000
5 68,090 39,438 500,000 55,097 500,000
6 83,817 47,377 500,000 67,166 500,000
7 100,330 55,300 500,000 79,647 500,000
8 117,669 63,217 500,000 92,519 500,000
9 135,875 71,118 500,000 105,760 500,000
10 154,992 78,971 500,000 119,406 500,000
11 175,064 86,743 500,000 133,495 500,000
12 196,140 94,357 500,000 148,019 500,000
13 218,269 101,725 500,000 162,978 500,000
14 241,505 108,754 500,000 178,426 500,000
15 265,903 115,360 500,000 194,375 500,000
16 291,521 121,494 500,000 210,845 500,000
17 318,419 127,095 500,000 227,909 500,000
18 346,663 132,117 500,000 245,466 500,000
19 376,319 136,492 500,000 263,547 500,000
20 407,457 140,076 500,000 282,228 500,000
25 588,120 136,555 500,000 387,717 500,000
30 818,697 51,911 500,000 529,406 555,876
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-9
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.315%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,010 $ 500,000 $ 10,619 $ 500,000
2 25,261 16,616 500,000 22,270 500,000
3 38,846 25,814 500,000 34,973 500,000
4 53,111 35,645 500,000 48,912 500,000
5 68,090 46,164 500,000 64,167 500,000
6 83,817 57,458 500,000 80,833 500,000
7 100,330 69,607 500,000 99,136 500,000
8 117,669 82,732 500,000 119,221 500,000
9 135,875 96,949 500,000 141,252 500,000
10 154,992 112,377 500,000 165,473 500,000
11 175,064 129,153 500,000 192,157 500,000
12 196,140 147,406 500,000 221,575 500,000
13 218,269 167,285 500,000 254,045 500,000
14 241,505 188,985 500,000 289,975 500,000
15 265,903 212,760 500,000 329,804 500,000
16 291,521 238,958 500,000 374,044 500,000
17 318,419 267,996 500,000 423,320 503,751
18 346,663 300,396 500,000 477,848 563,861
19 376,319 336,785 500,000 537,742 629,159
20 407,457 377,895 500,000 603,528 700,093
25 588,120 672,098 719,145 1,046,086 1,119,312
30 818,697 1,150,927 1,208,473 1,764,137 1,852,344
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-10
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.685%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 20,806 $520,806 $ 23,274 $523,274
2 54,732 40,972 540,972 46,063 546,063
3 84,168 60,432 560,432 68,278 568,278
4 115,075 79,157 579,157 89,995 589,995
5 147,528 97,123 597,123 111,157 611,157
6 181,603 114,331 614,331 131,709 631,709
7 217,382 130,760 630,760 151,725 651,725
8 254,950 146,416 646,416 171,156 671,156
9 294,397 161,282 661,282 189,947 689,947
10 335,816 175,320 675,320 208,108 708,108
11 379,305 188,483 688,483 225,651 725,651
12 424,970 200,680 700,680 242,520 742,520
13 472,917 211,804 711,804 258,662 758,662
14 523,262 221,749 721,749 274,096 774,096
15 576,124 230,421 730,421 288,768 788,768
16 631,629 237,778 737,778 302,627 802,627
17 689,909 243,771 743,771 315,691 815,691
18 751,104 248,376 748,376 327,657 827,657
19 815,358 251,550 751,550 338,417 838,417
20 882,825 253,165 753,165 347,928 847,928
25 1,274,261 229,668 729,668 372,435 872,435
30 1,773,845 131,961 631,961 346,242 846,242
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-11
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 6.00% (NET RATE at
4.315%)
--------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
---------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 21,485 $ 521,485 $ 24,035 $ 524,035
2 54,732 43,600 543,600 49,010 549,010
3 84,168 66,290 566,290 74,867 574,867
4 115,075 89,539 589,539 101,713 601,713
5 147,528 113,333 613,333 129,521 629,521
6 181,603 137,686 637,686 158,268 658,268
7 217,382 162,583 662,583 188,060 688,060
8 254,950 188,043 688,043 218,882 718,882
9 294,397 214,060 714,060 250,711 750,711
10 335,816 240,603 740,603 283,591 783,591
11 379,305 267,634 767,634 317,567 817,567
12 424,970 295,065 795,065 352,620 852,620
13 472,917 322,785 822,785 388,730 888,730
14 523,262 350,679 850,679 425,948 925,948
15 576,124 378,640 878,640 464,256 964,256
16 631,629 406,603 906,603 503,635 1,003,635
17 689,909 434,496 934,496 544,135 1,044,135
18 751,104 462,269 962,269 585,479 1,085,479
19 815,358 489,848 989,848 627,576 1,127,576
20 882,825 517,069 1,017,069 670,390 1,170,390
25 1,274,261 637,379 1,137,379 890,914 1,390,914
30 1,773,845 698,671 1,198,671 1,107,510 1,607,510
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-12
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.315%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 22,153 $ 522,153 $ 24,782 $ 524,782
2 54,732 46,284 546,284 52,021 552,021
3 84,168 72,515 572,515 81,868 581,868
4 115,075 101,017 601,017 114,661 614,661
5 147,528 131,989 631,989 150,637 650,637
6 181,603 165,672 665,672 190,053 690,053
7 217,382 202,308 702,308 233,335 733,335
8 254,950 242,197 742,197 280,818 780,818
9 294,397 285,643 785,643 332,866 832,866
10 335,816 332,957 832,957 389,952 889,952
11 379,305 384,476 884,476 452,594 952,594
12 424,970 440,522 940,522 521,298 1,021,298
13 472,917 501,430 1,001,430 596,622 1,096,622
14 523,262 567,571 1,067,571 679,253 1,179,253
15 576,124 639,369 1,139,369 769,879 1,269,879
16 631,629 717,339 1,217,339 869,256 1,369,256
17 689,909 802,046 1,302,046 978,295 1,478,295
18 751,104 894,136 1,394,136 1,097,656 1,597,656
19 815,358 994,307 1,494,307 1,228,276 1,728,276
20 882,825 1,103,231 1,603,231 1,371,250 1,871,250
25 1,274,261 1,803,745 2,303,745 2,315,142 2,815,142
30 1,773,845 2,849,891 3,349,891 3,794,599 4,294,599
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-13
<PAGE>
MFS Variable Insurance
Trust
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LOGO]
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 2000
50456 Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each Division of the Separate Account will invest solely in a corresponding
investment portfolio of MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
FUND FUND
MFS Emerging Growth Series MFS Global Governments Series
MFS Capital Opportunities Series
MFS Research Series MFS Emerging Markets Equity Series
MFS Growth With Income Series MFS Bond Series
MFS Total Return Series MFS Limited Maturity Series
MFS Utilities Series MFS Money Market Series
MFS High Income Series MFS New Discovery Series
MFS Growth Series
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for another
type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance protection
if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life insurance
policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company and the Separate Account..................................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Underlying Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 15
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 25
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 36
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 38
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 40
Voting Rights............................................................ 40
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 41
Management of the Company................................................ 42
Legal Matters............................................................ 43
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 43
Experts.................................................................. 43
Additional Information................................................... 43
Definitions.............................................................. 44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employee-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. (See "The
Company, The Separate Account, and The Funds") for a complete description of
the available. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on 1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and 2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies. (See "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges.")
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for Federal or state income
taxes. (See "federal Tax Matters.")
6
<PAGE>
. Annual Expenses of the Funds . The value of the assets of the Divisions
will reflect the management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
The following table describes the Fund fees and expenses as a percentage
of net assets (after fee waiver and reimbursement as applicable) for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
Separate Account and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other Expenses(/1/)
Management Fees (after Total
(after fee waiver reimbursement as Annual
Fund as applicable) applicable) Expenses
---- ----------------- ------------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MFS Emerging Growth Series 0.75% 0.09% 0.84%
MFS Capital Opportunities
Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
MFS Research Series 0.75% 0.11% 0.86%
MFS Growth With Income
Series 0.75% 0.13% 0.88%
MFS Total Return Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
MFS Utilities Series 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
MFS High Income
Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
MFS Global Governments
Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
MFS Emerging Markets
Equity Series(/2/) 1.25% 0.32% 1.57%
MFS Bond Series(/2/) 0.60% 0.16% 0.76%
MFS Limited Maturity
Series(/2/) 0.55% 0.45% 1.00%
MFS Money Market
Series(/2/) 0.50% 0.11% 0.61%
MFS New Discovery
Series(/2/) 0.90% 0.17% 1.07%
MFS Growth Series(/2/) 0.75% 0.16% 0.91%
(/1/Each)series has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the series'
custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the series
with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each series may enter
into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements, which
would also have the effect of reducing the series' expenses. "Other
Expenses" do not take into account these expense reductions. Had these
reductions been taken into account, Expenses would be lower for each
series and would equal:
<CAPTION>
Total
Annual
Fund Management Fees Other Expenses Expenses
---- ----------------- ------------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MFS Emerging Growth Series 0.75% 0.08% 0.83%
MFS Capital Opportunities
Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
MFS Research Series 0.75% 0.10% 0.85%
MFS Growth with Income
Series 0.75% 0.12% 0.87%
MFS Total Return Series 0.75% 0.14% 0.89%
MFS Utilities Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
MFS High Income Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
MFS Global Governments
Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
MFS Emerging Markets
Equity Series 1.25% 0.25% 1.50%
MFS Bond Series 0.60% 0.15% 0.75%
MFS Limited Maturity
Series 0.55% 0.45% 1.00%
MFS Money Market Series 0.50% 0.10% 0.60%
MFS New Discovery Series 0.90% 0.15% 1.05%
MFS Growth Series 0.75% 0.15% 0.90%
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
(/2/MFS)has contractually agreed, subject to reimbursement, to bear
expenses for these series such that each such series' "Other Expenses"
(after taking into account the expense offset arrangement described
above", do not exceed the following percentages of the average daily
net assets of the series during the current fiscal year: 0.15% for the
Capital Opportunities Series, 0.15% for the High Income Series, 0.15%
for the Global Governments Series, 0.25% for the Emerging Markets
Equity Series, 0.15% for the Bond Series, 0.45% Limited Maturity
Series, 0.10% for the Money Market Series, 0.15% for the New Discovery
Series, and 0.15% for the Growth Series.
Without this reimbursement "other expenses" equaled the following amounts:
0.27% for the Capital Opportunities Series, 0.22% for the High Income Series,
0.30% for the Global Governments Series, 4.84% for the Emerging Markets Equity
Series, 0.46% for the Bond Series, 1.93% for the Limited Maturity Series, 0.38%
for the Money Market Series, 1.59% for the New Discovery Series, and 0.71% for
the Growth Series.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a ten percent additional income tax would be imposed on the portion
of any loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
8
<PAGE>
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on our December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change
in operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our
main business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and
annuity contracts. As of December 31, 1999, it had assets of $400 million. We
are admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
The Separate Account invests shares of MFS Variable Insurance Trust, a series-
type mutual fund registered with the SEC as open-end, diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the Prospectus for MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. The assets of the Fund used by the Policies are held separate from the
assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and policies
which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The income or
losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment performance of
any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios. The investment results
of the Funds may differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can
be no guarantee, and no representation is made, that the investment results of
any of the Funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other
portfolio.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund:
MFS Emerging Growth Series
MFS Emerging Growth Series seeks to provide long-term growth of capital. The
series may invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign securities, including
emerging market securities.
11
<PAGE>
MFS Capital Opportunities Series
MFS Capital Opportunities Series seeks capital appreciation. The series
invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in
common stocks and related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible
securities and depositary receipts for those securities. The series focuses on
companies which MFS believes have favorable growth prospects and attractive
valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash flow.
MFS Research Series
MFS Research Series seeks long-term growth of capital and future income. The
series may invest in foreign equity securities (including emerging market
securities) through which it may have exposure to foreign currencies.
MFS Growth With Income Series
MFS Growth With Income Series seeks reasonable current income and long-term
growth of capital and income. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in common stock and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those securities. While the fund may invest in companies of any
size, the series generally focuses on companies with larger market
capitalizations that MFS believes have sustainable growth prospects and
attractive valuations based on current and expected earnings or cash flow.
MFS Total Return Series
MFS Total Return Series' main objective is to provide above-average income
(compared to a portfolio invested entirely in equity securities) consistent
with prudent employment of capital. Its secondary objective is to provide
reasonable opportunity for growth of capital and income.
MFS Utilities Series
MFS Utilities Series seeks capital growth and current income (income above that
invested entirely in equity securities). The series invests under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in equity and debt securities of
domestic and foreign (including emerging market) companies in the utilities
industry.
MFS High Income Series
MFS High Income Series seeks high current income by investing primarily in a
professionally managed diversified portfolio of fixed income securities, some
of which may involve equity features. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in high yield fixed income
securities. Fixed income securities offering the high current income sought by
the series generally are lower rated bonds.
MFS Global Governments Series
MFS Global Governments Series seeks to provide income and capital appreciation.
The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total
assets in U.S. government securities, which are bonds or other debt obligations
issued by, or whose principal and interest payments are guaranteed or supported
by, the U.S. Government, or one of its agencies or instrumentalities and
foreign government securities, which are bonds or other debt obligations issued
by foreign governments, including emerging market governments.
12
<PAGE>
MFS Emerging Markets Equity Series
Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
1999.
Please note: This series was formerly named the MFS/Foreign & Colonial
Emerging Markets Equity Series.
MFS Foreign & Colonial Emerging Markets Equity Series seeks capital
appreciation. The series invests, under normal market conditions, at least 65%
of its total assets in common stocks and related securities, such as preferred
stock, convertible securities and depositary receipts of emerging market
issuers. Emerging market issuers are issuers whose principal activities are
located in emerging market countries.
MFS Bond Series
MFS Bond Series seeks to primarily provide as high a level of current income as
is believed to be consistent with prudent risk. Its secondary objective is to
protect shareholders' capital. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in corporate bonds, U.S.
Government securities, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
MFS Limited Maturity Series
Please note: Shares of this series are not available for purchase by
variable life policyholders whose policies take effect on or after May 1,
1999.
MFS Limited Maturity Series seeks to provide as high a level of current income
as is believed to be consistent with prudent investment risk. Its secondary
objective is to protect shareholders' capital. The series invests, under normal
market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income securities
with "limited" maturities (generally securities with remaining maturities of 5
years or less.)
MFS Money Market Series
MFS Money Market Series seeks as high a level of current income as is
considered consistent with preservation of capital and liquidity. The series is
a money market fund, meaning it tries to maintain a share price of $1.00 while
paying income to its shareholders. The series invests in money market
instruments, which are short-term notes or other debt securities issued by
banks or other corporations, or the U.S. government or other governmental
entities.
MFS New Discovery Series
MFS New Discovery Series seeks capital appreciation. The series invests, under
normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in equity securities
of emerging growth companies. Equity securities include common stocks and
related securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and
depositary receipts for those securities. Emerging growth companies are
companies that MFS believes offer superior prospects for growth and are either
early in their life cycle but have the potential to become major enterprises,
or are major enterprises whose rates of earnings growth are expected to
accelerate.
MFS Growth Series
MFS Growth Series seeks to provide long-term growth of capital and future
income rather than current income. The series invests, under normal market
conditions, at least 80% of its total assets in common stocks and related
securities, such as preferred stocks, convertible securities and depositary
receipts for those securities, of companies which the MFS believes offer better
than average prospects for long-term growth.
13
<PAGE>
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
. Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
. Substitute one Division for another Division; or
. Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate
14
<PAGE>
Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares. Should this
occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash Values or
premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing in such
shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked
per week must not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive
or modify the "actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
15
<PAGE>
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the guaranteed
issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is required to
answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual Insurance, but is
not required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The maximum
Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for under the guaranteed issue
procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times the employee's salary up
to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a Group
Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program. We may offer guaranteed
issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs depending upon the number
of eligible employees or if other existing insurance coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue
16
<PAGE>
Amount. If available, interim insurance will start as of the date of the
application. Interim insurance ends on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the prmeiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual Insurance will also continue if the
employee's employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer
terminates. In either circumstance, an Owner of an Individual Policy (or a
Certificate converted by amendment to an Individual Policy) will establish a
new schedule of planned premiums. The new schedule will have the same planned
annual premium, and the payment intervals will be no more frequent than
quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will generally be no change in planned
or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the employment of an Insured.
17
<PAGE>
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the
current maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal
Tax Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned
18
<PAGE>
premiums have been paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is
insufficient to cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without
a sufficient payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group
Contract--Grace Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any
amount does not guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the
Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium requirements, the amount of the premium required to
keep the Policy in force will be the amount of the current monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required
amount within the grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without
Cash Value. If the Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us
(including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness
reinstated will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
19
<PAGE>
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
- ------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
20
<PAGE>
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
21
<PAGE>
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program, we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies
issued under that Contract or program. Although an increase need not
necessarily be accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in
effect immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next
monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An
increase in the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See
"Charges and Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
.20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
.within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
.within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable percentage
limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease the pure insurance
protection and the cost of insurance charges under the Policy without reducing
the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure insurance
protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the resultant applicable
percentage limitation. If the insurance protection is increased, the Policy
charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable percentage of
Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is in effect) or the
Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in effect), increased premium
payments will increase the pure insurance protection. Increased premiums should
also increase the amount of funds available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount of
pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage limitations.
If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient to cover monthly
deductions or to offset negative investment performance, Cash Value may also
decrease, which in turn will increase the possibility that the Policy will
lapse. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and
Reinstatement.")
22
<PAGE>
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only affects the
amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance charges if the death
benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on the applicable percentage of
Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease in the death benefit is offset by
the amount of Cash Value withdrawn. The primary use of a partial withdrawal is
to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a
single sum or under one or more of the optional methods of settlement described
below. The death benefit will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost of
insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of the
month, and reduced by any outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters
Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and
Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date, multiplied
by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for the current
Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period which
are allocated to the Division; plus
23
<PAGE>
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current Valuation
Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the
current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which is
allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges if any;
minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period, the
portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts during that Valuation
Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period; plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--credited
to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net Investment Factor is
being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those assets
during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the Company to be
properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or any amount set aside
during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense
risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets
for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
24
<PAGE>
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
.(b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be completely or partially
repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any amount due to an Owner
under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive
the loan request at our Home Office, although payments may be postponed under
certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account).
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the
25
<PAGE>
selected Division, the Policy values will be lower as a result of the loan.
Conversely, if the Loan Account interest credited is higher than the investment
performance of the Division, the Policy values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2)31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a sufficient
payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness.
When a loan repayment is made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan
Account equal to the loan repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the
same proportion that Cash Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in
each Loan Subaccount. A Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts
transferred to the Loan Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the
appropriate Loan Subaccount to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
26
<PAGE>
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value (not including amounts
credited to the Loan Account) may be transferred among the Divisions available
with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must be made in
writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month. Transfers must
be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash Value in a
Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transfer
request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
27
<PAGE>
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility
under a Group Contract, the conversion right will be measured from the Issue
Date of the original Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required
when this right is exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in
force and that the Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same
death benefit or the same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new
Policy will also have the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy.
The premiums for the new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same Issue Age and rate class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
28
<PAGE>
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
29
<PAGE>
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will be allocated among each
Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash Value in each Division
bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in
the Loan Account) on the date the deduction is made. Because portions of the
monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance, can vary from month to month,
the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Subsequent
Eligible Employees First Year Years
------------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499................................................ $5.00 $2.50
500-999................................................ $4.75 $2.25
1,000+................................................. $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
30
<PAGE>
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we asume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to reflect the actual
gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the Insured's
eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored insurance
program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect the gender
mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility ceased.
However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the gender
mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no longer
under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gener mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount,
31
<PAGE>
we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in order,
starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will determine
the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount associated with
that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge, the cost of
insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at risk for the
corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted
as determined by the SEC;
32
<PAGE>
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's net
assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy, prior to its Maturity
Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change the payee nor the mode
of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any person whose rights of
ownership depend upon some future event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given time, all must exercise
the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and the Owner is not the
Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will
33
<PAGE>
be permitted that would result in the death benefit under a Policy being
included in gross income due to not satisfying the requirements of Section 7702
of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We are not
responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of Policy
proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim is
based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer
34
<PAGE>
each of the additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be
available in all states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax
status of a Policy as life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of
any of these riders, we will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below
are intended to be general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the
additional benefits may vary from state to state, and the Policy should be
consulted. The cost of any additional insurance benefits will be deducted as
part of the monthly deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the human
immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are issued. We
will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any term
insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive satisfactory
evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100
administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner
in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the Policy. The
rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets
certain underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV
test result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
35
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
Insurance Company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who have
entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the Policies
may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
36
<PAGE>
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group Contract terminates,
any Policies in effect will remain in force on an individual basis, unless such
insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. New Policies will be issued
as described in "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
37
<PAGE>
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.
Tax Status of the Policy
In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability to
exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.
In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."
Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified
38
<PAGE>
endowment contract. A current or prospective Owner should consult with a
competent advisor to determine whether a Policy transaction will cause the
Policy to be classified as a modified endowment contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:
(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
after all gain has been distributed.
(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.
(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
attained age 59 1/2 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part
of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or
life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.
Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.
Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.
Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.
Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax
adviser as to the tax consequences.
Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the
39
<PAGE>
beneficiary if the beneficiary is the insured under the Policy. However, you
should consult a qualified tax adviser about the consequences of adding this
rider to a Policy or requesting payment under this rider.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.
Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.
Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.
Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.
Our Income Taxes
Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.
Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or
40
<PAGE>
any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present interpretation
thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines that it is
permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right, it may elect
to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before
March 1 each year covering the operations and reporting on the financial
condition of the Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically,
the Director of Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the
liabilities and reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy.
A full examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
41
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years/1/
--------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers/2/
Carl H. Anderson/4/ President and Chief Executive Officer since June
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June
1986, General American Life Insurance Co., St.
Louis, MO (GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy/4/ Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
1987-June 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr./4/ Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary
General American Life and Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley/4/ Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel , GenAm, since December
700 Market Street 30 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke/4/ Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August 1990-November 1996.
John R. Tremmel Vice President Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998-December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995-March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986-December 1995.
Directors/3/
Richard A. Liddy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992-January 2000.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm.
M. Mercer, July 1993-August 1995.
Bernard H Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
October 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
Inc., since May 1993, and
Executive Vice President--Reinsurance, GenAm,
since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
/1/All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
/2/The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless otherwise
noted.
/3/The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway,
Chesterfield, Mo 63017.
/4/Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
42
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
43
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
44
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
45
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-1
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available
for sale................... $ 81,421 83,384
Policy loans................ 16,954 14,135
Cash and cash equivalents... 10,591 7,439
-------- -------
Total cash and invested
assets................. 108,966 104,958
-------- -------
Reinsurance recoverables.... 1,314 1,170
Deposits relating to
reinsured policyholder
account balances........... 7,020 6,688
Accrued investment income... 1,853 1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
costs...................... 24,357 20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
improvements, net.......... 1,031 4,504
Other assets................ 262 105
Separate account assets..... 255,190 168,222
-------- -------
Total assets............ $399,993 307,794
======== =======
Liabilities and
Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
balances................... 101,665 93,334
Policy and contract claims.. 1,691 1,672
Federal income taxes
payable.................... 1,007 281
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses........... 3,734 3,943
Payable to affiliates....... 3,803 2,062
Due to separate account..... 192 183
Deferred tax liability...... 3,070 5,591
Separate account
liabilities................ 255,126 168,222
-------- -------
Total liabilities....... $370,288 275,288
-------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value
$25; 100,000 shares
authorized;
82,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............. 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in
capital.................. 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income................... (2,748) 2,809
Retained earnings......... 12,453 9,697
-------- -------
Total stockholder's
equity................. $ 29,705 32,506
-------- -------
Total liabilities and
stockholder's equity... $399,993 307,794
======== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $24,577 20,437 16,417
Net investment income................................. 7,726 6,983 6,288
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 292 124 10
Net realized investment gains......................... 57 53 69
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 32,652 27,597 22,784
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,616 4,774 3,876
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 445 167 227
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 11,394 9,042 7,743
Policy administration system expenses................. 4,787 469 --
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,631 1,150 424
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 28,397 20,830 17,008
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 4,255 6,766 5,775
Federal income tax expense.............................. 1,499 2,368 1,885
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income....................... (5,557) 851 1,636
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801) 5,249 5,526
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Total
Common paid-in comprehensive Retained stockholder's
Stock capital income earnings equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
Net income............ -- -- -- 2,756 2,756
Other comprehensive
loss................. -- -- (5,557) -- (5,557)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1999................... $2,050 17,950 (2,748) 12,453 29,705
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... (144) 563 (892)
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (332) (272) (342)
Accrued investment income.................... (308) (168) (79)
Federal income tax payable................... 726 118 (648)
Other assets................................. 3,316 (1,821) (1,280)
Policy and contract claims................... 19 587 (23)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... (209) 457 782
Payable to affiliates........................ 1,741 442 (669)
Company ownership of separate account........ (64) -- --
Due to separate account...................... 9 122 (34)
Deferred tax expense........................... 469 740 732
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (4,185) (3,808) (2,972)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,631 1,150 424
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (57) (53) (69)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 10,892 7,683 3,558
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 4,695 8,632 5,255
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,819) (2,648) (1,923)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (10,547) (8,931) (9,225)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,807 2,954 2,294
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 3,152 1,706 (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 7,439 5,733 9,106
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591 7,439 5,733
-------- ------- -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (346) (1,460) (1,801)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Subsequent Event
(i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
(ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 8,728 53 (162) 8,619
Corporate securities............ 70,312 276 (4,830) 65,758
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,911 36 (394) 6,553
Asset-backed securities......... 500 -- (9) 491
-------- --- ------ ------
$ 86,451 365 (5,395) 81,421
======== === ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,880
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 193 (25) 7,022
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,951 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized Fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 471 480
Due after one year through five years................. 22,034 21,893
Due after five years through ten years................ 8,853 8,317
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 48,182 44,178
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,911 6,553
-------- ------
$ 86,451 81,421
======== ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
Short-term investments................................ 486 535 608
Policy loans and other................................ 1,244 924 807
------- ----- -----
$ 7,807 7,062 6,356
Investment expenses................................... (81) (79) (68)
------- ----- -----
Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030) 4,717 3,373
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............. 803 (396) (361)
Deferred income taxes............................ 1,479 (1,512) (1,054)
------- ------ ------
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748) 2,809 1,958
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
Policy benefits ceded............................. 16,823 17,071 14,070
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 292 123 195
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,268 1,109 1,661
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 4,185 3,808 2,972
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,631) (1,150) (424)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. 1,201 (36) (344)
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $24,357 20,602 17,980
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Administration System Write-off
In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
Deferred tax expense.................................. 469 740 732
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
Other, net........................................... 10 0 (137)
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $ 194 218 217
Policy and contract liabilities..................... 583 709 1,031
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs............. 2,559 2,147 1,755
Other, net.......................................... 359 58 76
Unrealized Loss on investments, net................. 1,479 -- --
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
======= ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $ -- 1,512 1,054
Deferred policy acquisition costs................... 8,244 7,211 6,419
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
------- ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.
(7) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(8) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.
F-11
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(9) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $ 300 1,596 1,397
</TABLE>
(10) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.
(11) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a
F-12
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
2000............................................................ $ 750
2001............................................................ 321
2002............................................................ 130
2003............................................................ 99
-------
$ 1,300
=======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
(13) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding losses arising during
period.................................. $(8,492) 2,972 (5,520)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (57) 20 (37)
------- ----- ------
Other comprehensive loss................. (8,549) 2,992 (5,557)
======= ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (53) 19 (34)
------ ---- ---
Other comprehensive income............... 1,308 (457) 851
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (69) 24 (45)
------ ---- -----
Other comprehensive income............... 2,516 (880) 1,636
====== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF KPMG]
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company and
Policyholders of Separate Account B's MFS Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Bond, High Income, Money Market, Emerging
Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research, Global
Governments, Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and Growth
Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and related
statements of operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in
the three year period then ended. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the MFS Variable Insurance Trust. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Bond, High Income, Money
Market, Emerging Growth, Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research,
Global Governments, Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and
Growth Divisions of Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the
results of their operations and changes in their net assets for each of the
periods in the three year period then ended, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
March 10, 2000
[LOGO OF KPMG]
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Growth
High Money Emerging with Total
Bond Income Market Growth Utilities Income Return
Division Division Division Division Division Division Division
-------- -------- -------- --------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in MFS
Investments, at Market
Value (See Schedule of
Investments).......... $1,370 134,708 300,933 4,021,322 64,450 730,582 460,840
------ ------- ------- --------- ------ ------- -------
Total Net Assets....... $1,370 134,708 300,933 4,021,322 64,450 730,582 460,840
====== ======= ======= ========= ====== ======= =======
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ 1,369 134,636 300,771 4,019,370 64,417 730,200 460,595
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 1 72 162 1,952 33 382 245
------ ------- ------- --------- ------ ------- -------
$1,370 134,708 300,933 4,021,322 64,450 730,582 460,840
====== ======= ======= ========= ====== ======= =======
Total Units Held........ 118 10,036 252,753 107,815 2,201 33,799 24,231
------ ------- ------- --------- ------ ------- -------
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $11.63 13.42 1.19 37.28 29.27 21.60 19.01
Cost of Investments..... $1,596 137,740 300,933 1,880,669 45,253 592,547 426,954
====== ======= ======= ========= ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global Capital New Emerging
Research Governments Opportunities Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division Division Division
---------- ----------- ------------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in MFS
Investments, at Market
Value (See Schedule of
Investments).......... $1,799,934 4,515 1,701,884 618,094 -- 245
---------- ----- --------- ------- ------ ------
Total Net Assets....... $1,799,934 4,515 1,701,884 618,094 -- 245
========== ===== ========= ======= ====== ======
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners................ $1,799,009 4,513 1,701,028 617,779 -- 245
Equity of Paragon Life
Insurance Company..... 925 2 856 315 --
---------- ----- --------- ------- ------ ------
$1,799,934 4,515 1,701,884 618,094 -- 245
========== ===== ========= ======= ====== ======
Total Units Held........ 75,954 426 68,625 36,014 -- 18
---------- ----- --------- ------- ------ ------
Net Asset Value Per
Unit................... $ 23.69 10.60 24.79 17.15 -- 13.95
Cost of Investments..... $1,223,924 4,623 1,275,282 381,693 -- 230
========== ===== ========= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998 and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
1, 1999 (inception) through December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
---------------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 36 59 -- 8,066 8,853 -- 13,171 316 916
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 13 14 72 1,124 1,226 581 2,616 55 169
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 23 45 (72) 6,942 7,627 (581) 10,555 261 747
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 1 1 -- -- 724 -- -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 234 201 14,554 52,708 3,153 2,962 67,620 74,550 --
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 270 233 13,683 53,673 3,055 2,712 67,620 74,550 --
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... (35) (31) 871 (965) 822 250 -- -- --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Beginning of the Year.. (203) (279) (165) (2,948) 8,214 615 -- -- --
Unrealized Gain (Loss)
End of Year............ (226) (203) (279) (3,032) (2,948) 8,214 -- -- --
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... (23) 76 (114) (84) (11,162) 7,599 -- -- --
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Gain on
Investments......... (58) 45 757 (1,049) (10,340) 7,849 -- -- --
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Assets Resulting from
Operations.............. $ (35) 90 685 5,893 (2,713) 7,268 10,555 261 747
========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
---------------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ -- 14,895 -- 7,001 6,856 -- 1,795 -- 2,353
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 23,738 17,931 11,059 849 934 369 5,450 3,090 1,625
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (23,738) (3,036) (11,059) 6,152 5,922 (369) (3,655) (3,090) 728
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... -- 5,320 -- 2,177 610 -- 2,155 -- 3,197
Proceeds from Sales.... 1,162,964 599,882 86,187 105,105 1,753 1,160 16,887 6,136 29,594
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 843,922 445,880 73,076 87,095 1,495 1,010 13,919 5,067 24,559
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 319,042 159,322 13,111 20,187 868 150 5,123 1,069 8,232
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... 709,690 257,879 44,927 22,304 12,172 622 101,720 32,838 3,549
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 2,140,653 709,690 257,879 19,197 22,304 12,172 138,035 101,720 32,838
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... 1,430,963 451,811 212,952 (3,107) 10,132 11,550 36,315 68,882 29,289
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... 1,750,005 611,133 226,063 17,080 11,000 11,700 41,438 69,951 37,521
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations.............. $1,726,267 608,097 215,004 23,232 16,922 11,331 37,783 66,861 38,249
========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through
December 31, 1998 and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
1, 1999 (Inception) through December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 8,301 5,553 -- 2,601 21,826 -- 120 9 --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 3,459 2,215 1,145 12,547 9,542 5,591 25 8 5
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --- ------
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ 4,842 3,338 (1,145) (9,946) 12,284 (5,591) 95 1 (5)
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 9,033 1,734 -- 13,746 2,190 -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 13,263 8,211 28,882 282,894 47,939 59,911 298 138 11,868
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 11,887 7,145 25,063 215,751 38,306 48,918 299 135 11,881
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 10,409 2,800 3,819 80,889 11,823 10,993 (1) 3 (13)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... 44,559 24,304 3,734 322,108 132,618 39,163 64 2 14
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 33,886 44,559 24,304 576,010 322,108 132,618 (108) 64 2
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --- ------
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... (10,673) 20,255 20,570 253,902 189,490 93,455 (172) 62 (12)
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --- ------
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... (264) 23,055 24,389 334,791 201,313 104,448 (173) 65 (25)
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --- ------
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations.............. $ 4,578 26,393 23,244 324,845 213,597 98,857 (78) 66 (30)
========== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ==== === ======
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Capital Opportunities New Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ---------------- ------------- --------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income........ $ 2,925 236 2,226 2,658 -- -- -- --
Expenses:
Mortality and Expense
Charge................. 9,268 700 70 4,256 2,153 -- -- --
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- ---
Net Investment Income
(Expense)............ (6,343) (464) 2,156 (1,598) (2,153) -- -- --
Net Realized Gain (Loss)
on Investments:
Realized Gain from
Distributions.......... 677 -- 211 -- -- -- -- --
Proceeds from Sales.... 1,032,725 2,742 2,730 885,716 5,289 2,166 490 13
Cost of Investments
Sold.................. 963,268 2,606 2,286 868,373 6,171 2,089 504 13
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- ---
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments.......... 70,134 136 655 17,343 (882) 77 (14) --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments:
Unrealized Gain
Beginning of Year...... 16,356 (501) -- 14,819 -- -- -- --
Unrealized Gain End of
Year................... 426,602 16,356 (501) 236,401 14,819 -- -- 15
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- ---
Net Unrealized Gain
on Investments....... 410,246 16,857 (501) 221,582 14,819 -- -- 15
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- ---
Net Gain (Loss) on
Investments......... 480,380 16,993 154 238,925 13,937 77 (14) 15
---------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ---- ---
Increase in Assets
Resulting from
Operations.............. $ 474,037 16,529 2,310 237,327 11,784 77 (14) 15
========== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ==== ===
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through December 31,
1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
(Inception) through December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
--------------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 23 45 (72) 6,942 7,627 (581) 10,555 261 747
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. (35) (31) 871 (965) 822 250 -- -- --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. (23) 76 (114) (84) (11,162) 7,599 -- -- --
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations....... (35) 90 685 5,893 (2,713) 7,268 10,555 261 747
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... (131) (183) (12,606) 32,529 1,747 63,165 62,298 206,264 20,576
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... (166) (93) (11,921) 38,422 (966) 70,433 72,853 206,525 21,323
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 1,536 1,629 13,550 96,286 97,252 26,819 228,080 21,555 232
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $ 1,370 1,536 1,629 134,708 96,286 97,252 300,933 228,080 21,555
=========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
--------------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ (23,738) (3,036) (11,059) 6,152 5,922 (369) (3,655) (3,090) 728
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 319,042 159,322 13,111 20,187 868 150 5,123 1,069 8,232
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 1,430,963 451,811 212,952 (3,107) 10,132 11,550 36,315 68,882 29,289
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets Resulting
from Operations....... 1,726,267 608,097 215,004 23,232 16,922 11,331 37,783 66,861 38,249
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... (4,007) 231,020 631,572 (78,959) 40,499 35,205 213,451 201,186 137,397
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... 1,722,260 839,117 846,576 (55,727) 57,421 46,536 251,234 268,047 175,646
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 2,299,062 1,459,945 613,369 120,177 62,756 16,220 479,348 211,301 35,655
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Assets, End of Year. $ 4,021,322 2,299,062 1,459,945 64,450 120,177 62,756 730,582 479,348 211,301
=========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ====== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
period from May 1, 1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (Inception) through December 31,
1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
(Inception) through December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total Return Research Global Governments
Division Division Division
------------------------- ---------------------------- -------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ 4,842 3,338 (1,145) (9,946) 12,284 (5,591) 95 1 (5)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 10,409 2,800 3,819 80,889 11,823 10,993 (1) 3 (13)
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. (10,673) 20,255 20,570 253,902 189,490 93,455 (172) 62 (12)
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ------
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 4,578 26,393 23,244 324,845 213,597 98,857 (78) 66 (30)
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 160,861 78,575 84,909 318,247 200,453 279,591 3,324 728 (1,150)
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... 165,439 104,968 108,153 643,092 414,050 378,448 3,246 794 (1,180)
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 295,401 190,433 82,280 1,156,842 742,792 364,344 1,269 475 1,655
-------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- ----- ----- ------
Net Assets, End of Year. $460,840 295,401 190,433 1,799,934 1,156,842 742,792 4,515 1,269 475
======== ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ===== ===== ======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Capital Opportunities New Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division
--------------------------- ----------------- ---------- --------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999
---------- ------- ------ -------- ------- ---- ---- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net investment Income
(Expense)............. $ (6,343) (464) 2,156 (1,598) (2,153) -- -- --
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 70,134 136 655 17,343 (882) 77 (14) --
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Investments. 410,246 16,857 (501) 221,582 14,819 -- -- 15
---------- ------- ------ -------- ------- --- --- ---
Increase (Decrease) in
Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... 474,037 16,529 2,310 237,327 11,784 77 (14) 15
Net Deposits into
Separate Account...... 1,112,705 79,992 16,311 (164,598) 533,581 (77) 14 230
---------- ------- ------ -------- ------- --- --- ---
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets....... 1,586,742 96,521 18,621 72,729 545,365 -- -- 245
Net Assets, Beginning of
Year................... 115,142 18,621 -- 545,365 -- -- -- --
---------- ------- ------ -------- ------- --- --- ---
Net Assets, End of Year. $1,701,884 115,142 18,621 618,094 545,365 -- -- 245
========== ======= ====== ======== ======= === === ===
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1999
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on February 16, 1996 with the exception of Value
Fund which commenced operations on May 1, 1997. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
thirteen divisions, which invest exclusively in shares of a single fund of MFS
Variable Insurance Trust, an open-end, diversified management investment
company. These funds are the Bond, High Income, Money Market, Emerging Growth,
Utilities, Growth with Income, Total Return, Research, Global Governments,
Capital Opportunities, New Discovery, Emerging Markets, and Growth (the
Divisions). Policyholders have the option of directing their premium payments
into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust are valued daily based on the net asset values of the respective fund
shares held. The average cost method is used in determining the cost of shares
sold on withdrawals by the Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded
consistent with trade date accounting. All dividends received are immediately
reinvested on the ex-dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Policy Charges--Continued
applicable, is equal to 1% of the premium paid. The premium expense charge
compensates Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the
policies, incurring expenses of distributing the policies, and assuming certain
risks in connection with the policies. In addition, some policies have a
premium tax assessment of 2% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred.
The premium payment less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net
premium that is invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy years, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges against the operations of each
division, a daily charge is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed by
Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the rate
of .0024547% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account which
equals an annual rate of .90% of those net assets. The mortality risk assumed
by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4--Purchases and Sales of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Shares
During the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the
Capital Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for
the period from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New
Discovery Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through
December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August
1,1999 (inception) through December 31, 1999, purchases and proceeds from the
sales of MFS Insurance Trust were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
--------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 89 0 1,882 37,727 49,993 65,613 352,451 55,679 65,355
Sales................... $ 234 201 14,554 52,708 3,153 2,962 67,620 74,550 44,928
=========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
--------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 1,133,563 813,342 707,970 25,207 41,361 36,041 224,567 204,351 165,568
Sales................... $ 1,162,964 599,882 86,187 105,105 1,753 1,160 16,887 6,136 29,594
=========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Global Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
--------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 170,446 84,648 112,787 408,746 418,040 334,559 3,596 859 10,714
Sales................... $ 13,263 8,211 28,882 282,894 47,939 59,911 298 138 11,868
=========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Capital Opportunities New Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division
--------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999
----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases............... $ 2,136,080 82,101 18,987 716,480 537,100 2,089 505 243
Sales................... $ 1,032,725 2,742 2,730 885,716 5,289 2,166 490 13
=========== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The purchases do not include dividends and realized gains from distributions
that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, except for the Capital
Opportunities Division and the Emerging Markets Division which are for the
Period from May 1, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery
Division which is for the period May 1, 1998 (inception) through December 31,
1998, and for the Growth Division which is for the period August 1, 1999
(inception) through December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
------------------------ ---------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 8 -- 181 2,862 3,805 5,418 110,026 246,405 61,300
Withdrawals............ 19 16 1,349 397 3,800 201 56,020 67,341 41,837
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Increase in Units.. (11) (16) (1,168) 2,465 5 5,217 54,006 179,064 19,463
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 129 145 1,313 7,571 7,566 2,349 198,747 19,683 220
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 118 129 145 10,036 7,571 7,566 252,753 198,747 19,683
======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Emerging Growth Growth with Income
Division Utilities Division Division
------------------------ ---------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 50,238 46,392 49,892 1,157 2,112 2,207 10,903 11,114 11,515
Withdrawals............ 50,441 29,592 4,974 4,279 42 51 564 192 1,698
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Increase in Units.. (203) 16,800 44,918 (3,122) 2,070 2,156 10,339 10,922 9,817
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 108,018 91,218 46,300 5,323 3,253 1,097 23,460 12,538 2,721
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 107,815 108,018 91,218 2,201 5,323 3,253 33,799 23,460 12,538
======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Global Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
------------------------ ---------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 8,879 4,828 7,256 20,589 24,336 23,141 336 82 1,024
Withdrawals............ 524 348 1,779 4,682 11,440 3,554 26 12 1,132
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Net Increase in Units.. 8,355 4,480 5,477 15,907 12,896 19,587 310 70 (108)
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year...... 15,876 11,396 5,919 60,047 47,151 27,564 116 46 154
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- ------- ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................ 24,231 15,876 11,396 75,954 60,047 47,151 426 116 46
======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Capital Opportunities New Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division
------------------------ --------------- -------------- --------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 116,346 5,557 1,601 67,804 54,086 156 61 19
Withdrawals............ 54,508 150 221 85,464 412 156 61 1
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- -------
Net Increase in Units.. 61,838 5,407 1,380 (17,660) 53,674 -- -- 18
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year..... 6,787 1,380 -- 53,674 -- -- -- --
------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------- -------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year............... 68,625 6,787 1,380 36,014 53,674 -- -- 18
======= ======= ====== ======= ====== ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in such
shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges,
cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The
following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, except for the Capital Opportunities Division and the
Emerging Markets Division which are for the period from May 1, 1997(Inception)
to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery Division which is for the period
May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which is for
the period August 1, 1999(Inception) to December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Bond Division High Income Division Money Market Division
---------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 184 -- 1,917 38,355 52,979 38,434 156,960 105,496 113,230
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ -- -- 23 -- -- 7 (74) (76) (15,685)
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... -- -- (13,958) (12) (46,227) 28,246 (13,774) 181,870 --
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 184 -- (12,018) 38,343 6,752 66,687 143,112 287,290 97,545
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 7 -- 57 1,148 1,591 1,153 4,696 3,167 3,397
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 13 9 12 201 148 233 3,283 3,377 689
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 295 174 519 4,465 3,266 2,136 72,835 74,482 72,883
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
315 183 588 5,814 5,005 3,522 80,814 81,026 76,969
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ (131) (183) (12,606) 32,529 1,747 63,165 62,298 206,264 20,576
========= ======== ======= ======== ======= ====== ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Growth with Income
Emerging Growth Division Utilities Division Division
---------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 581,141 842,124 734,521 26,752 43,322 26,094 231,134 160,117 160,666
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (512) -- (16,610) (59) (6) 4 (200) -- 87
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... (502,649) (521,315) (11,216) (103,168) -- 10,729 3,557 54,311 (13,719)
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 77,980 320,809 706,695 (76,475) 43,316 36,827 234,491 214,428 147,034
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 17,385 25,263 22,036 800 1,300 783 6,915 4,803 4,820
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 2,787 2,799 4,462 73 66 159 609 366 976
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 61,815 61,727 48,625 1,611 1,451 680 13,516 8,073 3,841
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
81,987 89,789 75,123 2,484 2,817 1,622 21,040 13,242 9,637
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------- ------ ------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ (4,007) 231,020 631,572 (78,959) 40,499 35,205 213,451 201,186 137,397
========= ======== ======= ======== ======= ====== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account--
(continued)
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of MFS Variable Insurance
Trust. Net deposits represent the amount available for investment in such
shares after deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges,
cost of insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The
following is a summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, except for the Capital Opportunities Division and the
Emerging Markets Division which are for the period from May 1, 1997 (Inception)
to December 31, 1997, for the New Discovery Division which is for the the
period May 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, and for the Growth Division which
is for the period August 1, 1999 (Inception) to December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Global Governments
Total Return Division Research Division Division
-------------------------- --------------------------- -----------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 90,906 94,127 91,579 428,845 455,620 349,248 3,782 1,118 10,982
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (222) -- (16,739) (448) -- (16,853) -- -- 10
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 86,283 44 22,925 (54,587) (201,509) (12,391) -- (23) (11,733)
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ----- -------
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 176,967 94,171 97,765 373,810 254,111 320,004 3,782 1,095 (741)
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 2,719 2,824 2,747 12,831 13,669 10,478 113 34 329
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 577 554 556 1,843 1,734 2,122 15 14 67
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 12,810 12,218 9,553 40,889 38,255 27,813 330 319 13
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ----- -------
16,106 15,596 12,856 55,563 53,658 40,413 458 367 409
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- ----- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $ 160,861 78,575 84,909 318,247 200,453 279,591 3,324 728 (1,150)
========== ====== ======= ======== ======== ======= ===== ===== =======
<CAPTION>
Emerging
Capital Opportunities New Discovery Markets Growth
Division Division Division Division
-------------------------- ------------------ -------------- --------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1999 1998 1999
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross Deposits.... $ 149,301 70,148 18,952 272,433 23,690 61 115 400
Surrenders and
Withdrawals............ (280) -- -- (2) -- 6 (5) --
Transfers Between Funds
and General Account.... 988,537 17,256 1,116 (418,136) 515,638 (1) -- --
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- -----
Total Gross Deposits
net of Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers............. 1,137,558 87,404 20,068 (145,705) 539,328 66 110 400
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges............... 4,468 2,104 569 8,151 710 2 4 12
Monthly Expense
Charges............... 879 230 115 463 218 6 4 7
Cost of Insurance and
Optional Benefits..... 19,506 5,078 3,073 10,279 4,819 135 88 151
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- -----
24,853 7,412 3,757 18,893 5,747 143 96 170
---------- ------ ------- -------- -------- ------- ----- -----
Net Deposits from
Policyholders.......... $1,112,705 79,992 16,311 (164,598) 533,581 (77) 14 230
========== ====== ======= ======== ======== ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 7--Subsequent Event
On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
F-27
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number
of Market
Shares Value Cost
------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
Bond Division.................................. 125 $ 1,370 $ 1,596
High Income Division........................... 11,724 134,708 137,740
Money Market Division.......................... 300,933 300,933 300,933
Emerging Growth Division....................... 105,992 4,021,322 1,880,669
Utilities Division............................. 2,668 64,450 45,253
Growth with Income Division.................... 34,284 730,582 592,547
Total Return Division.......................... 25,963 460,840 426,954
Research Division.............................. 77,118 1,799,934 1,223,924
Global Governments Division.................... 450 4,515 4,623
Capital Opportunities Division................. 78,320 1,701,884 1,275,282
New Discovery Division......................... 35,790 618,094 381,693
Emerging Market Division....................... -- -- --
Growth Division................................ 18 245 230
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report
F-28
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy as well as an Insured, age 50, in a
Corporate Program. This assumes the maximum monthly administrative charge. If a
particular Policy has different sales or administrative charges or if a
particular group is larger or smaller or has a different gender mix, the Cash
Values and Death Benefits would vary from those shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a .90%
charge for mortality and expense risk, an investment advisory fee of .754%,
representing the average of the fees incurred in 1999 by the Funds in which the
Divisions invest (the actual investment advisory fee is shown in the Trust
prospectus), and a .164% charge that is an estimate of the Funds' expenses
based on the average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have totaled .754% and
.810%, respectively. After deduction for these amounts, with expense
reimbursement, the illustrated gross annual investment rates of return of 0%,
6% and 12% correspond to approximate net annual rates of--1.817%, 4.183%, and
10.183%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges
under the Policy, including the premium expense charge, the premium tax charge,
and all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges
for federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (see "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon
the proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and
premium requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.817%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,044 $500,000 $ 4,873 $500,000
2 12,630 5,880 500,000 9,573 500,000
3 19,423 8,464 500,000 14,139 500,000
4 26,555 10,790 500,000 18,505 500,000
5 34,045 12,835 500,000 22,682 500,000
6 41,908 14,580 500,000 26,676 500,000
7 50,165 15,997 500,000 30,491 500,000
8 58,834 17,043 500,000 34,071 500,000
9 67,937 17,685 500,000 37,483 500,000
10 77,496 17,893 500,000 40,670 500,000
11 87,532 17,657 500,000 43,580 500,000
12 98,070 16,947 500,000 46,277 500,000
13 109,134 15,758 500,000 48,713 500,000
14 120,752 14,061 500,000 50,835 500,000
15 132,951 11,802 500,000 52,650 500,000
16 145,760 8,918 500,000 54,164 500,000
17 159,209 5,297 500,000 55,323 500,000
18 173,331 803 500,000 56,076 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 56,432 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 56,337 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 46,218 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 7,058 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.183%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,144 $500,000 $ 5,032 $500,000
2 12,630 6,262 500,000 10,189 500,000
3 19,423 9,307 500,000 15,512 500,000
4 26,555 12,265 500,000 20,939 500,000
5 34,045 15,105 500,000 26,484 500,000
6 41,908 17,802 500,000 32,155 500,000
7 50,165 20,315 500,000 37,960 500,000
8 58,834 22,591 500,000 43,847 500,000
9 67,937 24,582 500,000 49,885 500,000
10 77,496 26,241 500,000 56,024 500,000
11 87,532 27,541 500,000 62,214 500,000
12 98,070 28,431 500,000 68,523 500,000
13 109,134 28,883 500,000 74,908 500,000
14 120,752 28,846 500,000 81,323 500,000
15 132,951 28,240 500,000 87,778 500,000
16 145,760 26,970 500,000 94,284 500,000
17 159,209 24,890 500,000 100,796 500,000
18 173,331 21,818 500,000 107,273 500,000
19 188,159 17,557 500,000 113,728 500,000
20 203,728 11,898 500,000 120,122 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 148,983 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 162,919 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.183%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.0% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,242 $500,000 $ 5,189 $500,000
2 12,630 6,653 500,000 10,818 500,000
3 19,423 10,203 500,000 16,971 500,000
4 26,555 13,900 500,000 23,631 500,000
5 34,045 17,731 500,000 30,861 500,000
6 41,908 21,691 500,000 38,724 500,000
7 50,165 25,764 500,000 47,291 500,000
8 58,834 29,920 500,000 56,579 500,000
9 67,937 34,132 500,000 66,732 500,000
10 77,496 38,381 500,000 77,787 500,000
11 87,532 42,666 500,000 89,792 500,000
12 98,070 46,966 500,000 102,918 500,000
13 109,134 51,284 500,000 117,245 500,000
14 120,752 55,606 500,000 132,867 500,000
15 132,951 59,890 500,000 149,946 500,000
16 145,760 64,086 500,000 168,662 500,000
17 159,209 68,097 500,000 189,178 500,000
18 173,331 71,799 500,000 211,684 500,000
19 188,159 75,052 500,000 236,449 500,000
20 203,728 77,711 500,000 263,739 500,000
25 294,060 76,917 500,000 451,150 523,334
30 409,348 19,229 500,000 759,481 812,644
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.817%)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- ---------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------ ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 12,322 8,797 508,797 10,631 510,631
2 25,261 17,263 517,263 20,975 520,975
3 38,846 25,357 525,357 31,072 531,072
4 53,111 33,073 533,073 40,855 540,855
5 68,090 40,389 540,389 50,336 550,336
6 83,817 47,288 547,288 59,521 559,521
7 100,330 53,743 553,743 68,415 568,415
8 117,669 59,714 559,714 76,959 576,959
9 135,875 65,169 565,169 85,223 585,223
10 154,992 70,081 570,081 93,148 593,148
11 175,064 74,449 574,449 100,674 600,674
12 196,140 78,247 578,247 107,875 607,875
13 218,269 81,480 581,480 114,697 614,697
14 241,505 84,127 584,127 121,082 621,082
15 265,903 86,148 586,148 127,038 627,038
16 291,521 87,493 587,493 132,572 632,572
17 318,419 88,069 588,069 137,628 637,628
18 346,663 87,765 587,765 142,149 642,149
19 376,319 86,473 586,473 146,151 646,151
20 407,457 84,099 584,099 149,577 649,577
25 588,120 54,387 554,387 155,226 655,226
30 818,697 0 0 130,568 630,568
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
(Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.183%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,085 $509,085 $ 10,979 $510,979
2 25,261 18,373 518,373 22,320 522,320
3 38,846 27,824 527,824 34,074 534,074
4 53,111 37,432 537,432 46,186 546,186
5 68,090 47,174 547,174 58,676 558,676
6 83,817 57,030 557,030 71,560 571,560
7 100,330 66,970 566,970 84,856 584,856
8 117,669 76,946 576,946 98,512 598,512
9 135,875 86,920 586,920 112,612 612,612
10 154,992 96,852 596,852 127,106 627,106
11 175,064 106,731 606,731 141,944 641,944
12 196,140 116,517 616,517 157,208 657,208
13 218,269 126,199 626,199 172,855 672,855
14 241,505 135,745 635,745 188,833 688,833
15 265,903 145,091 645,091 205,157 705,157
16 291,521 154,171 654,171 221,840 721,840
17 318,419 162,862 662,862 238,832 738,832
18 346,663 171,020 671,020 256,077 756,077
19 376,319 178,495 678,495 273,594 773,594
20 407,457 185,142 685,142 291,326 791,326
25 588,120 202,211 702,211 380,062 880,062
30 818,697 172,375 672,375 454,843 954,843
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $12,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% (Monthly Premium:
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% $1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.183%)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $12,322 $ 9,367 $ 50,9367 $ 11,320 $ 511,320
2 25,261 19,507 519,507 23,694 523,694
3 38,846 30,446 530,446 37,264 537,264
4 53,111 42,254 542,254 52,077 552,077
5 68,090 54,987 554,987 68,267 568,267
6 83,817 68,715 568,715 85,974 585,974
7 100,330 83,502 583,502 105,352 605,352
8 117,669 99,404 599,404 126,501 626,501
9 135,875 116,492 616,492 149,673 649,673
10 154,992 134,849 634,849 175,003 675,003
11 175,064 154,592 654,592 202,643 702,643
12 196,140 175,824 675,824 232,896 732,896
13 218,269 198,690 698,690 265,967 765,967
14 241,505 223,327 723,327 302,073 802,073
15 265,903 249,858 749,858 341,523 841,523
16 291,521 278,413 778,413 384,659 884,659
17 318,419 309,087 809,087 431,787 931,787
18 346,663 341,963 841,963 483,245 983,245
19 376,319 377,134 877,134 539,481 1,039,481
20 407,457 414,715 914,715 600,913 1,100,913
25 588,120 645,628 1,145,628 1,002,810 1,502,810
30 818,697 962,939 1,462,939 1,616,750 2,116,750
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.817%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,517 $500,000 $ 9,965 $500,000
2 25,261 14,672 500,000 19,687 500,000
3 38,846 21,403 500,000 29,081 500,000
4 53,111 27,683 500,000 38,220 500,000
5 68,090 33,494 500,000 47,054 500,000
6 83,817 38,838 500,000 55,534 500,000
7 100,330 43,695 500,000 63,731 500,000
8 117,669 48,072 500,000 71,605 500,000
9 135,875 51,954 500,000 79,112 500,000
10 154,992 55,303 500,000 86,265 500,000
11 175,064 58,075 500,000 93,079 500,000
12 196,140 60,183 500,000 99,513 500,000
13 218,269 61,524 500,000 105,529 500,000
14 241,505 61,991 500,000 111,145 500,000
15 265,903 61,483 500,000 116,326 500,000
16 291,521 59,934 500,000 121,035 500,000
17 318,419 57,263 500,000 125,290 500,000
18 346,663 53,402 500,000 128,864 500,000
19 376,319 48,255 500,000 131,680 500,000
20 407,457 41,630 500,000 133,703 500,000
25 588,120 0 0 128,180 500,000
30 818,697 0 0 81,607 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-8
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.183%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 7,763 $500,000 $ 10,292 $500,000
2 25,261 15,623 500,000 20,951 500,000
3 38,846 23,516 500,000 31,904 500,000
4 53,111 31,415 500,000 43,237 500,000
5 68,090 39,301 500,000 54,911 500,000
6 83,817 47,176 500,000 66,892 500,000
7 100,330 55,020 500,000 79,265 500,000
8 117,669 62,844 500,000 92,007 500,000
9 135,875 70,636 500,000 105,094 500,000
10 154,992 78,363 500,000 118,561 500,000
11 175,064 85,990 500,000 132,444 500,000
12 196,140 93,440 500,000 146,732 500,000
13 218,269 100,621 500,000 161,423 500,000
14 241,505 107,440 500,000 176,568 500,000
15 265,903 113,811 500,000 192,175 500,000
16 291,521 119,680 500,000 208,262 500,000
17 318,419 124,985 500,000 224,897 500,000
18 346,663 129,676 500,000 241,972 500,000
19 376,319 133,682 500,000 259,512 500,000
20 407,457 136,853 500,000 277,586 500,000
25 588,120 130,299 500,000 378,661 500,000
30 818,697 39,343 500,000 513,052 538,705
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-9
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT
10.183%)
----------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------ ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,005 $ 500,000 $ 10,612 $ 500,000
2 25,261 16,594 500,000 22,242 500,000
3 38,846 25,763 500,000 34,905 500,000
4 53,111 35,549 500,000 48,784 500,000
5 68,090 46,005 500,000 63,954 500,000
6 83,817 57,216 500,000 80,505 500,000
7 100,330 69,256 500,000 98,660 500,000
8 117,669 82,243 500,000 118,556 500,000
9 135,875 96,289 500,000 140,350 500,000
10 154,992 111,506 500,000 164,279 500,000
11 175,064 128,024 500,000 190,607 500,000
12 196,140 145,963 500,000 219,592 500,000
13 218,269 165,462 500,000 251,539 500,000
14 241,505 186,704 500,000 286,844 500,000
15 265,903 209,929 500,000 325,924 500,000
16 291,521 235,464 500,000 369,273 500,000
17 318,419 263,708 500,000 417,490 500,000
18 346,663 295,154 500,000 470,865 555,621
19 376,319 330,395 500,000 529,433 619,437
20 407,457 370,124 500,000 593,685 688,675
25 588,120 655,031 700,883 1,024,279 1,095,978
30 818,697 1,117,061 1,172,914 1,718,783 1,804,722
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-10
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 0.00% (NET RATE AT -
1.817%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- -----------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 20,790 $520,790 $ 23,258 $523,258
2 54,732 40,915~ 540,915 45,999 545,999
3 84,168 60,307 560,307 68,138 568,138
4 115,075 78,940 578,940 89,750 589,750
5 147,528 96,791 596,791 110,782 610,782
6 181,603 113,864 613,864 131,177 631,177
7 217,382 130,137 630,137 151,013 651,013
8 254,950 145,618 645,618 170,241 670,241
9 294,397 160,294 660,294 188,807 688,807
10 335,816 174,124 674,124 206,722 706,722
11 379,305 187,066 687,066 224,000 724,000
12 424,970 199,029 699,029 240,586 740,586
13 472,917 209,907 709,907 256,429 756,429
14 523,262 219,596 719,596 271,547 771,547
15 576,124 228,006 728,006 285,890 785,890
16 631,629 235,095 735,095 299,406 799,406
17 689,909 240,815 740,815 312,116 812,116
18 751,104 245,145 745,145 323,717 823,717
19 815,358 248,044 748,044 334,104 834,104
20 882,825 249,385 749,385 343,236 843,236
25 1,274,261 224,636 724,636 365,813 865,813
30 1,773,845 126,166 626,166 337,858 837,858
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-11
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM: $26,000.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.183%)
--------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
---------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 21,471 $ 521,471 $ 24,018 $ 524,018
2 54,732 43,541 543,541 48,944 548,944
3 84,168 66,157 566,157 74,718 574,718
4 115,075 89,299 589,299 101,442 601,442
5 147,528 112,951 612,951 129,089 629,089
6 181,603 137,125 637,125 157,630 657,630
7 217,382 161,804 661,804 187,171 687,171
8 254,950 187,004 687,004 217,692 717,692
9 294,397 212,716 712,716 249,166 749,166
10 335,816 238,909 738,909 281,636 781,636
11 379,305 265,540 765,540 315,141 815,141
12 424,970 292,519 792,519 349,658 849,658
13 472,917 319,732 819,732 385,164 885,164
14 523,262 347,063 847,063 421,706 921,706
15 576,124 374,400 874,400 459,261 959,261
16 631,629 401,677 901,677 497,803 997,803
17 689,909 428,820 928,820 537,382 1,037,382
18 751,104 455,774 955,774 577,713 1,077,713
19 815,358 482,466 982,466 618,699 1,118,699
20 882,825 508,726 1,008,726 660,302 1,160,302
25 1,274,261 623,064 1,123,064 873,067 1,373,067
30 1,773,845 676,341 1,176,341 1,078,578 1,578,578
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-12
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 50
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 2.00% $26,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$2,166.67)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.183%)
-------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- -----------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 26,698 $ 22,139 $ 522,139 $ 24,766 $ 524,766
2 54,732 46,225 546,225 51,954 551,954
3 84,168 72,374 572,374 81,709 581,709
4 115,075 100,753 600,753 114,363 614,363
5 147,528 131,550 631,550 150,141 650,141
6 181,603 165,001 665,001 189,292 689,292
7 217,382 201,337 701,337 232,229 732,229
8 254,950 240,848 740,848 279,276 779,276
9 294,397 283,824 783,824 330,782 830,782
10 335,816 330,564 830,564 387,200 887,200
11 379,305 381,389 881,389 449,033 949,033
12 424,970 436,601 936,601 516,763 1,016,763
13 472,917 496,518 996,518 590,922 1,090,922
14 523,262 561,488 1,061,488 672,171 1,172,171
15 576,124 631,907 1,131,907 761,165 1,261,165
16 631,629 708,265 1,208,265 858,625 1,358,625
17 689,909 791,092 1,291,092 965,421 1,465,421
18 751,104 881,001 1,381,001 1,082,167 1,582,167
19 815,358 978,646 1,478,646 1,209,748 1,709,748
20 882,825 1,084,656 1,584,656 1,349,201 1,849,201
25 1,274,261 1,762,743 2,262,743 2,265,671 2,765,671
30 1,773,845 2,765,854 3,265,854 3,691,520 4,191,520
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value, Cash Surrender
Value and Death Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the
actual rates of return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years,
but also fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No
representation can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the
investment management company, or any representative thereof, that this
hypothetical rate of return can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over
any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume premiums are received monthly on the Policy Anniversary and further
assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-13
<PAGE>
Underlying Funds Through:
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
Putnam Variable Trust
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc.
. GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE POLICIES
Prospectus dated May 1, 2000
50451
Com
<PAGE>
GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
ISSUED BY
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
100 South Brentwood
St. Louis, MO 63105
(314) 862-2211
This Prospectus describes flexible premium variable life insurance policies
offered by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company," "we," or "us") which
are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs. When a Group
Contract is issued, Certificates showing the rights of the Owners and/or
Insureds will be issued under the Group Contract. Individual Policies will be
issued when a Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and
the Individual Policy are very similar and are collectively referred to in this
Prospectus as "Policy" or "Policies."
The Policies are designed to provide lifetime insurance protection to age 95
and provide flexibility to vary premium payments and change the level of death
benefits payable under the Policies. Flexibility allows an Owner to provide for
changing insurance needs under a single insurance policy. An Owner can allocate
net premiums among several investment portfolios ("Funds") with different
investment objectives.
The Policy provides for: (1) a value upon surrendering the Policy; (2) loans;
and (3) a death benefit payable on the Insured's death. As long as the Policy
remains in force, the death benefit payable on the Insured's death will not be
less than the Face Amount of the Policy. The Policy will remain in force so
long as there is enough value to pay certain monthly charges.
The Owner may allocate net premiums to one or more of the Divisions of
Separate Account B (the "Separate Account"). The Policy value will vary to
reflect the investment experience of the Divisions selected by the Owner.
Depending on the death benefit option elected, portions of the death benefit
may also vary. The Owner bears the entire investment risk under the Policies;
there is no minimum guaranteed value.
Each of the 14 Divisions of the Separate Account will invest in one of the
following corresponding Funds:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND MANAGER
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Fidelity Variable Insurance Fidelity Management & Research Company
Products Fund or
Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund II
VIP Growth Portfolio
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Variable Insurance Trust Massachusetts Financial Services Company
MFS Emerging Growth Series
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Variable Trust Putnam Investment Management, Inc.
Putnam VT High Yield Fund ("Putnam Management")
Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Putnam VT Income Fund
Putnam VT Voyager Fund
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder Variable Life Investment Scudder, Kemper Investments
Fund
Money Market Portfolio
International Portfolio
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
and
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income
Series, Inc.
New America Growth Portfolio
Personal Strategy Balanced
Portfolio
Limited-Term Bond Portfolio
</TABLE>
The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2000.
<PAGE>
Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it. A full description of the
Funds is contained in the prospectus for each Fund, which must accompany this
Prospectus.
It may not be a good decision to purchase a Policy as a replacement for
another type of life insurance or as a means to obtain additional insurance
protection if the purchaser already owns another flexible premium variable life
insurance policy.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Summary.................................................................. 4
The Company The Separate Account, and the Funds.......................... 10
The Company
The Separate Account
The Funds
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments
Payment and Allocation of Premiums....................................... 15
Issuance of a Policy
Premiums
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Policy Benefits.......................................................... 19
Death Benefit
Cash Value
Policy Rights and Privileges............................................. 24
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Loans
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
Transfers
Right to Examine Policy
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Eligibility Change Conversion
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
Payment of Policy Benefits
Charges and Deductions................................................... 29
Sales Charges
Premium Tax Charge
Monthly Deduction
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
Separate Account Charges
General Matters Relating to the Policy................................... 32
Distribution of the Policies............................................. 36
General Provisions of the Group Contract................................. 36
Federal Tax Matters...................................................... 37
Safekeeping of the Separate Account's Assets............................. 40
Voting Rights............................................................ 40
State Regulation of the Company.......................................... 41
Management of the Company................................................ 42
Legal Matters............................................................ 43
Legal Proceedings........................................................ 43
Experts.................................................................. 43
Additional Information................................................... 43
Definitions.............................................................. 44
Financial Statements..................................................... F-1
Appendix A............................................................... A-1
</TABLE>
The Policies are not available in all states.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF THE POLICY
The following summary of Prospectus information should be read with the
detailed information which follows in this Prospectus. Unless we provide
otherwise, the description of the Policies contained in this Prospectus assumes
that a Policy is in effect and that there is no outstanding Indebtedness.
The Policy
The Policies (either an Individual Policy or a Certificate) described in this
Prospectus are designed for use in employer-sponsored insurance programs and
are issued in three situations.
. First--Policies in the form of Certificates are issued pursuant to Group
Contracts entered into between the Company and Contractholders (see
"General Provisions of the Group Contract");
. Second--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with employer-
sponsored insurance programs where Group Contracts are not issued; and
. Third--Individual Policies can be issued in connection with Corporate
Programs, where Group Contracts are not issued.
The Insured under a Policy is usually an employee of the Contractholder or
sponsoring employer or the employee's spouse. Generally, only an employee is
eligible to be an Insured under an Executive Program Policy. An Executive
Program Policy is issued with a maximum Face Amount in excess of $500,000 under
a Group contract or an employer-sponsored insurance program. If there is
sufficient Cash Surrender Value, Individual Insurance under a Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program will continue should the Group
Contract or other program cease or the employee's employment end (see "Payment
and Allocation of Premiums--Issuance of a Policy").
On behalf of Owners, the Contractholder will make planned premium payments
under the Group Contract equal to an amount authorized by employees to be
deducted from their wages. In addition, Owners may pay additional premiums. In
Corporate Programs only the Owner will remit planned and additional premiums. A
similar procedure will apply when an Individual Policy is issued in connection
with an employer-sponsored program.
The Policies are "variable" policies because, unlike the fixed benefits under
other types of life insurance contracts, the Cash Value and, under certain
circumstances, the death benefit under a Policy may increase or decrease
depending upon the investment experience of the Funds underlying the Divisions
to which the Owner has allocated net premium payments. So long as a Policy's
Cash Surrender Value continues to be sufficient to pay the monthly deduction,
an Owner is guaranteed a minimum death benefit equal to the Face Amount of his
or her Policy or an accelerated death benefit in a reduced amount determined in
accordance with certain riders available under the Policy. (See "General
Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner has a limited right to return a Policy for cancellation within 20
days after the delivery of the Policy to the Owner, within 45 days after the
Owner signs the application, or within 10 days after the Company mails a notice
of this cancellation right to the Owner whichever is latest. If a Policy is
cancelled within this time period, a refund will be paid which will equal all
premiums paid under the Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Owner also has a right to cancel a requested increase in Face Amount. Upon
cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the Company refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase, or
have the amount of the additional charges added to the Cash Value. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Right to Examine Policy.")
4
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
The Owner may allocate the net premiums to one or more Divisions. See "The
Company, The Separate Account and The Funds" for a complete description of the
available Funds. An Owner may change future allocations of net premiums at any
time by notifying the Company directly.
Subject to certain restrictions, an Owner may transfer Cash Values among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. Currently, no charge is assessed for
transfers. The Company reserves the right to modify the transfer privilege.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
Premiums
An Owner has flexibility concerning the amount and frequency of premium
payments. An initial premium equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of the planned annual
premium set forth in the specifications page of a Policy is necessary to start
a Policy. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy
based on the requested initial Face Amount and certain other factors.
. Under Group Contracts and employer-sponsored programs, the initial
premium and subsequent planned premiums generally are remitted by the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of the Owner at intervals
agreed to by the Contractholder or employer.
. In Corporate Programs, the Owner will pay premiums generally on a
schedule agreed to by the Company.
However, as discussed below, planned premiums need not be paid so long as there
is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to keep the Policy in force. Subject to
certain limitations, additional premium payments in any amount and at any
frequency may be made directly by the Owner. (See "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Issuance of a Policy--Premiums.")
A Policy will lapse (and terminate without value) when the Cash Surrender Value
is not enough to pay the next monthly deduction and a grace period of 62 days
expires without an adequate payment being made by the Owner. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Death Benefit
Death benefit proceeds are payable to the Beneficiary when the Insured dies or
to the Owner, prior to the Insured's death under circumstances described in
available riders. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Additional
Insurance Benefits.") Two death benefit options are available, as follows:
. Under the "Level Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy or, if greater, the applicable percentage of Cash
Value; and
. Under the "Increasing Type" death benefit, the death benefit is the Face
Amount of the Policy plus the Cash Value or, if greater, the applicable
percentage of Cash Value.
So long as a Policy remains in force, the minimum death benefit under either
option will be at least equal to the current Face Amount. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit.")
The minimum initial Face Amount is generally $25,000 under the Company's
current rules. Executive Program Policies generally have a minimum Face Amount
of $100,000. The maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, we may
establish a higher maximum Face Amount for Executive or Corporate Program
Policies. The Owner may generally change the Face Amount (subject to the
minimum and maximum amounts applicable to his or her Policy) and the death
benefit option, but in certain cases evidence of insurability may be required.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit.")
5
<PAGE>
Riders
Additional insurance benefits offered under the Policy by rider may include a
children's insurance rider, an acceleration of death benefits rider, an
accelerated death benefit settlement option rider, an accidental death benefit
rider, and a waiver of monthly deductions rider. Some Group Contracts and
employer-sponsored insurance programs may not provide each of the additional
benefits described above. Generally, Executive Program Policies only have the
acceleration of death benefits rider. Generally, Corporate Programs have none
of the additional benefits described above. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.") We will deduct the cost of these
additional insurance benefits from Cash Value as part of the monthly deduction.
(See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Cash Value
The Policies provide for a Cash Value equal to the total of the Policy's Cash
Value in the Separate Account and the Loan Account (securing Policy Loans). A
Policy's Cash Value will reflect premium payments, the investment performance
of any selected Divisions of the Separate Account, transfers, any Policy Loans,
Loan Account interest rate credited, any partial withdrawals, and the charges
imposed in connection with the Policy. (See "Policy Benefits--Cash Value.")
There is no minimum guaranteed Cash Value.
Charges and Deductions
Sales Charges. We deduct a front-end sales charge of 1% of premiums from each
premium paid ("premium expense charge"). We deduct an additional charge on
Policies that are deemed to be individual Policies under the Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1990 ("OBRA"). The additional charge, which is for
federal income taxes measured by premiums, is equal to 1% of each premium
payment, and compensates the Company for a significantly higher corporate
income tax liability resulting from changes made to the Internal Revenue Code
by OBRA.
Premium Tax Charge. We deduct a charge of 2% to cover state premium taxes from
premiums paid. (See "Charges and Deductions--Premium Tax Charge.")
Monthly Deduction. We make a monthly deduction from the Policy's Cash Value in
the Separate Account. The monthly deduction includes the following:
. Administrative Charge. We deduct an administrative charge (see the
specification pages of the Policy) based on (1) the number of Insureds
covered under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance
program, and (2) the amount of administrative services provided by the
Company. The charge will not exceed $6.00 per month during the first
Policy Year and $3.50 per month during renewal years.
. Cost of Insurance Charge. We deduct a cost of insurance charge calculated
on each Monthly Anniversary. We determine monthly cost of insurance rates
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. For a
discussion of the factors affecting the rate class of the Insured, See
"Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance."
. A charge for any additional insurance benefits provided by a rider.
Separate Account Charges.
. Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We deduct a daily charge not to exceed
.0024547% (an annual rate of .90%) of the net assets of each Division for
the Company's assumption of certain mortality and expense risks incurred
in connection with the Policies, see "Charges and Deductions--Separate
Account Charges."
. Federal Taxes. No charges are currently made for federal or state income
taxes. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
6
<PAGE>
. Annual Expenses of the Funds. The value of the assets of the Divisions
will reflect the management fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
The following table describes the Fund fees and expenses as a percentage
of net assets (after fee waiver and reimbursement as applicable) for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The prospectus for each Fund contains more
detail concerning a Fund's fees and expenses. (See "The Company, The
Separate Account, and The Funds.")
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Management Fees Other Expenses
(after fee (after Total
waiver as reimbursement as Annual
Fund applicable) applicable) Expenses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund
VIP Growth Portfolio(/1/) .58% .08% .66%
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio(/1/) .48% .09% .57%
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
Fund II
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio(/2/) .24% .04% .28%
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio(/1/) .58% .09% .67%
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
Emerging Growth Series(/3/) .75% .09% .84%
Putnam Variable Trust
Putnam VT High Yield Fund .65% .07% .72%
Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund .54% .05% .59%
Putnam VT Income Fund .60% .07% .67%
Putnam VT Voyager Fund .53% .04% .57%
Scudder Variable Life Investment
Fund
Money Market Portfolio .37% .06% .43%
International Portfolio .85% .18% 1.03%
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
New America Growth Portfolio .85% (/4/) .85%
Personal Strategy Balanced
Portfolio .90% (/4/) .90%
T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.
Limited-Term Bond Portfolio .70% (/4/) .70%
(/1/) A portion of the brokerage commissions that certain Funds pay was
used to reduce Fund expenses. In addition, through arrangements with
certain Funds, or FMR on behalf of certain funds, custodian credits
realized as a result of uninvested cash balances were used to reduce a
portion of each applicable Funds' expenses. Including these reductions, the
Funds' management fee, other expenses and total annual expenses were as
follows:
VIP Growth Portfolio .58% .07% .65%
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio .48% .08% .56%
VIP II Contrafund Portfolio .58% .07% .65%
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE>
(/2/) FMR agreed to reimburse a portion of the Index 500 Portfolio expenses
during the period. Without this reimbursement, the Portfolio's management
fee, other expenses and total annual expenses would have been:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
VIP II Index 500 Portfolio .24% .11% .35%
</TABLE>
(/3/) Each series has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the
series' custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the
series with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each series may
enter into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements,
which would also have the effect of reducing the series' expenses. "Other
Expenses" do not take into account these expense reductions. Had these
reductions been taken into account, Total Annual Expenses would have been
0.83% for the Emerging Growth Series.
(/4/) T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. does not provide separate Management
Fees and Other Expenses Fees, rather management fees include operating
expenses.
The expense information regarding the Funds was provided by those Funds. We
have not independently verified this information. We cannot guarantee that the
reimbursements provided by certain Funds will continue.
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge. We deduct a transaction charge equal to
the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn on each partial withdrawal of
amounts from the Separate Account. Currently, there are no transaction charges
imposed for transfers of amounts between Divisions. In addition, transfers and
withdrawals are subject to restrictions relative to amount and frequency. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash
Value," "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals--
Transfers," and "Charges and Deductions--Partial Withdrawal Transaction
Charge.")
Policy Loans
After the first Policy Anniversary an Owner may borrow against the Cash Value
of a Policy. All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from proceeds
payable at the Insured's death, upon maturity, or upon surrender. We transfer a
portion of the Policy's Cash Value in each Division of the Separate Account to
which the loan is allocated to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Therefore, a Policy Loan may have a permanent impact on the Policy's Cash Value
even if it is repaid. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any
time while the Policy is in force. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Loans.")
Loans taken from, or secured by, a Policy may in certain circumstances be
treated as taxable distributions from the Policy. Moreover, with certain
exceptions, a 10% additional income tax would be imposed on the portion of any
loan that is included in income. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
At any time that a Policy is in effect, an Owner may elect to surrender the
Policy and receive its Cash Surrender Value. An Owner may also request a
partial withdrawal of the Cash Value of the Policy. A partial withdrawal may
reduce the Face Amount and the death benefit payable under the Policy. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") Surrenders
and partial withdrawals may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal
Tax Matters.")
Conversion Right
During the first 24 Policy Months following a Policy's Issue Date, the Owner
may convert the Policy to a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the Divisions. The Owner also
has a similar right with respect to increases in the Face Amount. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy.")
8
<PAGE>
Eligibility Change Conversion
In the event that the Insured is no longer eligible for coverage under the
Group Contract, either because the Group Contract has terminated or because the
employee is no longer employed by the Contractholder, the Individual Insurance
provided by the Policy issued in connection with the Group Contract will
continue unless the Policy is cancelled or surrendered by the Owner or there is
insufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy from lapsing.
If a Certificate was issued in connection with the Group Contract, the
Certificate will be amended automatically to continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The new Individual Policy will provide benefits which are identical to
those provided under the Certificate. If an Individual Policy was issued in
connection with a Group Contract, the Individual Policy will continue in force
following the termination of the Group Contract. (See "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Illustrations
Illustrations in Appendix A show how death benefits and Cash Values may vary
based on certain hypothetical rate of return assumptions as well as assumptions
pertaining to the level of the charges. These rates are not guaranteed. They
are illustrative only and do not show past or future performance. If a Policy
is surrendered in the early Policy Years, the Cash Value payable will be low
compared to premiums accumulated with interest, and consequently the insurance
protection provided prior to surrender will be costly.
Policy Tax Compliance
We intend for the Policy to satisfy the definition of a life insurance contract
under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Assuming that a
Policy qualifies as a life insurance contract under the Code, a Policy Owner
should not be taxed for receiving value from the Policy, until there is a
distribution from the Policy. Also, death benefits payable under a Policy
should be excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary.
A Policy may be treated as a "modified endowment contract." If the Policy is a
modified endowment contract, it will affect the tax advantages offered under
the Policy. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Specialized Uses of the Policy
Because the Policy provides for an accumulation of Cash Value as well as a
death benefit, the Policy can be used for various individual and business
financial planning purposes. Purchasing the Policy in part for such purposes
entails certain risks. For example, if the investment performance of Divisions
to which Cash Value is allocated is poorer than expected or if sufficient
premiums are not paid, the Policy may lapse or may not accumulate sufficient
Cash Value to fund the purpose for which the Policy was purchased. Partial
withdrawals and Policy Loans may significantly affect current and future Cash
Value, Cash Surrender Value, or death benefit proceeds. Depending upon Division
investment performance and the amount of a Policy Loan, the loan may cause a
Policy to lapse. Because the Policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-
term basis, before purchasing a Policy for a specialized purpose a purchaser
should consider whether the long-term nature of the Policy is consistent with
the purpose for which it is being considered. Using a Policy for a specialized
purpose may have tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Questions
If you have any questions, you may write or call the Company at 100 South
Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105, (314) 862-2211.
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT, AND THE FUNDS
The Company
Paragon Life Insurance Company is a stock life insurance company incorporated
under the laws of Missouri. We were organized in 1981 as General American
Insurance Company and on December 31, 1987, our name was changed. No change in
operations or ownership took place in connection with the name change. Our main
business is writing individual and group life insurance policies and annuity
contracts. As of December 31, 1999, it had assets of $400 million. We are
admitted to do business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. Our
principal offices are at 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105 ("Home
Office"). Our Internal Revenue Service Employer Identification Number is 43-
1235869.
We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company
(the "Parent Company"), a Missouri life insurance company. The Parent Company
is wholly owned by GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general business
corporation, which is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a
New York insurance company.
Guarantee. The Parent Company agrees to guarantee that we will have sufficient
funds to meet all of our contractual obligations. In the event a Policyholder
presents a legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance Policy, the
Parent Company will pay such claim directly to the Policyholder if Paragon is
unable to make such payment. This guarantee, which does not have a
predetermined termination date, can be modified or ended only as to policies
not yet issued. The guarantee agreement is binding on the Parent Company, its
successor or assignee and shall end only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than the Parent Company's rating. The Parent Company does not intend
that this guarantee cover the investment experience or Cash Values of the
Policy.
Ratings. We may from time to time publish in advertisements, sales literature,
and reports to Owners or Contractholders, the ratings and other information
assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations such as A. M.
Best Company, Standard & Poor's, and Duff & Phelps. The purpose of the ratings
is to reflect our financial strength and/or claims paying ability and should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of assets held in
the Separate Account. Each year the A. M. Best Company reviews the financial
status of thousands of insurers, culminating in the assignment of Best's
ratings. These ratings reflect Best's current opinion of the relative financial
strength and operating performance of an insurance company in comparison to the
norms of the life/health insurance industry. In addition, the claims paying
ability of the Company as measured by Standard & Poor's Insurance Ratings
Services or Duff & Phelps may be referred to in advertisements or sales
literature or in reports to Owners or Contractholders. These ratings are
opinions of an operating insurance company's financial capacity to meet the
obligations of its insurance policies in accordance with their terms. These
ratings do not reflect the investment performance of the Separate Account or
the degree of risk associated with an investment in the Separate Account.
Advertisements. We also may include in advertisements and other literature
certain rankings assigned to us by the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners ("NAIC"), and our analyses of statistical information produced by
the NAIC. These rankings and analyses of statistical information may describe,
among other things, our growth, premium income, investment income, capital
gains and losses, policy reserves, policy claims, and life insurance in force.
Our use of such rankings and statistical information is not an endorsement by
the NAIC.
Advertisements and literature prepared by the Company also may include
discussions of taxable and tax-deferred investment programs (including
comparisons based on selected tax brackets), alternative investment vehicles,
and general economic conditions.
10
<PAGE>
The Separate Account
We established Separate Account B (the "Separate Account") as a separate
investment account on January 4, 1993 under Missouri law. The Separate Account
receives and invests the net premiums paid under the Policies. In addition, the
Separate Account receives and invests net premiums for other flexible premium
variable life insurance policies issued by us.
The Separate Account is divided into Divisions. Each Division will invest in
Funds as shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. Income and both realized
and unrealized gains or losses from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that Division without regard to
income, gains, or losses from any other Division of the Separate Account or
arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.
Although the assets of the Separate Account are the property of the Company,
the assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and other liabilities
of the Separate Account are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business which we may conduct. The assets of the Separate Account are
available to cover the general liabilities of the Company only to the extent
that the Separate Account's assets exceed its Policy liabilities. From time to
time, these excess assets may be transferred from the Separate Account and
included in the Company's general assets. Before making any such transfers, we
will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer may have on the Separate
Account.
The Separate Account has been registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC" or "Commission") as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a
"separate account" under federal securities laws. Registration with the SEC
does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or
policies of the Separate Account or the Company by the Commission.
The Funds
The Separate Account invests in shares of the Funds. The Funds are series-type
mutual funds registered with the SEC as open-end, investment management
companies. The assets of each Fund used by the Policies are held separate from
the assets of the other Funds, and each Fund has investment objectives and
policies which are generally different from those of the other Funds. The
income or losses of one Fund generally have no effect on the investment
performance of any other Fund.
The investment objectives and policies of certain Funds are similar to the
investment objectives and policies of other portfolios that may be managed by
the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds may
differ from the results of these other portfolios. There can be no guarantee,
and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the Funds
will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio, even if
the other portfolio has the same investment adviser or manager.
The following summarizes the investment policies of each Fund under the
corresponding investment management company:
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
Variable Insurance Products Fund ("VIP") is an open-end diversified management
investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the Prospectus
are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even though
additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP. Fidelity
Management & Research Company ("FMR") of Boston, Massachusetts is the manager
of the Funds.
. VIP Growth Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks capital appreciation.
11
<PAGE>
. VIP Equity-Income Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks reasonable income. The Portfolio will also
consider the potential for capital appreciation. The fund seeks a yield
which exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the S&P
500.
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II
Variable Insurance Products II Fund ("VIP II") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for VIP II. FMR is
the manager of the Funds.
. VIP II Index 500 Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks investment results that correspond to the
total return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as
represented by the S&P 500.
. VIP II Contrafund Portfolio
Investment objective: seeks long-term capital appreciation.
MFS Variable Insurance Trust
MFS Variable Insurance Trust ("MFS Trust") is an open-end diversified
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for MFS Trust.
Massachusetts Financial Services Company ("MFS") provides investment advisory
services to MFS Trust for fees in accordance with the terms of the current
prospectus for the Fund.
. Emerging Growth Series
Investment objective: seeks long-term growth of capital. The series may
invest up to 25% of its net assets in foreign securities, including
emerging market securities.
Putnam Variable Trust
Putnam Variable Trust is an open-end management investment company and each of
the funds of Putnam Variable Trust described in this section of the prospectus
is a diversified investment company. Only the Funds described in this section
of the Prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies
even though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for Putnam
Variable Trust. Putnam Management provides investment advisory services to
Putnam Variable Trust for fees in accordance with the terms described in the
current Fund prospectus.
. Putnam VT High Yield Fund
Seeks high current income. Capital growth is a secondary goal when
consistent with achieving high current income. The Fund invests in
higher-yielding, lower-rated securities commonly referred to as "junk
bonds." See the special considerations for and risks associated with
investments in these securities described in the Fund prospectus.
. Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund
Seeks long-term capital appreciation.
. Putnam VT Income Fund
Seeks high current income consistent with capital preservation.
. Putnam VT Voyager Fund
Seeks capital appreciation.
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund ("Scudder VLI") is a series-type mutual
fund registered with the SEC as an open-end, diversified management investment
company. Only the Money Market Portfolio and the Class A Shares of the
International Portfolio described herein are currently available as investment
choices of the
12
<PAGE>
Policies even though other classes and other Funds may be described in the
Prospectus for Scudder VLI. Scudder Kemper Investments ("Scudder") provides
investment advisory services to Scudder VLI whose terms and fees are set forth
in the Scudder VLI prospectus.
. Money Market Portfolio
The Money Market Portfolio seeks to maintain the stability of capital
and, consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and to
provide current income. The Portfolio seeks to maintain a net asset value
of $1.00 per share although there can be no assurance that this will be
achieved. Unless otherwise indicated, the Portfolio's investment
objective and policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
. International Portfolio
The International Portfolio seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity investments.
Unless otherwise indicated, the Portfolio's investment objective and
policies may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.
. New America Growth Portfolio
The Fund seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital by investing
primarily in the common stocks of companies operating in sectors T. Rowe
Price believes will be the fastest growing in the United States. Fast-
growing companies can be found across an array of industries in today's
"new America". The choice of industry sectors would reflect such factors
as the overall revenue growth of the component companies and the sector's
contribution to GDP from year to year.
. Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio
The Fund objective is to seek the highest total return over time
consistent with an emphasis on both capital appreciation and income. The
Fund pursues its objective by investing in a diversified portfolio
typically consisting of approximately 60% stocks, 30% bonds, and 10%
money market securities.
T. Rowe Price Income Series, Inc.
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (referred to as "TRP") is an open-end
management investment company. Only the Funds described in this section of the
prospectus are currently available as investment choices of the Policies even
though additional Funds may be described in the prospectus for TRP. T. Rowe
Price Associates, Inc. provides investment advisory services to TRP for fees in
accordance with the terms described in the current Fund prospectus.
. Limited-Term Bond Portfolio
The Fund seeks a high level of income consistent with moderate
fluctuations in principal value.
The Fund invests primarily in short-term and intermediate-term bonds.
There are no maturity limitations on individual securities purchased, but
the Fund's dollar-weighted average effective maturity will not exceed
five years.
There is no assurance that any of the Funds will achieve its stated objective.
More detailed information, including a description of risks, is in the
prospectus for the Funds, which must accompany or precede this Prospectus and
which should be read carefully. Please also refer to the "Annual Expenses of
the Funds" information of this Prospectus for a list of the Funds' annual
expenses.
13
<PAGE>
Agreements. We have has entered into or may enter into arrangements with
certain Funds pursuant to which we receive a fee based upon an annual
percentage of the average net asset amount invested by us on behalf of the
Separate Account and other separate accounts of the Company. These arrangements
vary among the Funds and are entered into because of administrative services
provided by the Company.
Resolving Material Conflicts. All of the Funds are also available to registered
separate accounts of other insurance companies offering variable annuity and
variable life insurance products. As a result, there is a possibility that a
material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Policies and of
Owners of Policies whose Cash Values are allocated to other separate accounts
investing in the Funds. In the event a material conflict arises, the Company
will take any necessary steps, including removing the assets of the Separate
Account from one or more of the Funds, to resolve the matter.
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Investments. We reserve the right,
subject to compliance with applicable law, to make additions to, deletions
from, or substitutions for the shares of the Funds that are held by the
Separate Account or that the Separate Account may purchase. We reserve the
right to (1) eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and (2) substitute shares
of another fund if the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment,
or further investment in any Fund becomes inappropriate in view of the purposes
of the Separate Account. We will not substitute any shares without notice to
the Owner and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act
or other applicable law, as required
We also reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of the Separate
Account. We will establish new Divisions when marketing needs or investment
confitions warrant. Any new Division will be made available to existing Owners
on a basis to be determined by the Company. To the extent approved by the SEC,
we may also:
.Eliminate or combine one or more Divisions;
.Substitute one Division for another Division; or
.Transfer assets between Divisions if marketing, tax, or investment
conditions warrant.
We may make changes in the Policy by appropriate endorsement in the event of a
substitution or change. We will notify all Owners of any such changes.
If we deem it to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under
the Policy, and to the extent any necessary SEC approvals or Owner votes are
obtained, the Separate Account may be:
(a) operated as a management company under the 1940 Act;
(b) deregistered under that Act in the event such registration is no longer
required; or
(c) combined with other separate accounts of the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, we may transfer the assets of the
Separate Account associated with the Policy to another separate account.
We cannot guarantee that the shares of the Funds will always be available. The
Funds each sell shares to the Separate Account in accordance with the terms of
a participation agreement between the Fund distributors and us. Should this
agreement terminate or should shares become unavailable for any other reason,
the Separate Account will not be able to purchase the existing Fund shares.
Should this occur, we will be unable to honor Owner requests to allocate Cash
Values or premium payments to the Divisions of the Separate Account investing
in such shares. In the event that a Fund is no longer available, we will take
reasonable steps to obtain alternative investment options.
14
<PAGE>
PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF PREMIUMS
Issuance of a Policy
We will generally issue a Group Contract to employers whose employees and/or
their spouses may become Owners (and/or Insureds) under the Group Contract so
long as the employee is within the class of employees eligible to be included
in the Group Contract. The class(es) of employees covered by a particular Group
Contract are set forth in that Group Contract's specifications pages.
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of an application for a Group
Contract signed by an appropriate officer of the employer and acceptance by us
at our Home Office. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Issuance.")
Individuals (i.e., eligible employees and/or their spouses) wishing to purchase
a Policy, whether under a Group Contract or an employer-sponsored insurance
program, must complete the appropriate application for Individual Insurance and
submit it to our authorized representative or us at our Home Office. We will
issue to each Contractholder either a Certificate or an Individual Policy to
give to each Owner.
Individual Policies, rather than Certificates, will be issued
(1) to independent contractors of the employer;
(2) to persons who wish to continue coverage after a Group Contract has
terminated;
(3) to persons who wish to continue coverage after they no longer are
employed by the Group Contractholder;
(4) if state law restrictions make issuance of a Group Contract
impracticable; or
(5) if the employer chooses to use an employer-sponsored insurance program
that does not involve a Group Contract.
Corporate Programs. Corporate Programs will generally involve Individual
Policies. We will issue Policies on the lives of eligible Insureds, (generally
employees of a sponsoring employer), and the Owner will usually be the
sponsoring employer or its designee.
Issue Ages. A Policy generally will be issued only to Insureds of Issue Ages 17
through 70 who supply satisfactory evidence of insurability. We may issue
Policies to individuals falling outside the Issue Ages or decline to issue
Policies to individuals within the Issue Ages.
Employee Eligibility. In order for an employee to be eligible to purchase a
Policy, the employee must be actively at work at the time the application for
Individual Insurance is signed. In addition, the Contractholder may determine
specific classes to which the employee must belong to be eligible to purchase a
Policy. "Actively at work" means that the employee must work for the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer at the employee's usual place of work (or
such other places as required by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer) in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and the full rate of pay,
as set by the
employment practices of the employer. Ordinarily the time worked per week must
not be less than 30 hours. However, we reserve the right to waive or modify the
"actively at work" requirement at our discretion.
In addition, the Contractholder may require that an employee must be employed
by the employer as of a certain date or for a certain period of time. We will
set forth this date or time period in the Group Contract specifications pages.
Employees of any Associated Companies of the Contractholder will be considered
employees of the Contractholder. We may also allow an individual who is an
independent contractor working primarily for the sponsoring employer to be
considered an eligible employee. An independent contractor may receive an
Individual Policy rather than a Certificate depending upon state law applicable
to the contracts. An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the
employer is a partnership.
Guaranteed Issue. Other than in Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, we
will issue the Policy and any children's insurance rider applied for by the
employee pursuant to our guaranteed issue procedure. We offer the
15
<PAGE>
guaranteed issue procedure only when an employee is given the opportunity to
purchase a Policy for the first time. Under this procedure the employee is
required to answer qualifying questions in the application for Individual
Insurance, but is not required to submit to a medical or paramedical
examination. The maximum Face Amount that an employee can generally apply for
under the guaranteed issue procedure ("Guaranteed Issue Amount") is three times
the employee's salary up to a ceiling that is based on the number of eligible
employees under a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program.
We may offer guaranteed issue with Executive Programs or Corporate Programs
depending upon the number of eligible employees or if other existing insurance
coverage is cancelled.
Simplified Underwriting. The employee must submit to a simplified underwriting
procedure requiring the employee to respond satisfactorily to certain health
questions in the application:
. where the Face Amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits;
. where the Policy has been offered previously to the employee;
. where the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance are not met; or
. in connection with certain programs that may be offered without
guaranteed issue
A blood test may be required. This requirement is generally applicable only to
Executive Programs or Corporate Programs.
Simplified underwriting must be followed in connection with the issuance of any
children's rider, if the employee is not eligible for guaranteed issue
underwriting, or, (even when the employee is eligible,) if the child does not
satisfy the guaranteed issue requirements set forth in the application for
Individual Insurance.
Acceptance of an application is always subject to our underwriting rules, and
we reserve the right to reject an application for any reason.
Employee's Spouse. If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse, the appropriate
application for Individual Insurance must be supplied. We will subject the
spouse to the simplified underwriting procedure described above. Guaranteed
issue is not available. We generally do not offer spouse coverage under
Executive Program Policies or Corporate Program Policies.
Issue Date. The Issue Date is the effective date for all coverage provided in
the original application for Individual Insurance. The Issue Date is used to
determine Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months. A Policy will
not take effect until:
. the appropriate application for Individual Insurance is signed;
. the initial premium has been paid prior to the Insured's death;
. the Insured is eligible for it; and
. the information in the application is determined to be acceptable to the
Company.
Interim Insurance. Interim Insurance in the amount of insurance applied for may
be available prior to the issuance of a Policy which is being underwritten on a
guaranteed issue basis up to the Guaranteed Issue Amount. If available, interim
insurance will start as of the date of the application. Interim insurance ends
on the earliest of the following dates:
. the date insurance begins on the Policy applied for;
. the date a Policy other than the Policy applied for is offered to the
applicant;
. the date the Company notifies the applicant that the application for any
proposed Insured is declined;
. 60 days from the date of application; or
. termination of employment with the Contractholder or sponsoring employer.
16
<PAGE>
Premiums
The initial premium is due on the Issue Date, and usually will be paid by the
Contractholder or employer on behalf of the Owner. The Company requires that
the initial premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth ( 1/12) of
the planned annual premium for the Policy set forth in the specifications
pages. The planned annual premium is an amount specified for each Policy based
on the requested initial Face Amount, the Issue Age of the Insured and the
charges under the Policy. (See "Charges and Deductions.") The Owner is not
required to pay premiums equal to the planned annual premium.
We will apply premiums paid by a Contractholder or sponsoring employer or
designated payor to a Policy as of the Valuation Date we receive the premiums.
Premiums will be "received" on a Valuation Date when we receive supporting
documentation necessary for us to determine the amount of premium per Policy
and the cash premium.
Planned Premium Payments. After the initial premium, and subject to the
limitations described below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any
interval. Under Group Contracts and Individual Policies issued in connection
with other employer-sponsored insurance programs, the planned annual premium
usually will be paid by the Contractholder or sponsoring employer on behalf of
the Owner pursuant to a planned premium payment schedule. A planned premium
payment schedule provides for premium payments in a level amount at fixed
intervals (usually monthly) agreed to by the Contractholder or employer and us.
The amount of the premiums paid by the sponsoring employer or Contractholder
will be equal to the amount authorized by the employee. The Owner may skip
planned premium payments. Failure to pay one or more planned premium payments
will not always cause the Policy to lapse. The Policy will lapse if the Cash
Surrender Value is insufficient to cover the next Monthly Deduction. (See
"Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
Unscheduled Premiums. In addition to any planned payments made, an Owner may
make unscheduled premium payments at any time and in any amount, subject to the
minimum and maximum premium limitations described below. The payment of an
unscheduled premium payment may have Federal income tax consequences. (See
"Federal Tax Matters.") As mentioned above, an Owner may also skip planned
premium payments. Therefore, unlike conventional insurance policies, a Policy
does not obligate the Owner to pay premiums in accordance with a rigid and
inflexible premium schedule.
Continuance of Insurance. Failure of the Contractholder to pay the planned
premium payments authorized by its employees may cause the Group Contract to
terminate. (See "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Termination.")
Provided that there is sufficient Cash Surrender Value to prevent the Policy
from lapsing, the Individual Insurance provided will automatically continue in
the event of Group Contract termination. (See
"Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion.") Individual
Insurance will also continue if the employee's employment with the
Contractholder or sponsoring employer terminates. In either circumstance, an
Owner of an Individual Policy (or a Certificate converted by amendment to an
Individual Policy) will establish a new schedule of planned premiums. The new
schedule will have the same planned annual premium, and the payment intervals
will be no more frequent than quarterly. In Corporate Programs, there will
generally be no change in planned or scheduled premiums upon discontinuing the
employment of an Insured.
Premium Limitations. Every premium payment paid must be at least $20. Total
premiums paid under a Policy may not exceed the current maximum premium
limitations established by federal tax laws in any Policy Year. The maximum
premium limitation for a Policy Year is the sum of the premiums paid under the
Policy that will not at any time exceed the guideline premium limitations
referred to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. If at any
time a premium is paid which would result in total premiums exceeding the
current maximum premium limitation, we will accept only that portion of the
premium which will make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the
premium in excess of the maximum premiums will be returned directly to the
Owner within 60 days of the end of the Policy Year in which payment is received
(unless we
17
<PAGE>
agree) and no further premiums will be accepted until allowed by the current
maximum premium limitations prescribed by Federal tax law. See "Federal Tax
Matters" for a further explanation of premium limitations.
Section 7702A creates an additional premium limitation, which, if exceeded, can
change the tax status of a Policy to that of a "modified endowment contract." A
modified endowment contract is a life insurance contract, from which
withdrawals are treated (for tax purposes) (1) as a distribution of any taxable
income under the contract, and (2) as a distribution of nontaxable investment
in the contract. Also, such withdrawals may be subject to a 10% federal income
tax penalty. We have adopted administrative steps designed to notify an Owner
when we believe that a premium payment will cause a Policy to become a modified
endowment contract. Owner will be given a limited amount of time to request
that the premium be reversed in order to avoid the Policy's classification as a
modified endowment contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Allocation of Net Premiums and Cash Value
Net Premiums. The net premium equals:
(1) the premium paid; less
(2) the premium expense charge;
(3) any charge to compensate us for anticipated higher corporate income
taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
(4) the premium tax charge. (See "Charges and Deductions--Sales Charges.")
Allocation of Net Premiums. In the application for a Policy, the Owner
indicates how net premiums are to be allocated among the 14 Divisions of the
Separate Account. Beginning with the initial premium payment, all premiums will
be allocated in accordance with the Owner's instructions upon our receipt of
the premiums. However, the minimum percentage, of any allocation to a Division
is 10 percent of the net premium, and fractional percentages may not be used.
The allocation for future net premiums may be changed without charge at any
time by providing notice in writing directly to us. Any change in allocation
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of the written notification. No
charge is imposed for changing the allocations of future net premiums.
The Policy's Cash Value also may be transferred between the Divisions of the
Separate Account. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Transfers.")
The value of amounts allocated to the Divisions will vary with the investment
performance of the Funds underlying the Divisions. The Owner bears the entire
investment risk. Investment performance will affect the Policy's Cash Value,
and may affect the death benefit as well. Owners should periodically review
their allocations of premiums and values in light of market conditions and
overall financial planning requirements.
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement
Lapse. Unlike conventional life insurance policies, the failure to make a
premium payment following the initial premium payment will not itself cause a
Policy to lapse. However, a Policy can lapse even if planned premiums have been
paid. Lapse will occur only when the Cash Surrender Value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deduction, and a grace period expires without a sufficient
payment being made. (See also "General Provisions of the Group Contract--Grace
Period--Termination.") Thus, the payment of premiums in any amount does not
guarantee that the Policy will remain in force until the Maturity Date.
The grace period, which is 62 days, begins on the Monthly Anniversary on which
the Cash Surrender Value is not enough to cover the next monthly deduction,
premium expense charge, and premium tax charge. We will notify the Owner at the
beginning of the grace period by mail. The notice will specify the amount of
premium required to keep the Policy in force and the date the payment is due.
Subject to minimum premium
18
<PAGE>
requirements, the amount of the premium required to keep the Policy in force
will be the amount of the current monthly deduction. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") If the Company does not receive the required amount within the
grace period, the Policy will lapse and terminate without Cash Value. If the
Insured dies during the grace period, any overdue monthly deductions will be
deducted from the death benefit payable.
Reinstatement. The Owner may reinstate a lapsed Policy by written application
at any time within five years after the date of lapse and before the Maturity
Date. The right to reinstate a lapsed Policy will not be affected by the
termination of a Group Contract or the termination of an employee's employment
during the reinstatement period. Reinstatement is subject to the following
conditions:
. Evidence of the insurability of the Insured satisfactory to us (including
evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to reinstate
the rider).
. Payment of a premium that, after the deduction of any premium expense
charge and any premium tax charge, is large enough to cover: (a) the
monthly deductions due at the time of lapse, and (b) two times the
monthly deduction due at the time of reinstatement.
. Payment or reinstatement of any Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness reinstated
will cause a Cash Value of an equal amount also to be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an increase in Cash Value
equal to the amount of the repaid loan. The Policy cannot be reinstated if it
has been surrendered. The amount of Cash Value on the date of reinstatement
will be equal to the amount of any Indebtedness reinstated, increased by the
net premiums paid at reinstatement and any loans paid at the time of
reinstatement.
The effective date of reinstatement will be the date of our approval of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy Month that includes that date.
POLICY BENEFITS
Death Benefit
As long as the Policy remains in force, we will, (upon proof of the Insured's
death), pay the death benefit proceeds of a Policy in accordance with the death
benefit option in effect at the time of the Insured's death. Payment of death
benefit proceeds will not be affected by termination of the Group Contract,
employer-sponsored insurance program or by termination of an employee's
employment.
If a rider permitting the accelerated payment of death benefit proceeds has
been added to the Policy, the death benefit may be paid in a single sum prior
to the death of the Insured and may be less than otherwise would be paid upon
the death of the Insured. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits.")
The amount of the death benefit proceeds payable will be determined at the end
of the Valuation Period during which the Insured's death occurred. The proceeds
may be paid in a single sum or under one or more of the settlement options set
forth in the Policy. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy
Benefits.") Death benefit proceeds will be paid to the surviving Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries specified in the application or as subsequently changed.
The Policy provides two death benefit options: a "Level Type" death benefit
("Option A") and an "Increasing Type" death benefit ("Option B"). Option B
generally will be the only option presented. The death benefit under either
option will never be less than the current Face Amount of the Policy as long as
the Policy remains in force. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Policy
Lapse and Reinstatement.") The minimum Face Amount currently is $25,000. The
maximum Face Amount is generally $500,000. However, in connection with a
particular Group Contract or employer sponsored insurance program, we may
establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under that
Contract or program.
19
<PAGE>
Option A. Under Option A, the death benefit is:
(1) the current Face Amount of the Policy or, if greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of Cash Value on the date of death.
The applicable percentage is 250% for an Insured Attained Age 40 or below on
the Policy Anniversary prior to the date of death. For Insureds with an
Attained Age over 40 on that Policy Anniversary, the percentage is lower and
declines with age as shown in the Applicable Percentage Table below. Under
Option A the death benefit will remain level at the Face Amount unless the
applicable percentage of Cash Value exceeds the current Face Amount, in which
case the amount of the death benefit will vary as the Cash Value varies. Owners
who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher Cash
Value for the same Face Amount, rather than increased death benefit, generally
should select Option A.
APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
------------ ----------
<S> <C>
40...................... 250%
41...................... 243
42...................... 236
43...................... 229
44...................... 222
45...................... 215
46...................... 209
47...................... 203
48...................... 197
49...................... 191
50...................... 185
51...................... 178
52...................... 171
53...................... 164
54...................... 157
55...................... 150
56...................... 146
57...................... 142
58...................... 138
59...................... 134
60...................... 130
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable
Attained Age Percentage
------------ ----------
<S> <C>
61...................... 128%
62...................... 126
63...................... 124
64...................... 122
65...................... 120
66...................... 119
67...................... 118
68...................... 117
69...................... 116
70...................... 115
71...................... 113
72...................... 111
73...................... 109
74...................... 107
75 to 90................ 105
91...................... 104
92...................... 103
93...................... 102
94...................... 101
95 or older............. 100
</TABLE>
The applicable percentages in the foregoing table are based on federal tax law
requirements described in Section 7702(d) of the Code. The Company reserves the
right to alter the applicable percentage to the extent necessary to comply with
changes to Section 7702(d) or any successor provision thereto.
Option B. Under Option B, the death benefit is equal to:
(1) the current Face Amount plus the Cash Value of the Policy or, if
greater,
(2) the applicable percentage of the Cash Value on the date of death. The
applicable percentage is the same as under Option A.
Under Option B, the amount of the death benefit will always vary as the Cash
Value varies (but will never be less than the Face Amount).
Owners who prefer to have favorable investment performance reflected in higher
death benefits for the same Face Amount generally should select Option B. All
other factors equal, for the same premium dollar, Option B provides lower
initial Face Amount resulting in earlier cash accumulation.
20
<PAGE>
Change in Death Benefit Option. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner
may change the death benefit option. We reserve the right to limit the number
of changes in death benefit options to one each Policy Year. A request for a
change must be made directly to us in writing. The effective date of such a
change will be the Monthly Anniversary on or following the date we receive the
change request.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option A to Option B, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change less the
Cash Value on the effective date of the change. Satisfactory evidence of
insurability must be submitted directly to us with a request for a change from
Option A to Option B. This change may not be made if it would result in a Face
Amount of less than $25,000.
If the death benefit option is changed from Option B to Option A, the Face
Amount after the change will equal the Face Amount before the change plus the
Cash Value on the effective date of change.
A change in death benefit option will not in itself result in an immediate
change in the amount of a Policy's death benefit or Cash Value. No charges will
be imposed upon a change from death benefit Option B to Option A. Changing from
Option A to Option B, however, will result in a decrease in the Face Amount. In
addition, if, prior to or accompanying a change in the death benefit option,
there has been an increase in the Face Amount, the cost of insurance charge may
be different for the increased amount. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly
Deduction--Cost of Insurance.")
No change in death benefit option will be permitted that results in the death
benefit under a Policy being included in gross income because the federal tax
law requirements are not satisfied. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Change in Face Amount. Subject to certain limitations set forth below, an Owner
may increase or decrease the Face Amount of a Policy (without changing the
death benefit option) after the first Policy Anniversary. A written request for
a change in the Face Amount must be sent directly to us. A change in Face
Amount may affect the cost of insurance rate and the net amount at risk, both
of which affect an Owner's cost of insurance charge. (See "Charges and
Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of Insurance.") In addition, a change in
Face Amount may have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax
Matters.")
Face Amount Decreases. Any decrease in the Face Amount will become effective on
the Monthly Anniversary on or following our receipt of the written request. The
amount of the requested decrease must be at least $5,000 and the Face Amount
remaining in force after any requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum amount Face Amount, generally $25,000. If, following a decrease in Face
Amount, the Policy would not comply with the maximum premium limitations
required by federal tax law (see "Payment and Allocation of Premiums"), the
decrease may be limited or Cash Value may be returned to the Owner (at the
Owner's election), to the extent necessary to meet those requirements. A
decrease in the Face Amount will reduce the Face Amount in the following order:
(1) The Face Amount provided by the most recent increase;
(2) The next most recent increases successively; and
(3) The initial Face Amount.
This order of reduction will be used to determine the amount of subsequent cost
of insurance charges (see "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction--Cost of
Insurance").
Face Amount Increases. For an increase in the Face Amount, we require that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved, the increase
will become effective on the Monthly Anniversary on or following receipt of the
satisfactory evidence of insurability. In addition, the Insured must have an
Attained Age of 80 or less on the effective date of the increase. The amount of
the increase may not be less than $5,000. The Face Amount may not be increased
more than the maximum Face Amount for that Policy, generally $500,000. However,
in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program,
21
<PAGE>
we may establish a substantially higher Face Amount for Policies issued under
that Contract or program. Although an increase need not necessarily be
accompanied by additional premium, the Cash Surrender Value in effect
immediately after the increase must be sufficient to cover the next monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") An increase in
the Face Amount may result in certain additional charges. (See "Charges and
Deductions.")
Cancellation of an Increase. An increase in Face Amount may be cancelled within
the later of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
page for the increase;
. within 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner;
or
. within 45 days after the application for an increase was signed.
Upon cancellation, any additional charges, which would not have been assessed
without the increase, will be refunded to the Owner if requested. If a request
for a refund is not made, the charges will be restored to the Policy's Cash
Value and allocated to Divisions in the same manner as they were deducted.
Premiums paid following an increase in Face Amount and prior to the time the
right to cancel the increase expires will become part of the Policy's Cash
Value and will not be subject to refund. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Right to Examine Policy.")
Methods of Affecting Insurance Protection. An Owner may increase or decrease
the pure insurance protection provided by a Policy--the difference between the
death benefit and the Cash Value--in several ways as insurance needs change.
Examples include increasing or decreasing the Face Amount, changing the level
of premium payments, and, to a lesser extent, making partial withdrawals from
the Policy. Although the consequences of each of these methods will depend upon
the individual circumstances, they may be generally summarized as follows:
(a) A decrease in the Face Amount will, subject to the applicable
percentage limitations (see "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit"), decrease
the pure insurance protection and the cost of insurance charges under
the Policy without reducing the Cash Value.
(b) An increase in the Face Amount may increase the amount of pure
insurance protection, depending on the amount of Cash Value and the
resultant applicable percentage limitation. If the insurance protection
is increased, the Policy charges generally will increase as well.
(c) An increased level of premium payments will reduce the pure insurance
protection if Option A is in effect. However, when the applicable
percentage of Cash Value exceeds either the Face Amount (if Option A is
in effect) or the Cash Value plus the Face Amount (if Option B is in
effect), increased premium payments will increase the pure insurance
protection. Increased premiums should also increase the amount of funds
available to keep the Policy in force.
(d) A reduced level of premium payments generally will increase the amount
of pure insurance protection, depending on the applicable percentage
limitations. If the reduced level of premium payments is insufficient
to cover monthly deductions or to offset negative investment
performance, Cash Value may also decrease, which in turn will increase
the possibility that the Policy will lapse. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
(e) A partial withdrawal will reduce the death benefit. (See "Policy Rights
and Privileges--Surrender and Partial Withdrawals.") However, it only
affects the amount of pure insurance protection and cost of insurance
charges if the death benefit before or after the withdrawal is based on
the applicable percentage of Cash Value, because otherwise the decrease
in the death benefit is offset by the amount of Cash Value withdrawn.
The primary use of a partial withdrawal is to withdraw Cash Value.
Payment of Death Benefit Proceeds. Death benefit proceeds under the Policy
ordinarily will be paid within seven days after we receive all documentation
required. Payment may, however, be postponed in certain circumstances. (See
"General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") The Owner
may decide the form in which the proceeds will be paid. During the Insured's
lifetime, the Owner may arrange for
22
<PAGE>
the death benefit proceeds to be paid in a single sum or under one or more of
the optional methods of settlement described below. The death benefit will be
increased by the amount of the monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
month from the date of death to the end of the month, and reduced by any
outstanding Indebtedness. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Additional Insurance Benefits," and "Charges and Deductions.")
When no election for an optional method of settlement is in force when the
Insured dies, the Beneficiary may select one or more of the optional methods of
settlement at any time before death benefit proceeds are paid. (See "Policy
Rights and Privileges--Payment of Policy Benefits.")
An election or change of method of settlement must be in writing. A change in
Beneficiary revokes any previous settlement election. Once payments have begun,
the settlement option may not be changed.
Cash Value
The Cash Value of the Policy is equal to the total of the Policy's Cash Value
in the Separate Account and the Loan Account. The Policy's Cash Value in the
Separate Account will reflect:
. the investment performance of the chosen Divisions;
. the frequency and amount of net premiums paid;
. transfers;
. partial withdrawals;
. Policy Loans;
. Loan account interest rate credited; and
. the charges assessed in connection with the Policy.
An Owner may at any time surrender the Policy and receive the Policy's Cash
Surrender Value. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and Partial
Withdrawals.") There is no guaranteed minimum Cash Value.
Determination of Cash Value. Cash Value is determined on a daily basis. On the
Investment Start Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal the portion of
any net premium allocated to the Division, reduced by the portion of the
monthly deductions due from the Issue Date through the Investment Start Date
allocated to that Division. Depending upon the length of time between the Issue
Date and the Investment Start Date, this amount may be more than the amount of
one monthly deduction. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums.") Thereafter,
on each Valuation Date, the Cash Value in a Division will equal:
(1) The Cash Value in the Division on the preceding Valuation Date,
multiplied by the Division's Net Investment Factor (defined below) for
the current Valuation Period; plus
(2) Any net premium payments received during the current Valuation Period
which are allocated to the Division; plus
(3) Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current
Valuation Period; plus
(4) Any amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during
the current Valuation Period; plus
(5) That portion of the interest credited on outstanding Policy Loans which
is allocated to the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
(6) Any amounts transferred from the Division during the current Valuation
Period (including amounts Securing Policy Loans) plus transfer charges
if any; minus
(7) Any partial withdrawals plus any partial withdrawal transaction charge,
from the Division during the current Valuation Period; minus
23
<PAGE>
(8) If a Monthly Anniversary occurs during the current Valuation Period,
the portion of the monthly deduction allocated to the Division during
the current Valuation Period to cover the Policy Month which starts
during that Valuation Period. (See "Charges and Deductions.")
The Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account equals the sum of the Policy's
Cash Values in each Division.
Net Investment Factor. The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a Valuation Period. The Net Investment Factor
for each Division for a Valuation Period is calculated as follows:
(1) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period;
plus
(2) The investment income and capital gains--realized or unrealized--
credited to the assets in the Valuation Period for which the Net
Investment Factor is being determined; minus
(3) The capital losses, realized or unrealized, charged against those
assets during the Valuation Period; minus
(4) Any amount charged against each Division for taxes or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax laws, determined by the
Company to be properly attributable to the Divisions or the Policy, or
any amount set aside during the Valuation Period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
(5) A charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets for each day in the
Valuation Period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for mortality and
expense risks; divided by
(6) The value of the assets at the end of the preceding Valuation Period.
The Company may use an equivalent method to determine Cash Value in each
Division on each Valuation Date in lieu of the Net Investment Factor method.
This method directly determines the units of Cash Value in each Division and
the corresponding unit value. Unit value is obtained as follows:
(1) The value of assets in a Division are obtained by multiplying shares
outstanding by the net asset value as of the Valuation Date; minus
(2) A reduction based upon a charge not to exceed .0024547% of the net
assets for each day in the Valuation Period is made (This corresponds
to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risk charge); divided by
(3) Aggregate units outstanding in the Division at the end of the preceding
Valuation Period.
POLICY RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
Exercising Rights and Privileges Under the Policies
Owners of Policies issued under a Group Contract or in connection with an
employer-sponsored insurance program may exercise their rights and privileges
under the Policies (i.e., make transfers, change premium allocations, borrow,
etc.) by directly notifying us in writing at our Home Office. We will send all
reports and other notices described herein or in the Policy directly to the
Owner.
Loans
Loan Privileges. After the first Policy Anniversary, the Owner may, by written
request directly to us, borrow an amount up to the Loan Value of the Policy,
with the Policy serving as sole security for such loan. The Loan Value is equal
to (a) minus (b), where
. (a) is 85% of the Cash Value of the Policy on the date the Policy Loan is
requested; and
. (b) is the amount of any outstanding Indebtedness.
Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on each Policy Anniversary or on a
pro rata basis for such shorter period as the loan may exist. The minimum
amount that may be borrowed is $100. The loan may be
24
<PAGE>
completely or partially repaid at any time while the Insured is living. Any
amount due to an Owner under a Policy Loan ordinarily will be paid within seven
days after we receive the loan request at our Home Office, although payments
may be postponed under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.")
When a Policy Loan is made, Cash Value equal to the amount of the loan and loan
interest due will be transferred to the Loan Account as security for the loan.
Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts will be transferred
from the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the Policy's total Cash Value,
(not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) at the end of the Valuation
Period during which the request for a Policy Loan is received. This will reduce
the Policy's Cash Value in the Separate Account. These transactions will not be
considered transfers for purposes of the limitations on transfers between
Divisions.
Loan Account Interest Rate Credited. Cash Value transferred to the Loan Account
to secure a Policy Loan will accrue interest daily at an annual rate not less
than 5%. The rate is declared by action of our management as authorized by our
Board of Directors. The Loan Account interest credited will be transferred to
the Divisions: (1) each Policy Anniversary; (2) when a new loan is made; (3)
when a loan is partially or fully repaid; and (4) when an amount is needed to
meet a monthly deduction.
Interest Rate Charged for Policy Loans. The interest rate charged will be at an
annual rate of 8%. Interest charged will be due and payable annually in arrears
on each Policy Anniversary or for the duration of the Policy Loan, if shorter.
If the Owner does not pay the interest charged when it is due, an amount of
Cash Value equal to that which is due will be transferred to the Loan Account.
(See "Policy Rights and Privileges Loans--Effect of Policy Loans.") The amount
transferred will be deducted from the Divisions in the same proportion that the
portion of the Cash Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the
Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account.
Effect of Policy Loans. A loan taken from, or secured by, a Policy may have
federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Whether or not a Policy Loan is repaid, it will permanently affect the Cash
Value of a Policy, and may permanently affect the amount of the death benefit.
This is because the collateral for the Policy Loan (the amount held in the Loan
Account) does not participate in the performance of the Separate Account while
the loan is outstanding. If the Loan Account interest credited is less than the
investment performance of the selected Division, the Policy values will be
lower as a result of the loan. Conversely, if the Loan Account interest
credited is higher than the investment performance of the Division, the Policy
values may be higher.
In addition, if the Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value on any Monthly
Anniversary, the Policy may lapse, subject to a grace period. (See "Charges and
Deductions.") A sufficient payment must be made within the later of:
(1) the grace period of 62 days from the Monthly Anniversary immediately
before the date Indebtedness exceeds the Cash Value; or
(2) 31 days after notice that the Policy will terminate without a
sufficient payment has been mailed.
If a sufficient payment is not received, the Policy will lapse and terminate
without value. A lapsed Policy may later be reinstated. (See "Payment and
Allocation of Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.")
All outstanding Indebtedness will be deducted from the proceeds payable upon
the death of the Insured, surrender, or the maturity of the Policy.
Repayment of Indebtedness. A Policy Loan may be repaid in whole or in part at
any time prior to the death of the Insured and as long as a Policy is in
effect. All repayments should be made directly to us. Amounts paid while a
Policy Loan is outstanding will be treated as premiums unless the Owner
requests in writing that the
25
<PAGE>
payments be treated as repayment of Indebtedness. When a loan repayment is
made, an amount securing the Indebtedness in the Loan Account equal to the loan
repayment will be transferred to the Divisions in the same proportion that Cash
Value in the Loan Account bears to the Cash Value in each Loan Subaccount. A
Loan Subaccount exists for each Division. Amounts transferred to the Loan
Account to secure Indebtedness are allocated to the appropriate Loan Subaccount
to reflect their origin.
Surrender and Partial Withdrawals
During the lifetime of the Insured and while a Policy is in force, the Owner
may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal of the Policy by sending a written
request to us. Any restrictions are described below. The amount available upon
surrender is the Cash Surrender Value (described below) at the end of the
Valuation Period during which the surrender request is received by us. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal ordinarily will be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Postponement of Payments.") Surrenders and partial withdrawals may
have federal income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Surrender. To effect a surrender, the Policy must be returned to us along with
the request, or the request must be accompanied by a completed affidavit of
lost Policy. Upon request, we can provide a lost Policy Certificate. Upon
surrender, we will pay the Cash Surrender Value to the Owner. The Cash
Surrender Value equals the Cash Value on the date of surrender, less any
Indebtedness. Surrender proceeds will be paid in a single sum. If the request
is received on a Monthly Anniversary, the monthly deduction otherwise
deductible will be included in the amount paid. Coverage under a Policy will
terminate as of the date of surrender.
Partial Withdrawals. After the first Policy Year, an Owner may make up to one
partial withdrawal each Policy Month from the Separate Account. The minimum
amount of a partial withdrawal, net of any transaction charges, is $500. The
minimum amount that can be withdrawn from a Division is $50, or the Policy's
Cash Value in a Division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be withdrawn,
including the partial withdrawal transaction charge, is the Loan Value. The
partial withdrawal transaction charge is equal to the lesser of $25 or 2% of
the amount withdrawn. The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to
the above conditions, among the Divisions. If no allocation is specified, then
the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions in the same
proportion that the Policy's Cash Value in each Division bears to the total
Cash Value of the Policy (not including the Cash Value in the Loan Account) on
the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
A partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount in two situations. First, if
death benefit Option A is in effect and the death benefit equals the Face
Amount then the partial withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount, and, thus,
the death benefit by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal plus the partial
withdrawal transaction charge. Second, if the death benefit equals a percentage
of Cash Value (whether Option A or Option B is in effect), then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the Face Amount by the amount that the partial
withdrawal plus the partial withdrawal transaction charge exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the Face Amount. The death benefit
also will be reduced in this circumstance. If Option B is in effect and the
death benefit equals the Face Amount plus the Cash Value, the partial
withdrawal will not reduce the Face Amount, but it will reduce the Cash Value
and, thus, the death benefit by the amount of the partial withdrawal plus the
partial withdrawal transaction charge. The Face Amount will be decreased in the
following order: (1) the Face Amount at issue; and (2) any increases in the
same order in which they were issued.
Generally, the partial withdrawal transaction charge will be allocated among
the Divisions in the same proportion as the partial withdrawal is allocated.
If, following a partial withdrawal, insufficient funds remain in a Division to
pay the partial withdrawal transaction charge allocated to a Division, the
unpaid charges will be allocated equally among the remaining Divisions. In
addition, an Owner may request that the partial withdrawal transaction charge
be paid from the Owner's Cash Value in another Division.
The Face Amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not be less
than $25,000. Any request for a partial withdrawal that would reduce the Face
Amount below this amount will not be approved.
26
<PAGE>
Partial withdrawals may affect the way in which the cost of insurance charge is
calculated and the amount of pure insurance protection afforded under a Policy.
(See "Policy Benefits--Death Benefit--Methods of Affecting Insurance
Protection.")
Transfers
Under the Company's current rules, a Policy's Cash Value, (not including
amounts credited to the Loan Account,) may be transferred among the Divisions
available with the Policy. Requests for transfers from or among Divisions must
be made in writing directly to us and may be made once each Policy Month.
Transfers must be in amounts of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's Cash
Value in a Division. We will make transfers and determine all values in
connection with transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period during which
the transfer request is received.
All requests received on the same Valuation Day will be considered a single
transfer request. Each transfer must meet the minimum requirement of $250 or
the entire Cash Value in a Division. Where a single transfer request calls for
more than one transfer, and not all of the transfers would meet the minimum
requirements, we will make those transfers that do meet the requirements.
Transfers resulting from Policy Loans will not be counted for purposes of the
limitations on the amount or frequency of transfers allowed in each month or
year.
Although we currently intend to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable future, the Policy provides that we may modify the transfer
privilege, by changing the minimum amount transferable, by altering the
frequency of transfers, by imposing a transfer charge, by prohibiting
transfers, or in such other manner as we may determine.
Right to Examine Policy
The Owner may cancel a Policy within 10 days of after receiving it or such
longer period if required by state law. If a Policy is cancelled within this
time period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid
under the Policy.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner should mail or deliver the Policy directly to
us. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Owner's bank. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--
Postponement of Payments.")
As noted above, a request for an increase in Face Amount (see "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit") also may be cancelled. The request for cancellation
must be made within the latest of:
. 20 days from the date the Owner received the new Policy specifications
pages for the increase;
. 10 days of mailing the right to cancellation notice to the Owner; or
. 45 days after the Owner signed the application for the increase.
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that we refund the
amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with the increase. This
amount will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since the increase
went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have been made
absent the increase. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.") If no
request is made, we will increase the Policy's Cash Value by the amount of
these additional charges. This amount will be allocated among the Divisions in
the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Right to a Fixed Benefit Policy
Once during the first 24 Policy Months following the Issue Date of the Policy,
the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the Divisions. In the event a Certificate has been amended
to operate as an Individual
27
<PAGE>
Policy following an Insured's change in eligibility under a Group Contract, the
conversion right will be measured from the Issue Date of the original
Certificate. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Eligibility Change
Conversion.") No evidence of insurability will be required when this right is
exercised. However, we will require that the Policy be in force and that the
Owner repay any existing Indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the new
Policy will have, at the Owner's option, either the same death benefit or the
same net amount at risk as the original Policy. The new Policy will also have
the same Issue Date and Issue Age as the original Policy. The premiums for the
new Policy will be based on our rates in effect for the same Issue Age and rate
class as the original Policy.
Eligibility Change Conversion
If an Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program ends due to its termination or due to the termination of the
employee's employment, the Insured's coverage will continue unless the Policy
is no longer in force. Even if the Policy is not in force due to lapse, the
right to reinstate and thus to convert a lapsed Policy will not be affected by
the change in the employee's eligibility during the reinstatement period.
If a Certificate was issued under the Group Contract, the Certificate will be
amended automatically so that it will continue in force as an Individual
Policy. The rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges will not be altered by
this amendment. The amendment will be mailed to the Owner within 31 days (a)
after we receive written notice that the employee's employment ended or (b)
after the termination of the Group Contract. If, at the time the conversion
occurs, the Policy is in a grace period (see "Payment and Allocation of
Premiums--Policy Lapse and Reinstatement"), any premium necessary to prevent
the Policy from lapsing must be paid us before the new Individual Policy will
be mailed. A new planned premium schedule will be established which will have
the same planned annual premium utilized under the Group Contract. The new
planned payment intervals will be no more frequent than quarterly. The Company
may allow payment of planned premium through periodic (usually monthly)
authorized electronic funds transfer. Of course, unscheduled premium payments
can be made at any time. (See "Payment and Allocation of Premiums--Premiums.")
If an Individual Policy was issued under the Group Contract or other employer-
sponsored insurance program including a Corporate Program or Executive Program,
the Policy will continue in force following the change in eligibility. The
rights, benefits, and guaranteed charges under the Policy will remain the same
following this change in eligibility.
When an employee's spouse is the Insured under a Policy, the spouse's insurance
coverage also will continue in the event the employee is no longer eligible. If
a Certificate was originally issued to the employee's spouse, the Certificate
will be amended automatically as described above. If an Individual Policy was
originally issued, the Individual Policy will continue as described above. In
addition, if an Associated Company ceases be to under common control with the
Contractholder, the Insureds of the Associated Company (i.e., employees of the
Associated Company and their spouses) may continue their insurance in the
manner described above.
Payment of Benefits at Maturity
If the Insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Company will pay the
Cash Surrender Value of the Policy to the Owner on the Maturity Date. An Owner
may elect to have amounts payable on the Maturity Date paid in a single sum or
under a settlement option. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--Payment of
Policy Benefits.") Amounts payable on the Maturity Date ordinarily will be paid
within seven days of that date, although payment may be postponed under certain
circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to the Policy--Postponement of
Payments.") A Policy will mature if and when the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Payment of Policy Benefits
A lump sum payment will be made. Provisions for settlement of proceeds
different from a lump sum payment may only be made upon written our agreement.
28
<PAGE>
Settlement Options. We may offer settlement options that apply to the payment
of death benefit proceeds, as well as to benefits payable at maturity. Once a
settlement option is in effect, there will no longer be value in the Separate
Account.
Accelerated Death Benefits. We offer certain riders which permit the Owner to
elect to receive an accelerated payment of the Policy's death benefit in a
reduced amount under certain circumstances. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
We will deduct charges in connection with the Policies to compensate us for
providing the insurance benefits set forth in the Policies and any additional
benefits added by rider, administering the Policies, incurring expenses in
distributing the Policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
Policies. We may realize a profit on one or more of these charges. We may use
any such profit for any corporate purpose, including, among other things,
payments of sales and distribution expenses.
Sales Charges
Prior to allocation of net premiums among the Divisions, premium payments will
be reduced by a front-end sales charge ("premium expense charge") equal to 1%
of the premium.
In addition, as a result of OBRA, insurance companies are generally required to
capitalize and amortize certain policy acquisition expenses over a ten year
period rather than currently deducting such expenses. A higher capitalization
expense applies to the deferred acquisition expenses of Policies that are
deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA and will result in a significantly
higher corporate income tax liability for the Company in early Policy Years.
Thus, under Policies that are deemed to be individual contracts under OBRA, we
make an additional charge of 1% of each premium payment to compensate us for
the anticipated higher corporate income taxes that result from the sale of such
a Policy. Among other possible employer-sponsored programs, Corporate Program
Policies are deemed to be individual contracts.
The net premium payment is calculated as the premium payment less:
. the premium expense charge less;
. any charge to compensate the Company for anticipated higher corporate
income taxes resulting from the sale of a Policy; and
. the premium tax charge (described below).
The sales charges will not change if an Insured is no longer eligible under a
Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program, but continues coverage
on an individual basis.
Premium Tax Charge
Various states and subdivisions impose a tax on premiums received by insurance
companies. Premium taxes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. To cover these
premium taxes, premium payments will be reduced by a premium tax charge of 2%
from all Policies.
Monthly Deduction
Charges will be deducted monthly from the Cash Value of each Policy ("monthly
deduction") to compensate us for (a) certain administrative costs; (b)
insurance underwriting and acquisition expenses in connection with issuing a
Policy; (c) the cost of insurance; and (d) the cost of optional benefits added
by rider. The monthly deduction will be deducted on the Investment Start Date
and on each succeeding Monthly Anniversary. It will
29
<PAGE>
be allocated among each Division in the same proportion that a Policy's Cash
Value in each Division bears to the total Cash Value of the Policy (not
including the Cash Value in the Loan Account,) on the date the deduction is
made. Because portions of the monthly deduction, such as the cost of insurance,
can vary from month to month, the monthly deduction itself will vary in amount
from month to month.
Monthly Administrative Charge. We are responsible for the administration of the
Policies and the Separate Account. Administrative expenses include premium
billing and collection, recordkeeping, processing death benefit claims, cash
surrenders, partial withdrawals, Policy changes, reporting and overhead costs,
processing applications, and establishing Policy records. We assess a monthly
administration charge from each Policy. The amount of this charge is set forth
in the specifications pages of the Policy and depends on the number of
employees eligible to be covered at issue of a Group Contract or an employer-
sponsored insurance program. The following table sets forth the range of
monthly administrative charges under the Policy:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
First Subsequent
Eligible Employees Year Years
------------------ ----- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
250-499.................................................. $5.00 $2.50
500-999.................................................. $4.75 $2.25
1000+.................................................... $4.50 $2.00
</TABLE>
For Group Contracts or other employer-sponsored insurance programs (1) with
fewer than 250 eligible employees, (2) with additional administrative costs, or
(3) that are offered as Executive Programs or Corporate Programs, the monthly
administrative charge may be higher, but will not exceed $6.00 per month during
the first Policy Year and $3.50 per month in renewal years.
These charges are guaranteed not to increase over the life of the Policy. The
administrative charge will not change in the event that the Insured is no
longer eligible for group coverage, but continues coverage on an individual
basis. In addition, when we believe that lower administrative costs will be
incurred in connection with a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored
insurance program we may modify the above schedule for that Group Contract or
other employer-sponsored insurance program. The amount of the administrative
charge applicable to a particular Policy will be set forth in specifications
pages for that Policy.
Cost of Insurance. The cost of insurance is deducted on each Monthly
Anniversary for the next Policy Month. Because the cost of insurance depends
upon a number of variables, the cost will vary for each Policy Month. The cost
of insurance is determined separately for the initial Face Amount and for any
increases in Face Amount. We will determine the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each Policy Month.
Cost of Insurance Rates. The cost of insurance rates are determined at the
beginning of each Policy Year for the initial Face Amount and each increase in
Face Amount. We will determine the current cost of insurance rates based on our
expectations as to future mortality experience. We currently issue the Policies
on a guaranteed issue or simplified underwriting basis without regard to the
sex of the Insured. Whether a Policy is issued on a guaranteed issue or
simplified underwriting basis does not affect the cost of insurance charge
determined for that Policy.
The current cost of insurance rates will be based on the Attained Age of the
Insured, the rate class of the Insured, and possibly the gender mix (i.e., the
proportion of men and women covered under a particular Group Contract or
employer-sponsored program). The cost of insurance rates generally increase as
the Insured's Attained Age increases. An Insured's rate class is generally
based on the number of eligible employees as well as other factors that may
affect the mortality risk we assume in connection with a particular Group
Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program. All other factors being
equal, the cost of insurance rates generally decrease by rate class as the
number of eligible employees in the rate class increase. We reserve the right
to change criteria on which a rate class will be based in the future.
If gender mix is a factor, we will estimate the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance program upon
issuance of the Contract. Each year on the Group Contract or
30
<PAGE>
employer-sponsored insurance program's anniversary, we may adjust the rate to
reflect the actual gender mix for the particular group. In the event that the
Insured's eligibility under a Group Contract (or other employer-sponsored
insurance program) ceases, the cost of insurance rate will continue to reflect
the gender mix of the pool of Insureds at the time the Insured's eligibility
ceased. However, at some time in the future, we reserve the right to base the
gender mix and rate class on the group consisting of those Insureds who are no
longer under a Group Contract or employer-sponsored program.
The current cost of insurance rates will not be greater than the guaranteed
cost of insurance rates set forth in the Policy. These guaranteed rates are
125% of the maximum rates that could be charged based on the 1980 Commissioners
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C ("1980 CSO Table"). The guaranteed rates
are higher than 100% of the maximum rates in the 1980 CSO Table because we use
guaranteed or simplified underwriting procedures whereby the insured is not
required to submit to a medical or paramedical examination. The current cost of
insurance rates are generally lower than 100% of the 1980 CSO Table. Any change
in the actual cost of insurance rates, will apply to all persons of the same
Attained Age and rate class whose Face Amounts have been in force for the same
length of time. Any change in the actual cost of insurance rates will not
include changes made to adjust for changes in the gender mix of the pool of
Insureds under a particular Group Contract or employer-sponsored insurance
program. (For purposes of computing guideline premiums under Section 7702 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company will use 100% of the
1980 CSO Table.)
Net Amount at Risk. The net amount at risk for a Policy Month is (a) the death
benefit at the beginning of the Policy Month divided by 1.0040741), less (b)
the Cash Value at the beginning of the Policy Month. Dividing the death benefit
by 1.0040741 reduces the net amount at risk, solely for purposes of computing
the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an
annual rate of 5%.
The net amount at risk may be affected by changes in the Cash Value or changes
in the Face Amount of the Policy. If there is an increase in the Face Amount
and the rate class applicable to the increase is different from that for the
initial Face Amount, we will calculate the net amount at risk separately for
each rate class. When we determine the net amounts at risk for each rate class,
when Option A is in effect, we will consider the Cash Value first to be a part
of the initial Face Amount. If the Cash Value is greater than the initial Face
Amount, we will consider the excess Cash Value a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase. If Option B is in effect, we will
determine the net amount at risk for each rate class by the Face Amount
associated with that rate class. In calculating the cost of insurance charge,
the cost of insurance rate for a Face Amount is applied to the net amount at
risk for the corresponding rate class.
Because the calculation of the net amount at risk is different under Option A
and Option B when more than one rate class is in effect, a change in the death
benefit option may result in a different net amount at risk for each rate
class. Since the cost of insurance is calculated separately for each rate
class, any change in the net amount at risk resulting from a change in the
death benefit option may affect the total cost of insurance paid by the Owner.
Partial withdrawals and decreases in Face Amount will affect the manner in
which the net amount at risk for each rate class is calculated. (See "Policy
Benefits--Death Benefit," and "Policy Rights and Privileges--Surrender and
Partial Withdrawals.")
Additional Insurance Benefits. The monthly deduction will include charges for
any additional benefits provided by rider. (See "General Matters Relating to
the Policy--Additional Insurance Benefits.")
Partial Withdrawal Transaction Charge
A transaction charge which is the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount withdrawn
will be assessed on each partial withdrawal, to cover administrative costs
incurred in processing the partial withdrawal.
31
<PAGE>
Separate Account Charges
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. The Company will deduct a daily charge from
the Separate Account at the rate not to exceed .0024547% of the net assets of
each Division of the Separate Account. This equals an annual rate of .90% of
those net assets. This deduction is guaranteed not to increase for the duration
of the Policy. We may realize a profit from this charge and may use this profit
to finance distribution expenses.
The mortality risk we assume is that an Insured may die sooner than anticipated
and that we will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the Policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the Policy.
Federal Taxes. Currently no charge is made to the Separate Account for federal
income taxes that may be incurred by the Separate Account. We may make such a
charge in the future. Charges for other taxes incurred by the Account may also
be made. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")
Expenses of the Funds. The value of the net assets of the Separate Account will
reflect the investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Funds.
(See "Summary of the Policy--Separate Account Charges--Annual Expenses of the
Funds" and "The Company, the Separate Accounts and The Funds--The Funds.")
GENERAL MATTERS RELATING TO THE POLICY
Postponement of Payments
Payment of any amount due from the Separate Account because of surrender,
partial withdrawals, election of an accelerated death benefit under a rider,
death of the Insured, or the Maturity Date, as well as payments of a Policy
loan and transfers, may be postponed whenever:
(1) the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than customary weekend and
holiday closings, or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the SEC;
(2) the SEC by order permits postponement for the protection of Owners; or
(3) an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not
reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Account's
net assets.
Payments under the Policy of any amounts derived from premiums paid by check
may be delayed until such time as the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
The Contract
The Policy, the attached application, any riders, endorsements, any application
for an increase in Face Amount, and any application for reinstatement together
make the entire contract between the Owner and us. Apart from the rights and
benefits described in the Certificate or Individual Policy and incorporated by
reference into the Group Contract, the Owner has no rights under the Group
Contract. All statements made by the Insured in the application are considered
representations and not warranties, except in the case of fraud. Only
statements in the application and any supplemental applications can be used to
contest a claim or the validity of the Policy. Any change to the Policy must be
approved in writing by the President, a Vice President, or the Secretary of the
Company. No agent has the authority to alter or modify any of the terms,
conditions, or agreements of the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.
Control of Policy
The Insured will be the Owner of the Policy unless another person is shown as
the Owner in the application. Ownership may be changed as described below. The
Owner is entitled to all rights provided by the Policy,
32
<PAGE>
prior to its Maturity Date. After the Maturity Date, the Owner cannot change
the payee nor the mode of payment, unless otherwise provided in the Policy. Any
person whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not possess
any present rights of ownership. If there is more than one Owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If the Owner should die, and
the Owner is not the Insured, the Owner's interest will go to his or her estate
unless otherwise provided.
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary(ies) is (are) the person(s) specified in the application or by
later designation. Unless otherwise stated in the Policy, the Beneficiary has
no rights in a Policy before the death of the Insured. If there is more than
one Beneficiary at the death of the Insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided by the Owner. If no Beneficiary is living at the
death of the Insured, the proceeds will be payable to the Owner or, if the
Owner is not living, to the Owner's estate.
Change of Owner or Beneficiary
The Owner may change the ownership and/or Beneficiary designation by written
request in a form acceptable to us at any time during the Insured's lifetime.
The Company may require that the Policy be returned for endorsement of any
change. The change will take effect as of the date the request is signed,
whether or not the Insured is living when the request is received by us. We
will not be liable for any payment made or action taken before we receive the
written request for change. If the Owner is also a Beneficiary of the Policy at
the time of the Insured's death, the Owner may, within 60 days of the Insured's
death, designate another person to receive the Policy proceeds. Changing the
Owner may have adverse tax consequences.
Policy Changes
We reserve the right to limit the number of Policy changes to one per Policy
Year and to restrict such changes in the first Policy Year. Currently, no
change may be made during the first Policy Year. For this purpose, changes
include increases or decreases in Face Amount and changes in the death benefit
option. No change will be permitted that would result in the death benefit
under a Policy being included in gross income due to not satisfying the
requirements of Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code or any applicable
successor provision.
Conformity with Statutes
If any provision in a Policy is in conflict with the laws of the state
governing the Policy, the provision will be deemed to be amended to conform to
such laws.
Claims of Creditors
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Policy nor any payment thereunder
will be subject to the claims of creditors or to any legal process.
Incontestability
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years from the
Issue Date during the lifetime of the Insured. An increase in Face Amount or
addition of a rider after the Issue Date is incontestable after such increase
or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date during the
lifetime of the Insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is incontestable, except
for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in force during the lifetime
of the Insured for two years after the effective date of the reinstatement.
Assignment
We will be bound by an assignment of a Policy only if: (a) it is in writing;
(b) the original instrument or a certified copy is filed with us at our Home
Office; and (c) we send an acknowledged copy to the Owner. We
33
<PAGE>
are not responsible for determining the validity of any assignment. Payment of
Policy proceeds is subject to the rights of any assignee of record. If a claim
is based on an assignment, we may require proof of the interest of the
claimant. A valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
Beneficiary.
Suicide
Suicide within two years of the Issue Date is not covered by the Policy. If the
Insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane, within two years from the Issue
Date (or within the maximum period permitted by the laws of the state in which
the Policy was delivered, if less than two years), the amount payable will be
limited to premiums paid, less any partial withdrawals and outstanding
Indebtedness. If the Insured, while sane or insane, dies by suicide within two
years after the effective date of any increase in Face Amount, the death
benefit for that increase will be limited to the amount of the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If the Insured is a Missouri citizen when the Policy is issued, this provision
does not apply on the Issue Date of the Policy, or on the effective date of any
increase in Face Amount, unless the Insured intended suicide at the time of
application for the Policy or any increase in Face Amount.
Misstatement of Age and Corrections
If the age of the Insured has been misstated in the application, the amount of
the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance charge
would have purchased for the correct age.
Any payment or Policy changes we make in good faith, relying on our records or
evidence supplied with respect to such payment, will fully discharge our duty.
We reserve the right to correct any errors in the Policy.
Additional Insurance Benefits
Subject to certain requirements, one or more of the following additional
insurance benefits may be added to a Policy by rider. However, some Group
Contracts or employer-sponsored insurance programs may not offer each of the
additional benefits described below. Certain riders may not be available in all
states. In addition, should it be determined that the tax status of a Policy as
life insurance is adversely affected by the addition of any of these riders, we
will cease offering such riders. The descriptions below are intended to be
general; the terms of the Policy riders providing the additional benefits may
vary from state to state, and the Policy should be consulted. The cost of any
additional insurance benefits will be deducted as part of the monthly
deduction. (See "Charges and Deductions--Monthly Deduction.")
Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider. Provides for the waiver of the monthly
deductions while the Insured is totally disabled, subject to certain
limitations described in the rider. The Insured must have become disabled
before age 65.
Accidental Death Benefit Rider. Provides additional insurance if the Insured's
death results from accidental bodily injury, as defined in the rider. Under the
terms of the rider, the additional benefits provided in the Policy will be paid
upon receipt of proof by us that death resulted directly from accidental injury
and independently of all other causes; occurred within 120 days from the date
of injury; and occurred before the Policy Anniversary nearest age 70 of the
Insured.
Children's Life Insurance Rider. Provides for term insurance on the Insured's
children, as defined in the rider. To be eligible for insurance under the
rider, the child to be insured must not be confined in a hospital at the time
the application is signed. Under the terms of the rider, the death benefit will
be payable to the named Beneficiary upon the death of any insured child. Upon
receipt of proof of the Insured's death before the rider terminates, the rider
will be continued on a fully paid-up term insurance basis.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's election an
accelerated payment, prior to the death of the Insured upon receipt of
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for the
34
<PAGE>
human immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy and rider are
issued. We will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any Indebtedness and any
term insurance added by riders), calculated on the date that we receive
satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested seropositive for HIV, reduced
by a $100 administrative processing fee. We will pay the accelerated benefit to
the Owner in a single payment in full settlement of the obligations under the
Policy. The rider may be added to the Policy only after the Insured
satisfactorily meets certain underwriting requirements which will generally
include a negative HIV test result to a blood or other screening test
acceptable to us.
The federal income tax consequences associated with (i) adding the HIV
Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider or (ii) receiving the benefit provided
under the rider are uncertain. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax
advisor about such consequences before adding the HIV Acceleration of Death
Benefit Rider to your Policy or requesting a benefit under the rider.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the accelerated
payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to the Owner if
the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing home. Under
the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may make a
voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for accelerated
payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make such an election under
the rider if evidence, including a certification from a licensed physician, is
provided to us that the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12 months or less
or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is expected to
remain there until death. Any irrevocable Beneficiary and assignees of record
must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive the
accelerated benefit. The Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider is
not available with Corporate Programs.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the Cash
Surrender Value under the Policy on the date we receive satisfactory evidence
of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and any term insurance
added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable "benefit factor"
multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals the Policy's
death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's Cash Surrender Value. The
"benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in the case of
permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
Pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, we
believe that for federal income tax purposes an accelerated death benefit
payment made under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should
be fully excludable from the gross income of the Beneficiary, as long as the
Beneficiary is the Insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a
qualified tax advisor about the consequences of adding this Rider to a Policy
or requesting an accelerated death benefit payment under this Rider.
Records and Reports
We will maintain all records relating to the Separate Account and will mail to
the Owner once each Policy Year, at the last known address of record, a report
which shows the current Policy values, premiums paid, deductions made since the
last report, and any outstanding Policy Loans. The Owner will also be sent
without comment periodic reports for the Funds and a list of the portfolio
securities held in each Fund. Receipt of premium payments directly from the
Owner, transfers, partial withdrawals, Policy Loans, loan repayments, changes
in death benefit options, increases or decreases in Face Amount, surrenders and
reinstatements will be confirmed promptly following each transaction.
An Owner may request in writing a projection of illustrated future Cash
Surrender Values and death benefits. This projection will be furnished by us
for a nominal fee.
35
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION OF THE POLICIES
Walnut Street Securities, Inc. ("Walnut Street") acts as principal underwriter
of the Policies pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with us. Walnut Street is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, a Missouri general
business corporation, which is also a parent company of the Company. GenAmerica
Corporation is wholly owned by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, a New York
insurance company. Walnut Street is registered with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers. Walnut Street's Internal Revenue
Service employer identification No. is 43-1333368. It is a Missouri corporation
formed May 4, 1984. Walnut Street's address is 400 South 4th Street, Suite
1000, St. Louis, MO. 63102. The Policies will be sold by broker-dealers who
have entered into written sales agreements with Walnut Street. Sales of the
Policies may take place in all states (except New York) and the District of
Columbia.
Broker-dealers will receive commissions based upon a commission schedule in the
sales agreement with us and Walnut Street. Broker-dealers compensate their
registered representative agents. Commissions are payable on net collected
premiums received by the Company. Maximum commissions payable to a broker-
dealer during the first year of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored
insurance program are (a) 18% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the first Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In all
renewal years of a Group Contract or other employer-sponsored insurance program
maximum commissions are (a) 3% of premiums that do not exceed the cost of
insurance assessed during the respective Policy Year plus (b) 1% of premiums in
excess of the cost of insurance assessed during that Policy Year. In lieu of
the part (b) of renewal commissions described above payable on premiums
received in excess of the cost of insurance assessed, renewal commissions may
be up to 0.25% per year of the average Cash Value of a Policy during a Policy
Year or calendar year. In no event will commissions be payable for more than 20
years.
GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE GROUP CONTRACT
Issuance
The Group Contract will be issued upon receipt of a signed application for
Group Insurance signed by a duly authorized officer of the employer and
acceptance by a duly authorized officer of the Company at its Home Office.
Premium Payments
The Contractholder will give planned premium payments for Insureds of the
Contractholder or an Associated Company in an amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. All planned premiums under a Group Contract must
be given in advance. The planned premium payment interval is agreed to by the
Contractholder and us. Prior to each planned payment interval, we will furnish
the Contractholder with a statement of the planned premium payments to be made
under the Group Contract or such other notification as has been agreed to by
the Contractholder and us.
Grace Period
If the Contractholder does not give planned premium payments in a timely
fashion, the Group Contract will be in default. A grace period of 31 days
begins on the date that the planned premiums were scheduled to be given. If the
Contractholder does not give premiums prior to the end of the grace period, the
Group Contract will terminate. However, the Individual Insurance will continue
following the Group Contract's termination, provided such insurance is not
surrendered or cancelled by the Owner. (See "Policy Rights and Privileges--
Eligibility Change Conversion.")
Termination
Except as described in "Grace Period" above, the Group Contract will be
terminated immediately upon default. In addition, we may end a Group Contract
or any of its provisions on 31 days' notice. If the Group
36
<PAGE>
Contract terminates, any Policies in effect will remain in force on an
individual basis, unless such insurance is surrendered or cancelled by the
Owner. New Policies will be issued as described in "Policy Rights and
Privileges--Eligibility Change Conversion."
Right to Examine Group Contract
The Contractholder may terminate the Group Contract within 20 days after
receiving it, within 45 days after the application was signed or within 10 days
of mailing a notice of the cancellation right, whichever is latest. To cancel
the Group Contract, the Contractholder should mail or deliver the Group
Contract to us.
Entire Contract
The Group Contract, with the attached copy of the Contractholder's application
and other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract between the
Contractholder and us. All statements made by the Contractholder, any Owner or
any Insured will be deemed representations and not warranties. Misstatements
will not be used in any contest or to reduce claim under the Group Contract,
unless it is in writing. A copy of the application containing such misstatement
must have been given to the Contractholder or to the Insured or to his
Beneficiary, if any.
Incontestability
We cannot contest the Group Contract after it has been in force for two years
from the date of issue.
Ownership of Group Contract
The Contractholder owns the Group Contract. The Group Contract may be changed
or ended by agreement between us and the Contractholder without the consent of,
or notice to, any person claiming rights or benefits under the Group Contract.
However, the Contractholder does not have any ownership interest in the
Policies issued under the Group Contract. The rights and benefits under the
Policies inure to the benefit of the Owners, Insureds, and Beneficiaries as set
forth herein and in the Policies.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following summary provides a general description of the federal income tax
considerations associated with the Policy and does not purport to be complete
or to cover all tax situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice.
Counsel or other competent tax advisors should be consulted for more complete
information. This discussion is based upon our understanding of the present
federal income tax laws. No representation is made as to the likelihood of
continuation of the present federal income tax laws or as to how they may be
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service.
Tax Status of the Policy
In order to qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax
purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance
contracts under federal tax law, a Policy must satisfy certain requirements
which are set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Guidance as to how these
requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the
Policy should satisfy the applicable requirements. If it is subsequently
determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may
take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such
requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order
to do so.
In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance contracts have been
considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of
the variable account supporting their contracts due to their ability
37
<PAGE>
to exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the
contract owners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to
the variable account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some
features of the Policies, such as the flexibility of a Owner to allocate
premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published
rulings. While we believe that the Policies do not give Owners investment
control over Variable Account assets, we reserve the right to modify the
Policies as necessary to prevent a Owner from being treated as the owner of the
Variable Account assets supporting the Policy.
In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the Variable Account be
"adequately diversified" in order for the Policies to be treated as life
insurance contracts for federal income tax purposes. It is intended that the
Variable Account, through its decisions, will satisfy these diversification
requirements.
The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life
insurance contract for federal income tax purposes.
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits
In General. We believe that the death benefit under a Policy should be
excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary. Federal, state and local
transfer, and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds
depend on the circumstances of each Owner or beneficiary. A tax advisor should
be consulted on these consequences.
Generally, the Owner will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the
Policy cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a
Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy, the tax
consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a "modified
endowment contract."
Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Internal Revenue Code, certain life
insurance contracts are classified as "modified endowment contracts," with less
favorable tax treatment than other life insurance contracts. Due to the
flexibility of the Policies as to premiums and benefits, the individual
circumstances of each Policy will determine whether it is classified as a
modified endowment contract. The rules are too complex to be summarized here,
but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven
Policy years. Certain changes in a Policy after it is issued could also cause
it to be classified as a modified endowment contract. A current or prospective
Owner should consult with a competent advisor to determine whether a Policy
transaction will cause the Policy to be classified as a modified endowment
contract.
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Modified Endowment Contracts.
Policies classified as modified endowment contracts are subject to the
following tax rules:
(1) All distributions other than death benefits, including distributions
upon surrender and withdrawals, from a modified endowment contract will
be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income
and as tax-free recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy only
after all gain has been distributed.
(2) Loans taken from or secured by a Policy classified as a modified
endowment contract are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly.
(3) A 10 percent additional income tax is imposed on the amount subject to
tax except where the distribution or loan is made when the Owner has
attained age 59 or is disabled, or where the distribution is part of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments for the life (or life
expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Owner and the Owner's beneficiary or designated
beneficiary.
If a Policy becomes a modified endowment contract, distributions that occur
during the contract year will be taxed as distributions from a modified
endowment contract. In addition, distributions from a Policy within two years
before it becomes a modified endowment contract will be taxed in this manner.
This means that a distribution made from a Policy that is not a modified
endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified
endowment contract.
38
<PAGE>
Distributions Other Than Death Benefits from Policies that are not Modified
Endowment Contracts. Distributions other than death benefits from a Policy that
is not classified as a modified endowment contract are generally treated first
as a recovery of the Owner's investment in the Policy and only after the
recovery of all investment in the Policy as taxable income. However, certain
distributions which must be made in order to enable the Policy to continue to
qualify as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes if Policy
benefits are reduced during the first 15 Policy years may be treated in whole
or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.
Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a modified endowment contract are
generally not treated as distributions.
Finally, neither distributions from nor loans from or secured by a Policy that
is not a modified endowment contract are subject to the 10 percent additional
income tax.
Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally your
aggregate premiums. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your
investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is
tax-free.
Policy Loans. In general, interest on a Policy loan will not be deductible. If
a Policy loan is outstanding when a Policy is canceled or lapses, the amount of
the outstanding indebtedness will be added to the amount distributed and will
be taxed accordingly.
Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax adviser as to the tax
consequences.
Multiple Policies. All modified endowment contracts that are issued by us (or
our affiliates) to the same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one
modified endowment contract for purposes of determining the amount includible
in the Owner's income when a taxable distribution occurs.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. We believe that payments
received under the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider should be
fully excludable from the gross income of the beneficiary if the beneficiary is
the insured under the Policy. However, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser about the consequences of adding this rider to a Policy or requesting
payment under this rider.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider. The tax consequences association with
the HIV Acceleration of Death Benefit Rider are uncertain and a tax advisor
should be consulted.
Business Uses of Policy. Businesses can use the Policies in various
arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary
continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, tax
exempt and nonexempt welfare benefit plans, retiree medical benefit plans and
others. The tax consequences of such plans may vary depending on the particular
facts and circumstances. If you are purchasing the Policy for any arrangement
the value of which depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult
a qualified tax adviser. In recent years, moreover, Congress has adopted new
rules relating to life insurance owned by businesses. Any business
contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy
should consult a tax adviser.
Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a
beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax
consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping
transfer taxes. For example, the transfer of the Policy to, or the designation
as a beneficiary of, or the payment of proceeds to, a person who is assigned to
a generation which is two or more generations below the generation assignment
of the owner may have generation skipping transfer tax consequences under
federal tax law. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will
determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and
inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy
proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate,
inheritance, generation skipping and other taxes.
39
<PAGE>
Possible Tax Law Changes. Although the likelihood of legislative changes is
uncertain, there is always the possibility that the tax treatment of the Policy
could change by legislation or otherwise. Consult a tax adviser with respect to
legislative developments and their effect on the Policy.
Our Income Taxes
Under current federal income tax law, we are not taxed on the Separate
Account's operations. Thus, currently we do not deduct a charge from the
Separate Account for federal income taxes. We reserve the right to charge the
Separate Account for any future federal income taxes or economic burdens we may
incur.
Under current laws in several states, we may incur state and local taxes (in
addition to premium taxes). These taxes are not now significant and we are not
currently charging for them. If they increase, we may deduct charges for such
taxes.
SAFEKEEPING OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT'S ASSETS
The Company holds assets of the Separate Account. The assets are kept
physically segregated and held separate and apart from our general assets. We
maintain records of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by each of the
Divisions. Additional protection for assets of the Separate Account is afforded
by Financial Institution Bonds issued by St. Paul Fire and Marine Company with
a limit of $25 million, covering all officers and employees of the Company who
have access to the assets of the Separate Account.
VOTING RIGHTS
To the extent required by law, the Company will vote the shares held in the
Separate Account at regular and special shareholder meetings of the underlying
Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting
interests in the corresponding Divisions of the Separate Account. If, however,
the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the present
interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company determines
that it is permitted to vote shares of the underlying Funds in its own right,
it may elect to do so.
The Owners of Policies ordinarily are the persons having a voting interest in
the Divisions of the Separate Account. The number of votes which an Owner has
the right to instruct will be calculated separately for each Division. The
number of votes which each Owner has the right to instruct will be determined
by dividing a Policy's Cash Value in a Division by the net asset value per
share of the corresponding Fund in which the Division invests. Fractional
shares will be counted. The number of votes of the Fund which the Owner has
right to instruct will be determined as of the date coincident with the date
established by that Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the
meeting of the underlying Funds. Voting instructions will be solicited by
written communications prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures
established by the underlying Funds.
Because the Funds serve as investment vehicles for this Policy as well as for
other variable life insurance policies sold by insurers other than the Company
and funded through other separate investment accounts, persons owning the other
policies will enjoy similar voting rights. We will vote Fund shares held in the
Separate Account for which no timely voting instructions are received and Fund
shares that we own as a consequence of accrued charges under the Policies, in
proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all
Policies participating in a Fund. Each person having a voting interest in a
Division will receive proxy material, reports, and other materials relating to
the appropriate Fund.
Disregard of Voting Instructions. The Company may, when required by state
insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting instructions if the
instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause a change in the
40
<PAGE>
subclassification or investment objective of or one or more of the Funds or to
approve or disapprove an investment advisory contract for a Fund. In addition,
the Company itself may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes
initiated by an Owner in the investment policy or by the investment adviser or
sub-adviser of a Fund if the Company reasonably disapproves of such changes. A
proposed change would be disapproved only if the proposed change is contrary to
state law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities, or we determine that
the change would have an adverse effect on its general assets in that the
proposed investment policy for a Fund may result in overly speculative or
unsound investments. In the event we do disregard voting instructions, a
summary of that action and the reasons for such action will be included in the
next annual report to Owners.
IMSA
The Company is a member of the Insurance Market place Standards Association
("IMSA"), and as such may include the IMSA logo and information about IMSA
membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a
set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities.
STATE REGULATION OF THE COMPANY
We are a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of Missouri and
subject to regulation by the Missouri Division of Insurance. An annual
statement is filed with the Director of Insurance on or before March 1 each
year covering the operations and reporting on the financial condition of the
Company as of December 31 of the preceding year. Periodically, the Director of
Insurance examines our liabilities and reserves and the liabilities and
reserves of the Separate Account and certifies their adequacy. A full
examination of the Company's operations is conducted by the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners at least once every three years.
In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other
states within which it is licensed or may become licensed to operate.
Generally, the insurance departments of other states apply the laws of the
state of domicile in determining permissible investments.
41
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years (1)
---- --------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
Executive Officers(2)
Carl H. Anderson(4) President and Chief Executive Officer since June
1986. Vice President, New Ventures, since June 1986,
General American Life Insurance Co., St. Louis, Mo.
(GenAm).
Matthew K. Duffy(4) Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
June 1996. Formerly Director of Accounting,
Prudential Insurance Company of America, March
1987-- June 1996.
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. (4) Treasurer since December 1994. Corporate Actuary and
General American Life Treasurer, GenAm since October 1994.
Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Matthew P. McCauley(4) Vice President and General Counsel since 1984.
General American Life Secretary since August 1981. Vice President and
Insurance Company Associate General Counsel, GenAm, since December 30,
700 Market Street 1995.
St. Louis, MO 63101
Craig K. Nordyke(4) Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary since
November 1996. Vice President and Chief Actuary
August 1990--November 1996.
John R. Tremmel Vice President--Operations and System Development
since January 1999. Formerly Chief Operating
Officer, ISP Alliance, April 1998--December 1998.
Vice President and General Manager of National
Operations Centers, Norell Corporation, January
1995--March 1998. Senior Vice President, Citicorp
Insurance Group, September 1986--December 1995.
Directors(3)
Richard A. Liddy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, GenAm, since
January 2000. Chairman, President, and Chief
Executive Officer, GenAm, May 1992--January 2000.
Warren J. Winer Executive Vice President--Group, GenAm, since
September 1995. Formerly, Managing Director, Wm. M.
Mercer, July 1993--August 1995.
Bernard H. Wolzenski Executive Vice President--Individual, GenAm, since
October 1991.
A. Greig Woodring President and CEO, Reinsurance Group of America,
Inc., since May 1993, and Executive Vice President--
Reinsurance, GenAm, since January 1990.
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) All positions listed are with the Company unless otherwise indicated.
(2) The principal business address of each person listed is Paragon Life
Insurance Company, 100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, MO 63105 unless
otherwise noted.
(3) The principal business address of each person listed is General American
Life Insurance Company, 700 Market Street, St. Louis, MO 63101, except A.
Greig Woodring--Reinsurance Group of America, 1370 Timberlake Manor
Parkway, Chesterfield, MO 63017.
(4) Indicates Executive Officers who are also Directors.
42
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D.C. has provided advice on
certain legal matters relating to aspects of federal securities laws. All
matters of Missouri law pertaining to the Policies, including the validity of
the Policies and the Company's right to issue the Policies and the Group
Contract under Missouri insurance law, and all legal matters relating to the
Parent Company's resolution concerning Policies issued by Paragon have been
passed upon by Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no legal proceedings to which the Separate Account is a party or to
which the assets of the Separate Account are subject. The Company is not
involved in any litigation that is of material importance in relation to its
total assets or that relates to the Separate Account.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of the Company and the Separate Account included in
this Prospectus and in the registration statement have been included in
reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
Actuarial matters included in this Prospectus have been examined by Craig K.
Nordyke, FSA, MAAA, Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary of the Company,
as stated in the opinion filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Policies offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the registration statement and the amendments and exhibits to the
registration statement, to all of which reference is made for further
information concerning the Separate Account, the Company and the Policy offered
hereby. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of the
Policy and other legal instruments are summaries. For a complete statement of
the terms thereof reference is made to such instruments as filed.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Company which are included in this Prospectus
should be distinguished from the financial statements for the Separate Account
included in this Prospectus, and should be considered only as bearing on the
ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Policy. They should
not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held
in the Separate Account.
43
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS
Attained Age--The Issue Age of the Insured plus the number of completed Policy
Years.
Associated Companies--The companies listed in a Group Contract's specifications
pages that are under common control through stock ownership, contract or
otherwise, with the Contractholder.
Beneficiary--The person(s) named in an Individual Insurance Policy or by later
designation to receive Policy proceeds in the event of the Insured's death. A
Beneficiary may be changed as set forth in the Policy and this Prospectus.
Cash Value--The total amount that a Policy provides for investment at any time.
It is equal to the total of the amounts credited to the Owner in the Separate
Account and in the Loan Account.
Cash Surrender Value--The Cash Value of a Policy on the date of surrender, less
any Indebtedness.
Certificate--A document issued to Owners of Policies issued under Group
Contracts, setting forth or summarizing the Owner's rights and benefits.
Contractholder--The employer, association, sponsoring organization or trust
that is issued a Group Contract.
Corporate Program--A category of Policies available, usually as an Individual
Policy, in which the sponsoring employer or its designated trust is generally
the Owner of the Policy.
Division--A subaccount of the Separate Account. Each Division invests
exclusively in an available underlying Fund.
Employee--A person who is employed and paid for services by an employer on a
regular basis. To qualify as an employee, a person ordinarily must work for an
employer at least 30 hours per week. The Company may waive or modify this
requirement at its discretion. An employee may also include an independent
contractor acting in many respects as an employee with a sponsoring employer.
An employee may include a partner in a partnership if the employer is a
partnership.
Executive Program--A category of Policies issued under Group Contracts or
employer-sponsored insurance programs that have a maximum Face Amount available
for each Policy generally in excess of $500,000.
Face Amount--The minimum death benefit under the Policy so long as the Policy
remains in force.
Group Contract--A group flexible premium variable life insurance contract
issued to the Contractholder by the Company.
Home Office--The service office of the Company, the mailing address of which is
100 South Brentwood, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
Indebtedness--The sum of all unpaid Policy Loans and accrued interest charged
on loans.
Individual Insurance--Insurance provided under a Group Contract or under an
Individual Policy issued in connection with an employer-sponsored insurance
program on an employee or an employee's spouse.
Insured--The person whose life is insured under a Policy. The term may include
both an employee and an employee's spouse.
Investment Start Date--The date the initial premium is applied to the Divisions
of the Separate Account. This date is the later of the Issue Date or the date
the initial premium is received at the Company's Home Office.
44
<PAGE>
Issue Age--The Insured's Age at his or her last birthday as of the date the
Policy is issued.
Issue Date--The effective date of coverage under a Policy. The Issue Date is
the date from which Policy Anniversaries, Policy Years, and Policy Months are
measured.
Loan Account--The account of the Company to which amounts securing Policy Loans
are allocated. It is a part of the Company's general assets.
Loan Value--The maximum amount that may be borrowed under a Policy after the
first Policy Anniversary.
Maturity Date--The Policy Anniversary on which the Insured reaches Attained Age
95.
Monthly Anniversary--The same date in each succeeding month as the Issue Date
except that whenever the Monthly Anniversary falls on a date other than a
Valuation Date, the Monthly Anniversary will be deemed the next Valuation Date.
If any Monthly Anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that
does not have that number of days, then the Monthly Anniversary will be the
last day of that month.
Net Premium--The premium less any premium expense charge and any charge for
premium taxes.
Owner--The Owner of a Policy, as designated in the application or as
subsequently changed.
Policy--Either the Certificate or the Individual Policy offered by the Company
and described in this Prospectus. Under Group Contracts, the Policy may be
issued on the employee or on the employee's spouse.
Policy Anniversary--The same date each year as the Issue Date.
Policy Month--A month beginning on the Monthly Anniversary.
Policy Year--A period beginning on a Policy Anniversary and ending on the day
immediately preceding the next Policy Anniversary.
Separate Account--The Separate Account B, a separate investment account
established by the Company to receive and invest the net premiums paid under
the Policy.
Spouse--An employee's legal spouse. The term does not include a spouse who is
legally separated from the employee.
Valuation Date--Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading,
except on the day after Thanksgiving when the Company is closed.
Valuation Period--The period between two successive Valuation Dates, commencing
at the close of business of a Valuation Date and ending at the close of
business of the next succeeding Valuation Date.
45
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Paragon Life Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations and comprehensive income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1999. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Paragon Life Insurance Company
as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1999, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-1
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Balance Sheets
December 31, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, available
for sale................... $ 81,421 83,384
Policy loans................ 16,954 14,135
Cash and cash equivalents... 10,591 7,439
-------- -------
Total cash and invested
assets................. 108,966 104,958
-------- -------
Reinsurance recoverables.... 1,314 1,170
Deposits relating to
reinsured policyholder
account balances........... 7,020 6,688
Accrued investment income... 1,853 1,545
Deferred policy acquisition
costs...................... 24,357 20,602
Fixed assets and leasehold
improvements, net.......... 1,031 4,504
Other assets................ 262 105
Separate account assets..... 255,190 168,222
-------- -------
Total assets............ $399,993 307,794
======== =======
Liabilities and
Stockholder's Equity
Policyholder account
balances................... 101,665 93,334
Policy and contract claims.. 1,691 1,672
Federal income taxes
payable.................... 1,007 281
Other liabilities and
accrued expenses........... 3,734 3,943
Payable to affiliates....... 3,803 2,062
Due to separate account..... 192 183
Deferred tax liability...... 3,070 5,591
Separate account
liabilities................ 255,126 168,222
-------- -------
Total liabilities....... $370,288 275,288
-------- -------
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value
$25; 100,000 shares
authorized;
82,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............. 2,050 2,050
Additional paid-in
capital.................. 17,950 17,950
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income................... (2,748) 2,809
Retained earnings......... 12,453 9,697
-------- -------
Total stockholder's
equity................. $ 29,705 32,506
-------- -------
Total liabilities and
stockholder's equity... $399,993 307,794
======== =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-2
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Policy contract charges............................... $24,577 20,437 16,417
Net investment income................................. 7,726 6,983 6,288
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance
ceded................................................ 292 124 10
Net realized investment gains......................... 57 53 69
------- ------ ------
Total revenues...................................... 32,652 27,597 22,784
======= ====== ======
Benefits and expenses:
Policy benefits....................................... 4,616 4,774 3,876
Interest credited to policyholder account balances.... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Commissions, net of capitalized costs................. 445 167 227
General and administration expenses, net of
capitalized costs.................................... 11,394 9,042 7,743
Policy administration system expenses................. 4,787 469 --
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..... 1,631 1,150 424
------- ------ ------
Total benefits and expenses......................... 28,397 20,830 17,008
======= ====== ======
Income before federal income tax expense............ 4,255 6,766 5,775
Federal income tax expense.............................. 1,499 2,368 1,885
------- ------ ------
Net income.............................................. $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Other comprehensive (loss) income....................... (5,557) 851 1,636
------- ------ ------
Comprehensive (loss) income............................. $(2,801) 5,249 5,526
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Stockholder's Equity
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accumulated
Additional other Total
Common paid-in comprehensive Retained stockholder's
Stock capital income earnings equity
------ ---------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1996................... $2,050 17,950 322 1,409 21,731
Net income............ -- -- -- 3,890 3,890
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 1,636 -- 1,636
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... $2,050 17,950 1,958 5,299 27,257
Net income............ -- -- -- 4,398 4,398
Other comprehensive
income............... -- -- 851 -- 851
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... $2,050 17,950 2,809 9,697 32,506
Net income............ -- -- -- 2,756 2,756
Other comprehensive
loss................. -- -- (5,557) -- (5,557)
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Balance at December 31,
1999................... $2,050 17,950 (2,748) 12,453 29,705
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income....................................... $ 2,756 4,398 3,890
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in:
Reinsurance recoverables..................... (144) 563 (892)
Deposits relating to reinsured policyholder
account balances............................ (332) (272) (342)
Accrued investment income.................... (308) (168) (79)
Federal income tax payable................... 726 118 (648)
Other assets................................. 3,316 (1,821) (1,280)
Policy and contract claims................... 19 587 (23)
Other liabilities and accrued expenses....... (209) 457 782
Payable to affiliates........................ 1,741 442 (669)
Company ownership of separate account........ (64) -- --
Due to separate account...................... 9 122 (34)
Deferred tax expense........................... 469 740 732
Policy acquisition costs deferred.............. (4,185) (3,808) (2,972)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs......................................... 1,631 1,150 424
Interest credited to policyholder accounts..... 5,524 5,228 4,738
Net gain on sales and calls of fixed
maturities.................................... (57) (53) (69)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 10,892 7,683 3,558
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of fixed maturities..................... (12,423) (14,915) (12,557)
Sale or maturity of fixed maturities............. 4,695 8,632 5,255
Increase in policy loans, net.................... (2,819) (2,648) (1,923)
-------- ------- -------
Net cash used in investing activities (10,547) (8,931) (9,225)
-------- ------- -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net policyholder account deposits................ 2,807 2,954 2,294
-------- ------- -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents....................................... 3,152 1,706 (3,373)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..... 7,439 5,733 9,106
-------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........... $ 10,591 7,439 5,733
-------- ------- -------
Income taxes paid.................................. $ (346) (1,460) (1,801)
======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon or the Company) is a wholly owned
subsidiary of General American Life Insurance Company (General American or the
Parent). Paragon markets universal life and variable universal life insurance
products through the sponsorship of major companies and organizations. Paragon
is licensed to do business in the District of Columbia and all states except
New York.
General American has guaranteed that Paragon will have sufficient funds to
meet all of its contractual obligations. In the event a policyholder presents a
legitimate claim for payment on a Paragon insurance policy, General American
will pay such claim directly to the policyholder if Paragon is unable to make
such payment. The guarantee agreement is binding on General American, its
successor or assignee and shall cease only if the guarantee is assigned to an
organization having a financial rating from Standard & Poor's equal to or
better than General American's rating.
The accompanying financial statements are prepared on the basis of generally
accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements
requires the use of estimates by management which affect the amounts reflected
in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounts that the Company deems to be sensitive to changes in estimates include
deferred policy acquisition costs and contract claims.
The significant accounting policies of the Company are as follows:
(a) Recognition of Policy Revenue and Related Expenses
Revenues for universal life products consist of policy charges for the cost
of insurance, administration and surrender charges during the period. Revenues
for variable universal life products also include policy charges for mortality
and expense risks assumed by Paragon. Policy benefits and expenses include
interest credited to policy account balances on universal life products and
death benefit payments made in excess of policy account balances.
Policy acquisition costs, such as commissions and certain costs of policy
issuance and underwriting, are deferred and amortized in relation to the
present value of expected gross profits over the estimated life of the
policies.
(b) Invested Assets
Investment securities are accounted for at fair value. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale and
are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of taxes, being
reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of
stockholder's equity. Policy loans are valued at aggregate unpaid balances.
Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities are determined on the
basis of specific identification and include the impact of any related
amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts which is generally computed
consistent with the interest method.
Amortization of the premium or discount on mortgage-backed securities is
recognized using a level-yield method which considers the estimated timing and
amount of prepayments of underlying mortgage loans. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. When such differences occur,
the net investment in the mortgage-backed security is adjusted to the amount
that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the
acquisition of the security with a corresponding charge or credit to interest
income.
F-6
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(c) Policyholder Account Balances
Policyholder account balances are equal to the policyholder account value
before deduction of any surrender charges. The policyholder account value
represents an accumulation of gross premium payments plus credited interest
less expense and mortality charges and withdrawals. These expense charges are
recognized in income as earned. Certain variable life policies allow
policyholders to exchange accumulated assets from the variable rate separate
accounts to a fixed-interest general account policy. The fixed-interest general
account guaranteed minimum crediting rates of 4% in 1999, 1998 and 1997. The
actual crediting rate ranged from 6.1% to 6.5% in 1999, and was 6.5% in 1998
and 1997.
(d) Federal Income Taxes
The Company establishes deferred taxes under the asset and liability method,
and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis with
its Parent and other subsidiaries. In accordance with a tax allocation
agreement between Paragon and General American, taxes are computed as if
Paragon was filing its own income tax return, and tax expense (benefit) is paid
to, or received from, General American.
(e) Reinsurance
Balances resulting from agreements which transfer funds relating to
policyholder account balances have been accounted for as deposits. Other
reinsurance activities are accounted for consistent with terms of the risk
transfer reinsurance contracts. Premiums for reinsurance ceded to other
companies have been reported as a reduction of policy contract charges. Amounts
applicable to reinsurance ceded for future policy benefits and claim
liabilities have been reported as assets for these items, and commissions and
expense allowances received in connection with reinsurance ceded have been
accounted for in income as earned. Reinsurance does not relieve the Company
from its primary responsibility to meet claim obligations.
(f) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
The costs of acquiring new business which vary with, and are primarily
related to, the production of new business have been deferred to the extent
that such costs are deemed recoverable from future gross profits. Such costs
include commissions, premium taxes, as well as certain costs of policy issuance
and underwriting. Deferred policy acquisition costs are adjusted for the impact
on estimated gross margins of net unrealized gains and losses on investment
securities. The estimates of expected gross margins are evaluated regularly and
are revised if actual experience or other evidence indicates that revision is
appropriate. Upon revision, total amortization recorded to date is adjusted by
a charge or credit to income.
(g) Separate Account Business
The assets and liabilities of the separate accounts represent segregated
funds administered and invested by the Company for purposes of funding variable
life insurance contracts for the exclusive benefit of variable life insurance
contract holders. The Company charges the separate accounts for risks it
assumes in issuing a policy and retains varying amounts of withdrawal charges
to cover expenses in the event of early withdrawals by contract holders. The
assets and liabilities of the separate account are carried at fair value.
F-7
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(h) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from
offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular
financial instrument. Although fair value estimates are calculated using
assumptions that management believes are appropriate, changes in assumption
could significantly affect the estimates and such estimates should be used with
care. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instrument for which it was practicable to estimate fair
value:
Fixed maturities--Fixed maturities are valued using quoted market prices,
if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices of similar securities.
Policy loans--Policy loans are carried at their unpaid balances which
approximates fair value.
Separate account assets and liabilities--The separate account assets are
carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices. Accordingly,
the carrying value of separate account liabilities is equal to their fair
value since it represents the contractholders' interest in the separate
account assets.
Cash and cash equivalents--The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
(i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent
demand deposits and highly liquid short-term investments, which include U.S.
Treasury bills, commercial paper, and repurchase agreements with original or
remaining maturities of 90 days or less when purchased.
(j) Subsequent Event
(i) On January 6, 2000, the Company's ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
(ii) Subsequent to December 31, 1999 a significant customer notified
Paragon of its intent to terminate its group contract, effective April 30,
2000. This group represents 29% and 8% of Paragon's policies inforce and
separate account assets, as of December 31, 1999.
(2) Investments
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999 and 1998 are as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 8,728 53 (162) 8,619
Corporate securities............ 70,312 276 (4,830) 65,758
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,911 36 (394) 6,553
Asset-backed securities......... 500 -- (9) 491
-------- --- ------ ------
$ 86,451 365 (5,395) 81,421
======== === ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------------
Gross Gross Estimated
Amortized unrealized unrealized fair
cost gains losses value
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities........ $ 6,705 267 -- 6,972
Corporate securities............ 64,607 4,481 (208) 68,880
Mortgage-backed securities...... 6,854 193 (25) 7,022
Asset-backed securities......... 500 10 -- 510
------- ----- ---- ------
$78,666 4,951 (233) 83,384
======= ===== ==== ======
</TABLE>
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities at December
31, 1999, by contractual maturity, are shown below (000's). Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Estimated
Amortized Fair
cost value
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less............................... $ 471 480
Due after one year through five years................. 22,034 21,893
Due after five years through ten years................ 8,853 8,317
Due after ten years through twenty years.............. 48,182 44,178
Mortgage-backed securities............................ 6,911 6,553
-------- ------
$ 86,451 81,421
======== ======
</TABLE>
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities during 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
$4,695,414, $4,068,639 and $1,328,585 respectively. Gross gains of $56,686,
$53,180 and $68,876 were realized on those sales in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
The sources of net investment income follow (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed Maturities...................................... $ 6,077 5,603 4,941
Short-term investments................................ 486 535 608
Policy loans and other................................ 1,244 924 807
------- ----- -----
$ 7,807 7,062 6,356
Investment expenses................................... (81) (79) (68)
------- ----- -----
Net investment income............................. $ 7,726 6,983 6,288
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
A summary of the components of the net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
on invested assets carried at fair value is as follows (in 000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
Fixed maturities available-for-sale............ $(5,030) 4,717 3,373
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............. 803 (396) (361)
Deferred income taxes............................ 1,479 (1,512) (1,054)
------- ------ ------
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)....... $(2,748) 2,809 1,958
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has fixed maturities on deposit with various state insurance
departments with an amortized cost of approximately $4,082,871 and $4,120,850
at December 31, 1999 and 1998 respectively.
F-9
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
(3) Reinsurance
The Company reinsures certain risks with other insurance companies above a
maximum retention amount (currently $50,000) to help reduce the loss on any
single policy.
Premiums and related reinsurance amounts for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 as they relate to transactions with affiliates are
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reinsurance transactions with affiliates:
Premiums for reinsurance ceded.................... $16,869 14,723 13,001
Policy benefits ceded............................. 16,823 17,071 14,070
Commissions and expenses ceded.................... 292 123 195
Reinsurance recoverables.......................... 1,268 1,109 1,661
</TABLE>
Ceded premiums and benefits to nonaffiliates for 1999, 1998 and 1997 were
insignificant.
(4) Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
A summary of the policy acquisition costs deferred and amortized is as
follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year.................... $20,602 17,980 15,776
Policy acquisition costs deferred............... 4,185 3,808 2,972
Policy acquisition costs amortized.............. (1,631) (1,150) (424)
Deferred policy acquisition costs relating to
change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments
available for sale............................. 1,201 (36) (344)
------- ------ ------
Balance at end of year.......................... $24,357 20,602 17,980
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
(5) Administration System Write-off
In 1999 Paragon expensed $4,787,275 relating to the termination of a system
development project for policy administration. The one-time write-off in 1999
of previously capitalized amounts was $3,963,450 and other costs incurred in
1999 relating to the project were $823,825. Other costs incurred and expensed
in 1998 and 1997 were $468,794 and $0, respectively.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
The Company is taxed as a life insurance company. A summary of Federal income
tax expense is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense................................... $ 1,030 1,628 1,153
Deferred tax expense.................................. 469 740 732
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense............................ $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
A reconciliation of the Company's "expected" federal income tax expense,
computed by applying the federal U.S. corporate tax rate of 35% to income from
operations before federal income tax, is as follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Computed "expected" tax expense...................... $ 1,489 2,368 2,022
Other, net........................................... 10 0 (137)
------- ----- -----
Federal income tax expense........................... $ 1,499 2,368 1,885
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997 are presented below (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Unearned reinsurance allowances..................... $ 194 218 217
Policy and contract liabilities..................... 583 709 1,031
Tax capitalization of acquisition costs............. 2,559 2,147 1,755
Other, net.......................................... 359 58 76
Unrealized Loss on investments, net................. 1,479 -- --
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax assets......................... $ 5,174 3,132 3,079
======= ===== =====
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gain on investments, net................. $ -- 1,512 1,054
Deferred policy acquisition costs................... 8,244 7,211 6,419
------- ----- -----
Total deferred tax liabilities.................... $ 8,244 8,723 7,473
------- ----- -----
Net deferred tax liabilities...................... $ 3,070 5,591 4,394
======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company believes that a valuation allowance with respect to the
realization of the total gross deferred tax asset is not necessary. In
assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its Parent.
Realization of the gross tax asset will not be dependent solely on the
Company's ability to generate its own taxable income. General American has a
proven history of earnings and it appears more likely than not that the
Company's gross deferred tax asset will ultimately be fully realized.
(7) Related-Party Transactions
Paragon purchases certain administrative services from General American.
Charges for services performed are based upon personnel and other costs
involved in providing such service. Charges for services during 1999, 1998 and
1997 were $2,247,302, $1,513,433 and $1,348,198, respectively. See Note 3 for
reinsurance transactions with affiliates.
(8) Pension Plan
Associates of Paragon participate in a non-contributory multi-employer
defined benefit pension plan jointly sponsored by Paragon and General American.
The benefits are based on years of service and compensation level. No pension
expense was recognized in 1999, 1998 or 1997 due to overfunding of the plan.
F-11
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
In addition, Paragon has adopted an associate incentive plan applicable to
full-time salaried associates with at least one year of service. Contributions
to the plan are determined annually by General American and are based on
salaries of eligible associates. Full vesting occurs after five years of
continuous service. Total expenses to the Company for the incentive plan were
$0, $188,316 and $198,972 for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
As a result of the Metropolitan Life Insurance purchase, Paragon implemented
a new bonus program covering all associates employed from October 1, 1999
through March 31, 2000 with at least 1000 hours of service during 1999. Total
expense to the Company for this program was $422,700 in 1999.
Paragon provides for certain health care and life insurance benefits for
retired employees. The Company accounts for these benefits in accordance with
SFAS No. 106 -- Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The amounts involved are not material.
(9) Statutory Financial Information
The Company is subject to financial statement filing requirements of the
State of Missouri Department of Insurance, its state of domicile, as well as
the states in which it transacts business. Such financial statements, generally
referred to as statutory financial statements, are prepared on a basis of
accounting which varies in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles (GAAP). Statutory accounting principles include: (1) charging of
policy acquisition costs to income as incurred; (2) establishment of policy and
contract liabilities computed using required valuation standards which may vary
in methodology utilized; (3) nonprovision of deferred federal income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases
of assets and liabilities; (4) recognition of statutory liabilities for asset
impairments and yield stabilization on fixed maturity dispositions prior to
maturity with asset valuation reserves based on statutory determined formulae
and interest stabilization reserves designed to level yields over their
original purchase maturities; (5) valuation of investments in fixed maturities
at amortized cost; (6) net presentation of reinsurance balances; (7)
presentation of indirect cash flows; (8) exclusion of comprehensive income
disclosures; and (9) recognition of deposits and withdrawals on universal life
policies as revenues and expenses.
The stockholder's equity (surplus) and net income of the Company at December
31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, as determined using statutory accounting practices, is
summarized as follows (000's):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998 1997
------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory surplus as reported to regulatory
authorities...................................... $13,545 10,500 10,725
Net income as reported to regulatory authorities.. $ 300 1,596 1,397
</TABLE>
(10) Dividend Restrictions
Dividend payments by Paragon are restricted by state insurance laws as to the
amount that may be paid without prior notice or approval of the Missouri
Department of Insurance. The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid
without prior approval of the insurance commissioner is limited to the maximum
of (1) 10% of statutory surplus or (2) net gain from operations. The maximum
dividend distribution that can be paid by Paragon during 1999 without prior
notice or approval is $300,406. Paragon did not pay dividends in 1999, 1998 or
1997.
(11) Risk-Based Capital
The insurance departments of various states, including the Company's
domiciliary state of Missouri, impose risk-based capital (RBC) requirements on
insurance enterprises. The RBC calculation serves as a
F-12
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
benchmark for the regulation of life insurance companies by state insurance
regulators. The requirements apply various weighted factors to financial
balances or activity levels based on their perceived degree of risk.
The RBC guidelines define specific capital levels where action by the Company
or regulators is required based on the ratio of a company's actual total
adjusted capital to control levels determined by the RBC formula. At December
31, 1999, the Company's actual total adjusted capital was in excess of minimum
levels which would require action by the Company or regulatory authorities
under the RBC formula.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases certain of its facilities and equipment under
noncancellable leases the majority of which expires March 2001. The future
minimum lease obligations under the terms of the leases are summarized as
follows (000s):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Year ended December 31:
2000............................................................ $ 750
2001............................................................ 321
2002............................................................ 130
2003............................................................ 99
-------
$ 1,300
=======
</TABLE>
Rent expense totaled $507,512, $489,999, and $433,864 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
(13) Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-
purpose financial statements. The most significant items of comprehensive
income are net income and changes in unrealized gains and losses on securities.
The adoption of SFAS No. 130 does not affect results of operations or financial
position, but affects their presentation and disclosure. The Company has
adopted SFAS No. 130 as of January 1, 1998, and the following summaries present
the components of the Company's comprehensive income, other than net income,
for the periods ending December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 (000s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding losses arising during
period.................................. $(8,492) 2,972 (5,520)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (57) 20 (37)
------- ----- ------
Other comprehensive loss................. (8,549) 2,992 (5,557)
======= ===== ======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
PARGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $1,361 (476) 885
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (53) 19 (34)
------ ---- ---
Other comprehensive income............... 1,308 (457) 851
====== ==== ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------
Tax
Before-Tax (Expense) Net-of-Tax
Amount Benefit Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized holding gains arising during
period.................................. $2,585 (904) 1,681
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income............ (69) 24 (45)
------ ---- -----
Other comprehensive income............... 2,516 (880) 1,636
====== ==== =====
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors Paragon Life Insurance Company and Policyholders of
Separate Account B's MultiManager Divisions:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets, including the
schedule of investments, of the Scudder Money Market, Scudder International,
Fidelity Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index 500, Fidelity
Contrafund, Putnam High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income, Putnam New
Opportunities, TR Price New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR
Price Personal Strategy Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of Paragon
Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999 and the related statements of
operations and changes in net assets for each of the periods in the three year
period then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
management of Paragon Separate Account B. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of investments owned at December 31, 1999 by
correspondence with the Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund, the Fidelity
Variable Insurance Products Fund, the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund
II, the Putnam Variable Trust, the T. Rowe Price Equity Series Inc., the T.
Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. and the MFS Variable Insurance Trust. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Scudder Money Market,
Scudder International, Fidelity Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index
500, Fidelity Contrafund, Putnam High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income,
Putnam New Opportunities, TR Price New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term
Bond, TR Price Personal Strategy Balanced, and MFS Emerging Growth Divisions of
Paragon Separate Account B as of December 31, 1999, and the results of their
operations and changes in their net assets for each of the periods in the three
year period then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
March 10, 2000
KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is a member of KPMG
International, a Swiss association.
F-15
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Money Scudder Fidelity Fidelity Fidelity Putnam
Market International Equity Income Growth Fidelity Index Contrafund High Yield
Division Division Division Division 500 Division Division Division
------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- ----------
1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999
------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- --------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)..... $ 541,708 2,978,926 2,808,576 4,947,495 9,960,873 6,664,237 544,465
Receivable from
(payable to)
Paragon Life
Insurance
Company.......... 272 (50) (1,594) (233) (2,137) 1,805 (276)
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Total Net
Assets......... $ 541,980 2,978,876 2,806,982 4,947,262 9,958,736 6,666,042 544,189
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =======
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners........... $ 541,754 2,977,614 2,805,751 4,945,157 9,954,408 6,663,206 543,947
Equity of Paragon
Life Insurance
Company.......... 226 1,262 1,231 2,105 4,328 2,836 242
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
$ 541,980 2,978,876 2,806,982 4,947,262 9,958,736 6,666,042 544,189
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =======
Total Units Held.... 480,932 117,600 99,470 71,051 57,495 211,032 38,414
Net Asset Value Per
Unit............... $ 1.13 25.32 28.21 69.60 173.13 31.57 14.16
Cost of Investments. $ 541,708 2,141,088 2,664,727 3,784,255 7,871,414 5,194,948 583,953
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
Putnam New T.R. Price T.R. Price T.R. Price
Putnam Income Opportunities New America Limited-Term Personal Strat. MFS Emerging
Division Division Growth Division Bond Division Bal. Division Growth Division
------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
1999 1999 1999 1999 1999 1999
------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)..... $ 1,376,135 2,980,187 2,371,545 530,432 2,166,163 5,771,340
Receivable from
(payable to)
Paragon Life
Insurance
Company.......... 2 (570) (1,361) (163) (877) (1,139)
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Net
Assets......... $ 1,376,137 2,979,617 2,370,184 530,269 2,165,286 5,770,201
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners........... $ 1,375,519 2,978,387 2,369,191 530,031 2,164,409 5,767,900
Equity of Paragon
Life Insurance
Company.......... 618 1,230 993 238 877 2,301
----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
$ 1,376,137 2,979,617 2,370,184 530,269 2,165,286 5,770,201
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Total Units Held.... 93,853 68,100 84,624 97,853 112,991 155,321
Net Asset Value Per
Unit............... $ 14.66 43.74 28.00 5.39 19.16 37.14
Cost of Investments. $ 1,411,684 1,687,209 2,048,739 543,883 2,140,001 3,044,843
=========== ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Putnam
Voyager
Division
----------
1999
----------
<S> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments)..... 2,378,749
Receivable from
(payable to)
Paragon Life
Insurance
Company.......... (279)
----------
Total Net
Assets......... 2,378,470
==========
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners........... 2,377,468
Equity of Paragon
Life Insurance
Company.......... 1,002
----------
2,378,470
==========
Total Units Held.... 30,147
Net Asset Value Per
Unit............... 78.87
Cost of Investments. 1,539,013
==========
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Net Assets:
Investments in
Multiple Fund
Investments, at
Market Value (See
Schedule of
Investments).....
Receivable from
(payable to)
Paragon Life
Insurance
Company..........
Total Net
Assets.........
Net Assets,
representing:
Equity of Contract
Owners...........
Equity of Paragon
Life Insurance
Company..........
Total Units Held....
Net Asset Value Per
Unit...............
Cost of Investments.
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-16
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Money Market Scudder International Fidelity Equity Income
Division Division Division
-------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 20,414 10,143 3,261 10,925 16,096 1 30,539 14,639 --
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 3,042 1,460 455 14,321 8,335 2,631 18,098 10,564 2,552
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 17,372 8,683 2,806 (3,396) 7,761 (2,630) 12,441 4,075 (2,552)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... -- -- 154,037 105,862 -- 67,508 52,096 --
Proceeds from
Sales............. 455,692 51,234 289,611 386,233 102,947 173,610 416,382 124,813 38,007
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 455,692 51,234 289,611 372,342 106,571 177,689 390,205 119,169 36,223
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Realized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments..... -- -- -- 167,928 102,238 (4,079) 93,685 57,740 1,784
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year. -- -- -- 27,148 (25,879) -- 141,690 56,580 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year.............. -- -- -- 837,838 27,148 (25,879) 143,849 141,690 56,580
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 810,690 53,027 (25,879) 2,159 85,110 56,580
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Gain(Loss)
on Investments.. -- -- -- 978,618 155,265 (29,958) 95,844 142,850 58,364
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... $ 17,372 8,683 2,806 975,222 163,026 (32,588) 108,285 146,925 55,812
========== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Index 500 Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Yield
Division Division Division
-------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... $ 59,680 27,845 -- 15,792 10,800 -- 42,401 17,896 277
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 53,104 23,600 6,310 33,475 15,117 4,049 3,311 1,965 775
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 6,576 4,245 (6,310) (17,683) (4,317) (4,049) 39,090 15,931 (498)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... 26,892 64,495 -- 115,805 79,460 -- -- 2,808 32
Proceeds from
Sales............. 598,077 172,866 153,926 537,241 103,003 45,697 63,617 57,532 22,023
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 490,860 152,050 146,855 445,480 94,211 42,658 70,444 53,897 20,837
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Realized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments..... 134,109 85,311 7,071 207,566 88,252 3,039 (6,827) 6,443 1,218
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year. 867,561 158,189 -- 576,541 83,162 -- (29,078) 14,350 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year.............. 2,089,459 867,561 158,189 1,469,289 576,541 83,162 (39,488) (29,078) 14,350
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments....... 1,221,898 709,372 158,189 892,748 493,379 83,162 (10,410) (43,428) 14,350
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Net Gain(Loss)
on Investments.. 1,356,007 794,683 165,260 1,100,314 581,631 86,201 (17,237) (36,985) 15,568
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... $1,362,583 798,928 158,950 1,082,631 577,314 82,152 21,853 (21,054) 15,070
========== ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Growth
Division
---------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... 71,157 3,814 --
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 22,207 7,802 1,885
---------- -------- -------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 48,950 (3,988) (1,885)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... 134,264 99,760 --
Proceeds from
Sales............. 207,171 74,918 26,952
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 181,132 70,769 25,580
---------- -------- -------
Net Realized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments..... 160,303 103,909 1,372
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year. 296,448 30,076 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year.............. 1,163,240 296,448 30,076
---------- -------- -------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments....... 866,792 266,372 30,076
---------- -------- -------
Net Gain(Loss)
on Investments.. 1,027,095 370,281 31,448
---------- -------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... 1,076,045 366,293 29,563
========== ======== =======
<CAPTION>
Putnam Voyager
Division
---------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income... 1,294 1,303 32
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge.... 10,881 4,710 1,503
---------- -------- -------
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. (9,587) (3,407) (1,471)
Net Realized Gain
on Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions..... 103,773 31,790 692
Proceeds from
Sales............. 220,253 72,208 39,294
Cost of
Investments Sold.. 182,126 63,834 36,437
---------- -------- -------
Net Realized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments..... 141,900 40,164 3,549
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year. 159,171 46,424 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year.............. 839,736 159,171 46,424
---------- -------- -------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments....... 680,565 112,748 46,424
---------- -------- -------
Net Gain(Loss)
on Investments.. 822,465 152,912 49,973
---------- -------- -------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations......... 812,878 149,505 48,502
========== ======== =======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Putnam Putnam T.R. Price T.R. Price
Income New Opportunities New America Limited-Term Bond
Division Division Growth Division Division
------------------------ -------------------------- ------------------------ --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income.... $ 48,830 24,286 24 -- -- -- -- -- -- 18,708 3,964 1,148
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge..... 7,593 3,672 1,336 12,257 5,408 1,771 13,731 8,308 2,619 2,466 521 141
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
Net Investment
Income (Expense)... 41,237 20,614 (1,312) (12,257) (5,408) (1,771) (13,731) (8,308) (2,619) 16,242 3,443 1,007
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions...... 4,295 632 -- 17,711 8,780 -- 130,662 29,621 1,910 -- 201 --
Proceeds from
Sales.............. 50,661 9,892 13,191 160,862 88,851 21,590 318,715 64,424 25,684 25,275 5,557 3,027
Cost of Investments
Sold............... 51,645 9,414 12,846 127,758 75,941 19,924 266,456 56,227 24,158 25,631 5,494 2,981
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... 3,311 1,110 345 50,815 21,690 1,666 182,921 37,818 3,436 (356) 264 46
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year.. 38,849 20,067 -- 220,882 58,379 -- 249,666 74,143 -- 1,054 348 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year............... (35,549) 38,849 20,067 1,292,978 220,882 58,379 322,806 249,666 74,143 (13,451) 1,054 348
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments........ (74,398) 18,782 20,067 1,072,096 162,503 58,379 73,140 175,523 74,143 (14,505) 706 348
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
Net Gain(Loss) on
Investments...... (71,087) 19,892 20,412 1,122,911 184,193 60,045 256,061 213,341 77,579 (14,861) 970 394
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ------- ----- -----
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... $(29,850) 40,506 19,100 1,110,654 178,785 58,274 242,330 205,033 74,960 1,381 4,413 1,401
======== ====== ======= ========= ======= ====== ======= ======= ====== ======= ===== =====
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price MFS
Personal Emerging
Strat. Bal. Division Growth Division
------------------------ --------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Investment Income:
Dividend Income.... $ 52,237 22,815 8,442 -- 7,893 --
Expenses:
Mortality and
Expense Charge..... 11,512 5,220 1,615 22,579 9,802 3,269
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
Net Investment
Income (Expense)... 40,725 17,595 6,827 (22,579) (1,909) (3,269)
Net Realized Gain on
Investments
Realized Gain from
Distributions...... 100,774 32,671 7,070 -- 2,818 --
Proceeds from
Sales.............. 494,695 81,578 128,464 292,638 104,262 85,782
Cost of Investments
Sold............... 483,517 77,738 125,119 222,677 91,161 80,415
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... 111,952 36,511 10,415 69,961 15,919 5,367
Net Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments:
Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
Beginning of Year.. 48,761 10,497 -- 467,020 68,906 --
Unrealized
Gain(Loss) End of
Year............... 26,162 48,761 10,497 2,726,497 467,020 68,906
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
Net Unrealized
Gain(Loss) on
Investments........ (22,599) 38,264 10,497 2,259,477 398,114 68,906
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
Net Gain(Loss) on
Investments...... 89,353 74,775 20,912 2,329,438 414,033 74,273
-------- ------ ------- --------- ------- ------
Increase (Decrease)
in Net Assets
Resulting from
Operations.......... $130,078 92,370 27,739 2,306,859 412,124 71,004
======== ====== ======= ========= ======= ======
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 1 of 2
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the Period from February 26,
1997 (Inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fidelity
Scudder Scudder Equity
Money Market International Income
Division Division Division
------------------------------ ------------------------------- -----------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. $ 17,372 8,683 2,806 (3,396) 7,761 (2,630) 12,441 4,075 (2,552)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 167,928 102,238 (4,079) 93,685 57,740 1,784
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... -- -- -- 810,690 53,027 (25,879) 2,159 85,110 56,580
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 17,372 8,683 2,806 975,222 163,026 (32,588) 108,285 146,925 55,812
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 245,044 145,966 122,109 582,890 502,178 788,148 811,876 780,846 903,238
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 262,416 154,649 124,915 1,558,112 665,204 755,560 920,161 927,771 959,050
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 279,564 124,915 -- 1,420,764 755,560 -- 1,886,821 959,050 --
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $ 541,980 279,564 124,915 2,978,876 1,420,764 755,560 2,806,982 1,886,821 959,050
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Index 500 Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Yield
Division Division Division
------------------------------ ------------------------------- -----------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. $ 6,576 4,245 (6,310) (17,683) (4,317) (4,049) 39,090 15,931 (498)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 134,109 85,311 7,071 207,566 88,252 3,039 (6,827) 6,443 1,218
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 1,221,898 709,372 158,189 892,748 493,379 83,162 (10,410) (43,428) 14,350
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 1,362,583 798,928 158,950 1,082,631 577,314 82,152 21,853 (21,054) 15,070
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 4,030,169 1,595,868 2,012,238 2,585,342 996,842 1,341,761 196,219 125,158 206,943
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 5,392,752 2,394,796 2,171,188 3,667,973 1,574,156 1,423,913 218,072 104,104 222,013
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 4,565,984 2,171,188 -- 2,998,069 1,423,913 -- 326,117 222,013 --
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... $9,958,736 4,565,984 2,171,188 6,666,042 2,998,069 1,423,913 544,189 326,117 222,013
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Growth
Division
------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. 48,950 (3,988) (1,885)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 160,303 103,909 1,372
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 866,792 266,372 30,076
---------- ---------- --------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 1,076,045 366,293 29,563
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 2,274,602 542,595 658,164
---------- ---------- --------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 3,350,647 908,888 687,727
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 1,596,615 687,727 --
---------- ---------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 4,947,262 1,596,615 687,727
========== ========== ========
<CAPTION>
Putnam Voyager
Division
------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).. (9,587) (3,407) (1,471)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments....... 141,900 40,164 3,549
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments....... 680,565 112,748 46,424
---------- ---------- --------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations... 812,878 149,505 48,502
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.. 649,592 317,314 400,679
---------- ---------- --------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 1,462,470 466,819 449,181
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.. 916,000 449,181 --
---------- ---------- --------
Net Assets, End of
Year............... 2,378,470 916,000 449,181
========== ========== ========
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Page 2 of 2
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Putnam New Opportunities T.R. Price New America
Putnam Income Division Division Growth Division
--------------------------- ----------------------------- -----------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense). $ 41,237 20,614 (1,312) (12,257) (5,408) (1,771) (13,731) (8,308) (2,619)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... 3,311 1,110 345 50,815 21,690 1,666 182,921 37,818 3,436
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments...... (74,398) 18,782 20,067 1,072,096 162,503 58,379 73,140 175,523 74,143
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations.. (29,850) 40,506 19,100 1,110,654 178,785 58,274 242,330 205,033 74,960
Net Deposits into
Separate Account. 797,051 176,598 372,732 791,294 359,780 480,830 582,656 514,647 750,558
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 767,201 217,104 391,832 1,901,948 538,565 539,104 824,986 719,680 825,518
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year. 608,936 391,832 -- 1,077,669 539,104 -- 1,545,198 825,518 --
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year.............. $1,376,137 608,936 391,832 2,979,617 1,077,669 539,104 2,370,184 1,545,198 825,518
========== ======= ======= ========= ========= ======= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price Personal Strat. MFS Emerging Growth
Bal. Division Division
--------------------------- -----------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense). $ 40,725 17,595 6,827 (22,579) (1,909) (3,269)
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... 111,952 36,511 10,415 69,961 15,919 5,367
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments...... (22,599) 38,264 10,497 2,259,477 398,114 68,906
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations.. 130,078 92,370 27,739 2,306,859 412,124 71,004
Net Deposits into
Separate Account. 1,062,037 377,161 475,901 1,526,112 582,487 871,615
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 1,192,115 469,531 503,640 3,832,971 994,611 942,619
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year. 973,171 503,640 -- 1,937,230 942,619 --
---------- ------- ------- --------- --------- -------
Net Assets, End of
Year.............. $2,165,286 973,171 503,640 5,770,201 1,937,230 942,619
========== ======= ======= ========= ========= =======
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price Limited-
Term Bond Division
-----------------------
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense). 16,242 3,443 1,007
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments...... (356) 264 46
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments...... (14,505) 706 348
-------- ------- ------
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations.. 1,381 4,413 1,401
Net Deposits into
Separate Account. 419,557 62,044 41,473
-------- ------- ------
Increase in Net
Assets.......... 420,938 66,457 42,874
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year. 109,331 42,874 --
-------- ------- ------
Net Assets, End of
Year.............. 530,269 109,331 42,874
======== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operations:
Net Investment
Income (Expense).
Net Realized Gain
(Loss) on
Investments......
Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Investments......
Increase
(Decrease) in Net
Assets Resulting
from Operations..
Net Deposits into
Separate Account.
Increase in Net
Assets..........
Net Assets,
Beginning of Year.
Net Assets, End of
Year..............
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Notes to Financial Statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 1999
(1) Organization
Paragon Life Insurance Company (Paragon) established Paragon Separate Account
B on January 4, 1993. Paragon Separate Account B (the Separate Account)
commenced operations on March 3, 1994 and is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a unit investment trust. The Division options included
herein commenced operations on February 26, 1997. The Separate Account receives
and invests net premiums for flexible premium group variable life insurance
policies that are issued by Paragon. The Separate Account is divided into
fourteen divisions which invest exclusively in shares of Scudder Variable Life
Investment Fund (Scudder), Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund (Fidelity
VIPI), Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II (Fidelity VIPII), Putnam
Variable Trust (Putnam), T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc. (TR Price I),
T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc. (TR Price II) and MFS Variable
Insurance Trust (MFS), open-end, diversified management investment companies.
These funds are the Scudder Money Market, Scudder International, Fidelity
Equity Income, Fidelity Growth, Fidelity Index 500, Fidelity Contrafund, Putnam
High Yield, Putnam Voyager, Putnam Income, Putnam New Opportunities, TR Price
New America Growth, TR Price Limited-Term Bond, TR Price Personal Strategy
Balanced and MFS Emerging Growth (the Divisions). Policyholders have the option
of directing their premium payments into any or all of the Divisions.
(2) Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the
Separate Account in the preparation of its financial statements. The policies
are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Investments
The Separate Account's investments in the Funds of Scudder, Fidelity VIPI,
Fidelity VIPII, Putnam, TR Price I, TR Price II and MFS are valued daily based
on the net asset values of the respective fund shares held. The average cost
method is used in determining the cost of shares sold on withdrawals by the
Separate Account. Share transactions are recorded consistent with trade date
accounting. All dividends received are immediately reinvested on the ex-
dividend date.
Federal Income Taxes
The operations of the Separate Account are treated as part of Paragon for
income tax purposes. Under existing Federal income tax law, capital gains from
sales of investments of the Separate Account are not taxable. Therefore, no
Federal income tax has been provided.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions with respect to amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) Policy Charges
Charges are deducted from the policies and the Separate Account to compensate
Paragon for providing the insurance benefits set forth in the contracts and any
additional benefits added by rider, administering the policies, incurring
expenses in distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection
with the policy.
F-21
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Premium Expense Charge
Certain policies include a provision that premium payments may be reduced by
a premium expense charge. The premium expense charge is determined by the costs
associated with distributing the policy and, if applicable, is equal to 1% of
the premium paid. The premium expense charge compensates Paragon for providing
the insurance benefits set forth in the policies, incurring expenses of
distributing the policies, and assuming certain risks in connection with the
policies. In addition, some policies have a premium tax assessment equal to 2%
or 2.25% to reimburse Paragon for premium taxes incurred. The premium payment
less premium expense and premium tax charges equals the net premium that is
invested in the underlying separate account.
Monthly Expense Charge
Paragon has responsibility for the administration of the policies and the
Separate Account. As reimbursement for expenses related to the acquisition and
maintenance of each policy and the Separate Account, Paragon assesses a monthly
administration charge to each policy. This charge, which varies due to the size
of the group, has a maximum of $6.00 per month during the first 12 policy
months and $3.50 per month thereafter.
Cost of Insurance
The cost of insurance is deducted on each monthly anniversary for the
following policy month. Because the cost of insurance depends upon a number of
variables, the cost varies for each policy month. The cost of insurance is
determined separately for the initial face amount and for any subsequent
increase in face amount. Paragon determines the monthly cost of insurance
charge by multiplying the applicable cost of insurance rate or rates by the net
amount at risk for each policy month.
Optional Rider Benefits Charge
The optional rider benefits charge is a monthly deduction for any additional
benefits provided by policy riders.
Surrender or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
During the first policy year, certain policies include a provision for a
charge upon surrender or lapse of the policy, a requested decrease in face
amount, or a partial withdrawal that causes the face amount to decrease. The
amount assessed under the policy terms, if any, depends upon the cost
associated with distributing the particular policies. The amount of any charge
depends on a number of factors, including whether the event is a full surrender
or lapse or only a decrease in face amount, the amount of premiums received by
Paragon, and the policy year in which the surrender or other event takes place.
Mortality and Expense Charge
In addition to the above contract charges a daily charge against the
operations of each division is made for the mortality and expense risks assumed
by Paragon. Paragon deducts a daily charge from the Separate Account at the
rate of .0020471% of the net assets of each division of the Separate Account
which equals an annual rate of .75% of those net assets. The mortality risk
assumed by Paragon is that insureds may die sooner than anticipated and that,
therefore, Paragon will pay an aggregate amount of death benefits greater than
anticipated. The expense risk assumed is that expenses incurred in issuing and
administering the policy will exceed the amounts realized from the
administrative charges assessed against the policy.
F-22
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 4 -- Purchases and Sales
For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26,
1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997, purchases and proceeds from the sales
of the Scudder Variable Insurance Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund, Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Putnam Variable
Trust, T.Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T.Rowe Price Fixed Income Series,
Inc. and MFS Variable Insurance Trust
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder
Scudder Money International Fidelity Equity Fidelity Growth
Market Division Division Income Division Division
------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $ 698,371 194,773 411,282 955,621 596,570 958,562 1,217,400 889,293 938,848 2,462,102 607,056 683,583
Sales........... $ 455,692 51,234 289,611 386,233 102,947 173,610 416,382 124,813 38,007 207,171 74,918 26,952
=========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Putnam Voyager Putnam Income
Division Yield Division Division Division
------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $ 3,091,892 1,080,030 1,383,519 257,628 180,347 227,743 860,525 383,609 438,392 841,873 180,773 384,876
Sales........... $ 537,241 103,003 45,697 63,617 57,532 22,023 220,253 72,208 39,294 50,661 9,892 13,191
=========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price New T.R. Price Personal
America Growth T.R. Price Limited- Strategy Balanced MFS Emerging
Division Term Bond Division Division Growth Division
------------------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
----------- --------- --------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... $ 896,759 564,498 772,129 444,973 64,606 44,390 1,548,177 454,551 599,637 1,801,453 673,884 952,779
Sales........... $ 318,715 64,424 25,684 25,275 5,557 3,027 494,695 81,578 128,464 292,638 104,262 85,782
=========== ========= ========= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======= ======= ========= ======= -------
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Index 500
Division
-----------------------------
1999 1998 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 4,588,369 1,735,116 2,158,781
Sales........... 598,077 172,866 153,926
========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Putnam New
Opportunities
Division
-----------------------------
1999 1998 1997
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases....... 941,211 442,543 500,587
Sales........... 160,862 88,851 21,590
========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Purchases.......
Sales...........
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder Fidelity Equity Fidelity
Scudder Money International Income Growth Fidelity Index
Market Division Division Division Division 500 Division
----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 634,186 185,432 406,623 52,999 38,766 65,985 43,661 35,673 41,371 43,315 14,418 19,373 29,736 13,795 20,471
Withdrawals..... 411,882 47,582 285,844 21,472 6,564 12,114 14,773 4,810 1,652 3,554 1,748 753 3,781 1,322 1,404
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............ 222,304 137,849 120,779 31,527 32,202 53,871 28,888 30,863 39,719 39,761 12,670 18,620 25,955 12,473 19,067
Outstanding
Units,
Beginning of
Year............ 258,628 120,779 -- 86,073 53,871 -- 70,582 39,719 -- 31,290 18,620 -- 31,540 19,067 --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding
Units,
End of Year..... 480,932 258,628 120,779 117,600 86,073 53,871 99,470 70,582 39,719 71,051 31,290 18,620 57,495 31,540 19,067
======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The purchases above do not include dividends and realized gains from
distributions that have been reinvested into the respective divisions.
Note 5 -- Accumulation of Unit Activity
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997:
F-23
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 5--Accumulation of Unit Activity (continued)
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Year ended December 31, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(Inception) to December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Putnam New
Fidelity Contrafund Putnam High Yield Putnam Voyager Putnam Income Opportunities
Division Division Division Division Division
---------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in
Units
Deposits........ 112,850 50,010 74,108 18,391 13,125 16,908 15,394 9,055 12,048 57,047 12,927 28,842 31,975 20,017 26,662
Withdrawals..... 18,908 4,628 2,401 4,597 3,862 1,551 3,728 1,599 1,023 3,431 600 932 5,647 3,804 1,103
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Net Increase in
Units............ 93,942 45,383 71,707 13,794 9,263 15,357 11,666 7,456 11,025 53,616 12,327 27,910 26,328 16,213 25,559
Outstanding
Units, Beginning
of Year.......... 117,090 71,707 -- 24,620 15,357 -- 18,481 11,025 -- 40,237 27,910 -- 41,772 25,559 --
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Outstanding
Units, End of
Year............. 211,032 117,090 71,707 38,414 24,620 15,357 30,147 18,481 11,025 93,853 40,237 27,910 68,100 41,772 25,559
======= ======= ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The following is a reconciliation of the accumulation of unit activity for
the Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and the period from February 26, 1997
(inception) to December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price New
America Growth T.R. Price Limited- T.R. Price Personal MFS Emerging Growth
Division Term Bond Division Strat. Bal. Division Division
-------------------- ------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Increase in Units
Deposits............... 35,123 25,749 40,110 82,401 12,759 8,977 84,895 27,507 40,523 75,477 38,091 64,495
Withdrawals............ 12,250 2,811 1,297 4,655 1,025 604 26,535 4,947 8,452 11,671 5,702 5,369
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Net Increase in Units... 22,873 22,938 38,813 77,746 11,734 8,373 58,360 22,560 32,071 63,806 32,389 59,126
Outstanding Units,
Beginning of Year....... 61,751 38,813 -- 20,107 8,373 -- 54,631 32,071 -- 91,515 59,126 --
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ------- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------
Outstanding Units, End
of Year................. 84,624 61,751 38,813 97,853 20,107 8,373 112,991 54,631 32,071 155,321 91,515 59,126
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ======= ====== ====== ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of various funds. Net
deposits represent the amount available for investment in such shares after
deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
for the period from February 26, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scudder International Fideliy Equity Income
Scudder Money Market Division Division Division
-------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 744,650 454,499 572,646 859,804 722,702 806,785 1,583,555 1,044,412 1,039,412
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (67,368) (4,278) (74) (90,393) (20,489) (72) (127,451) (56,750) (14,044)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 2,545 17,780 (206,826) (6,036) (59,542) 66,433 (251,955) 63,313 20,328
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 679,827 468,001 365,746 763,375 642,671 873,146 1,204,149 1,050,975 1,045,696
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 20,523 12,204 16,024 23,697 19,405 22,575 43,644 28,044 29,085
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 20,640 17,632 4,660 7,812 6,891 6,565 17,370 13,776 8,458
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 393,620 292,199 222,953 148,976 114,197 55,858 331,259 228,309 104,915
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
434,783 322,035 243,637 180,485 140,493 84,998 392,273 270,129 142,458
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 245,044 145,966 122,109 582,890 502,178 788,148 811,876 780,846 903,238
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Index 500 Division Fidelity Contrafund Division Putnam High Yield Division
-------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $5,793,752 2,259,997 2,274,729 3,747,692 1,429,506 1,858,957 353,898 241,285 263,896
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (420,055) (84,913) (15,614) (411,457) (55,117) (2,130) (22,356) (7,840) (7,735)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 68,815 61,916 76,287 (15,777) (16,713) (283,887) (38,545) (41,786) (1,230)
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 5,442,512 2,237,000 2,335,402 3,320,458 1,357,676 1,572,940 292,997 191,659 254,931
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 159,679 60,684 63,651 103,288 38,384 52,017 9,754 6,479 7,384
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 62,412 33,032 18,511 31,480 18,350 15,127 4,336 3,416 2,147
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 1,190,253 547,416 241,002 600,348 304,100 164,035 82,688 56,606 38,457
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
1,412,344 641,132 323,164 735,116 360,834 231,179 96,778 66,501 47,988
---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $4,030,168 1,595,868 2,012,238 2,585,342 996,842 1,341,761 196,219 125,158 206,943
========== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
Fidelity Growth Division
----------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 2,956,035 828,226 756,226
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (132,900) (61,120) (2,270)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 129,655 1,791 (56,593)
---------- -------- --------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 2,952,790 768,897 697,363
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 81,470 22,239 21,161
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 29,730 11,613 6,154
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 566,988 192,450 11,884
---------- -------- --------
678,188 226,302 39,199
---------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 2,274,602 542,595 658,164
========== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
Putnam Voyager Division
----------------------------
1999 1998 1997
---------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 1,105,508 507,398 454,188
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (164,260) (26,810) (14,199)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (22,810) (8,874) 48,745
---------- -------- --------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 918,438 471,714 488,734
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 30,468 13,624 12,709
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 11,878 8,011 3,696
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 226,500 132,765 71,650
---------- -------- --------
268,846 154,400 88,055
---------- -------- --------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 649,592 317,314 400,679
========== ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 6--Reconciliation of Gross and Net Deposits into the Separate Account
(continued)
Deposits into the Separate Account purchase shares of various funds. Net
deposits represent the amount available for investment in such shares after
deduction of premium expense charges, monthly expense charges, cost of
insurance and the cost of optional benefits added by rider. The following is a
summary of net deposits made for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
for the period from February 26, 1997 (inception) to December 31, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Putnam New Opportunities T.R. Price New America
Putnam Income Division Division Growth Division
---------------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $ 981,178 240,997 269,041 1,067,229 588,576 597,955 1,065,174 733,553 809,931
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (20,921) (1,926) (1) (59,380) (13,945) (214) (79,000) (27,696) (1,562)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 20,905 5,082 150,618 33,779 (54,349) 8,343 (100,173) 20,602 81,731
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 981,162 244,153 419,658 1,041,628 520,282 606,084 886,001 726,459 890,100
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 27,042 6,471 7,528 29,413 15,804 16,732 29,357 19,697 22,663
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 7,825 3,476 2,189 11,006 8,234 4,866 13,651 10,933 6,591
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 149,244 57,608 37,209 209,915 136,464 103,656 260,337 181,182 110,288
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- -------
184,111 67,555 46,926 250,334 160,502 125,254 303,345 211,812 139,542
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- --------- --------- ------- -------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $ 797,051 176,598 372,732 791,294 359,780 480,830 582,656 514,647 750,558
========== ======= ======= ========= ======= ========= ========= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price Personal Strat. MFS Emerging Growth
Bal. Division Division
---------------------------- -----------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1999 1998 1997
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... $1,651,162 537,081 617,298 2,141,360 906,166 937,102
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (201,604) (25,095) (12,595) (137,188) (29,602) (1,608)
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ (51,312) 13,297 (42,168) (25,838) (60,221) 80,406
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 1,398,246 525,283 562,535 1,978,334 816,343 1,015,900
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 45,507 14,421 17,273 59,017 24,324 26,222
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 14,483 7,609 5,023 19,591 11,924 7,626
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 276,219 126,092 64,338 373,614 197,608 110,437
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
336,209 148,122 86,634 452,222 233,856 144,285
---------- ------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... $1,062,037 377,161 475,901 1,526,112 582,487 871,615
========== ======= ======= ========= ======= =========
<CAPTION>
T.R. Price Limited
Term Bond Division
-----------------------
1999 1998 1997
-------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits........... 471,331 79,889 43,399
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........ (5,509) (145) --
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............ 44,830 (854) 4,089
-------- ------- ------
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers....... 510,652 78,890 47,488
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges........... 12,990 2,145 1,214
Monthly Expense
Charges........... 3,891 837 353
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits.......... 74,214 13,864 4,448
-------- ------- ------
91,095 16,846 6,015
-------- ------- ------
Net Deposits from
Policyholders...... 419,557 62,044 41,473
======== ======= ======
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total Gross
Deposits...........
Surrenders and
Withdrawals........
Transfers Between
Funds and General
Account............
Total Gross
Deposits net of
Surrenders,
Withdrawals, and
Transfers.......
Deductions:
Premium Expense
Charges...........
Monthly Expense
Charges...........
Cost of Insurance
and Optional
Benefits..........
Net Deposits from
Policyholders......
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
Notes to Financial Statements--(Continued)
Note 7--Subsequent Event
On January 6, 2000, Paragon Life Insurance Co.'s ultimate parent, GenAmerica
Corporation, was purchased by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company.
F-27
<PAGE>
PARAGON SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number
of Market
Shares Value Cost
------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund:
Scudder Money Market Division.................. 541,708 $ 541,708 $ 541,708
Scudder International Division................. 146,457 $2,978,926 $2,141,088
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund:
Fidelity Equity Income Division................ 109,241 $2,808,576 $2,664,727
Fidelity Growth Division....................... 90,069 $4,947,495 $3,784,255
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Fund II:
Fidelity Index 500 Division.................... 59,500 $9,960,873 $7,871,414
Fidelity Contrafund Division................... 228,619 $6,664,237 $5,194,948
Putnam Variable Trust:
Putnam High Yield Division..................... 49,095 $ 544,465 $ 583,953
Putnam Voyager Division........................ 35,906 $2,378,749 $1,539,013
Putnam Income Division......................... 109,915 $1,376,135 $1,411,684
Putnam New Opportunities Division.............. 68,447 $2,980,187 $1,687,209
T.Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc.:
T.R. Price New America Growth Division......... 90,586 $2,371,545 $2,048,739
T.R. Price Limited Term Bond Division.......... 110,737 $ 530,432 $ 543,883
T.R. Price Personal Strategy Balanced.......... 135,385 $2,166,163 $2,140,001
MFS Variable Insurance Trust:
MFS Emerging Growth Division................... 152,118 $5,771,340 $3,044,843
</TABLE>
See Accompanying Independent Auditors' Report.
F-28
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
Illustrations of Death Benefits and Cash Values
The following tables illustrate how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a
Policy change with the investment experience of a Division of the Separate
Account. The tables show how the Cash Value and Death Benefit of a Policy
issued to an Insured of a given age and at a given premium would vary over time
if the investment return on the assets held in each Division of the Separate
Account were a uniform, gross, after-tax annual rate of 0%, 6% or 12%. In
addition, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would be different from those
shown if the gross annual investment rates of return averaged 0%, 6%, and 12%
over a period of years, but fluctuated above and below those averages for
individual Policy years.
The tables illustrate a Policy issued to an Insured, age 45, in an Executive
Program issued as a Group Contract Policy. This assumes the maximum monthly
administrative charge. If a particular Policy has different sales or
administrative charges or if a particular group is larger or smaller or has a
different gender mix, the Cash Values and Death Benefits would vary from those
shown in the tables.
The Cash Value column under the "Guaranteed" heading shows the accumulated
value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the charges described above
and monthly charges for the cost of insurance based on the guaranteed rate
which is 125% of the maximum allowed under the 1980 Commissioners Standard
Ordinary Mortality Table C. The "Cash Value" column under the "Current" heading
shows the accumulated value of the premiums paid reflecting deduction of the
charges described above and monthly charges for the cost of insurance at the
current level for an Executive Program, which is less than or equal to 125% of
the maximum allowed by the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
C. The illustrations of Death Benefits reflect the above assumptions. The Death
Benefits also vary between tables depending upon whether Level Type (Option A)
or Increasing Type (Option B) Death Benefits are illustrated.
The amounts shown for the Cash Value and Death Benefit reflect the fact that
the investment rate of return is lower than the gross after-tax return on the
assets held in a Division of the Separate Account. The charges include a
maximum .90% charge for mortality and expense risk, an assumed combined
investment advisory fee (representing the average of the fees incurred by the
Funds in which the Divisions invest) and the Funds' expenses (based on the
average of the actual expenses incurred in fiscal year 1999) of .674%. These
charges take into account expense reimbursement arrangements expected to be in
place for 2000 for some of the Funds. In the absence of the reimbursement
arrangements for some of the Funds, the charges would have also totaled an
average of .674%. See the respective Fund prospectus for details. After
deduction for these amounts, with reimbursement, the illustrated gross annual
investment rates of return of 0%, 6% and 12% correspond to approximate net
annual rates of -1.574%, 4.426% and 10.426%, respectively.
The hypothetical values shown in the tables reflect all fees and charges under
the Policy, including the premium expense charge. The premium tax charge, and
all components of the monthly deduction. They do not reflect any charges for
federal income taxes against the Separate Account, since the Company is not
currently making any such charges. However, such charges may be made in the
future and, in that event, the gross annual investment rate of return of the
divisions of the Separate Account would have to exceed 0%, 6%, and 12% by an
amount sufficient to cover the tax charges in order to produce the Death
Benefit and Cash Value illustrated. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Additionally,
the hypothetical values shown in the tables assume that the Policy for which
values are illustrated is not deemed an individual policy under OBRA, and
therefore the values do not reflect the additional 1% premium expense charge
for the Company's increased federal tax liabilities.
The tables illustrate the Policy values that would result based upon the
investment rates of return if premiums are paid as indicated, and if no Policy
Loans have been made. The tables are also based on the assumptions that the
Owner has not requested an increase or decrease in the Face Amount, that no
partial withdrawals have been made, that no transfer charges were incurred, and
that no optional riders have been requested.
Upon request, the Company will provide a comparable illustration based upon the
proposed Insured's age, group size and gender mix, the Face Amount and premium
requested and the proposed frequency of premium payments.
A-1
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at-
1.574%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,048 $500,000 $ 5,009 $500,000
2 12,630 5,895 500,000 9,912 500,000
3 19,423 8,497 500,000 14,682 500,000
4 26,555 10,847 500,000 19,265 500,000
5 34,045 12,920 500,000 23,665 500,000
6 41,908 14,699 500,000 27,943 500,000
7 50,165 16,152 500,000 32,047 500,000
8 58,834 17,239 500,000 35,980 500,000
9 67,937 17,923 500,000 39,747 500,000
10 77,496 18,173 500,000 43,347 500,000
11 87,532 17,980 500,000 46,676 500,000
12 98,070 17,312 500,000 49,852 500,000
13 109,134 16,162 500,000 52,821 500,000
14 120,752 14,501 500,000 55,476 500,000
15 132,951 12,274 500,000 57,876 500,000
16 145,760 9,416 500,000 60,033 500,000
17 159,209 5,814 500,000 61,892 500,000
18 173,331 1,329 500,000 63,402 500,000
19 188,159 0 0 64,625 500,000
20 203,728 0 0 65,452 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 61,759 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 35,249 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-2
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT
4.426%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,148 $500,000 $ 5,173 $500,000
2 12,630 6,278 500,000 10,547 500,000
3 19,423 9,342 500,000 16,102 500,000
4 26,555 12,328 500,000 21,789 500,000
5 34,045 15,204 500,000 27,617 500,000
6 41,908 17,946 500,000 33,653 500,000
7 50,165 20,512 500,000 39,852 500,000
8 58,834 22,851 500,000 46,224 500,000
9 67,937 24,912 500,000 52,781 500,000
10 77,496 26,650 500,000 59,529 500,000
11 87,532 28,037 500,000 66,375 500,000
12 98,070 29,023 500,000 73,441 500,000
13 109,134 29,579 500,000 80,684 500,000
14 120,752 29,653 500,000 88,012 500,000
15 132,951 29,164 500,000 95,488 500,000
16 145,760 28,018 500,000 103,133 500,000
17 159,209 26,067 500,000 110,910 500,000
18 173,331 23,129 500,000 118,783 500,000
19 188,159 19,005 500,000 126,823 500,000
20 203,728 13,483 500,000 134,947 500,000
25 294,060 0 0 175,954 500,000
30 409,348 0 0 212,434 500,000
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-3
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: A ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $6,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$500.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 12.00% (NET RATE at
10.426%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 6,161 $ 3,246 $500,000 $ 5,333 $500,000
2 12,630 6,669 500,000 11,195 500,000
3 19,423 10,241 500,000 17,610 500,000
4 26,555 13,969 500,000 24,579 500,000
5 34,045 17,845 500,000 32,165 500,000
6 41,908 21,864 500,000 40,495 500,000
7 50,165 26,012 500,000 49,594 500,000
8 58,834 30,261 500,000 59,550 500,000
9 67,937 34,587 500,000 70,459 500,000
10 77,496 38,973 500,000 82,424 500,000
11 87,532 43,422 500,000 95,464 500,000
12 98,070 47,915 500,000 109,812 500,000
13 109,134 52,462 500,000 125,566 500,000
14 120,752 57,050 500,000 142,796 500,000
15 132,951 61,645 500,000 161,730 500,000
16 145,760 66,203 500,000 182,581 500,000
17 159,209 70,633 500,000 205,543 500,000
18 173,331 74,821 500,000 230,843 500,000
19 188,159 78,637 500,000 258,819 500,000
20 203,728 81,948 500,000 289,751 500,000
25 294,060 86,345 500,000 503,467 584,022
30 409,348 40,185 500,000 854,476 914,289
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-4
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN at 0.00% (NET RATE at -
1.574%)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- --------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR at 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- --------- ------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 8,809 $508,809 $ 10,775 $510,775
2 25,261 17,308 517,308 21,347 521,347
3 38,846 25,454 525,454 31,686 531,686
4 53,111 33,241 533,241 41,739 541,739
5 68,090 40,645 540,645 51,509 551,509
6 83,817 47,649 547,649 61,060 561,060
7 100,330 54,223 554,223 70,336 570,336
8 117,669 60,326 560,326 79,342 579,342
9 135,875 65,925 565,925 88,083 588,083
10 154,992 70,992 570,992 96,555 596,555
11 175,064 75,523 575,523 104,646 604,646
12 196,140 79,492 579,492 112,485 612,485
13 218,269 82,902 582,902 120,012 620,012
14 241,505 85,731 585,731 127,106 627,106
15 265,903 87,935 587,935 133,835 633,835
16 291,521 89,465 589,465 140,209 640,209
17 318,419 90,226 590,226 146,169 646,169
18 346,663 90,104 590,104 151,657 651,657
19 376,319 88,990 588,990 156,745 656,745
20 407,457 86,785 586,785 161,310 661,310
25 588,120 57,718 557,718 174,318 674,318
30 818,697 0 0 161,692 661,692
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-5
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 6.00% (NET RATE AT 4.426%)
------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
----------------------------- ------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,096 $ 509,096 $ 11,127 $ 511,127
2 25,261 18,418 518,418 22,711 522,711
3 38,846 27,927 527,927 34,740 534,740
4 53,111 37,618 537,618 47,173 547,173
5 68,090 47,470 547,470 60,029 560,029
6 83,817 57,464 557,464 73,386 573,386
7 100,330 67,570 567,570 87,206 587,206
8 117,669 77,746 577,746 101,509 601,509
9 135,875 87,950 587,950 116,318 616,318
10 154,992 98,147 598,147 131,647 631,647
11 175,064 108,326 608,326 147,399 647,399
12 196,140 118,449 618,449 163,719 663,719
13 218,269 128,506 628,506 180,567 680,567
14 241,505 138,466 638,466 197,837 697,837
15 265,903 148,268 648,268 215,609 715,609
16 291,521 157,845 657,845 233,912 733,912
17 318,419 167,076 667,076 252,701 752,701
18 346,663 175,818 675,818 271,933 771,933
19 376,319 183,922 683,922 291,692 791,692
20 407,457 191,243 691,243 311,869 811,869
25 588,120 212,337 712,337 417,293 917,293
30 818,697 187,470 687,470 519,999 1,019,999
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-6
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
FACE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE: $500,000 AGE: 45
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION: B ANNUAL PREMIUM:
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE: 1.00% $12,000.00
PREMIUM TAX: 2.00% (Monthly Premium:
$1,000.00)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT B--A HYPOTHETICAL GROSS
ANNUAL RATE OF RETURN AT 12.00% (NET RATE AT 10.426%)
---------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED* CURRENT**
------------------------------- -------------------------------
PREM CASH DEATH CASH DEATH
YR AT 5.00% VALUE BENEFIT VALUE BENEFIT
--- -------- ------------- -------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 $ 12,322 $ 9,379 $ 509,379 $ 11,473 $ 511,473
2 25,261 19,553 519,553 24,105 524,105
3 38,846 30,556 530,556 37,985 537,985
4 53,111 42,459 542,459 53,179 553,179
5 68,090 55,327 555,327 69,825 569,825
6 83,817 69,234 569,234 88,138 588,138
7 100,330 84,251 584,251 108,228 608,228
8 117,669 100,444 600,444 130,280 630,280
9 135,875 117,890 617,890 154,500 654,500
10 154,992 136,684 636,684 181,106 681,106
11 175,064 156,953 656,953 210,222 710,222
12 196,140 178,813 678,813 242,243 742,243
13 218,269 202,425 702,425 277,400 777,400
14 241,505 227,939 727,939 315,891 815,891
15 265,903 255,499 755,499 358,124 858,124
16 291,521 285,254 785,254 404,498 904,498
17 318,419 317,320 817,320 455,376 955,376
18 346,663 351,808 851,808 511,156 1,011,156
19 376,319 388,838 888,838 572,422 1,072,422
20 407,457 428,557 928,557 639,607 1,139,607
25 588,120 675,701 1,175,701 1,085,781 1,585,781
30 818,697 1,023,538 1,523,538 1,786,400 2,286,400
</TABLE>
- --------
*These values reflect investment results using guaranteed cost of insurance
rates.
**These values reflect investment results using current cost of insurance
rates.
The hypothetical investment rate of return shown above is illustrative only,
and should not be deemed a representation of past or future results. Actual
investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a
number of factors, including the investment allocation made by the Policy
Owner, and the investment results for the Funds. The Cash Value and Death
Benefit for a Policy would be different from those shown if the actual rates of
return averaged the rate shown above over a period of years, but also
fluctuated above or below that average for individual years. No representation
can be made by the Company, Walnut Street Securities, the investment management
companies, or any representative thereof, that this hypothetical rate of return
can be achieved for any one year, or sustained over any period of time.
Illustrated values shown above are as of the end of the years indicated and
assume any additional premiums shown are received monthly on the Policy
Anniversary and further assume there is no Policy Indebtedness outstanding.
A-7
<PAGE>
PART II
UNDERTAKING TO FILE REPORTS
Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore, or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.
RULE 484 UNDERTAKING
Article III, Section 13 of the Company's Bylaws provide: "The Corporation
may indemnify any person who is made a party to any civil or criminal suit, or
made a subject of any administrative or investigative proceeding by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director, officer, or agent of the Corporation.
This indemnity may extend to expenses, including attorney's fees, judgments,
fine, and amounts paid in settlement. The indemnity shall not be available to
persons being sued by or upon the information of the Corporation not to person
who are being investigated by the Corporation. The indemnity shall be
discretionary with the Board of Directors and shall not be granted until the
Board of Directors has made a determination that the person who would be
indemnified acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
the best interest of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have such other and
further powers of indemnification as are not inconsistent with the laws of
Missouri."
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act
of l933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the Charter and Articles of Incorporation of the Company,
the By-Laws of the Company, agreement, statute, or otherwise, the registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
II-1
<PAGE>
REPRESENTATION CONCERNING FEES AND CHARGES
Paragon Life Insurance Company hereby represents that the fees and charges
deducted under the terms of the Contract are, in the aggregate, reasonable in
relationship to the services rendered, the expenses expected, and the risks
assumed by Paragon.
II-2
<PAGE>
CONTENTS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
This Registration Statement comprises the following Papers and Documents:
The facing sheet.
The Scudder Commissioned Prospectus, consisting of 75 pages;
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Prospectus, consisting of 80
pages; Putnam Prospectus, consisting of 87 pages; MFS
Prospectus, consisting of 86 pages; Multiple Manager
Commissioned, consisting of 80 pages.
The undertaking to file reports required by Section 15 (d),
1934 Act.
The undertaking pursuant to Rule 484.
Representation concerning fees and charges.
The signatures.
1. The following exhibits (which correspond in number to the numbers under
paragraph A of the instructions as to exhibits for Form N-8B-2):
(1) Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing
establishment of the Separate Account. 1
(2) Not applicable.
(3) (a) Form of Underwriting Agreement. 1
(b) Form of Selling Agreement. 2
(c) Commission Schedule for Scudder Commissioned Policy and Dean
Witter Policy. 1
(d) Commission Schedule for Putnam Policy and MFS Policy. 1
(4) Not applicable.
(5) (a) Form of Group Contract:
. Scudder - (Group Contract 30020) 1
. Dean Witter - (Group Contract 30029) 1
Putnam
MFS
. Multi-Manager - (Group Contract 30037) 1
(b) Proposed Form of Individual Policy and Policy Riders:
. Scudder (30018) 1,3
. Dean Witter (30027) 1,3
Putnam
MFS
. Multi-Manager (30040) 1,3
(c) Proposed Form of Certificate and Certificate Riders: 1
. Scudder (30019) 1,3
. Dean Witter (30028) 1,3
Putnam
MFS
. Multi-Manager (30036) 1,3
(6) (a) Amended Charter and Articles of Incorporation of
the Company. 2
(b) By-Laws of the Company. 2
(7) Not applicable.
II-3
<PAGE>
(8) (a) Form of Series Participation Agreement with Scudder
Variable Life Investment Fund 2
(b) Form of Participation Agreement with Putnam
Capital Manager Trust 2
(c) Form of Participation Agreement with MFS Variable
Insurance Trust 2
(d) Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund 2
(e) Form of Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance
Products Fund II 2
(f) Form of Participation Agreement with T. Rowe Price Investment
Services, Inc. 5
(g) Form of Participation Agreement with Dean Witter Variable
Investment Series 1
(9) Not applicable.
(10) (a) Form of Application for Group Contract (10914). 4
(b) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Guaranteed Issue) (Group Contract 10915). 4
(c) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Simplified Issue) (Group Contract 10921, 10920). 4
(d) Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
(Group Contract 10917). 4
(e) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
Guaranteed Issue (Individual Policy 10352, 33100). 4
(f) Form of Application for Employee Insurance
(Simplified Issue) (Individual Policy 10357). 4
(g) Form of Application for Spouse Insurance
(Individual Policy 10354). 4
(h) Form of Application Supplement for Scudder
Commissioned Policy, 33105. 1
(i) Form of Application Supplement for Putnam
Policy 33114. 1
(j) Form of Application Supplement for MFS Policy, 33115-20. 1
(k) Form of Application Supplement for Dean Witter Policy,
33113. 1
(l) Form of Application Supplement for Multi-Manager
Commissioned Policy, 33116. 1
2. Memorandum describing the Company's issuance, transfer, and redemption
procedures for the Policies and the Company's procedure for conversion to a
fixed benefit policy. 1
II-4
<PAGE>
3. Opinion of Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon Life
Insurance Company. 1
4. Not Applicable.
5. Not Applicable.
6. Not Applicable.
7. The opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A., M.A.A.A., Executive
Vice President and Chief Actuary. 1
8. (a) The consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Certified Public Accountants. 1
(b) Written consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP. 1
9. Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H.
Anderson, and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this
Registration Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company. 1
* * *
1. Filed herewith.
2. Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-6
found in File No. 333-80393, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on September 1, 1999.
3. Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 on Form S-6
found in File No. 33-18341, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on April 28, 2000 for the Policy and Certificate Riders only.
4. Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 on Form S-6
found in File No. 33-18341, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on April 28, 2000.
5. Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-6
found in File No. 33-36515, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on February 26, 1999.
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Paragon Life
Insurance Company and Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company
certify that they meet all the requirements for effectiveness of this amended
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933
and have duly caused this amended Registration Statement to be signed on their
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, and the seal of Paragon
Life Insurance Company to be hereunto affixed and attested, all in the City of
St. Louis, State of Missouri, on the 28th day of April, 2000.
(Seal) Paragon Life Insurance Company
Attest: /s/Matthew P. McCauley By: /s/Carl H. Anderson
----------------------- -----------------------
Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson, President
Secretary and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
/s/Carl H. Anderson 4/28/00
- -----------------------
Carl H. Anderson President and Director
(Chief Executive Officer)
/s/Matthew K. Duffy 4/28/00
- -----------------------
Matthew K. Duffy Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer and
Principal Financial Officer)
and Director
- -----------------------
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.* Director and Treasurer
- -----------------------
Richard A. Liddy* Director
/s/Matthew P. McCauley
- --------------------
Matthew P. McCauley Vice President 4/28/00
General Counsel,
Secretary, and Director
II-6
<PAGE>
Signature Title Date
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
- ------------------------- 4/28/00
Craig K. Nordyke Executive Vice President,
Chief Actuary and Director
- -------------------------
Warren J. Winer* Director
- -------------------------
Bernard H. Wolzenski* Director
- -------------------------
A. Greig Woodring* Director
By: /s/Craig K. Nordyke
---------------------- 4/28/00
Craig K. Nordyke
*Original powers of attorney authorizing Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson,
and Craig K. Nordyke, and each of them singly, to sign this Registration
Statement and Amendments thereto on behalf of the Board of Directors of Paragon
Life Insurance Company have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
33-58796
II-7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
1. Resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing Separate Account B.
2. Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3. Commission Schedule for MFS, Putnam, Scudder and Multi-Manger
Commissioned Policy.
4. Commission Schedule for Dean Witter Policy.
5. (a) Form of Group Contract:
(1) Scudder (30020)
(2) Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30029)
(3) Multi-Manager (30037)
(b) Proposed Form of Individual Policy:
(1) Scudder (30018)
(2) Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30027)
(3) Multi-Manager (30040)
(c) Proposed Form of Certificate:
(1) Scudder (30019)
(2) Dean Witter, Putnam, MFS (30028)
(3) Multi-Manager (30036)
6. Form of Participation Agreement with Dean Witter Variable Investment
Series.
7. (a) Form of Application Supplement for Scudder Commissioned Policy,
33105.
(b) Form of Application Supplement for Putnam Policy, 33114.
(c) Form of Application Supplement for MFS Policy, 33115-20.
(d) Form of Application Supplement for Dean Witter Policy, 33113.
(e) Form of Application Supplement for Multi-Manager Commissioned
Policy, 33116.
8. Issue, Transfer, and Redemption Memo.
9. Opinion of Matthew P. McCauley, Esquire, General Counsel of Paragon
Life Insurance Company.
10. Opinion and consent of Craig K. Nordyke, F.S.A, M.A.A.A., Executive
Vice President and Chief Actuary
11. Written consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Certified Public Accountants.
12. Written consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP.
13. Powers of Attorney.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 1
RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AUTHORIZING
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Consent by Directors to Resolutions
In Lieu of Meeting As of 4 January, 1993
The undersigned, being all of the members of the Board of Directors of Paragon
Life Insurance Company, a Missouri corporation, acting pursuant to the Corporate
By-laws and the General and Business Corporation Law of Missouri, hereby consent
to the adoption of the following resolutions, so that the same may have the same
force and effect as if adopted by unanimous vote at a meeting of the Board:
* * * * * * * *
RESOLUTIONS ESTABLISHING
------------------------
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
------------------------------
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
------------------
"BE IT RESOLVED, that Paragon Life Insurance Company (hereinafter "Paragon" or
"the Company"), pursuant to the provisions of Section 376.309 R. S. Mo. (1959),
hereby establishes a separate account designated "Paragon Separate Account B"
(hereinafter "Separate Account B") for the following use and purposes, and
subject to the conditions set forth below:
RESOLVED FURTHER, that Separate Account B shall be established for the purpose
of providing for the issuance by the Company of such variable life insurance or
such other contracts ("Contracts") as Paragon may designate for such purpose,
and shall constitute a separate account into which are allocated amounts paid to
or held by the Company under such Contracts; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized,
from assets allocated to Separate Account B shall, in accordance with the
Contracts, be credited to or charged against such account without regard to
other income, gains, or losses of Paragon; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that to the extent so provided under the Contracts, that
portion of the assets of Separate Account B equal to the reserves and other
contract liabilities of such Account shall not be chargeable with liabilities
arising out of any other business Paragon may conduct; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the fundamental investment policy of Separate Account B
shall be to invest or reinvest its assets in securities issued by investment
companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as may be
specified in the respective Contracts; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that specialized investment divisions may be established
Within Separate Account B to which net payments under the Contracts will be
allocated in accordance with instructions received from contractholder, and that
Paragon is hereby authorized to create such divisions and to increase, or
decrease, the number of investment divisions as it deems necessary or
appropriate; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that each such investment division shall invest only in the
shares of a single mutual fund or a single mutual fund portfolio of an
investment company organized as a series fund pursuant to the Investment Company
Act of 1940; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President, the Treasurer, or their delegates be, and
they hereby are, authorized to transfer funds from time to time between
Paragon's general account and Separate Account B to start Separate Account B or
as deemed necessary or appropriate and consistent with the terms of the
Contracts; and
<PAGE>
2
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of the Company, with such
assistance from the Company's auditors, legal counsel, and others as they may
require, be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to take all action
necessary to: (a) register Separate Account B as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) register the Contracts in
such amounts, which may be an indefinite amount, as the officers of the Company
shall from time to time deem appropriate under the Securities Act of 1933; and
(c) take all other actions which are necessary in connection with the offering
of said Contracts for sale and the operation of Separate Account B in order to
comply with the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Securities Act of 1933 and other applicable federal laws, including
the filing of any amendments to registration statement, any undertakings, and
any applications for exemptions from the Investment Company Act of 1940 or other
applicable federal laws as the officers of the Company shall deem necessary or
appropriate; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President, the Treasurer, and the General Counsel,
and each of them with full power to act without the others, hereby are severally
authorized and empowered to prepare, execute, and cause to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of Separate Account B and by the
Company as sponsor and depositor a Form of Notification of Registration
Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 registering the Contracts, and any
and all amendments to the foregoing on behalf of Separate Account B and the
Company and on behalf of and as attorneys for the principal executive officer
and/or the principal financial officer and/or the principal accounting officer
and/or any other officer of the Company; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the General Counsel is hereby appointed as agent for
service under any such registration statement and is duly authorized to receive
communications and notices from the Securities and Exchange Commission with
respect thereto; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of the Company be, and they
hereby are, authorized on behalf of Separate Account B and on behalf of the
Company to take any and all action that they may deem necessary or advisable in
order to sell the Contracts, including any registrations, filings and
qualifications of Paragon, its officers, agents and employees, and the Contracts
under the insurance and securities laws of any of the states of the United
States of America or other jurisdictions, and in connection therewith to
prepare, execute, deliver, and file all such applications, report, covenants,
resolutions, applications for exemptions, consents to service of process, and
other instruments as may be required under such laws, and to take any and all
further action which said officers or counsel of the Company may deem necessary
or desirable (including entering into whatever agreements and contracts may be
necessary) in order to maintain such registrations or qualifications for as long
as said officers seem it to be in the best interest of Separate Account B and
Paragon; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President and the Vice President and General Counsel
of the Company be, and they hereby are, authorized in the names and on behalf of
Separate Account B and Paragon to execute and file irrevocable written consents
on the part of Separate Account B and of the Company to be used in such states
wherein such consents to service of process may be requisite under the insurance
or securities laws therein connection with said registration or qualification of
Contracts and to appoint the appropriate state official, or such other person as
may be allowed by said insurance or securities laws, agent of Separate Account B
and of Paragon for the purpose of receiving and accepting process; and
<PAGE>
3
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President of the Company be, and hereby is,
authorized to establish procedures under which the Company will provide voting
rights for owners of such Contracts with respect to securities owned by Separate
Account B; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President of the Company is hereby authorized to
execute such agreement or agreements as deemed necessary and appropriate (i)
with Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (Walnut Street) or another qualified entity
under which Walnut Street or such other entity will be appointed principal
underwriter and distributor for the Contracts and (ii) with one or more
qualified banks or other qualified entities to provide administrative and/or
custodial services in connection with the establishment and maintenance of
Separate Account B and the design, issuance, and administration of the
Contracts; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that, since it is expected the Separate Account B will invest
in the securities issued by one or more investment companies, the appropriate
officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute whatever agreement or
agreements as may be necessary or appropriate to enable such investments to be
made; and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the appropriate officers of Paragon, and each of them are
hereby authorized to execute and deliver all such documents and papers and to do
or cause to be done all such acts and things as they may deem necessary or
desirable to carry out the foregoing resolutions and the intent and purposes
thereof."
* * * * * *
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT WITH RESPECT TO
------------------------------------
SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
------------------
"BE IT RESOLVED, that Paragon Life Insurance Company on its own behalf and on
behalf of its officers, directors, employees, and affiliates, shall endeavor to
ensure that business dealings between Paragon Separate Account B and the Company
are fair to both parties, and specifically:
i. That Separate Account B shall be used only in connection with variable life
insurance contracts;
ii. That the Company will not sell to or buy from Separate Account B any
securities of which the Company or its affiliates is the issuer; and
iii. Neither the Company nor any officer, director, employee, or affiliate shall
accept any compensation for the sale or purchase of securities to or from
Separate Account B, except that if the Company or an affiliate acts as a broker-
dealer in connection with the sale of securities to or by Separate Account B a
commission fee not to exceed normal charges for such transactions conducted at
arm's length in the ordinary course of business in St. Louis or any other
community in which such transaction is effected may be charged."
<PAGE>
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we Directors have signed this unanimous Consent,
effective as of the fourth day of January, 1993. We direct that this Consent be
filed with the minutes of Paragon Life Insurance Company.
/s/ Carl H. Anderson /s/ Mathew P. McCauley
- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
Carl H. Anderson Mathew P. McCauley
/s/ Michael R. Hogan /s/ Leonard M. Rubenstein
- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
Michael R. Hogan Leonard M. Rubenstein
/s/ E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. /s/ Bernard H. Wolzenski
- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. Bernard H. Wolzenski
/s/ Richard A. Liddy /s/ A. Greig Woodring
- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
Richard A. Liddy A. Greig Woodring
/s/ Craig K. Nordyke
- ------------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke
<PAGE>
Exhibit 2
FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PRINCIPAL UNDER WRITING AGREENIENT
This UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT made this _____ day of February 1993, by and
between Walnut Street Securities, Inc. (hereinafter "the Underwriter") and
Paragon Life Insurance Company (hereinafter "the Insurance Company"), on its own
behalf and of Paragon Life Insurance Company Separate Account B (hereinafter
"the Account"), a separate account of the Insurance Company;
WITNESSETH as follows:
WHEREAS, the Account was established under authority of a resolution of the
Insurance Company's Board of Directors as of January 4, 1993, in order to set
aside and invest assets attributable to certain flexible premium life variable
contracts (hereinafter "Contracts") issued by the Insurance Company;
WHEREAS, the Insurance Company has registered the Account as a unit
investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Investment
Company Act") and has registered the Contracts under the Securities Act of 1933;
WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD"); and
WHEREAS, the Insurance Company and the Account desire to have Contracts
sold and distribute through the Underwriter and the Underwriter is willing to
sell and distribute such Contracts under the terms stated herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. The Insurance Company grants to the Underwriter the right to be, and
the Underwriter agrees to serve as distributor and principal underwriter of the
Contracts during the term of this Agreement. The Underwriter agrees to use its
best efforts to solicit applications for the Contracts at its own expense, and
otherwise to perform all duties and functions which are necessary and proper for
the distribution of the Contracts.
2. All premiums for Contracts shall be remitted promptly to the Insurance
Company in full together with appropriate application forms and any other
required documentation. Checks or money orders in payment of premiums shall be
drawn to the order of "Paragon Life Insurance Company
<PAGE>
3. The Underwriter agrees to offer the Contracts for sale in accordance
with the prospectus for them then in effect. The Underwriter is not authorized
to give any information or to make any representations concerning the Contracts
other than those contained in the current prospectus filed with the SEC or in
such sales literature as may be developed and authorized by the Insurance
Company in conjunction with the Underwriter.
4. On behalf of the Account, the Insurance Company shall furnish the
Underwriter with copies of all prospectuses, financial statements, and other
documents which the Underwriter reasonably requests for use in connection with
the distribution of the Contracts.
5. The Underwriter represents that it is duly registered as a broker-
dealer under the 1934 Act, and is a member in good standing of the NASD, and --
to the extent necessary to offer the Contracts -- shall be duly registered or
otherwise qualified under the securities laws of any state or other
jurisdiction. The Underwriter shall be responsible for carrying out its sales
and underwriting obligations hereunder in continued compliance with the NASD
Rules of Fair Practice, and applicable federal and state securities laws and
regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Underwriter
agrees that it shall be fully responsible for:
(a) ensuring that no person shall offer or sell the Contracts on its
behalf until such person is duly registered as a representative of the
Underwriter; duly licensed and appointed by the Insurance Company; and
appropriately licensed, registered, or otherwise qualified to offer
and sell such Contracts under the federal securities laws and any
applicable securities laws of each state or other jurisdiction in
which the Insurance Company is licensed to sell the Contracts and in
which such persons shall offer or sell the Contracts; and
(b) training, supervising, and controlling of all such persons for
purposes of complying on a continuous basis with the NASD Rules of
Fair Practice and with federal and state securities law requirements
applicable in connection with the offering and sale of the Contracts.
In this connection, the Underwriter shall:
(1) conduct such training (including the preparation and utilization
of training materials) as in the opinion of the Underwriter is
necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement;
(2) establish and implement reasonable written procedures for
supervision of sales practices of agents, representatives, or
brokers selling the Contracts; and
(3) take reasonable steps to ensure that its associated persons
shall not make recommendations to an applicant to purchase a
Contract and shall not sell a Contract in the
<PAGE>
absence of reasonable grounds to believe that the purchase of the
Contract is Suitable for such applicant.
6. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the
Underwriter is hereby authorized to enter into sales agreements with other
independent broker-dealers for the sale of the Contracts. All such sales
agreements entered into by the Underwriter shall provide that each independent
broker-dealer will assume full responsibility for continued compliance by itself
and its associated persons with the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and applicable
federal and state securities laws. All associated persons of such independent
broker-dealers soliciting applications for the Contracts shall be duly and
appropriately licensed or appointed by the Insurance Company for the sale of the
Contracts under the insurance laws of the applicable states of jurisdictions in
which such persons shall offer or sell the Contracts.
7. The Insurance Company shall apply for the proper insurance licenses in
the appropriate states or jurisdictions for persons associated with the
Underwriter; or with other independent broker-dealers which have entered into
agreements with the Underwriter for the sale of the Contracts and are designated
to sell the contracts provided that the Insurance Company reserves the right to
refuse to appoint any proposed associated person as an agent or broker, and to
terminate an agent or broker once appointed.
8. The Insurance Company and the Underwriter shall cause to be maintained
and preserved for the periods prescribed such accounts, books, and other
documents as are required of them by the Investment Company Act, the 1934 Act,
and any other applicable laws and regulations. The books, accounts and records
of the Insurance Company, the Account, and the Underwriter as to all
transactions hereunder shall be maintained so as to disclose clearly and
accurately the nature and details of the transactions. The Insurance Company
shall maintain such books and records of the Underwriter pertaining to the sale
of the Contracts and required by the 1934 Act as may be mutually agreed upon
from time to time by the Insurance Company and the Underwriter, and shall at all
times be subject to such reasonable periodic, special, or other examination by
the SEC and all other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction. The Insurance
Company shall be responsible for sending all required confirmations on customer
transactions in compliance with applicable regulations, as modified by an
exemption or other relief obtained by the Insurance Company. The Underwriter
shall cause the Insurance Company to be furnished with such reports as the
Insurance Company may reasonably request for the purpose of meeting its
reporting and recordkeeping obligations under the insurance laws of the State of
Missouri and any other states or jurisdictions.
9. Ownership and control of records shall not be affected by this
Agreement.
10. Each party to this Agreement has the right to inspect, audit, and copy
all pertinent records of the
<PAGE>
other party pertaining to performance under this Agreement.
11. Each party to this Agreement will keep any information obtained in the
course of its relationship to the other party in confidence and will not use
such information for its own benefit or disclose it except as authorized by the
other party or as required by regulatory authorities having jurisdictions.
12. The Insurance Company shall pay commissions as per Maximum Commission
Schedule to the Underwriter. The Underwriter shall have the responsibility for
paying (i) all commissions or other fees to its associated person and (ii) any
compensation to other independent broker-dealers and their associated persons
due under the terms of any sales agreement between the Underwriter and such
broker-dealers. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no associated person or
broker-dealer shall have an interest in any deductions or other fees payable to
the Underwriter as set forth herein.
13. The Insurance Company agrees to indemnify the Underwriter for any
losses incurred as a result of any action taken or omitted by the Underwriter,
or any of its officers, agents or employees, in performing their
responsibilities under this Agreement in good faith and without willful
misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of such obligations.
14. The Insurance Company undertakes to guarantee the performance of all
Underwriter's obligations imposed by Section 27(f) of the Investment Company
Act, as amended, and Rule 27d-2 adopted by the SEC, to make refunds of the
premiums or charges to owners of Contracts required by Section 27(t) or the
conditions of any exemptions therefrom.
15. (a) This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto upon
60 days' written notice to the other party.
(b) This Agreement may be terminated upon written notice of one party
to the other party hereto in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of
such party to which notice is given.
(c) This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual
written consent of the parties thereto.
(d) The Underwriter shall not assign or delegate its responsibilities
under this Agreement without the written consent of the Insurance
Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term
"assigned" shall not include any transaction exempted from section
15(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act.
<PAGE>
(e) This Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty.
(f) In the event either party to this Agreement fails to perform in a
satisfactory manner the other party may cancel this Agreement.
(g) Upon termination of this Agreement, all authorizations, rights,
and obligations shall cease except the obligation to settle accounts
hereunder, including payments (or premiums or contributions)
subsequently received for Contracts in effect at the time of
termination or issued pursuant to applications received by the
Insurance Company prior to termination.
(h) In the event this Agreement is ended for any reason each party
agrees to return all records belonging to the other party promptly and
free from all claims.
16. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Investment
Company Act and the 1934 Act and the rules, regulations, and rulings thereunder
and the NASD, from time to time in effect, including such exemptions from the
Investment Company Act as the SEC may grant, and the terms hereof shall be
interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.
17. Each party to this Agreement expressly reserves unto itself the
ultimate authority and responsibility for conduct of its business.
18. Each party to this Agreement shall furnish to regulatory authorities
having jurisdiction such information as may be requested in order for such
authorities to ascertain that Insurance Company's variable life insurance
operations are being conducted in accordance with applicable laws and
regulations.
19. Each party to this Agreement shall be liable for its own misconduct
and negligence.
20. Neither party to this Agreement shall attempt to immunize itself from
liability solely in reliance upon an opinion of that party's own counsel.
21. Neither party to this Agreement shall undertake any activity which
might conflict with its faithful discharge of the duties outlined in this
Agreement.
22. The statutes of limitations contained in the laws applicable to this
Agreement shall govern.
<PAGE>
23. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.
24. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be signed by their respective officials thereunder duly authorized and seals to
be affixed, as of the day and year first above written.
WALNUT STREET SECURITES, INC.
Attest:
________________________________ By:_____________________________
Secretary President
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Attest:
________________________________ By:______________________________
Secretary President
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3
COMMISSION SCHEDULE FOR SCUDDER COMMISSIONED POLICY
and
DEAN WITTER POLICY
<PAGE>
Maximum Commission Schedule
for
Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies
issued by
Paragon Life Insurance Company
utilizing
MFS, Putnam, Scudder, and Multi-Manager, Variable Life Investment Funds
First Year:
18% of premiums collected equal to first year cost of insurance assessed.
plus 1% of premiums collected in excess of first year cost of insurance
assessed.
Renewal (maximum of 20 years)
3% of premium collected in renewal year equal to respective cost of
insurance assessed.
plus 1% of premiums collected in excess of respective cost of insurance
assessed.
Up to 0.25% per year of the average cash value of a policy during a policy
year or calendar year.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4
COMMISSION SCHEDULE FOR PUTNAM POLICY
and
MFS POLICY
<PAGE>
Maximum Commission Schedule
for
Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies
issued by
Paragon Life Insurance Company
utilizing
Dean Witter Variable Insurance Series
First Year:
15% of premiums collected equal to first year cost of insurance assessed.
Plus 0.2% of average cash surrender value based upon average of beginning
and ending policy year cash surrender value.
Renewal (maximum of 20 years)
0.2% of average cash surrender value based upon average of beginning and
ending policy year cash surrender value.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 5(a)
FORM OF GROUP CONTRACT:
(1) SCUDDER (30020)
(2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30029)
(3) MULTI-MANAGER (30040)
<PAGE>
**DATA PAGE ** GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER
CONTRACTHOLDER
RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT
You may return this contract within twenty days after receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.
ISSUED BY: PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
A STOCK COMPANY
100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
ST.LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
(314) 862-2211
30020
(3/93) 0.01
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT
Page
2.03 Agency
2.03 Authority
2.03 Certificate of Insurance
2.02 Conversion Privilege
2.01 Definitions
2.02 Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and Additional
Benefits
2.02 Effective Date of Individual Insurance
2.03 Entire Contract
2.02 Grace Period
2.03 Incontestability
2.03 Monies Payable
2.03 Ownership and Control of This Contract
2.02 Premiums
2.01 Premium Payments
2.03 Records Required
2.03 Sex and Number
2.02 Termination of Insurance
2.03 Termination of This Contract
The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
Contract.
30020 0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications
Contract Effective Date:
Contract Anniversary Date:
Contract Jurisdiction State:
Contract Execution Date:
Contractholder:
Associated Companies:
Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:
Individual Eligibility Date:
30132 1.01
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
Employee Insurance Benefits:
Additional Benefits:
Premium Due Date:
30132 1.02
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
30132 1.03
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1000
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.66 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.
30133 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS IN THIS CONTRACT
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
Employee A person who is employed and paid for services by the
employer on a regular basis. In no event will the
amount of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Insured An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
life insurance under this contract.
Spouse The employee's legal spouse and does not include a
spouse who is legally separated from the employee.
Actively at Work The employee must work for his employer at his usual
place of work or such other places as required by his
employer in the course of such work for the full number
of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
practices of his employer. In no event will the amount
of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Associated Those companies listed on the contract specifications
Company page that are under common control through stock
ownership, contract or otherwise, with the
contractholder.
Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
employees of the contract-holder.
Service with an Associated Company will be considered
service with the contract-holder.
The records of an Associated Company which have a
bearing on this contract will be considered records of
the contractholder.
If an Associated Company ceases to be under common
control with the contractholder, the insureds of the
Associated Company may continue the insurance as an
individual policy.
The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
the rights of ownership of this contract by the
contractholder.
Individual Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance provided through this contract.
Dependent Term Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by
Insurance a rider to the certificate.
2. PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND
DEPENDENT TERM INSURANCE
Premium Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or
the contractholder. The employee's premium paid under
this contract is the amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in
addition to the authorized deductions as set forth in
the contract. The authorization for payroll deduction
may be cancelled at any time upon written request.
If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
insurance under the certificate will be continued (in
the form of an individual policy as a result of the
conversion privilege) and planned premiums will be
direct billed basis.
30525 2.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Eligibility Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
for Individual available only if the employee is actively at work at
Insurance the time of application for personal insurance.
Effective Date of Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
Individual insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made
Insurance effective on the latest of the date on which:
1) the application for the certificate is signed;
2) the first premium for the individual insurance is
paid to us; and
3) the information provided in the application for
the certificate is determined to be acceptable to
us for issuance of coverage under our current rules
and practices.
If individual insurance ends at the request of the
owner or, prior to the maturity date, when a
certificate's cash surrender value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deductions, individual insurance will
be restored only as stated in the certificate section
titled "Reinstatement."
Effective Date Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent
of Dependent Term term insurance and additional benefits, subject to
Insurance and eligibility, will be made effective on the latest of
Additional Benefits the date on which:
1) the individual insurance that such coverage is
effective; and
2) the information provided in the application for the
particular coverage is determined to be acceptable
to us for issuance of coverage under our current
rules and practices.
Termination of Individual and dependent term insurance will terminate
Insurance according to the terms of the certificate.
Conversion If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends
Privilege due to the termination of this contract or the
employment of the employee, such insured's coverage, if
not already in the form of an individual policy, will
automatically be converted by amendment to an
individual policy. Such individual policy will provide
benefits which are identical to those provided under
the certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an
individual policy will be mailed:
1) within 31 days after we receive written
notification that the employee's employment ended,
or after the termination date of the contract; and
2) once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
policy from lapsing is paid to us at our home
office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.
3. PREMIUMS
Premium Payment All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
contractholder to our home office. This includes any
adjustments in premiums.
Grace Period If planned premium payments after the first such
payment are not made in a timely fashion, this contract
will be in default. A grace period of 31 days will be
granted for the remittance of the planned premiums
after the first payment. This contract will be in force
during the grace period. If such premium is not paid in
the grace period, the contract will terminate at the
end of that period. The contract will terminate before
that date if the contractholder gives us written notice
in advance.
30252 2.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Entire Contract We have issued this contract in consideration of the
application of the contractholder and remittance of
premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
attached copy of the contractholder's application and
other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
between the contractholder and us. All statements made
by the contractholder, any certificate owner or any
insured will be deemed representations and not
warranties. Misstatements will not be used in any
contest or to reduce claim under this contract, unless
it is in writing. A copy of the application containing
such misstatement must have been given to the
contractholder or to the insured or to his beneficiary,
if any.
Authority No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
change of rates, will be effective until the form
making such change is signed by our executive officer
and accepted by the contractholder.
Incontestability We cannot contest this contract after it has been in
force for two years from the contract effective date.
Ownership and The contractholder owns this contract. This contract
Control of may be changed or ended by agreement between us and
This Contract the contractholder without the consent of, or notice
to, any person claiming rights or benefits under this
contract.
Records Required The contractholder will promptly give us, at our home
office, any facts that we may need to administer the
insurance under this contract and to determine the
premiums. All of the contractholder's records which
have a bearing on this insurance will be ready for us
to inspect when and as often as we may, within reason,
require.
Certificate of Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not
Insurance make the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor
continue insurance which was ended by valid means.
We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance
or an individual policy. If an individual policy is
issued, then all reference herein to a certificate will
mean an individual policy. The certificate will state
the owner's rights and benefits under the certificate
and to whom benefits are payable. Also, stated are the
limits and requirements in this contract that may apply
to the insured and his insured dependents, if any.
The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part of this contract. The rights and
benefits of the insured under or owner of the
certificate will not inure to the benefit of the
contractholder.
Except as provided in the grace period section of this
contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
upon default.
Termination We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
of This giving notice in writing to the contractholder at
Contract least 31 days prior to the termination date.
If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
will remain in force on an individual basis, provided
it is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate
owner. Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted
from the employee's wages and will be remitted directly
to us.
Sex and When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
Number feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
singular.
Monies All monies payable by us as benefits under this
Payable contract will be paid, subject to the laws which govern
such payment, at our home office or authorized claim
offices. All monies payable to us or by us will be in
the lawful currency of the United States.
Agency Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the
other under this contract for any purpose
30252 2.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE] GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER
CONTRACTHOLDER
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE CONTRACT
You may return this contract within twenty days after receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.
This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
[SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE]
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL /s/ Carl H. Anderson
AND SECRETARY PRESIDENT
30029
(5/95) 0.01
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT
Page
2.03 Agency
2.03 Authority
2.03 Certificate of Insurance
2.02 Conversion Privilege
2.01 Definitions
2.02 Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and Additional
Benefits
2.02 Effective Date of Individual Insurance
2.03 Entire Contract
2.02 Grace Period
2.03 Incontestability
2.03 Monies Payable
2.03 Ownership and Control of This Contract
2.02 Premiums
2.01 Premium Payments
2.03 Records Required
2.03 Sex and Number
2.02 Termination of Insurance
2.03 Termination of This Contract
The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
Contract.
30029 0.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications
Contract Effective Date:
Contract Anniversary Date:
Contract Jurisdiction State:
Contract Execution Date:
Contractholder:
Associated Companies:
Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:
Individual Eligibility Date:
30157 1.01
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
Employee Insurance Benefits:
Additional Benefits:
Premium Due Date:
30157 1.02
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
30157 1.03
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1000
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.66 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.
30158 1.01
<PAGE>
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
Employee A person who is employed and paid for services by the
employer on a regular basis. In no event will the
amount of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Insured An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
life insurance under this contract.
Spouse The employee's legal spouse and does not include a
spouse who is legally separated from the employee.
Actively at Work The employee must work for his employer at his usual
place of work or such other places as required by his
employer in the course of such work for the full number
of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
practices of his employer. In no event will the amount
of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Associated Those companies listed on the contract specifications
Company page that are under common control through stock
ownership, contract or otherwise, with the
contractholder.
Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
employees of the contract-holder.
Service with an Associated Company will be considered
service with the contract-holder.
The records of an Associated Company which have a
bearing on this contract will be considered records of
the contractholder.
If an Associated Company ceases to be under common
control with the contractholder, the insureds of the
Associated Company may continue the insurance as an
individual policy.
The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
the rights of ownership of this contract by the
contractholder.
Individual Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance provided through this contract.
Dependent Term Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by a
Insurance rider to the certificate.
2. PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND
DEPENDENT TERM INSURANCE
Premium Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or
the contractholder. The employee's premium paid under
this contract is the amount authorized by the employee
to be deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in
addition to the authorized deductions as set forth in
the contract. The authorization for payroll deduction
may be cancelled at any time upon written request.
If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
insurance under the certificate will be continued (in
the form of an individual policy as a result of the
conversion privilege) and planned premiums will be
direct billed basis.
30255 2.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Eligibility Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
for Individual available only if the employee is actively at work at
Insurance the time of application for personal insurance.
Effective Date of Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
Individual insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made
Insurance effective on the latest of the date on which:
1) the application for the certificate is signed;
2) the first premium for the individual insurance is
paid to us; and
3) the information provided in the application for the
certificate is determined to be acceptable to us
for issuance of coverage under our current rules
and practices.
If individual insurance ends at the request of the
owner or, prior to the maturity date, when a
certificate's cash surrender value is insufficient to
cover the monthly deductions, individual insurance will
be restored only as stated in the certificate section
titled "Reinstatement."
Effective Date Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent
of Dependent Term term insurance and additional benefits, subject to
Insurance and eligibility, will be made effective on the latest of
Additional Benefits the date on which:
1) the individual insurance that such coverage is
issued in connection with is effective; and
2) the information provided in the application for the
particular coverage is determined to be acceptable
to us for issuance of coverage under our current
rules and practices.
Termination of Individual and dependent term insurance will
Insurance terminate according to the terms of the certificate.
Conversion If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends
Privilege due to the termination of this contract or the
employment of the employee, such insured's coverage, if
not already in the form of an individual policy, will
automatically be converted by amendment to an
individual policy. Such individual policy will provide
benefits which are identical to those provided under
the certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an
individual policy will be mailed:
1) within 31 days after we receive written
notification that the employee's employment ended,
or after the termination date of the contract; and
2) once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
policy from lapsing is paid to us at our home
office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.
3. PREMIUMS
Premium Payment All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
contractholder to our home office. This includes any
adjustments in premiums.
Grace Period If planned premium payments after the first such
payment are not made in a timely fashion, this contract
will be in default. A grace period of 31 days will be
granted for the remittance of the planned premiums
after the first payment. This contract will be in force
during the grace period. If such premium is not paid in
the grace period, the contract will terminate at the
end of that period. The contract will terminate before
that date if the contractholder gives us written notice
in advance.
30255 2.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Entire Contract We have issued this contract in consideration of the
application of the contractholder and remittance of
premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
attached copy of the contractholder's application and
other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
between the contractholder and us. All statements made
by the contractholder, any certificate owner or any
insured will be deemed representations and not
warranties. Misstatements will not be used in any
contest or to reduce claim under this contract, unless
it is in writing. A copy of the application containing
such misstatement must have been given to the
contractholder or to the insured or to his beneficiary,
if any.
Authority No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
change of rates, will be effective until the form
making such change is signed by our executive officer
and accepted by the contractholder.
Incontestability We cannot contest this contract after it has been in
force for two years from the contract effective date.
Ownership and The contractholder owns this contract. This contract
Control of may be changed or ended by agreement between us and the
This Contract contractholder without the consent of, or notice to,
any person claiming rights or benefits under this
contract.
Records Required The contractholder will promptly give us, at our home
office, any facts that we may need to administer the
insurance under this contract and to determine the
premiums. All of the contractholder's records which
have a bearing on this insurance will be ready for us
to inspect when and as often as we may, within reason,
require.
Certificate of Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not
Insurance make the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor
continue insurance which was ended by valid means.
We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance
or an individual policy. If an individual policy is
issued, then all reference herein to a certificate will
mean an individual policy. The certificate will state
the owner's rights and benefits under the certificate
and to whom benefits are payable. Also, stated are the
limits and requirements in this contract that may apply
to the insured and his insured dependents, if any.
The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part of this contract. The rights and
benefits of the insured under or owner of the
certificate will not inure to the benefit of the
contractholder.
Except as provided in the grace period section of this
contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
upon default.
Termination We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
of This giving notice in writing to the contractholder at least
Contract 31 days prior to the termination date.
If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
will remain in force on an individual basis, provided
it is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate
owner. Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted
from the employee's wages and will be remitted directly
to us.
Sex and When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
Number feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
singular.
Monies All monies payable by us as benefits under this
Payable contract will be paid, subject to the laws which govern
such payment, at our home office or authorized claim
offices. All monies payable to us or by us will be in
the lawful currency of the United States.
Agency Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the
other under this contract for any purpose
30255 2.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE]
30029
(1/95)
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE] GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER
CONTRACTHOLDER
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non- Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the contract is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE CONTRACT
You may return this contract within twenty days alter receiving it or within 45
days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. It may be
delivered or mailed to us or the agent through whom it was purchased. The
contract will then be deemed void from the start. Any premium paid will be
returned.
This contract is a legal contract between the contract holder and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY. This cover sheet
provides only a brief outline of some of the important features of your
contract. This cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the
actual contract provisions will control. The contract itself sets forth, in
detail, the rights and obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS
THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ YOUR CONTACT.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri (314-862-2211)
[SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE] /s/ Carl H. Anderson
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY
30337 0.01
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CONTRACT
Page
2.03 Agency
2.03 Authority
2.03 Certificate of Insurance
2.02 Conversion Privilege
2.01 Definitions
2.02 Effective Date of Dependent Term Insurance and
Additional Benefits
2.02 Effective Date of Individual Insurance
2.03 Entire Contract
2.02 Grace Period
2.03 Incontestability
2.03 Monies Payable
2.03 Ownership and Control of This Contract
2.02 Premiums
2.01 Premium Payments
2.03 Records Required
2.03 Sex and Number
2.02 Termination of Insurance
2.03 Termination of This Contract
The Certificate of Insurance will be attached to and made a part of this
Contract.
30337 0.02
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications
Contract Effective Date:
Contract Anniversary Date:
Contract Jurisdiction State:
Contract Execution Date:
Contractholder:
Associated Companies:
Eligible Class or Classes of Employees:
Individual Eligibility Date:
30177 1.01
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
Employee Insurance Benefits:
Additional Benefits:
Premium Due Date:
30177 1.02
<PAGE>
Contract Specifications (continued)
30177 1.03
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1000
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.661 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this contract are based on these rates.
30178 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
Employee A person who is employed and paid for services by the
employer on a regular basis. In no event will the amount
of time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Insured An employee or an employee's spouse who is insured for
life insurance under this contract.
Spouse The employee's legal spouse and does not include a spouse
who is legally separated from the employee.
Actively at Work The employee must work for his employer at his usual place
of work or such other places as required by his employer
in the course of such work for the full number of hours
and full rate of pay, as set by the employment practices
of his employer. In no event will the amount of time
worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Associated Those companies listed on the contract specifications page
Company that are under common control through stock ownership,
contract or otherwise, with the contractholder.
Employees of each Associated Company will be considered
employees of the contract-holder. Service with an
Associated Company will be considered service with the
contract-holder.
The records of an Associated Company which have a bearing
on this contract will be considered records of the
contractholder.
If an Associated Company ceases to be under common control
with the contract-holder, the insureds of the Associated
Company may continue the insurance as an individual
policy.
The inclusion of any Associated Company will not affect
the ownership of this contract by the contractholder or
the rights of ownership of this contract by the
contractholder.
Individual Insurance on the dependent of an employee provided by a
Insurance rider to the certificate.
Dependent Term Insurance on the employee or the employee's spouse
Insurance provided through this contract.
2. PROVISIONS RELATING TO INDIVIDUAL AND DEPENDENT TERM
INSURANCE
Premium Premium payments for individual and dependent term
Payments insurance coverage may be made by the employee and/or the
contractholder. The employee's premium paid under this
contract is the amount authorized by the employee to be
deducted from his wages. Premiums may be paid in addition
to the authorized deductions as set forth in the contract.
The authorization for payroll deduction may be cancelled
at any time upon written request.
If for any reason, premiums for this coverage are no
longer being deducted from the employee's wages, the
insurance under the certificate will be continued (in the
form of an individual policy as a result of the conversion
privilege) and planned premiums will be on a direct billed
basis.
30259
(6/96) 2.01
<PAGE>
Eligibility for Within an eligible class, individual insurance is
Individual available only if the employee is actively at work at the
Insurance time of application for personal insurance.
Effective Date Subject to the conditions listed below, the individual
of Individual insurance, subject to eligibility, will be made effective
Insurance on the latest of the date on which:
1) the application for the certificate is signed;
2) the first premium for the individual insurance is paid
to us; and
3) the information provided in the application for the
certificate is determined to be acceptable to us for
issuance of coverage under our current rules and
practices.
If individual insurance ends at the request of the owner
or, prior to the maturity date, when a certificate's cash
surrender value is insufficient to cover the monthly
deductions, individual insurance will be restored only as
stated in the certificate section titled "Reinstatement."
Effective Date of Subject to the conditions listed below, the dependent term
Dependent Term insurance and additional benefits, subject to eligibility,
Insurance and will be made effective on the latest of the date on which:
Additional
Benefits 1) the individual insurance that such coverage is issued
in connection with is effective; and
2) the information provided in the application for the
particular coverage is determined to be acceptable to
us for issuance of coverage under our current rules
and practices.
Termination of Individual and dependent term insurance will terminate
Insurance according to the terms of the certificate.
Conversion If an insured's eligibility under this contract ends due
Privilege to the termination of this contract or the employment of
the employee, such insured's coverage, if not already in
the form of an individual policy, will automatically be
converted by amendment to an individual policy. Such
individual policy will provide benefits which are
identical to those provided under the certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an individual
policy will be mailed:
1) within 31 days after we receive written notification
that the employee's employment ended, or after the
termination date of the contract; and
2) once any planned premium necessary to prevent the
policy from lapsing is paid to us at our Home Office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly or at other
intervals we establish from time to time. Additional
premiums may be paid as set forth in the policy.
3. PREMIUMS
Premium Payment All planned premiums must be remitted in advance by the
contractholder to our Home Office. This includes any
adjustments in premiums.
Grace Period If planned premium payments after the first such payment
are not made in a timely fashion, this contract will be in
default. A grace period of 31 days will be granted for the
remittance of the planned premiums after the first
payment. This contract will be in force during the grace
period. If such premium is not paid in the grace period,
the contract will terminate at the end of that period. The
contract will terminate before that date if the
contractholder gives us written notice in advance.
30259
(6/96) 2.02
<PAGE>
4. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Entire Contract We have issued this contract in consideration of the
application of the contractholder and remittance of
premiums by the contractholder. This contract, with the
attached copy of the contractholder's application and
other attached papers, if any, is the entire contract
between the contractholder and us. All statements made by
the contractholder, any certificate owner or any insured
will be deemed representations and not warranties.
Misstatements will not be used in any contest or to reduce
claim under this contract, unless it is in writing. A copy
of the application containing such misstatement must have
been given to the contractholder or to the insured or to
his beneficiary, if any.
Authority No agent may change this contract or waive any of its
provisions. No change in this contract, other than a
change of rates, will be effective until the form making
such change is signed by our executive officer and
accepted by the contractholder.
Incontestability We cannot contest this contract after it has been in force
for two years from the contract effective date.
Ownership and The contractholder owns this contract. This contract may
Control of be changed or ended by agreement between us and the
This Contract contractholder without the consent of, or notice to, any
person claiming rights or benefits under this contract.
Records Required The contractholder will promptly give us, at our Home
Office, any facts that we may need to administer the
insurance under this contract and to determine the
premiums. All of the contractholder's records which have a
bearing on this insurance will be ready for us to inspect
when and as often as we may, within reason, require.
Clerical error by the contractholder or us will not make
the insurance of an ineligible person valid nor continue
insurance which was ended by valid means.
Certificate of We will issue to the contractholder, to give to each
Insurance insured under this contract, a certificate of insurance or
an individual policy. If an individual policy is issued,
then all reference herein to a certificate will mean an
individual policy. The certificate will state the owner's
rights and benefits under the certificate and to whom
benefits are payable. Also, stated are the limits and
requirements in this contract that may apply to the
insured and his insured dependents, if any.
The terms and provisions of the certificate, a copy of
which is attached, are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part of this contract. The rights and benefits
of the insured under or owner of the certificate will not
inure to the benefit of the contractholder.
Termination of This Except as provided in the Grace Period section of this
Contract contract, this contract will be terminated immediately
upon default.
We may end this contract or any of its provisions by
giving notice in writing to the contractholder at least 31
days prior to the termination date.
The contractholder may terminate this contract at any time
by giving us written notice of at least 30 days prior to
the termination date. However, if coverage under this
contract is being transferred to another insurance carrier
of a trustee, we reserve the right to require up to 90
days advance notice of termination.
If this contract is terminated any insurance in effect
will remain in force on an individual basis, provided it
is not cancelled or surrendered by the certificate owner.
Any planned premiums will no longer be deducted from the
employee's wages and will be remitted directly to us.
Sex and Number When used in this contract, the masculine includes the
feminine, the singular the plural, and the plural the
singular.
30259
(6/96) 2.03
<PAGE>
Monies Payable All monies payable by us as benefits under this contract
will be paid, subject to the laws which govern such
payment, at our Home Office or authorized claim offices.
All monies payable to us or by us will be in the lawful
currency of the United States.
Agency Neither us nor the contractholder is an agent of the other
under this contract for any purpose.
30259
(6/96) 2.04
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
[LOGO OF PARAGON]
30037
(6/96)
<PAGE>
Exhibit 5(b)
PROPOSED FORM OF INDIVIDUAL POLICY
(1) SCUDDER (30018)
(2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30027)
(3) MULTI-MANAGER (30040)
<PAGE>
** DATA PAGE ** POLICY NUMBER:
INSURED:
RIGHT TO EXAMINE
POLICY
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE
DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY INCREASE Please read this policy. You may
OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED return this policy to us
ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03. or to the agent through whom
it was purchased within 20
days from the date you
THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH receive it or within 45 days
INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE after the application is
ACCOUNT IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT signed, whichever period ends
EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION later. If you return it within
AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT this period, the policy will
IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. be void from the beginning. We
SEE THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION. will refund any premium paid.
</TABLE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE
INSURANCE TO AGE 95
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
This policy is a legal contract between the
policy owner and Paragon Life Insurance Company. Flexible Premiums are payable
PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY. during the lifetime of the
This cover sheet provides only a brief outline of some insured to age 95. The death
of the important features of your policy. This cover benefit is payable at the
sheet is not the complete insurance contract and death of the insured prior to
only the actual policy provisions will control. The age 95 and while the policy
policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and is in force Cash surrender
obligations of both you and your insurance company. value, if any, is payable at
IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT THAT YOU READ the insured's age 95.
YOUR POLICY.
</TABLE>
ISSUED BY: PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO.
A STOCK COMPANY
100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
(314) 862-2211
30018 0.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR POLICY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page Page
<S> <C>
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of 3.01 Maturity Date
Investments 6.02 Misstatement of Age and
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums Corrections
6.01 Assignments 4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05 Basis of Computation 4.03 Monthly Deduction
6.01 Beneficiary 4.02 Net Investment Factor
4.03 Cash Surrender Value 3.04 Net Premium
4.01 Cash Values 6.01 Owner
3.03 Change in Contract Type 4.04 Partial Withdrawals
3.03 Change in Face Amount 7.01 Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary 3.04 Payment of Premiums
6.02 Claims of Creditors 3.03 Policy Changes
6.01 Conformity with Statutes 3.02 Policy Proceeds
6.02 Conversion Rights 4.05 Postponement of Payments
3.02 Death Benefit 3.05 Reinstatement
3.01 Definitions 6.02 Right to Examine Increase in Face
3.04 Grace Period Amount
6.02 Incontestability 4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
7.01 Interest on Proceeds 6.03 Separate Account Provisions
3.01 Issue Date 6.02 Statements in Application
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value 6.03 Suicide Exclusion
4.01 Loans 6.04 Transfers
</TABLE>
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
30018 0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B FUNDS
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (the "Fund") is an open-end
diversified management investment company registered with the SEC as a
series-type mutual fund. The Fund has five separate funds or portfolios
which operate as distinct investment vehicles. The names and investment
objectives are as follows:
Money Market Portfolio: The investment objective is to maintain the
----------------------
stability of capital, and consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity
of capital and to provide current income.
Bond Portfolio: The investment objective is to pursue a policy of investing
--------------
for a high level of income consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt
securities.
Capital Growth Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
------------------------
capital appreciation and, consistent therewith, current income through a
broad and flexible investment program.
Balanced Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek a balance of growth
------------------
and income from a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income
securities.
International Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
-----------------------
growth of capital primarily through diversified holdings of marketable
foreign equity investments.
Growth and Income Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
---------------------------
growth of capital, current income and growth of income.
There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of these funds, or
any other funds that the Company may create, will be achieved.
30134 1.03
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1,000
INSURED: POLICY NUMBER:
ISSUE DATE:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.661 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
</TABLE>
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this policy are based on these rates.
30129 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone other
than the insured.
Insured In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to the
proposed insured person(s).
Issue Age The person whose life is insured under this policy. See the
policy specifications page.
Attained Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
issue date. The issue age plus the number of completed
policy years.
Issue Date The effective date of the coverage under this policy. It is
also the date from which policy anniversaries, policy years,
and policy months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:
- The issue date of the policy; or
- The date we receive the first premium at our home office.
Maturity Date The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age 95.
If the insured is living and the policy is in force on this
date, the cash surrender value is payable. It is possible
that insurance coverage may not continue to the maturity
date even if planned premiums are paid in a timely manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the issue date
Anniversary except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a date
other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary will be
deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly anniversary
would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month that does
not have that number of days, then the monthly anniversary
will be the last day of that month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate Account A separate investment account created by us to receive and
invest net premiums received for this policy. The particular
Separate Account for this policy is indicated on the policy
specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions of
the Separate Account the amount of any policy loan.
Loan SubAccount A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the Separate
Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan Account will
be allocated to the appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect
the origin of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
Account will equal the sum of all the Loan SubAccounts.
30309 3.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
2. POLICY BENEFITS
Policy Proceeds The policy proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type then in
effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of
the policy month from the date of death to the end of
the month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type in effect
on the date of the insured's death. The contract type in
effect is shown on the policy specifications page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when it
equals a percentage of cash value.)
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death benefit
will in no case be less than the amount necessary to cause
the policy to meet the guideline premium test set forth in
Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code or any
applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d) of
Percentage the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:
In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
of the of the policy year of: portion for each full year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0.................. 40 250........................ 250
40.................. 45 250........................ 215
45.................. 50 215........................ 185
50.................. 55 185........................ 150
55.................. 60 150........................ 130
60.................. 65 130........................ 120
65.................. 70 120........................ 115
70.................. 75 115........................ 105
75.................. 90 105........................ 105
90.................. 95 105........................ 100
95.................. 100 100........................ 100
100.................. 100 100........................ 100
Or higher
</TABLE>
30309 3.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
2. POLICY BENEFITS
Policy You may request policy changes at any time unless we
Changes specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right to limit
the number of changes to one per policy year and to restrict
the changes in the first policy year. The types of changes
allowed are explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in this policy
not satisfying Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 or any applicable successor provision thereto.
Change In The face amount may be changed by sending us a written request.
Face Amount
Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the following
conditions:
1. The decrease will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of the request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most recent
increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most recent
increases successively; and
c. The face amount when the policy was issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any requested
decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount shown
on the policy specifications page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the following
conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards on
the date of the requested increase must be submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of such proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not greater than
age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase will become
effective.
We will amend your policy to show the effective date of the
decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us a
Contract Type written request. The effective date of change will be the
monthly anniversary on or following the date we receive the
request. On the effective date of this change the death benefit
payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be changed
to level. The face amount will be increased to equal the death
benefit on the effective date of change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be changed to
increasing. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
standards on the date of the change must be submitted. The face
amount will be decreased to equal the death benefit less the
cash value on the effective date of change. This change may not
be made if it would result in a face amount which is less than
the minimum face amount shown on the policy specifications
page.
30309 3.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While the
Premiums insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid at
our home office. If this policy is in your possession and
you have not paid the first premium, it is not in force. It
will be considered that you have the policy for inspection
only.
Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
any interval subject to the following conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any policy year may not
exceed the maximum premium limit for that policy year.
The maximum premium limit for a policy year is the
largest amount of premium which can be paid in that
policy year such that the sum of the premiums paid
under the policy will not at any time exceed the
guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
forth in any applicable successor provision thereto.
The maximum premium limit for the following policy year
will be shown on your annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which causes the
death benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds
that premium received, we reserve the right to refuse
the premium payment. We may require additional evidence
of insurability before we accept the premium payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium percentage from the
policy specifications page is the net premium.
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
(other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division of
the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in whole
numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the policy
specifications page.
Your Right to You may change the allocation of future net premiums among
Change the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to the
Allocation conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net Premiums
provision. The change in allocation percentages will take
effect immediately upon our receipt of your written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the Cash
Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and any
assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate the
minimum premium needed to keep the policy in force and the
date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It will
then terminate without cash value. If the insured dies
during the grace period, any past due monthly deductions
will be deducted from the death benefit.
30309 3.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years
after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
insured's age 95.
You must submit the following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
insurable by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time
of lapse; and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at
the time of reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
such approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
full monthly deduction for the policy month which
includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided
by the premium then paid. The application for
reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount
to also be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause
an increase in cash value equal to the amount of the
repaid loan.
30309 3.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>
4. LOANS
After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow an amount
not in excess of the loan value of your policy while it is in
force. The minimum amount of your net loan request at any one
time must be at least $100. Your policy will be the sole
security for such loan. We have the right to require your
policy for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your policy at the
date of the loan request, reduced by any existing loans and
loan interest due.
You may allocate the policy loan and any loan interest due on
this loan among the Divisions of the Separate Account. If you
do not specify the allocation, then the policy loan will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
same proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to
the total cash value of the policy, minus the cash value in the
Loan Account, on the date of the policy loan.
Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan interest due
on this loan allocated to each Division of the Separate Account
will be transferred to the Loan Account, reducing the cash
value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account
accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will
earn interest daily at an annual rate not less than the Loan
Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the policy
specifications page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest is due
and payable in arrears on each policy anniversary or on a pro
rata basis for any shorter period as the loan may exist. If you
do not pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to your
existing loan if your policy has sufficient loan value. We will
charge the same rate of interest on this amount as on the
policy loan. The total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your policy as a premium
unless clearly marked for loan repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time before
the death of the insured while the policy is in force. When a
loan repayment is made, cash value securing the debt in the
Loan Account equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same proportion that
the cash value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan was made,
unless you indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of
the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and loan interest will be
deducted from any settlement of your policy.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan
interest due would exceed the cash value, your policy will
terminate. We will allow you a grace period for such payment of
loans and loan interest due. In such event the policy becomes
void at the end of the grace period, we will mail a notice to
your last known address, the last known address of the insured,
and that of any assignee of record. This grace period will
expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately before
the date the total loan and loan interest due exceeds the cash
value and any unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31 days after
such notice has been mailed, if later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your policy is equal to the total of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate Account;
plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
You may borrow against the loan value of your policy. The
interest rate used to calculate the interest earned on the cash
values in the Loan Account securing any policy loan will be at
an effective annual rate not less than the Loan Account
guaranteed interest rate shown on the policy specifications
page.
30406 4.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on
Cash Value the Investment Start Date is equal to:
. The portion of the initial net premium received and
allocated to the Division; minus
. The portion of the monthly deductions due from the issue
date through the Investment Start Date charged to the
Division.
The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a
subsequent valuation date is equal to:
. The cash value in the Division on the preceding valuation
date multiplied by that Division's net investment factor
for the current valuation period; plus
. Any portion of net premium received and allocated to the
Division during the current valuation period; plus
. Any net amounts transferred to the Division from another
Division during the current valuation period; plus
. Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the
current valuation period; plus
. That portion of any interest credited on outstanding
loans which is allocated to the Division during the
current valuation period; minus
. Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge from the
Division during the current valuation period; minus
. Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal transaction
charge from the Division during the current valuation
period; minus
. Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan
Account during that valuation period; minus
. If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
valuation period, the portion of the monthly deduction
charged to the Division during the current valuation
period to cover the policy month which starts during that
valuation period.
The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a valuation period. The Net
Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation period
is calculated as follows:
. The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period; plus
. The investment income and capital gains---realized or
unrealized---credited to the assets in the valuation
period for which the net investment factor is being
determined; minus
Net Investment . The capital losses---realized or unrealized---charged
Factor against those assets during the valuation period; minus
. Any amount charged against each Division for taxes,
including any tax or other economic burden resulting from
the application of tax laws that we determine to be
properly attributable to the Divisions of the Separate
Account, or any amount we set aside during the valuation
period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the
operation or maintenance of each Division; minus
. A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the
valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year for
mortality and expense risks; divided by
. The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period.
30406 4.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Start Date is zero.
Cash Value The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is
of Insurance deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The monthly
cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the
difference between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the policy
month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the policy
month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
of insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been an
increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
first be considered a part of the face amount when the
policy was issued. If the cash value is greater than the
initial face amount, the excess cash value will then be
considered a part of each increase in order, starting
with the first increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly cost of
of Insurance insurance rate is determined using the insured's attained
Rates age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is based on the
attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount,
we will use the rate class on the issue date. For each
increase, we will use the rate class applicable to the
increase. If the death benefit equals a percentage of the
cash value, any increase in cash value will cause an
automatic increase in the death benefit. The rate class
for such increase will be the same as that used for the
most recent increase that required proof that the insured
was insurable by our standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the
rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost of
Insurance Rates page divided by 1,000. Any change in the
cost of insurance rates will apply to all persons of the
same age, and classification whose policies have been in
force for the same length of time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense during the first policy year is shown on the policy
Charge specifications page.
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on the
Charge policy specifications page.
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
with this policy; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4. For the first policy year, the first year monthly
expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in
the same proportion that the cash value in each Division
bears to the total cash value of the policy, minus the
cash value in the Loan Account on the monthly
anniversary.
(30406) 4.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender
You may surrender your policy for its cash surrender
value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
sending us a written request. The cash surrender value
will be determined as of the date we receive your written
request at our home office. The cash surrender value will
not be reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date
for a subsequent policy month.
Partial
Withdrawals After the first policy year, you can make a partial
withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each policy
month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
request from any one Division must be at least $50.00
of a Division or your entire balance in that Division,
if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
request at any one time must be at least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of
Partial You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
partial withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value
of the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan Account
on the date of the partial withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit
equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
will decrease the face amount by any amount by which the
partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between the
death benefit and the face amount. The face amount will
be decreased in the following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they
were issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result
in the face amount being decreased below the minimum face
amount shown on the policy specifications page.
We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the
number of times you may make a partial withdrawal. Each
partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative charge
equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the
partial withdrawal.
We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
Postponement partial withdrawal or policy loan allocated to the
of Payments Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days after
written notice is received. We will usually pay any death
benefit proceeds within seven days after we receive due
proof of claim. Payment of any amount payable on
surrender, partial withdrawal, policy loan or death may
be postponed whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office
are closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
permits postponement for the protection of policy
owners; or
3. An emergency exists as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
which disposal of securities is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the
Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
listed above.
30406 4.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance under this policy, including benefits provided by any
rider attached to this policy will continue in accordance
with the provisions of this policy for as long as the
cash surrender value is sufficient to cover the monthly
deductions. Any remaining cash surrender value will be
payable on the maturity date.
Basis of The minimum cash values and net single premiums, if any,
Computation are based on 1) 125 percent of the Commissioner's 1980
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C age last birthday;
and 2) compound interest at 5% a year.
All values are at least equal to those required by any
applicable law of the state that governs your policy. We
have filed a detailed statement of the method of
calculating cash values and reserves with the insurance
supervisory official of that state.
30406 4.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE POLICY
Owner The owner is as shown in the application or in any
supplemental agreement attached to this policy, unless
later changed as provided in this policy. You, as
owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
policy, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you
cannot change the payee nor the mode of payment,
unless otherwise provided in this policy. Any person
whose rights of ownership depend upon some future
event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If
you should die, and you are not the insured, your
interest will go to your estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
this policy before the death of the insured. If there
is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
insured, each will receive equal payments unless
otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
you, if you are living, or to your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
provisions. You must make the change in written form
satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
or not the insured is living when we receive your
request at our home office. The change will be subject
to any assignment of this policy or other legal
restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
we made or action we took before we received your
written notice of the change. We have the right to
require the policy for endorsement before we accept
the change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the
time of the insured's death, you may designate some
other person to receive the proceeds of the policy
within 60 days after the insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or
of any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified
copy with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of
any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
of a beneficiary.
7. THE CONTRACT
The Contract We have issued this policy in consideration of the
application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
application for it, any riders, and any application
for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
contract and are attached to and made a part of the
policy when the insurance applied for is accepted. A
copy of any application for reinstatement will be sent
to you for attachment to this policy and will become
part of the contract of reinstatement and of this
policy. The policy may be changed by mutual agreement.
Any change must be in writing and approved by our
President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
conditions, or agreements of this policy, or to waive
any of its provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this policy is in conflict with
Statutes the laws of the state which govern this policy, the
provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
this policy if we determine that a change is necessary
to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code,
or its regulations or published rulings.
30609 6.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
representations and not warranties, except in the case
of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
void the policy, any rider or any increase in face
amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
for a policy, rider or an increase in face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor
Creditors any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
creditors or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount be made no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new policy
specifications page for the increase; or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application
for the increase.
The refund will equal the monthly deductions
associated with that increase. If you do request us to
cancel the increase but do not request a refund, the
monthly deductions associated with that increase will
be restored to the policy's cash value. This amount
will be allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
Account in the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Once during the first two policy years you have the
right, upon written request, to exchange this policy
for a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the
Divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
insurability will be required. However, we will
require that this policy be in force and that you
repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new policy will have, at your option,
either the same death benefit or the same difference
between death benefit and cash value as this policy.
Any excess cash value above the minimum for the new
policy will be applied to the new policy unless
requested in cash by you. The new policy will also
have the same issue date and issue age as this policy.
The planned premiums for the new policy will be based
on our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
class as the original policy.
You also have the right once during the first two
years following the effective date of an increase in
face amount to exchange the increased portion of this
policy for a life insurance policy that provides for
fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
conversion of the entire policy described above are
also applicable to a conversion of an increase in face
amount.
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age the amount of the death benefit will be that which
would be purchased by the most recent mortality charge
at the correct age.
Incontestability We cannot contest this policy after it has been in
force during the lifetime of the insured for two years
from its issue date. We cannot contest an increase in
face amount with regard to material misstatements made
concerning such increase after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the insured for two years from
its effective date. We cannot contest any
reinstatement of this policy, with regard to material
misstatements made concerning such reinstatement,
after it has been in force during the lifetime of the
insured for a period of two years from the date we
approve the reinstatement. This provision will not
apply to any rider which contains its own
incontestability clause.
30609 6.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
within two years from the issue date (or within the
maximum period permitted by law of the state in which
this policy was delivered, if less than two years),
the amount payable will be limited to the amount of
premiums paid, less any outstanding policy loans with
interest to the date of death, and less any partial
withdrawals.
If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
within two years after the effective date of any
increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
the increase.
If this policy is issued to a person who is a Missouri
citizen at the time of issue, this provision does not
apply unless the insured intended suicide when this
policy was applied for. If on the effective date of an
increase in the face amount, the owner is a Missouri
citizen, this provision does not apply to that
increase unless the insured intended suicide when the
increase in face amount was applied for.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
current policy values, premiums paid and deductions
made since the last report, and any outstanding policy
loans.
Projection of You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this policy are provided
through investments in the Separate Account. This
account is used for flexible premium variable life
insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
used for other policies or contracts as well. We hold
the assets of the Separate Account. These assets are
held separately from the Company's general assets.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
--- from assets allocated to the Separate Account will
be credited to or charged against the account without
regard to our other income, gains or losses. Assets
held by the Separate Account will not be charged with
liabilities that arise from any other business we may
conduct. We have the right to transfer to the
Company's general assets any assets of the Separate
Account which are in excess of the reserves and other
policy liabilities of the Separate Account.
The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
this policy was delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
shown on the policy specifications page. The Separate
Account will buy shares in the Funds identified on the
policy specifications page. Each Fund corresponds to a
different investment portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
--- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that
Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
other Divisions of the Separate Account.
We will value the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account at the end of each valuation period.
A valuation period is the period between two
successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
valuation date and ending at the close of trading
(currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
office are open for business or any other day that may
be required by any applicable Securities and Exchange
Commission Rules and Regulations.
30609 6.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Transfers You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account.
These transfers will be subject to the following
conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
Separate Account may be made at any time and must
be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
in a Division, if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the
frequency, and the transfer charge, if any. If a
transfer charge is imposed, this charge will not
exceed $25.00.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are
held by the Separate Account or that the Separate
Account may purchase. We reserve the right to
eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and to
substitute shares of another fund or of another
registered open-end, investment company, if the shares
or funds are no longer available for investment or if
in our judgement, further investment in any fund
should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of
the policy. We will not substitute any shares
attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of
the Separate Account without notice to the owner and
compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
This will not prevent the Separate Account from
purchasing other securities for other series or
classes of policies, or from permitting conversion
between series or classes of policies or contracts on
the basis of requests made by owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
company and to make such Divisions available to such
class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
assets between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
event registration is no longer required; it may be
combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
may be transferred to other separate accounts.
30609 6.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF POLICY BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the
face page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will
be at an annual rate determined by us, but never less
than the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from
Provisions those stated in this policy may only be made upon
written agreement with us.
30701 7.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
POLICY NUMBER
Paragon Logo
INSURED
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the policy is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.
THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT IS
BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY INCREASE
OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT PROVISION.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE POLICY
Please read this policy. You may return this policy to us or to the agent
through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it or
within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. If
you return it within this period, the policy will be void from the beginning. We
will refund any premium paid.
This policy is a legal contract between the policy owner and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY. This cover sheet provides
only a brief outline of some of the important features of your policy. This
cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the actual policy
provisions will control. The policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and
obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT
THAT YOU READ YOUR POLICY.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE] /S/ Carl H. Anderson
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY
30027
(5/95) 0.01
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR POLICY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page Page
<S> <C>
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments 3.01 Maturity Date
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums 6.02 Misstatement of Age and Corrections
6.01 Assignments 4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05 Basis of Computation 4.03 Monthly Deduction
6.01 Beneficiary 4.02 Net Investment Factor
4.03 Cash Surrender Value 3.04 Net Premium
4.01 Cash Values 6.01 Owner
3.03 Change in Contract Type 4.04 Partial Withdrawals
3.03 Change in Face Amount 7.01 Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary 3.04 Payment of Premiums
6.02 Claims of Creditors 3.03 Policy Changes
6.01 Conformity with Statutes 3.02 Policy Proceeds
6.02 Conversion Rights 4.05 Postponement of Payments
3.02 Death Benefit 3.05 Reinstatement
3.01 Definitions 6.02 Right to Examine Increase in Face Amount
3.04 Grace Period 4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
6.02 Incontestability 6.03 Separate Account Provisions
7.01 Interest on Proceeds 6.02 Statements in Application
3.01 Issue Date 6.03 Suicide Exclusion
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value 6.04 Transfers
4.01 Loans
</TABLE>
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
30027 0.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
INSURED AGE 35 INSURED JOHN DOE
SEX MALE FACE AMOUNT $ 500,00
CONTRACT TYPE INCREASING POLICY DATE MAY 01,1995
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT $100,000 POLICY NUMBER 6,000,000
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE 95.00% PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM $12,000
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE $3.50
INTEREST RATE 5.0% FIRST YEAR MONTHLY $2.50
FORM BENDFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN POLICY
NUMBER AND IN ANY RIDER
Policy Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
30027
30152
30153
30315
30412
30615
30705
3081100
B30027
30152 1.01
<PAGE>
POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
INSURED JOHN DOE
POLICY DATE MAY 1, 1995
POLICY NUMBER 6,000,000
COVERAGE RISK FACE MATURITY
CLASSIFICATION AMOUNT DATE*
FLEX. PREM. VL-95 STANDARD $500,000 MAY 1,2055
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
* It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.
30152 1.02
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1,000
INSURED: POLICY NUMBER:
ISSUE DATE:
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.661 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this policy are based on these rates.
30153 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone
other than the insured.
Insured In the application the words "You' and "Your" refer to
the proposed insured person(s).
Issue Age The person whose life is insured under this policy. See
the policy specifications page.
Attained Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
issue date. The issue age plus the number of completed
policy years.
Issue Date The effective date of the coverage under this policy.
It is also the date from which policy anniversaries,
policy years, and policy months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions
Start Date of the Separate Account. This date will be the later
of:
- The issue date of the policy; or
- The date we receive the first premium at our home
office.
Maturity Date The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age
95. If the insured is living and the policy is in force
on this date, the cash surrender value is payable. It
is possible that insurance coverage may not continue to
the maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
a timely manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the issue
Anniversary date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls
on a date other than a valuation date, the monthly
anniversary will be deemed the next valuation date. If
any monthly anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or
31st day of a month that does not have that number of
days, then the monthly anniversary will be the last day
of that month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate Account A separate investment account created by us to receive
and invest net premiums received for this policy. The
particular Separate Account for this policy is
indicated on the policy specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the
Divisions of the Separate Account the amount of any
policy loan.
Loan SubAccount A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the
Loan Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum
of all the Loan SubAccounts.
30315 3.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
2. POLICY BENEFITS
Policy Proceeds The policy proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type then
in effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of
the policy month from the date of death to the end
of the month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
type in effect is shown on the policy specifications
page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except
when it equals a percentage of cash value.)
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on
the date of death as described in Section 7702(d)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
applicable successor provision thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date
of death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on
the date of death as described in Section 7702(d)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
applicable successor provision thereto.
Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death
benefit will in no case be less than the amount
necessary to cause the policy to meet the guideline
premium test set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986
Internal Revenue Code or any applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section
Percentage 7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as
follows:
In the case of an insured with an The applicable
percentage attained age as of the beginning will
decrease by a ratable of the of the policy year of:
portion for each full year:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0................ 40 250........................ 250
40................ 45 250........................ 215
45................ 50 215........................ 185
50................ 55 185........................ 150
55................ 60 150........................ 130
60................ 65 130........................ 120
65................ 70 120........................ 115
70................ 75 115........................ 105
75................ 90 105........................ 105
90................ 95 105........................ 100
95................ 100 100........................ 100
100................ 100 100........................ 100
Or higher
</TABLE>
30315 3.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Policy You may request policy changes at any time unless we
Changes specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right
to limit the number of changes to one per policy year
and to restrict the changes in the first policy year.
The types of changes allowed are explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in this
policy not satisfying the definition of Life Insurance
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
applicable successor provision thereto.
Change In The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount request.
Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. The decrease will become effective on the
monthly anniversary on or following our receipt of
the request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most
recent increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most
recent increases successively; and
c. The face amount when the policy was
issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any
requested decrease may not be less than the minimum
face amount shown on the policy specifications
page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
standards on the date of the requested increase
must be submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the
monthly anniversary on or following our receipt of
such proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not
greater than age 80 on the anniversary date that
the increase will become effective.
We will amend your policy to show the effective date of
the decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by sending
Contract Type us a written request. The effective date of change will
be the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
receive the request. On the effective date of this
change the death benefit payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
equal the death benefit on the effective date of
change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
insurable by our standards on the date of the change
must be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to
equal the death benefit less the cash value on the
effective date of change. This change may not be made
if it would result in a face amount which is less than
the minimum face amount shown on the policy
specifications page.
30315 3.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While
Premiums the insured is living, premiums after the first must be
paid at our home office. If this policy is in your
possession and you have not paid the first premium, it
is not in force. It will be considered that you have
the policy for inspection only. Premiums after the
first may be paid in any amount and at any interval
subject to the following conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any policy year may not
exceed the maximum premium limit for that policy
year. The maximum premium limit for a policy year
is the largest amount of premium which can be paid
in that policy year such that the sum of the
premiums paid under the policy will not at any time
exceed the guideline premium limitation referred to
in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, or as set forth in any applicable successor
provision thereto. The maximum premium limit for
the following policy year will be shown on your
annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which causes
the death benefit to increase by an amount that
exceeds that premium received, we reserve the right
to refuse the premium payment. We may require
additional evidence of insurability before we
accept the premium payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
the policy specifications page is the net premium.
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum
percentage (other than zero) that may be allocated to
any Division of the Separate Account is 10%.
Percentages must be in whole numbers. The initial
allocation is shown on the policy specifications page.
Your Right to You may change the allocation of future net premiums
Change among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
Premiums provision. The change in allocation
percentages will take effect immediately upon our
receipt of your written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace
period will start on any monthly anniversary when the
cash surrender value is not large enough to cover the
next monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined
in the Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send
you and any assignee of record a notice. The notice
will indicate the minimum premium needed to keep the
policy in force and the date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.
30315 3.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years
after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
insured's age 95.
You must submit the following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
insurable by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at the time
of reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
such approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
full monthly deduction for the policy month which
includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided
by the premium then paid. The application for
reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount
to also be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause
an increase in cash value equal to the amount of the
repaid loan.
30315 3.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>
4. LOANS
After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow an
amount not in excess of the loan value of your policy
while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net
loan request at any one time must be at least $100.
Your policy will be the sole security for such loan. We
have the right to require your policy for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your policy
at the date of the loan request, reduced by any
existing loans and loan interest due.
You may allocate the policy loan and any loan interest
due on this loan among the Divisions of the Separate
Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
policy loan will be allocated among the Divisions of
the Separate Account in the same proportion that the
cash value in each Division bears to the total cash
value of the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
Account, on the date of the policy loan.
Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan
interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of
the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan
Account, reducing the cash value allocated to the
Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral
will earn interest daily at an annual rate not less
than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on
the policy specifications page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest
is due and payable in arrears on each policy
anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter
period as the loan may exist. If you do not pay the
interest when it is due, we will add it to your
existing loan if your policy has sufficient loan value.
We will charge the same rate of interest on this amount
as on the policy loan. The total loan rate will be 8.0%
per year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your policy as a
premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
before the death of the insured while the policy is in
force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value
securing the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan
repayment will be repaid to the Divisions of the
Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan
was made, unless you indicate a specific allocation to
the Divisions of the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and
loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of
your policy.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and
loan interest due would exceed the cash value, your
policy will terminate. We will allow you a grace period
for such payment of loans and loan interest due. In
such event the policy becomes void at the end of the
grace period, we will mail a notice to your last known
address, the last known address of the insured, and
that of any assignee of record. This grace period will
expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately
before the date the total loan and loan interest due
exceeds the cash value and any unpaid monthly expense
charges; or 31 days after such notice has been mailed,
if later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your policy is equal to the total of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
Account; plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
You may borrow against the loan value of your policy.
The interest rate used to calculate the interest earned
on the cash values in the Loan Account securing any
policy loan will be at an effective annual rate not
less than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate
shown on the policy specifications page.
30412 4.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate
Cash Value Account on the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The portion of the initial net premium received and
allocated to the Division; minus
- The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
issue date throu h the Investment Start Date charged
to the Division. g
The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:
- The cash value in the Division on the preceding
valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
investment factor for the current valuation period;
plus
- Any portion of net premium received and allocated to
the Division during the current valuation period;
plus
- Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
another Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during
the current valuation period; plus
- That portion of any interest credited on outstanding
loans which is allocated to the Division during the
current valuation period; minus
- Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
from the Division during the current valuation
period; minus
- Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
transaction charge from the Division during the
current valuation period; minus
- Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan
Account during that valuation period; minus
- If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
valuation period, the portion of the monthly
deduction charged to the Division during the current
valuation period to cover the policy month which
starts during that valuation period.
The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during a valuation period.
The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a
valuation period is calculated as follows:
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period; plus
- The investment income and capital gains---realized
or unrealized---credited to the assets in the
valuation period for which the net investment factor
is being determined; minus
Net Investment
Factor - The capital losses---realized or unrealized---
charged against those assets during the valuation
period; minus
- Any amount charged against each Division for taxes,
including any tax or other economic burden resulting
from the application of tax laws that we determine
to be properly attributable to the Divisions of the
Separate Account, or any amount we set aside during
the valuation period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of each
Division; minus
- A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the
valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per year
for mortality and expense risks; divided by
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period.
30412 4.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value Start Date is zero. The cash value of the Loan Account
on any day after the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following month
of Insurance is deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The
monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by
the difference between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the policy
month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the policy
month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
of insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been an
increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
first be considered a part of the face amount when the
policy was issued. If the cash value is greater than
the initial face amount, the excess cash value will
then be considered a part of each increase in order,
starting with the first increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly cost
of Insurance of Insurance rate is determined using the insured's
Rates attained age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is
based on the attained age and rate class. For the
initial face amount, we will use the rate class on the
issue date. For each increase, we will use the rate
class applicable to the increase. If the death benefit
equals a percentage of the cash value, any increase in
cash value will cause an automatic increase in the
death benefit. The rate class for such increase will be
the same as that used for the most recent increase that
required proof that the insured was insurable by our
standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed
the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost
of Insurance Rates page. Any change in the cost of
insurance rates will apply to all persons of the same
age, and classification whose policies have been in
force for the same length of time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense during the first policy year is shown on the policy
Charge specifications page.
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on
Charge the policy specifications page.
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
with this policy; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4. For the first policy year, the first year monthly
expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account
in the same proportion that the cash value in each
Division bears to the total cash value of the policy,
minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the monthly
anniversary.
30412 4.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender
You may surrender your policy for its cash surrender
value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
sending us a written request. The cash surrender value
will be determined as of the date we receive your
written request at our home office. The cash surrender
value will not be reduced by any monthly deduction due
on that date for a subsequent policy month.
Partial
Withdrawals After the first policy year, you can make a partial
withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
policy month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
request from any one Division must be at least
$50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that
Division, if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
request at any one time must be at least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of
Partial You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
partial withdrawal will be allocated among the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
to the total cash value of the policy, minus the cash
value in the Loan Account on the date of the partial
withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit
equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
will decrease the face amount by any amount by which
the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between
the death benefit and the face amount. The face amount
will be decreased in the following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they
were issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
result in the face amount being decreased below the
minimum face amount shown on the policy specifications
page. We reserve the right to change the minimum
amount or the number of times you may make a partial
withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to
an administrative charge equal to the lesser of $25.00
or 2% of the amount of the partial withdrawal.
We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
Postponement partial withdrawal or policy loan allocated to the
of Payments Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days
after written notice is received. We will usually pay
any death benefit proceeds within seven days after we
receive due proof of claim. Payment of any amount
payable on surrender, partial withdrawal, policy loan
or death may be postponed whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is
restricted as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Co mmission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
permits postponement for the protection of policy
owners; or
3. An emergency exists as determined by the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable
or it is not reasonably practicable to determine the
value of the net assets of the Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
listed above.
30412 4.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance under this policy, including benefits provided by any
rider attached to this policy will continue in
accordance with the provisions of this policy for as
long as the cash surrender value is sufficient to cover
the monthly deductions. Any remaining cash surrender
value will be payable on the maturity date.
Basis of All values are at least equal to those required by any
Computation applicable law of the state that governs your policy.
We have filed a detailed statement of the method of
calculating cash values and reserves with the insurance
supervisory official of that state.
30412 4.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE POLICY
Owner The owner is as shown in the application or in any
supplemental agreement attached to this policy, unless
later changed as provided in this policy. You, as
owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
policy, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you
cannot change the payee nor the mode of payment,
unless otherwise provided in this policy. Any person
whose rights of ownership depend upon some future
event will not possess any present rights of
ownership. If there is more than one owner at a given
time, all must exercise the rights of ownership. If
you should die, and you are not the insured, your
interest will go to your estate unless otherwise
provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
this policy before the death of the insured. If there
is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
insured, each will receive equal payments unless
otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
you, if you are living, or to your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
provisions. You must make the change in written form
satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
or not the insured is living when we receive your
request at our home office. The change will be subject
to any assignment of this policy or other legal
restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
we made or action we took before we received your
written notice of the change. We have the right to
require the policy for endorsement before we accept
the change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the
time of the insured's death, you may designate some
other person to receive the proceeds of the policy
within 60 days after the insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or
of any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified
copy with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of
any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
of a beneficiary.
7. THE CONTRACT
The Contract We have issued this policy in consideration of the
application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
application for it, any riders, and any application
for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
contract and are attached to and made a part of the
policy when the insurance applied for is accepted. A
copy of any application for reinstatement will be sent
to you for attachment to this policy and will become
part of the contract of reinstatement and of this
policy. The policy may be changed by mutual agreement.
Any change must be in writing and approved by our
President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
conditions, or agreements of this policy, or to waive
any of its provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this policy is in conflict with
Statutes ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
the laws of the state which govern this policy, the
provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
this policy if we determine that a change is necessary
to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code,
or its regulations or published rulings.
30615 6.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
representations and not warranties, except in the case
of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
void the policy, any rider or any increase in face
amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
for a policy, rider or an increase in face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor
Creditors any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
creditors or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount be made no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new policy
specifications page for the increase; or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application
for the increase. The refund will equal the monthly
deductions associated with that increase. If you do
request us to cancel the increase but do not
request a refund, the monthly deductions associated
with that increase will be restored to the policy's
cash value. This amount will be allocated to the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Once during the first two policy years you have the
Rights right, upon written request, to exchange this policy
for a life insurance policy that provides for
benefits that do not vary with the investment return
of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
evidence of insurability will be required. However,
we will require that this policy be in force and
that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the
time of the conversion, the new policy will have, at
your option, either the same death benefit or the
same difference between death benefit and cash value
as this policy. Any excess cash value above the
minimum for the new policy will be applied to the
new policy unless requested in cash by you. The new
policy will also have the same issue date and issue
age as this policy. The planned premiums for the new
policy will be based on our rates in effect for the
same issue age and risk class as the original
policy.
You also have the right once during the first two
years following the effective date of an increase in
face amount to exchange the increased portion of
this policy for a life insurance policy that
provides for fixed benefits. The provisions
applicable to the conversion of the entire policy
described above are also applicable to a conversion
of an increase in face amount.
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the
of Age application, the amount of the death benefit will be
that which would be purchased by the most recent
mortality charge at the correct age.
Incontestability We cannot contest this policy after it has been in
force during the lifetime of the insured for two
years from its issue date. We cannot contest an
increase in face amount with regard to material
misstatements made concerning such increase after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
for two years from its effective date. We cannot
contest any reinstatement of this policy, with
regard to material misstatements made concerning
such reinstatement, after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the insured for a period of
two years from the date we approve the
reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
rider which contains its own incontestability
clause.
30615 6.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years from the issue date (or
within the maximum period permitted by law of the
state in which this policy was delivered, if less
than two years), the amount payable will be limited
to the amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
policy loans with interest to the date of death, and
less any partial withdrawals.
If the insured, while sane or insane, commits
suicide within two years after the effective date of
any increase in face amount, the death benefit for
that increase will be limited to the monthly
deductions for the increase.
If this policy is issued to a person who is a
Missouri citizen at the time of issue, this
provision does not apply unless the insured intended
suicide when this policy was applied for. If on the
effective date of an increase in the face amount,
the owner is a Missouri citizen, this provision does
not apply to that increase unless the insured
intended suicide when the increase in face amount
was applied for.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows
the current policy values, premiums paid and
deductions made since the last report, and any
outstanding policy loans.
Projection of You may make a written request to us for a
Benefits and projection of illustrative future cash values and
Values death benefits. This projection will be furnished to
you for a nominal fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this policy are provided
through investments in the Separate Account. This
account is used for flexible premium variable life
insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
used for other policies or contracts as well.
We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
assets are held separately from the Company's
general assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether
or not realized --- from assets allocated to the
Separate Account will be credited to or charged
against the account without regard to our other
income, gains or losses.
Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other
business we may conduct. We have the right to
transfer to the Company's general assets any assets
of the Separate Account which are in excess of the
reserves and other policy liabilities of the
Separate Account.
The Separate Account is registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit
investment trust under the Investment Company Act of
1940. The Separate Account is also subject to the
laws of the State of Missouri, which regulate the
operations of insurance companies incorporated in
Missouri. The investment policy of the Separate
Account will not be changed without the approval of
the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Missouri.
The approval process is on file with the Insurance
Commissioner of the state in which this policy was
delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
shown on the policy specifications page. The
Separate Account will buy shares in the Funds
identified on the policy specifications page. Each
Fund corresponds to a different investment
portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
realized ---from the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against
that Division without regard to income, gains or
losses in other Divisions of the Separate Account.
We will value the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account at the end of each valuation
period. A valuation period is the period between two
successive valuation dates, commencing at the close
of trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
valuation date and ending at the close of trading
(currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
office are open for business or any other day that
may be required by any applicable Securities and
Exchange Commission Rules and Regulations.
30615 6.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Transfers You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account.
These transfers will be subject to the following
conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
Separate Account may be made at any time and must
be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
in a Division, if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the
frequency, and the transfer charge, if any. If a
transfer charge is imposed, this charge will not
exceed $25.00.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
another fund or of another registered open-end,
investment company, if the shares or funds are no
longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
further investment in any fund should become
inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy. We
will not substitute any shares attributable to the
owner's interest in a Division of the Separate Account
without notice to the owner and compliance with the
Investment Company Act of 1940. This will not prevent
the Separate Account from purchasing other securities
for other series or classes of policies, or from
permitting conversion between series or classes of
policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
company and to make such Divisions available to such
class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer assets
between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
event registration is no longer required; it may be
combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
may be transferred to other separate accounts.
30615 6.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF POLICY BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be
at an annual rate determined by us, but never less than
the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a
Provisions lump sum payment may only be made upon written agreement
with us.
30705 7.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]
30027
(1/95)
<PAGE>
POLICY NUMBER
[LOGO OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY]
INSURED
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the policy is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.
THE POLICY'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT IS
BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY INCREASE
OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE SEPARATE
ACCOUNT PROVISION.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE POLICY
Please read this policy. You may return this policy to us or to the agent
through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it or
within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later. If
you return it within this period, the policy will be void from the beginning. We
will refund any premium paid.
This policy is a legal contract between the policy owner and Paragon Life
Insurance Company. PLEASE READ YOUR POLICY CAREFULLY. This cover sheet provides
only a brief outline of some of the important features of your policy. This
cover sheet is not the complete insurance contract and only the actual policy
provisions will control. The policy itself sets forth, in detail, the rights and
obligations of both you and your insurance company. IT IS THEREFORE IMPORTANT
THAT YOU READ YOUR POLICY.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105. (314-862-
2211)
/s/ [Illegible] /s/ Carl H. Anderson
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL
AND SECRETARY PRESIDENT
30040 0.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR POLICY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page Page
<S> <C>
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of 3.01 Maturity Date
Investments 6.02 Misstatement of Age and
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums Corrections
6.01 Assignments 4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05 Basis of Computation 4.03 Monthly Deduction
6.01 Beneficiary 4.02 Net Investment Factor
4.04 Cash Surrender Value 3.04 Net Premium
4.01 Cash Values 6.01 Owner
3.03 Change in Contract Type 4.04 Partial Withdrawals
3.03 Change in Face Amount 7.01 Payment of Policy Benefits
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary 3.04 Payment of Premiums
6.02 Claims of Creditors 3.03 Policy Changes
6.01 Conformity with Statutes 3.02 Policy Proceeds
6.02 Conversion Rights 4.04 Postponement of Payments
3.02 Death Benefit 3.05 Reinstatement
3.01 Definitions 6.02 Right to Examine Increase in Face
3.04 Grace Period Amount
6.02 Incontestability 4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
7.01 Interest on Proceeds 6.03 Separate Account Provisions
3.01 Issue Date 6.02 Statements in Application
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value 6.03 Suicide Exclusion
4.01 Loans 6.04 Transfers
</TABLE>
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
30040 0.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>
POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
INSURED AGE (AGE) INSURED (INSURED)
SEX (SEX) FACE AMOUNT (FACEAMT)
CONTRACT TYPE (CONTTYPE) ISSUE DATE (CERTDATE)
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT (MINFACEAMT) POLICY NUMBER (POLNUM)
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE (NETPREMPER) PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM (APREMIUM)
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE (MOEXPCHG)
INTEREST RATE 5.0% FIRST YEAR MONTHLY
RISK CLASSIFICATION (RISKCLASS) EXPENSE CHARGE (FYMEC)
MATURITY DATE* (MATDATE) SEPARATE ACCOUNT (SEPACCT)
FORM BENEFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER AND IN ANY RIDER
Policy Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
(DOCSLIST[LOOPIN, 1])
* It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.
30183 1.01
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1,000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSURED: <INSURED> POLICY NUMBER:
ISSUE DATE:
ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
<COIRATES[CTR,1]><COIRATES[CTR,2]> <COIRATES[CTR2,1]><COIRATES[CTR2,2]>
<COIRATES[(94-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(94-AGE),2]> <COIRATES[(95-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(95-AGE),2]>
<COIRATES[(95-AGE),1]><COIRATES[(95-AGE),2]>
<CAPTION>
<POLNUM>
<CERTDATE>
ATTAINED
AGE RATE
--- ----
<COIRATES[CTR3,1]> <COIRATES[CTR3,2]>
</TABLE>
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this contract are based on these rates.
30184 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS IN THIS POLICY
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this policy. The owner may be someone other
than the insured.
In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to
the proposed insured person(s).
Insured The person whose life is insured under this policy. See
the policy specifications page.
Issue Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
issue date.
Attained Age The issue age plus the number of completed policy years.
Issue Date The effective date of the coverage under this policy. It
is also the date from which policy anniversaries, policy
years, and policy months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:
- The issue date of the policy; or
- The date we receive the first premium at our home
office.
Maturity Date The policy anniversary on which the insured attains age
95. If the insured is living and the policy is in force
on this date, the cash surrender value is payable to you.
It is possible that insurance coverage may not continue
to the maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
a timely manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the issue date
Anniversary except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a
date other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary
will be deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly
anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a
month that does not have that number of days, then the
monthly anniversary will be the last day of that month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate Account A separate investment account created by us to receive
and invest net premiums received for this policy. The
particular Separate Account for this policy is indicated
on the policy specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions
of the Separate Account the amount of any policy loan.
Loan SubAccount A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan
Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum of
all the Loan SubAccounts.
30322 3.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>
2. POLICY BENEFITS
Policy Proceeds The policy proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type then in
effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
policy month from the date of death to the end of the
month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
type in effect is shown on the policy specifications
page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except
when it equals a percentage of cash value.) The death
benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Not withstanding anything in this policy, the death
benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary
to cause the policy to meet the guideline premium test
set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue
Code or any applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d)
Percentage of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
of the policy year of: portion for each full year:
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0 ......................... 40 250 ........................ 250
40 ......................... 45 250 ........................ 215
45 ......................... 50 215 ........................ 185
50 ......................... 55 185 ........................ 150
55 ......................... 60 150 ........................ 130
60 ......................... 65 130 ........................ 120
65 ......................... 70 120 ........................ 115
70 ......................... 75 115 ........................ 105
75 ......................... 90 105 ........................ 105
90 ......................... 95 105 ........................ 100
95 ......................... 100 100 ........................ 100
100 ......................... 100 100 ........................ 100
or higher
</TABLE>
30322 3.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Policy Changes You may request policy changes at any time unless we
specifically indicate otherwise. We reserve the right to
limit the number of changes to one per policy year and to
restrict the changes in the first policy year. The types
of changes allowed are explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in this
policy not satisfying the definition of Life Insurance
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Change in The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount request.
Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. The decrease will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of the
request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most recent
increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most recent
increases, successively; and
c. The face amount when the policy was issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any
requested decrease may not be less than the minimum
face amount shown on the policy specifications page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards
on the date of the requested increase must be
submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of such
proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not greater
than age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase
will become effective.
We will amend your policy to show the effective date of
the decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us
Contract Type a written request. The effective date of change will be
the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
receive the request. On the effective date of this change
the death benefit payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
equal the death benefit on the effective date of change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
insurable by our standards on the date of the change must
be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to equal
the death benefit less the cash value on the effective
date of change. This change may not be made if it would
result in a face amount which is less than the minimum
face amount shown on the policy specifications page.
30322 3.03
(8/96)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the issue date. While the
Premiums insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid
at our home office. If this policy is in your possession
and you have not paid the first premium, it is not in
force. It will be considered that you have the policy for
inspection only.
Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
any interval subject to the following conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any policy year may not exceed
the maximum premium limit for that policy year. The
maximum premium limit for a policy year is the
largest amount of premium which can be paid in that
policy year such that the sum of the premiums paid
under the policy will not at any time exceed the
guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as
set forth in any applicable successor provision
thereto. The maximum premium limit for the following
policy year will be shown on your annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which causes
the death benefit to increase by an amount that
exceeds that premium received, we reserve the right
to refuse the premium payment. We may require
additional evidence of insurability before we accept
the premium payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
the policy specifications page is the net premium.
Net Premiums
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
(other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division
of the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in
whole numbers.
Your Right You may change the allocation of future net premiums
to Change among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
Premiums provision. The change in allocation percentages
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of your
written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the
Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and
any assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate
the minimum premium needed to keep the policy in force
and the date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
policy will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.
30322 3.04
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed policy within 5 years after
the date of lapse. This must be done before the insured's
age 95. You must submit the following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
insurable by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at the time
of reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
such approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated policy will be in force from the date we
approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
full monthly deduction for the policy month which
includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
policy upon reinstatement will be the amount provided by
the premium then paid. The application for reinstatement
will be contestable for two years during the lifetime of
the insured from the date of its approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest
reinstated will cause a cash value of an equal amount to
also be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
loan.
30322 3.05
(8/96)
<PAGE>
4. LOANS
After the first policy anniversary, you may borrow
an amount not in excess of the loan value of your
policy while it is in force. The minimum amount of
your net loan request at any one time must be at
least $100. Your policy will be the sole security
for such loan. We have the right to require your
policy for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your
policy at the date of the loan request, reduced by
any existing loans and loan interest due.
You may allocate the policy loan and any loan
interest due on this loan among the Divisions of
the Separate Account. If you do not specify the
allocation, then the policy loan will be allocated
among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
same proportion that the cash value in each
Division bears to the total cash value of the
policy, minus the cash value in the Loan Account,
on the date of the policy loan.
Cash value equal to the policy loan and the loan
interest due on this loan allocated to each
Division of the Separate Account will be
transferred to the Loan Account, reducing the cash
value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
Account accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan
collateral will earn interest daily at an annual
rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed
interest rate shown on the policy specifications
page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan
interest is due and payable in arrears on each
policy anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any
shorter period as the loan may exist. If you do not
pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to
your existing loan if your policy has sufficient
loan value. We will charge the same rate of
interest on this amount as on the policy loan. The
total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your policy
as a premium unless clearly marked for loan
repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any
time before the death of the insured while the
policy is in force. When a loan repayment is made,
cash value securing the debt in the Loan Account
equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in the Loan Account
bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as
of the date the original loan was made, unless you
indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of
the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and loan
interest will be deducted from any settlement of
your policy.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan
and loan interest due would exceed the cash value,
your policy will terminate. We will allow you a
grace period for such payment of loans and loan
interest due. In such event the policy becomes void
at the end of the grace period, we will mail a
notice to your last known address, the last known
address of the insured, and that of any assignee of
record. This grace period will expire 62 days from
the monthly anniversary immediately before the date
the total loan and loan interest due exceeds the
cash value and any unpaid monthly expense charges;
or 31 days after such notice has been mailed, if
later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your policy is equal to the total
of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
Account; plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
You may borrow against the loan value of your
policy. The interest rate used to calculate the
interest earned on the cash values in the Loan
Account securing any policy loan will be at an
effective annual rate not less than the Loan
Account guaranteed interest rate shown an the
policy specifications page.
30419 4.01
<PAGE>
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate
Cash Value Account on the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The portion of the initial net premium received
and allocated to the Division; minus
- The portion of the monthly deductions due from
the issue date through the Investment Start Date
charged to the Division.
The cash value in each Division of the Separate
Account on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:
- The cash value in the Division on the preceding
valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
investment factor for the current valuation
period; plus
- Any portion of net premium received and
allocated to the Division during the current
valuation period; plus
- Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
another Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
during the current valuation period; plus
- That portion of any interest credited on
outstanding loans which is allocated to the
Division during the current valuation period;
minus
- Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
from the Division during the current valuation
period; minus
- Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
transaction charge from the Division during the
current valuation period; minus
- Any amount transferred from the Division to the
Loan Account during that valuation period; minus
- If a monthly anniversary occurs during the
current valuation period, the portion of the
monthly deduction charged to the Division during
the current valuation period to cover the policy
month which starts during that valuation period
Net Investment The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
Factor performance of a Division during a valuation
period. The Net Investment Factor for each Division
for a valuation period is calculated as follows:
- The value of the assets at the end of the
preceding valuation period; plus
- The investment income and capital gains ---
realized or unrealized --- credited to the
assets in the valuation period for which the net
investment factor is being determined; minus
- The capital losses --- realized or unrealized
--- charged against those assets during the
valuation period; minus
- Any amount charged against each Division for
taxes, including any tax or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax
laws that we determine to be properly
attributable to the Divisions of the Separate
Account, or any amount we set aside during the
valuation period as a reserve for taxes
attributable to the operation or maintenance of
each Division; minus
- A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90%
per year for mortality and expense risks;
divided by
- The value of the assets at the end of the
preceding valuation period.
30419 4.02
<PAGE>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the
Cash Value Investment Start Date is zero.
The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after
the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the
preceding business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account
from the Divisions of the Separate Account on
that day; minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following
of Insurance month is deducted on the monthly anniversary date.
The monthly cost of insurance is 1, below,
multiplied by the difference between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by
1,000.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the
policy month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the policy
month, before the deduction of the monthly cost
of insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been
an increase in the face amount, then the cash value
will first be considered a part of the face amount
when the policy was issued. If the cash value is
greater than the initial face amount, the excess
cash value will then be considered a part of each
increase in order, starting with the first
increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each policy year, the monthly
of Insurance cost of insurance rate is determined using the
Rates insured's attained age. The monthly cost of
insurance rate is based on the attained age and
rate class. For the initial face amount, we will
use the rate class on the issue date. For each
increase, we will use the rate class applicable to
the increase. If the death benefit equals a
percentage of the cash value, any increase in cash
value will cause an automatic increase in the death
benefit. The rate class for such increase will be
the same as that used for the most recent increase
that required proof that the insured was insurable
by our standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never
exceed the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed
Monthly Cost of Insurance Rates page. Any change in
the cost of insurance rates will apply to all
persons of the same age, and classification whose
policies have been in force for the same length of
time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be
Monthly Expense charged during the first policy year is shown on
Charge the policy specifications page.
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown
Charge on the policy specifications page.
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider
included with this policy; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4 For the first policy year, the first year
monthly expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a policy month will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate
Account in the same proportion that the cash value
in each Division bears to the total cash value of
the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
Account on the monthly anniversary.
30419 4.03
<PAGE>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this policy is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender You may surrender your policy for its cash
surrender value at any time during the lifetime of
the insured by sending us a written request. The
cash surrender value will be determined as of the
date we receive your written request at our home
office. The cash surrender value will not be
reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date
for a subsequent policy month.
Partial After the first policy year, you can make a partial
Withdrawals withdrawal of cash subject to the following
conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
policy month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial
withdrawal request from any one Division must be
at least $50.00 of a Division or your entire
balance in that Division, if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
request at any one time must be at least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to
Partial the above conditions, among the Divisions of the
Withdrawals Separate Account. If you do not specify the
allocation, then the partial withdrawal will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate
Account in the same proportion that the cash value
in each Division bears to the total cash value of
the policy, minus the cash value in the Loan
Account on the date of the partial withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit
equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal
will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to
the partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals
a percentage of the cash value then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the face amount by any
amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the face
amount. The face amount will be decreased in the
following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they
were issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
result in the face amount being decreased below the
minimum face amount shown on the policy
specifications page.
We reserve the right to change the minimum amount
or the number of times you may make a partial
withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to
an administrative charge equal to the lesser of
$25.00 or 2% of the amount of the partial
withdrawal.
Postponement We will usually pay any amounts payable on
of Payments surrender, partial withdrawal or policy loan
allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account
within seven days after written notice is received.
We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds
within seven days after we receive due proof of
claim. Payment of any amount payable on surrender,
partial withdrawal, policy loan or death may be
postponed whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office
are closed (other than customary weekend and
holiday closing) or trading on the New York
Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by
the Securities and Exchange Commission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by
order, permits postponement for the protection
of policy owners; or
3. An emergency exists as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result
of which disposal of securities is not
reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably
practicable to determine the value of the net
assets of the Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the
circumstances listed above.
30419 4.04
<PAGE>
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance
of Insurance provided under this policy, including benefits
provided by any rider attached to this policy will
continue in accordance with provisions of this
policy for as long as the cash surrender value is
sufficient to cover the monthly deductions. Any
remaining cash surrender value will be payable on
the maturity date.
Basis of All values are at least equal to those required by
Computation any applicable law of the state that governs your
policy. We have filed a detailed statement of the
method of calculating cash values and reserves with
the insurance supervisory official of that state.
30419 4.05
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE POLICY
Owner Unless someone else is shown as owner in the application or
in any supplemental agreement attached to this policy, the
insured will be the owner of this policy. If there is more
than one owner at a given time, all must exercise the right
of ownership. Ownership may be changed in accordance with
the Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision.
You, as owner, are entitled to exercise all ownership rights
provided by this policy while it is in force. Any person
whose rights of ownership depend upon some future event will
not possess any present rights of ownership. If you should
die, and you are not the insured, your interest will go to
your estate unless otherwise provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application. You
may change the beneficiary in accordance with the Change of
Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless otherwise stated, the
beneficiary has no rights in this policy before the death of
the insured. If there is more than one beneficiary at the
death of the insured, each will receive equal payments
unless otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at
the death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
you, if you are living, or to your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the ownership
Owner or and beneficiary designations, subject to any restrictions
Beneficiary as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary provisions. You must
make the change in written form satisfactory to us. If
acceptable to us it will take effect as of the time you
signed the request, whether or not the insured is living
when we receive your request at our home office. The change
will be subject to any assignment of this policy or other
legal restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
we made or action we took before we received your written
notice of the change. We have the right to require the
policy for endorsement before we accept the change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the policy at the time of
the insured's death, you may designate some other person to
receive the proceeds of the policy within 60 days after the
insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the policy or of
any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified copy
with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of any
assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment, we may
require proof of interest of the claimant. A valid
assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
beneficiary.
7. THE CONTRACT
The Contract We have issued this policy in consideration of the
application and payment of premiums. The policy, the
application for it, any riders, and any application for an
increase in face amount constitute the entire contract and
are attached to and made a part of the policy when the
insurance applied for is accepted. A copy of any application
for reinstatement will be sent to you for attachment to this
policy and will become part of the contract of reinstatement
and of this policy. The policy may be changed by mutual
agreement. Any change must be in writing and approved by our
President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents have no
authority to alter or modify any terms, conditions, or
agreements of this policy, or to waive any of its
provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this policy is in conflict with the laws
Statutes of the state which govern this policy, the provision will be
deemed to be amended to conform with such laws. In addition,
we reserve the right to change this policy if we determine
that a change is necessary to cause this policy to comply
with, or give you the benefit of, any federal or state
statute, rule or regulation, including, but not limited to,
requirements for life insurance contracts under the Internal
Revenue Code, or its regulations or published rulings.
30622 6.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her behalf,
Application or by the applicant, will be deemed representations and not
warranties, except in the case of fraud. Material
misstatements will not be used to void the policy, any rider
or any increase in face amount or deny a claim unless made
in the application for a policy, rider or an increase in
face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the policy nor any
Creditors payment under it will be subject to the claim of creditors
or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an increase in
Examine Increase face amount and receive a refund. The request must be made
in Face Amount no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new policy
specifications page for the increase; or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application for
the increase.
The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated with
that increase. If you do request us to cancel the increase
but do not request a refund, the monthly deductions
associated with that increase will be restored to the
policy's cash value. This amount will be allocated to the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same manner as it
was deducted.
Conversion Once during the first two policy years you have the right,
Rights upon written request, to exchange this policy for a life
insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary
with the investment return of the Divisions of the Separate
Account. No evidence of insurability will be required.
However, we will require that this policy be in force and
that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new policy will have, at your option, either
the same death benefit or the same difference between death
benefit and cash value as this policy. The new policy will
also have the same issue date and issue age as this policy.
The planned premiums for the new policy will be based on our
rates in effect for the same issue age and risk class as the
original policy.
You also have the right once during the first two years
following the effective date of an increase in face amount
to exchange the increased portion of this policy for a life
insurance policy that provides for fixed benefits. The
provisions applicable to the conversion of the entire policy
described above are also applicable to a conversion of an
increase in face amount.
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the application, the
of Age and amount of the death benefit will be that which would be
Corrections purchased by the most recent mortality charge at the correct
age.
If we make any payment or policy changes in good faith,
relying on our records, or evidence supplied to us, our duty
will be fully discharged. We reserve the right to correct
any errors in the policy.
Incontestability We cannot contest this policy after it has been in force
during the lifetime of the insured for two years from its
issue date. We cannot contest an increase in face amount
with regard to material misstatements made concerning such
increase after it has been in force during the lifetime of
the insured for two years from its effective date. We cannot
contest any reinstatement of this policy after it has been
in force during the lifetime of the insured for a period of
two years from the date we approve the reinstatement. This
provision will not apply to any rider which contains its own
incontestability clause.
30622 6.02
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
within two years from the issue date (or within the
maximum period permitted by law of the state in which
this policy was delivered, if less than two years), the
amount payable will be limited to the amount of
premiums paid, less any outstanding policy loans with
interest to the date of death, and less any partial
withdrawals.
If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
within two years after the effective date of any
increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
the increase.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
current policy values, premiums paid and deductions
made since the last report, and any outstanding policy
loans.
Projection of You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this policy are provided
through investments in the Separate Account. This
account is used for flexible premium variable life
insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
used for other policies or contracts as well.
We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
assets are held separately from the Company's general
assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
realized --- from assets allocated to the Separate
Account will be credited to or charged against the
account without regard to our other income, gains or
losses.
Assets held by the Separate Account will not be charged
with liabilities that arise from any other business we
may conduct. We have the right to transfer to the
Company's general assets any assets of the Separate
Account which are in excess of the reserves and other
policy liabilities of the Separate Account.
The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
this policy was delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions. Each
Separate Account Division will buy shares in a
different investment portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
--- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that
Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
other Divisions of the Separate Account.
We will value the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account at the end of each valuation period. A
valuation period is the period between two successive
valuation dates, commencing at the close of trading
(currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation date
and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00 p.m.
New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date. A
valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
Exchange and our home office are open for business or
any other day that may be required by any applicable
Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and
Regulations.
30622 6.03
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Transfers You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account.
These transfers will be subject to the following
conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
Separate Account may be made at any time and must
be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
in a Division, if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the
frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
another fund or of another registered open-end,
investment company, if the shares or funds are no
longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
further investment in any fund should become
inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy. We
will not substitute any shares attributable to the
owner's interest in a Division of the Separate Account
without notice to the owner and compliance with the
Investment Company Act of 1940. This will not prevent
the Separate Account from purchasing other securities
for other series or classes of policies, or from
permitting conversion between series or classes of
policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
company and to make such Divisions available to such
class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer assets
between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
event registration is no longer required; it may be
combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
may be transferred to other separate accounts.
30622 6.04
(8/96)
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF POLICY BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with us.
30712 7.01
(8/96)
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
[LOGO]
30040
(8/96)
<PAGE>
Exhibit 5(c)
PROPOSED FORM OF CERTIFICATE:
(1) SCUDDER (30019)
(2) DEAN WITTER, PUTNAM, MFS (30028)
(3) MULTI-MANAGER (30036)
<PAGE>
** DATA PAGE ** CERTIFICATE NUMBER:
INSURED:
RIGHT TO EXAMINE
CERTIFICATE
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE Please read this
DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY INCREASE certificate. You may
OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED return this
ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03. certificate to us or
to the agent through
whom it was purchased
THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH within 20 days from
INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE the date you receive
ACCOUNT IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT it or within 45 days
EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION after the application
AND MAY INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT is signed, whichever
IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. period ends later. If
SEE THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION. you return it within
this period, the
certificate will be
void from the
beginning. We will
refund any premium
paid.
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
VARIABLE LIFE
The provisions on the pages which follow are INSURANCE TO AGE 95
a part of this certificate. This contains a
summary of the terms of the Group Contract Flexible Premiums are
which is the contract between the Contract- payable during the
holder and Paragon Life Insurance Company. lifetime of the
This certificate is evidence of life insurance insured to age 95. The
under the Group Contract and is subject to all death benefit is
of the terms and limits of the Group Contract payable at the death
and any amendments thereto. PLEASE READ of the insured prior
YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY. to age 95 and while
the certificate is in
force. Cash surrender
value, if any, is
payable at the
insured's age 95.
ISSUED BY: PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE CO.
A STOCK COMPANY
100 SOUTH BRENTWOOD
ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
(314) 862-2211
30019 0.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CERTIFICATE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page Page
<S> <C>
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of 3.01 Maturity Date
Investments 6.03 Misstatement of Age and
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums Corrections
6.01 Assignments 4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05 Basis of Computation 4.03 Monthly Deduction
6.01 Beneficiary 4.02 Net Investment Factor
4.04 Cash Surrender Value 3.04 Net Premium
4.01 Cash Values 6.01 Owner
3.03 Certificate Changes 4.04 Partial Withdrawals
3.01 Certificate Date 7.01 Payment of Benefits
3.03 Change in Contract Type 3.04 Payment of Premiums
3.03 Change in Face Amount 4.04 Postponement of Payments
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary 3.02 Proceeds
6.02 Claims of Creditors 3.05 Reinstatement
6.01 Conformity with Statutes 6.02 Right to Examine Increase in Face
6.02 Conversion Rights Amount
3.02 Death Benefit 4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
3.01 Definitions 6.03 Separate Account Provisions
6.02 Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege 6.02 Statements in Application
3.04 Grace Period 6.03 Suicide Exclusion
6.03 Incontestability 6.04 Transfers
7.01 Interest on Proceeds
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value
4.01 Loans
</TABLE>
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
30019 0.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT B FUNDS
Scudder Variable Life Investment Fund (the `Fund') is an open-end diversified
management investment company registered with the SEC as a series-type mutual
fund. The Fund has five separate funds or portfolios which operate as distinct
investment vehicles. The names and investment objectives are as follows:
Money Market Portfolio: The investment objective is to maintain the stability
- ----------------------
of capital, and consistent therewith, to maintain the liquidity of capital and
to provide current income.
Bond Portfolio: The investment objective is to pursue a policy of investing for
- --------------
a high level of income consistent with a high quality portfolio of debt
securities.
Capital Growth Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term capital
- ------------------------
appreciation and, consistent therewith, current income through a broad and
flexible investment program.
Balanced Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek a balance of growth and
- ------------------
income from a diversified portfolio of equity and fixed income securities.
International Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term growth
- -----------------------
of capital primarily through diversified holdings of marketable foreign equity
investments.
Growth and Income Portfolio: The investment objective is to seek long-term
- ---------------------------
growth of capital, current income and growth of income.
There can be no assurance that the investment objectives of these funds, or any
other funds that the Company may create, will be achieved.
30130 1.03
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1000
INSURED:
CERTIFICATE NUMBER:
CERTIFICATE DATE:
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.66 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.
30131 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this certificate. The owner may be someone
other than the insured.
In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to the
proposed insured person(s).
Insured The person whose life is insured under this certificate. See
the certificate specifications page. The insured must be
eligible to participate in the plan sponsored by the
contractholder at the time this certificate is issued.
Issue Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
certificate date.
Attained Age The issue age plus the number of completed certificate
years.
Certificate Date The date of issue of this certificate is the effective date
of coverage under this certificate. It is also the date from
which certificate anniversaries, certificate years, and
certificate months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions of
Start Date the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:
The certificate date; or
The date we receive the first premium at our home office.
Maturity Date The certificate anniversary on which the insured attains age
95. If the insured is living and the certificate is in force
on this date, the cash surrender value is payable. It is
possible that insurance coverage may not continue to the
maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in a timely
manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the certificate
Anniversary date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls on a
date other than a valuation date, the monthly anniversary
will be deemed the next valuation date. If any monthly
anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month
that does not have that number of days, then the monthly
anniversary will be the last day of that month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate A separate investment account created by us to receive and
Account invest net premiums received for this certificate. The
particular Separate Account for this certificate is
indicated on the certificate specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions of
the Separate Account the amount of any certificate loan.
Loan A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the Separate
SubAccount Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan Account will
be allocated to the appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect
the origin of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
Account will equal the sum of all the Loan SubAccounts.
Actively The employee must work for his employer at his usual place
at Work of work or such other places as required by his employer in
the course of such work for the full number of hours and
full rate of pay, as set by the employment practices of his
employer. In no event will the amount of time worked per
week be less than 30 hours.
Contract The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Contract
issued to the contractholder by us.
30310 3.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
2. DEATH BENEFITS
Proceeds The certificate proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type then in
effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
certificate month from the date of death to the end of
the month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type in effect
on the date of the insured's death. The contract type in
effect is shown on the certificate specifications page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when it
equals a percentage of cash value.)
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the date
of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the date
of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision hereto.
Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the death
benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary to
cause the certificate to meet the guideline premium test set
forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code
or any applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d) of
Percentage the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
of the certificate year of: portion for each full year:
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0 ..................... 40 250 ..................... 250
40 ..................... 45 250 ..................... 215
45 ..................... 50 215 ..................... 185
50 ..................... 55 185 ..................... 150
55 ..................... 60 150 ..................... 130
60 ..................... 65 130 ..................... 120
65 ..................... 70 120 ..................... 115
70 ..................... 75 115 ..................... 105
75 ..................... 90 105 ..................... 105
90 ..................... 95 105 ..................... 100
95 ..................... 100 100 ..................... 100
100 ..................... 100 100 ..................... 100
or higher
</TABLE>
30310 3.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Certificate You may request certificate changes at any time unless we
Changes specifically indicate otherwise, We reserve the right to
limit the number of changes to one per certificate year and
to restrict the changes in the first certificate year. The
types of changes allowed are explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in this
certificate not satisfying the requirements of Section 7702
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Change in The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount request.
Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the following
conditions:
1. The decrease will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of the request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most recent
increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most recent
increases, successively; and
c. The face amount when the certificate was issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any requested
decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount
shown on the certificate specifications page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
standards on the date of the requested increase
must be submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of such
proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not greater
than age 80 on the anniversary date that the
increase will become effective.
We will amend your certificate to show the effective
date of the decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by sending
Contract Type us a written request. The effective date of change will
be the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
receive the request. On the effective date of this
change the death benefit payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
equal the death benefit on the effective date of
change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
insurable by our standards on the date of the change
must be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to
equal the death benefit less the cash value on the
effective date of change. This change may not be made
if it would result in a face amount which is less than
the minimum face amount shown on the certificate
specifications page.
30310 3.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the certificate date. While
Premiums the insured is living, premiums after the first must be paid
at our home office. If this certificate is in your
possession and you have not paid the first premium, it is
not in force. It will be considered that you have the
certificate for inspection only.
Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
any interval subject to the following conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any certificate year may not
exceed the maximum premium limit for that certificate
year. The maximum premium limit for a certificate year
is the largest amount of premium which can be paid in
that certificate year such that the sum of the premiums
paid under the certificate will not at any time exceed
the guideline premium limitation referred to in Section
7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
forth in any applicable successor provision thereto.
The maximum premium limit for the following certificate
year will be shown on your annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which causes the death
benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds that premium
received, we reserve the right to refuse the premium
payment. We may require additional evidence of insurability
before we accept the premium payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium percentage from the
certificate specifications page is the net premium.
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
(other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division of
the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in whole
numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the certificate
specifications page.
Your Right You may change the allocation of future net premiums among
to Change the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to the
Allocation conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net Premiums
provision. The change in allocation percentages will take
effect immediately upon our receipt of your written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the Cash
Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and any
assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate the
minimum premium needed to keep the certificate in force and
the date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
certificate will lapse at the end of that 62 day period. It
will then terminate without cash value. If the insured dies
during the grace period, any past due monthly deductions
will be deducted from the death benefit.
30310 3.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5 years
after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
insured's age 95. You must submit the following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is insurable
by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at the time of
reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve the request
for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive, such
approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated certificate will be in force from the date we
approve the reinstatement application. There will be a full
monthly deduction for the certificate month which includes
that date. The only accumulation value of this certificate
upon reinstatement will be the amount provided by the
premium then paid. The application for reinstatement will be
contestable for two years during the lifetime of the insured
from the date of its approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may be
paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan interest reinstated
will cause a cash value of an equal amount to also be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
loan.
30310 3.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>
4. LOANS
After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow
an amount not in excess of the loan value of your
certificate while it is in force. The minimum amount of
your net loan request at any one time must be at least
$100. Your certificate will be the sole security for
such loan. We have the right to require your
certificate for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your
certificate at the date of the loan request, reduced by
any existing loans and loan interest due.
You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan
interest due on this loan among the Divisions of the
Separate Account. If you do not specify the allocation,
then the certificate loan will be allocated among the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
to the total cash value of the certificate, minus the
cash value in the Loan Account, on the date of the
certificate loan.
Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan
interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of
the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan
Account, reducing the cash value allocated to the
Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral
will earn interest daily at an annual rate not less
than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on
the certificate specifications page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest
is due and payable in arrears on each certificate
anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter
period as the loan may exist. If you do not pay the
interest when it is due, we will add it to your
existing loan if your certificate has sufficient loan
value. We will charge the same rate of interest on this
amount as on the certificate loan. The total loan rate
will be 8.0% per year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your certificate
as a premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
before the death of the insured while the certificate
is in force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value
securing the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan
repayment will be repaid to the Divisions of the
Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
value in the Loan Account bears to the cash value in
each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan
was made, unless you indicate a specific allocation to
the Divisions of the Separate Account. Unpaid loans and
loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of
your certificate.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and
loan interest due would exceed the cash value, your
certificate will terminate. We will allow you a grace
period for such payment of loans and loan interest due.
In such event the certificate becomes void at the end
of the grace period, we will mail a notice to your last
known address, the last known address of the insured,
and that of any assignee of record. This grace period
will expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary
immediately before the date the total loan and loan
interest due exceeds the cash value and any unpaid
monthly expense charges; or 31 days after such notice
has been mailed, if later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your certificate is equal
to the total of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
Account; plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
30407 4.01
(3/93)
<PAGE>
(3/93) You may borrow against the loan value of your
certificate. The interest rate used to calculate the
interest earned on the cash values in the Loan Account
securing any certificate loan will be at an effective
annual rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed
interest rate shown on the certificate specifications
page.
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
Cash Value on the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The portion of the initial net premium received
and allocated to the Division; minus
- The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
certificate date through the Investment Start Date
charged to the Division.
The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
on a subsequent valuation date is equal to:
- The cash value in the Division on the preceding
valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
investment factor for the current valuation
period; plus
- Any portion of net premium received and allocated
to the Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
another Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
during the current valuation period; plus
- That portion of any interest credited on
outstanding loans which is allocated to the
Division during the current valuation period;
minus
- Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
from the Division during the current valuation
period; minus - Any partial withdrawal plus any
withdrawal transaction charge from the Division
during the current valuation period; minus
- Any amount transferred from the Division to the
Loan Account during that valuation period; minus
- If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
valuation period, the portion of the monthly
deduction charged to the Division during the
current valuation period to cover the certificate
month which starts during that valuation period.
Net Investment The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
Factor performance of a Division during a valuation period.
The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a
valuation period is calculated as follows:
- The value of the assets at the end of the
preceding valuation period; plus
- The investment income and capital gains ---
realized or unrealized --- credited to the assets
in the valuation period for which the net
investment factor is being determined; minus
- The capital losses --- realized or unrealized ---
charged against those assets during the valuation
period; minus
- Any amount charged against each Division for taxes
including any tax or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws that we
determine to be properly attributable to the
Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount
we set aside during the valuation period as a
reserve for taxes attributable to the operation or
maintenance of each Division; minus
- A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90%
per year for mortality and expense risks; divided
by
- The value of the assets at the end of the
preceding valuation period.
30407 4.02
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value Start Date is zero.
The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the
preceding business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account
from the Divisions of the Separate Account on that
day; minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following month
Insurance is deducted on the monthly of anniversary date. The
monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by
the difference between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the
certificate month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the certificate
month, before the deduction of the monthly cost of
insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been an
increase in the face amount, then the cash value will
first be considered a part of the face amount when the
certificate was issued. If the cash value is greater
than the initial face amount, the excess cash value
will then be considered a part of each increase in
order, starting with the first increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly
of Insurance cost of insurance rate is determined using the
Rates insured's attained age. The monthly cost of insurance
rate is based on the attained age and rate class. For
the initial face amount, we will use the rate class on
the certificate date. For each increase, we will use
the rate class applicable to the increase. If the death
benefit equals a percentage of the cash value, any
increase in cash value will cause an automatic increase
in the death benefit. The rate class for such increase
will be the same as that used for the most recent
increase that required proof that the insured was
insurable by our standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed
the rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost
of Insurance Rates page divided by 1,000. Any change in
the cost of insurance rates will apply to all persons
of the same age, and classification whose certificates
have been in force for the same length of time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense during the first certificate year is shown on the
Charge certificate specifications page.
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on
Charge the certificate specifications page.
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider
included with this certificate; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4. For the first certificate year, the first year
monthly expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account
in the same proportion that the cash value in each
Division bears to the total cash value of the
certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account
on the monthly anniversary.
30407 4.03
(3/93)
<PAGE>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender You may surrender your certificate for its cash
surrender value at any time during the lifetime of the
insured by sending us a written request. The cash
surrender value will be determined as of the date we
receive your written request at our home office. The
cash surrender value will not be reduced by any monthly
deduction due on that date for a subsequent certificate
month.
Partial After the first certificate year, you can make a
Withdrawals partial withdrawal of cash subject to the following
conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
certificate month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
request from any one Division must be at least
$50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in
that Division, if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
request at any one time must be at least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the
Withdrawals above conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate
Partial Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
partial withdrawal will be allocated among the
Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in each Division bears
to the total cash value of the certificate, minus the
cash value in the Loan Account on the date of the
partial withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit
equals the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will
decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the
partial withdrawal. If the death benefit equals a
percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal
will decrease the face amount by any amount by which
the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference between
the death benefit and the face amount. The face amount
will be decreased in the following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they were
issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will
result in the face amount being decreased below the
minimum face amount shown on the certificate
specifications page.
We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or
the number of times you may make a partial withdrawal.
Each partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative
charge equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the
amount of the partial withdrawal.
Postponement We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender,
of Payments partial withdrawal or certificate loan allocated to the
Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days
after written notice is received. We will usually pay
any death benefit proceeds within seven days after we
receive due proof of claim. Payment of any amount
payable on surrender, partial withdrawal, certificate
loan or death may be postponed whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange
is restricted as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
permits postponement for the protection of
certificate owners; or
30407 4.04
(3/93)
<PAGE>
3. An emergency exists as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
which disposal of securities is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the
Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
listed above.
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided
of Insurance under this certificate, including benefits provided by
any rider attached to this certificate will continue in
accordance with the provisions of this certificate for
as long as the cash surrender value is sufficient to
cover the monthly deductions. Any remaining cash
surrender value will be payable on the maturity date.
Basis of The minimum cash values and net single premiums, if
Computation any, are based on 1) 125 percent of the Commissioner's
1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C age last
birthday; and 2) compound interest at 5% a year.
All values are at least equal to those required by any
applicable law of the state that governs your
certificate. We have filed a detailed statement of the
method of calculating cash values and reserves with the
insurance supervisory official of that state.
30407 4.05
(3/93)
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE
Owner The owner is as shown in the application or in any
supplemental agreement attached to this certificate,
unless later changed as provided in this certificate. You,
as owner, are entitled to all rights provided by this
certificate, prior to its maturity date. Ownership may be
changed in accordance with the Change of Owner or
Beneficiary provision. After the maturity date, you can
not change the payee nor the mode of payment, unless
otherwise provided in this certificate. Any person whose
rights of ownership depend upon some future event will not
possess any present rights of ownership. If there is more
than one owner at a given time, all must exercise the
rights of ownership. If you should die, and you are not
the insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
otherwise provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application. You
may change the beneficiary in accordance with the Change
of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless otherwise
stated, the beneficiary has no rights in this certificate
before the death of the insured. If there is more than one
beneficiary at the death of the insured, each will receive
equal payments unless otherwise provided. If no
beneficiary is living at the death of the insured the
proceeds will be payable to you, if you are living, or to
your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the ownership
Owner or and beneficiary designations, subject to any restrictions
Beneficiary as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary provisions. You must
make the change in written form satisfactory to us. If
acceptable to us it will take effect as of the time you
signed the request, whether or not the insured is living
when we receive your request at our home office. The
change will be subject to any assignment of this
certificate or other legal restrictions. It will also be
subject to any payment we made or action we took before we
received your written notice of the change. We have the
right to require the certificate for endorsement before we
accept the change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at the
time of the insured's death, you may designate some other
person to receive the proceeds of the certificate within
60 days after the insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the certificate
or of any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified copy
with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of any
assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment, we may
require proof of interest of the claimant. A valid
assignment will take precedence over any claim of a
beneficiary.
7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Entire Contract We have issued this certificate in consideration of the
application and payment of premiums. The certificate, the
application for it, any riders, and any application for an
increase in face amount constitute the entire contract and
are attached to and made a part of the certificate when
the insurance applied for is accepted. A copy of any
application for reinstatement will be sent to you for
attachment to this certificate and will become part of the
contract of reinstatement and of this certificate. The
certificate may be changed by mutual agreement. Any change
must be in writing and approved by our President, Vice
President, or Secretary. Our agents have no authority to
alter or modify any terms, conditions, or agreements of
this certificate, or to waive any of its provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this certificate is in conflict with
Statutes the laws of the state which govern this certificate, the
provision will be deemed to be amended to conform with
such laws. In addition, we reserve the right to change
this certificate if we determine that a change is
necessary to meet the requirements of the Internal Revenue
Code, or its regulations or published rulings.
30610
(3/93) 6.01
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
representations and not warranties, except in the case of
fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to void the
certificate, any rider or any increase in face amount or
deny a claim unless made in the application for a
certificate, rider or an increase in face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the certificate
Creditors nor any payment under it will be subject to the claim of
creditors or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an increase in
Examine Increase face amount and receive a refund. The request must be made
in Face Amount no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new certificate
specifications page for the increase; or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application for
the increase.
The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated
with that increase. If you do request us to cancel the
increase but do not request a refund, the monthly
deductions associated with that increase will be restored
to the certificate's cash value. This amount will be
allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Rights Once during the first two certificate years you have the
right, upon written request, to exchange this certificate
for a life insurance policy that provides for benefits
that do not vary with the investment return of the
Divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
insurability will be required. However, we will require
that this certificate be in force and that you repay any
existing indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the
new policy will have, at your option, either the same
death benefit or the same difference between death benefit
and cash value as this certificate. The new policy will
also have the same issue date and issue age as this
certificate. The planned premiums for the new policy will
be based on our rates in effect for the same issue age and
risk class as the original certificate.
You also have the right once during the first two years
following the effective date of an increase in face amount
to exchange the increased portion of this certificate for
a life insurance policy that provides for fixed benefits.
The provisions applicable to the conversion of the entire
certificate described above are also applicable to a
conversion of an increase in face amount.
Eligibility Change If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends due to
Conversion the termination of the contract or termination of the
Privilege employee's employment, your coverage, if still in force,
will convert automatically to an individual policy. Such
individual policy will provide benefits which are
identical to those provided under this certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an individual
policy will be mailed:
1. Within 31 days after we receive written notification
that the employee's employment ended; or after the
termination of the contract; and
2. Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy from
lapsing is paid to us at our home office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
intervals we may establish from time to time. Additional
premium payments may be made at any time subject to
limitations identical to those contained in this
certificate.
30610
(3/93) 6.02
<PAGE>
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the application, the
of Age and amount of the death benefit will be that which would be
Corrections purchased by the most recent mortality charge at the
correct age.
If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to us,
our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the right to
correct any errors in the certificate.
Incontestability We can not contest this certificate after it has been in
force during the lifetime of the insured for two years
from its certificate date. We can not contest an increase
in face amount with regard to material misstatements made
concerning such increase after it has been in force during
the lifetime of the insured for two years from its
effective date. We can not contest any reinstatement of
this certificate after it has been in force during the
lifetime of the insured for a period of two years from the
date we approve the reinstatement. This provision will not
apply to any rider which contains its own incontestability
clause.
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
within two years from the certificate date (or within the
maximum period permitted by law of the state in which this
certificate was delivered, if less than two years), the
amount payable will be limited to the amount of premiums
paid, less any outstanding certificate loans with interest
to the date of death, and less any partial withdrawals. If
the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide within
two years after the effective date of any increase in face
amount, the death benefit for that increase will be
limited to the monthly deductions for the increase. If
this certificate is issued to a person who is a Missouri
citizen at the time of issue, this provision does not
apply unless the insured intended suicide when this
certificate was applied for. If on the effective date of
an increase in the face amount, the owner is a Missouri
citizen, this provision does not apply to that increase
unless the insured intended suicide when the increase in
face amount was applied for.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
current certificate values, premiums paid and deductions
made since the last report, and any outstanding
certificate loans.
Protection of You may make a written request to us for a projection of
Benefits and illustrative future cash values and death benefits. This
Values projection will be furnished to you for a nominal fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this certificate are provided
through investments in the Separate Account. This account
is used for flexible premium variable life insurance
policies and, if permitted by law, may be used for other
policies or contracts as well.
We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These assets
are held separately from the Company's general assets.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized ---
from assets allocated to the Separate Account will be
credited to or charged against the account without regard
to our other income, gains or losses.
Assets held by the Separate Account will not be charged
with liabilities that arise from any other business we may
conduct. We have the right to transfer to the Company's
general assets any assets of the Separate Account which
are in excess of the reserves and other policy liabilities
of the Separate Account.
30610
(3/93) 6.03
<PAGE>
The Separate Account is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate Account is
also subject to the laws of the State of Missouri, which
regulate the operations of insurance companies
incorporated in Missouri. The investment policy of the
Separate Account will not be changed without the approval
of the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Missouri.
The approval process is on file with the Insurance
Commissioner of the state in which the contract was
delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions which are shown
on the certificate specifications page. The Separate
Account will buy shares in the Funds identified on the
certificate specifications page. Each Fund corresponds to
a different investment portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized---
from the assets of each Division of the Separate Account
are credited to or charged against that Division without
regard to income, gains or losses in other Divisions of
the Separate Account. We will value the assets of each
Division of the Separate Account at the end of each
valuation period. A valuation period is the period between
two successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation
date and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00
p.m. New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date.
A valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
Exchange and our home office are open for business or any
other day that may be required by any applicable
Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and Regulations.
Transfers You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account. These transfers will be subject to the
following conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the Separate
Account may be made at any time and must be at least
$250.00 or the entire amount you have in a Division,
if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the frequency,
and the transfer charge, if any.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or
of Investments substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held by
the Separate Account or that the Separate Account may
purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the shares of
any of the Funds and to substitute shares of another fund
or of another registered open-end, investment company, if
the shares or funds are no longer available for investment
or if in our judgement, further investment in any fund
should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of the
policy or contract. We will not substitute any shares
attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of the
Separate Account without notice to the owner and
compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940. This
will not prevent the Separate Account from purchasing
other securities for other series or classes of policies,
or from permitting conversion between series or classes of
policies or contracts on the basis of requests made by
owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions of
the Separate Account, each of which would invest in a new
fund or in shares of another open-end investment company
and to make such Divisions available to such class or
series of policies as we deem appropriate. Subject to any
required regulatory approval, we also reserve the right to
eliminate or combine existing Divisions of the Separate
Account or to transfer assets between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the event
registration is no longer required; it may be combined
with other separate accounts; or its assets may be
transferred to other separate accounts.
30610
(3/93) 6.04
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be
at an annual rate determined by us, but never less than
the guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a
Provisions lump sum payment may only be made upon written agreement
with us.
7.01
30702
(3/93)
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE NUMBER
[PARAGON LOGO]
INSURED
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the certificate is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.
THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE
SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE CERTIFICATE
Please read this certificate. You may return this certificate to us or to the
agent through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it
or within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later.
If you return it within this period, the certificate will be void from the
beginning. We will refund any premium paid.
The provisions on the pages which follow are a part of this certificate. This
contains a summary of the terms of the Group Contract which is the contract
between the Contractholder and Paragon Life Insurance Company. This certificate
is evidence of life insurance under the Group Contract and is subject to all of
the terms and limits of the Group Contract and any amendments thereto. PLEASE
READ YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE] /s/ Carl H. Anderson
-------------------- -----------------------
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY
0.01
30028
(5/95)
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CERTIFICATE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page Page
<S> <C>
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of 3.01 Maturity Date
Investments 6.03 Misstatement of Age and
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums Corrections
6.01 Assignments 4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.05 Basis of Computation 4.03 Monthly Deduction
6.01 Beneficiary 4.02 Net Investment Factor
4.04 Cash Surrender Value 3.04 Net Premium
4.01 Cash Values 6.01 Owner
3.03 Certificate Changes 4.04 Partial Withdrawals
3.01 Certificate Date 7.01 Payment of Benefits
3.03 Change in Contract Type 3.04 Payment of Premiums
3.03 Change in Face Amount 4.04 Postponement of Payments
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary 3.02 Proceeds
6.02 Claims of Creditors 3.05 Reinstatement
6.01 Conformity with Statutes 6.02 Right to Examine Increase in
6.02 Conversion Rights Face Amount
3.02 Death Benefit 4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
3.01 Definitions 6.03 Separate Account Provisions
6.02 Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege 6.02 Statements in Application
3.04 Grace Period 6.03 Suicide Exclusion
6.03 Incontestability 6.04 Transfers
7.01 Interest on Proceeds
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value
4.01 Loans
</TABLE>
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
0.02
30028
(5/95)
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS
INSURED AGE 35 INSURED JOHN DOE
SEX MALE FACE AMOUNT $500,00
CONTRACT TYPE INCREASING CERTIFICATE DATE MAY 01,1995
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT $100,000 CERTIFICATE NUMBER 6,000,000
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE 95.00% PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM $12,000
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE $3.50
INTEREST RATE 5.0% FIRST YEAR MONTHLY $2.50
FORM BENDFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER AND IN ANY RIDER
Certificate Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
30028
30155
30156
30316
30413
30616
30706
30155 1.01
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS
INSURED JOHN DOE
CERTIFICATE DATE MAY 1, 1995
CERTIFICATE NUMBER 6,000,000
COVERAGE RISK FACE MATURITY
CLASSIFICATION AMOUNT DATE*
FLEX. PREM. VL-95 STANDARD $500,000 MAY 1,2055
SEPARATE ACCOUNT: SEPARATE ACCOUNT B
* It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.
30155 1.02
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INSURED: CERTIFICATE NUMBER:
CERTIFICATE DATE:
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
18 0.155 19 0.161 20 0.163
21 0.165 22 0.163 23 0.163
24 0.161 25 0.159 26 0.158
27 0.158 28 0.159 29 0.163
30 0.167 31 0.172 32 0.178
33 0.187 34 0.196 35 0.207
36 0.221 37 0.238 38 0.257
39 0.278 40 0.303 41 0.329
42 0.357 43 0.386 44 0.416
45 0.449 46 0.483 47 0.520
48 0.559 49 0.603 50 0.651
51 0.705 52 0.767 53 0.836
54 0.911 55 0.988 56 1.071
57 1.155 58 1.244 59 1.342
60 1.450 61 1.576 62 1.723
63 1.891 64 2.078 65 2.276
66 2.486 67 2.704 68 2.933
69 3.188 70 3.478 71 3.813
72 4.208 73 4.66 74 5.163
75 5.708 76 6.284 77 6.884
78 7.517 79 8.203 80 8.968
81 9.837 82 10.829 83 11.941
84 13.150 85 14.440 86 15.795
87 17.213 88 18.699 89 20.262
90 21.925 91 23.733 92 25.762
93 28.155 94 31.307
</TABLE>
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.
30156 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life Insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this certificate. The owner may be someone
other than the insured.
In the application the words "You" and "Your" refer to
the proposed insured person(s).
Insured The person whose life is insured under this certificate.
See the certificate specifications page. The insured
must be eligible to participate in the plan sponsored by
the contractholder at the time this certificate is
issued.
Issue Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as of the
certificate date.
Attained Age The issue age plus the number of completed certificate
years.
Certificate Date The date of issue of this certificate is the effective
date of coverage under this certificate. It is also the
date from which certificate anniversaries, certificate
years, and certificate months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the Divisions
Start Date of the Separate Account. This date will be the later of:
The certificate date; or
The date we receive the first premium at our home
office.
Maturity Date The certificate anniversary on which the insured attains
age 95. If the insured is living and the certificate is
in force on this date, the cash surrender value is
payable. It is possible that insurance coverage may not
continue to the maturity date even if planned premiums
are paid in a timely manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the certificate
Anniversary date except that whenever the monthly anniversary falls
on a date other than a valuation date, the monthly
anniversary will be deemed the next valuation date. If
any monthly anniversary would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st
day of a month that does not have that number of days,
then the monthly anniversary will be the last day of that
month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate A separate investment account created by us to receive
Account and invest net premiums received for this certificate.
The particular Separate Account for this certificate is
indicated on the certificate specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the Divisions
of the Separate Account the amount of any certificate
loan.
Loan A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
SubAccount Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to the Loan
Account will be allocated to the appropriate Loan
SubAccount to reflect the origin of the cash value. At
any point in time, the Loan Account will equal the sum of
all the Loan SubAccounts.
Actively The employee must work for his employer at his usual
at Work place of work or such other places as required by his
employer in the course of such work for the full number
of hours and full rate of pay, as set by the employment
practices of his employer. In no event will the amount of
time worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Contract The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance
Contract issued to the contractholder by us.
3.01
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>
2. DEATH BENEFITS
Proceeds The certificate proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type then in
effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion of the
certificate month from the date of death to the end of
the month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type in
effect on the date of the insured's death. The contract
type in effect is shown on the certificate specifications
page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level except when
it equals a percentage of cash value.)
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the date of
death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value on the
date of death as described in Section 7702(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any applicable
successor provision hereto.
Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the death
benefit will in no case be less than the amount necessary
to cause the certificate to meet the guideline premium
test set forth in Section 7702(c) of the 1986 Internal
Revenue Code or any applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section 7702(d)
Percentage of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
of the certificate year of: portion for each full year:
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0 ..................... 40 250 ..................... 250
40 ..................... 45 250 ..................... 215
45 ..................... 50 215 ..................... 185
50 ..................... 55 185 ..................... 150
55 ..................... 60 150 ..................... 130
60 ..................... 65 130 ..................... 120
65 ..................... 70 120 ..................... 115
70 ..................... 75 115 ..................... 105
75 ..................... 90 105 ..................... 105
90 ..................... 95 105 ..................... 100
95 ..................... 100 100 ..................... 100
100 ..................... 100 100 ..................... 100
or higher
</TABLE>
3.02
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Certificate You may request certificate changes at any time unless we
Changes specifically indicate otherwise, Changes We reserve the
right to limit the number of changes to one per
certificate year and to restrict the changes in the first
certificate year. The types of changes allowed are
explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in this
certificate not satisfying the requirements of Section
7702 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any
applicable successor provision thereto.
Change in The face amount may be changed by sending us a written
Face Amount request.
Any decrease in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. The decrease will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of the
request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in the
following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most recent
increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most recent
increases, successively; and
c. The face amount when the certificate was issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any requested
decrease may not be less than the minimum face amount
shown on the certificate specifications page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our standards
on the date of the requested increase must be
submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the monthly
anniversary on or following our receipt of such proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not greater than
age 80 on the anniversary date that the increase will
become effective.
We will amend your certificate to show the effective date
of the decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by sending us
Contract Type a written request. The effective date of change will be
the monthly anniversary on or following the date we
receive the request. On the effective date of this change
the death benefit payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it may be
changed to level. The face amount will be increased to
equal the death benefit on the effective date of change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
insurable by our standards on the date of the change must
be submitted. The face amount will be decreased to equal
the death benefit less the cash value on the effective
date of change. This change may not be made if it would
result in a face amount which is less than the minimum
face amount shown on the certificate specifications page.
3.03
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the certificate date.
Premiums While the insured is living, premiums after the first
must be paid at our home office. If this certificate is
in your possession and you have not paid the first
premium, it is not in force. It will be considered that
you have the certificate for inspection only.
Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount and at
any interval subject to the following conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any certificate year may not
exceed the maximum premium limit for that certificate
year. The maximum premium limit for a certificate year
is the largest amount of premium which can be paid in
that certificate year such that the sum of the
premiums paid under the certificate will not at any
time exceed the guideline premium limitation referred
to in Section 7702(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, or as set forth in any applicable successor
provision thereto. The maximum premium limit for the
following certificate year will be shown on your
annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which causes the
death benefit to increase by an amount that exceeds that
premium received, we reserve the right to refuse the
premium payment. We may require additional evidence of
insurability before we accept the premium payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium percentage from
the certificate specifications page is the net premium.
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums among the
Net Premiums Divisions of the Separate Account. The minimum percentage
(other than zero) that may be allocated to any Division
of the Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be in
whole numbers. The initial allocation is shown on the
certificate specifications page.
Your Right You may change the allocation of future net premiums
to Change among the Divisions of the Separate Account subject to
Allocation the conditions outlined in the Allocation of the Net
Premiums provision. The change in allocation percentages
will take effect immediately upon our receipt of your
written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The grace period
will start on any monthly anniversary when the cash
surrender value is not large enough to cover the next
monthly deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in the
Cash Values Section.) At that time, we will send you and
any assignee of record a notice. The notice will indicate
the minimum premium needed to keep the certificate in
force and the date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to cover the
monthly deduction by the end of the grace period, your
certificate will lapse at the end of that 62 day period.
It will then terminate without cash value. If the insured
dies during the grace period, any past due monthly
deductions will be deducted from the death benefit.
3.04
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5 years
after the date of lapse. This must be done before the
insured's age 95. You must submit the following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is insurable
by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time of lapse;
and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at the time of
reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve the
request for reinstatement. If the insured is not alive,
such approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated certificate will be in force from the date
we approve the reinstatement application. There will be a
full monthly deduction for the certificate month which
includes that date. The only accumulation value of this
certificate upon reinstatement will be the amount
provided by the premium then paid. The application for
reinstatement will be contestable for two years during
the lifetime of the insured from the date of its
approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of lapse may
be paid or reinstated. Any loan loan interest reinstated
will cause a cash value of an equal amount to also be
reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will cause an
increase in cash value equal to the amount of the repaid
loan.
3.05
30316
(5/95)
<PAGE>
4. LOANS
After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow an
amount not in excess of the loan value of your certificate
while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net loan
request at any one time must be at least $100. Your
certificate will be the sole security for such loan. We have
the right to require your certificate for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your certificate
at the date of the loan request, reduced by any existing
loans and loan interest due.
You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan interest
due on this loan among the Divisions of the Separate
Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
certificate loan will be allocated among the Divisions of
the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash
value in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account, on
the date of the certificate loan.
Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan
interest due on this loan allocated to each Division of the
Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan Account,
reducing the cash value allocated to the Divisions of the
Separate Account accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will
earn interest daily at an annual rate not less than the Loan
Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the certificate
specifications page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest is
due and payable in arrears on each certificate anniversary
or on a pro rata basis for any shorter period as the loan
may exist. If you do not pay the interest when it is due, we
will add it to your existing loan if your certificate has
sufficient loan value, We will charge the same rate of
interest on this amount as on the certificate loan. The
total loan rate will be 8.0% per year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your certificate as a
premium unless clearly marked for loan repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time
before the death of the insured while the certificate is in
force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value securing
the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan repayment
will be repaid to the Divisions of the Separate Account in
the same proportion that the cash value in the Loan Account
bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as of the
date the original loan was made, unless you indicate a
specific allocation to the Divisions of the Separate
Account. Unpaid loans and loan interest will be deducted
from any settlement of your certificate.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan
interest due would exceed the cash value, your certificate
will terminate. We will allow you a grace period for such
payment of loans and loan interest due. In such event the
certificate becomes void at the end of the grace period, we
will mail a notice to your last known address, the last
known address of the insured, and that of any assignee of
record. This grace period will expire 62 days from the
monthly anniversary immediately before the date the total
loan and loan interest due exceeds the cash value and any
unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31 days after such notice
has been mailed, if later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your certificate is equal to the total of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate
Account; plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
30413 4.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
You may borrow against the loan value of your certificate.
The interest rate used to calculate the interest earned on
the cash values in the Loan Account securing any certificate
loan will be at an effective annual rate not less than the
Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the
certificate specifications page.
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account
Cash Value on the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The portion of the initial net premium received and
allocated to the Division; minus
- The portion of the monthly deductions due from the
certificate date through the Investment Start Date
charged to the Division.
The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a
subsequent valuation date is equal to:
- The cash value in the Division on the preceding
valuation date multiplied by that Division's net
investment factor for the current valuation period;
plus
- Any portion of net premium received and allocated
to the Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any net amounts transferred to the Division from
another Division during the current valuation
period; plus
- Any loan repayments allocated to the Division
during the current valuation period; plus
- That portion of any interest credited on
outstanding loans which is allocated to the
Division during the current valuation period; minus
- Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge
from the Division during the current valuation
period; minus
- Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal
transaction charge from the Division during the
current valuation period; minus
- Any amount transferred from the Division to the
Loan Account during that valuation period; minus
- If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current
valuation period, the portion of the monthly
deduction charged to the Division during the
current valuation period to cover the certificate
month which starts during that valuation period.
Net Investment The Net Investment Factor measures the investment
performance of a Division during Factor a valuation period.
The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation
period is calculated as follows:
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period; plus
- The investment income and capital gains ---realized
or unrealized ---credited to the assets in the
valuation period for which the net investment
factor is being determined; minus
- The capital losses --- realized or unrealized ---
charged against those assets during the valuation
period; minus
- Any amount charged against each Division for taxes
including any tax or other economic burden
resulting from the application of tax laws that we
determine to be properly attributable to the
Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount we
set aside during the valuation period as a reserve
for taxes attributable to the operation or
maintenance of each Division; minus
- A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in
the valuation period. This corresponds to 0.90% per
year for mortality and expense risks; divided by
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding
valuation period.
30413 4.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment
Cash Value Start Date is zero.
The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the
Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding
business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from
the Divisions of the Separate Account on that day;
minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is
of Insurance deducted on the monthly anniversary date. The monthly cost
of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the difference
between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by 1,000.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the
certificate month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the certificate
month, before the deduction of the monthly cost of
insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been an
increase in the face amount, then the cash value will first
be considered a part of the face amount when the certificate
was issued. If the cash value is greater than the initial
face amount, the excess cash value will then be considered a
part of each increase in order, starting with the first
increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly cost
of Insurance Rates rate is of insurance determined using the insured's attained
age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is based on the
attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount, we
will use the rate class on the certificate date. For each
increase, we will use the rate class applicable to the
increase. If the death benefit equals a percentage of the
cash value, any increase in cash value will cause an
automatic increase in the death benefit. The rate class for
such increase will be the same as that used for the most
recent increase that required proof that the insured was
insurable by our standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the
rates shown on the Table of Guaranteed Monthly Cost of
Insurance Rates page. Any change in the cost of insurance
rates will apply to all persons of the same age, and
classification whose certificates have been in force for the
same length of time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged
Monthly Expense during the first certificate year is shown on the
Charge certificate specifications page.
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on the
Charge certificate specifications page.
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included
with this certificate; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4. For the first certificate year, the first year
monthly expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be
allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the
same proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to
the total cash value of the certificate, minus the cash value
in the Loan Account on the monthly anniversary.
30413 4.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender You may surrender your certificate for its cash surrender
value at any time during the lifetime of the insured by
sending us a written request. The cash surrender value will
be determined as of the date we receive your written request
at our home office. The cash surrender value will not be
reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date for a
subsequent certificate month.
Partial After the first certificate year, you can make a partial
Withdrawals withdrawal of cash subject to the following conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each
certificate month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal
request from any one Division must be at least
$50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that
Division, if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal
request at any one time must be at least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial
withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the above
Partial conditions, among the Divisions of the Separate Account. If
Withdrawals you do not specify the allocation, then the partial
withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions of the
Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value
in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the
date of the partial withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit equals
the face amount, then a partial withdrawal will decrease the
face amount by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal. If
the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value then
a partial withdrawal will decrease the face amount by any
amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the difference
between the death benefit and the face amount. The face
amount will be decreased in the following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they were
issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result in
the face amount being decreased below the minimum face amount
shown on the certificate specifications page.
We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the
number of times you may make a partial withdrawal. Each
partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative charge
equal to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the
partial withdrawal.
Postponement We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender, partial
of Payments withdrawal or certificate loan allocated to the Divisions of
the Separate Account within seven days after written notice
is received. We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds
within seven days after we receive due proof of claim.
Payment of any amount payable on surrender, partial
withdrawal, certificate loan or death may be postponed
whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are
closed (other than customary weekend and holiday
closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange
is restricted as determined by the Securities and
Exchange Commission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order,
permits postponement for the protection of
certificate owners; or
30413 4.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>
3. An emergency exists as determined by the Securities
and Exchange Commission, as a result of which
disposal of securities is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the
Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances
listed above.
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided under
of Insurance this certificate, including benefits provided by any rider
attached to this certificate will continue in accordance with
the provisions of this certificate for as long as the cash
surrender value is sufficient to cover the monthly
deductions. Any remaining cash surrender value will be
payable on the maturity date.
Basis of All values are at least equal to those required by any
Computation applicable law of the state that governs your certificate. We
have filed a detailed statement of the method of calculating
cash values and reserves with the insurance supervisory
official of that state.
30413 4.05
(5/95)
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE
Owner The owner is as shown in the application or in any
supplemental agreement attached to this certificate,
unless later changed as provided in this certificate.
You, as owner, are entitled to all rights provided by
this certificate, prior to its maturity date.
Ownership may be changed in accordance with the Change
of Owner or Beneficiary provision. After the maturity
date, you can not change the payee nor the mode of
payment, unless otherwise provided in this
certificate. Any person whose rights of ownership
depend upon some future event will not possess any
present rights of ownership. If there is more than one
owner at a given time, all must exercise the rights of
ownership. If you should die, and you are not the
insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
otherwise provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in
this certificate before the death of the insured. If
there is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
insured, each will receive equal payments unless
otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
you, if you are living, or to your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to any
Beneficiary restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
provisions. You must make the change in written form
satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
or not the insured is living when we receive your
request at our home office. The change will be subject
to any assignment of this certificate or other legal
restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment
we made or action we took before we received your
written notice of the change. We have the right to
require the certificate for endorsement before we
accept the change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at
the time of the insured's death, you may designate
some other person to receive the proceeds of the
certificate within 60 days after the insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the
certificate or of any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified
copy with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of
any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim
of a beneficiary.
7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Entire Contract We have issued this certificate in consideration of
the application and payment of premiums. The
certificate, the application for it, any riders, and
any application for an increase in face amount
constitute the entire contract and are attached to and
made a part of the certificate when the insurance
applied for is accepted. A copy of any application for
reinstatement will be sent to you for attachment to
this certificate and will become part of the contract
of reinstatement and of this certificate. The
certificate may be changed by mutual agreement. Any
change must be in writing and approved by our
President, Vice President, or Secretary. Our agents
have no authority to alter or modify any terms,
conditions, or agreements of this certificate, or to
waive any of its provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this certificate is in conflict
Statutes with the laws of the state which govern this
certificate, the provision will be deemed to be
amended to conform with such laws. In addition, we
reserve the right to change this certificate if we
determine that a change is necessary to meet the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, or its
regulations or published rulings.
30616 6.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
representations and not warranties, except in the case
of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
void the certificate, any rider or any increase in
face amount or deny a claim unless made in the
application for a certificate, rider or an increase in
face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the
Creditors certificate nor any payment under it will be subject
to the claim of creditors or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an
Examine Increase increase in face amount and receive a refund. The
in Face Amount request must be made no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new
certificate specifications page for the increase;
or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application
for the increase.
The refund will equal the monthly deductions
associated with that increase. If you do request us to
cancel the increase but do not request a refund, the
monthly deductions associated with that increase will
be restored to the certificate's cash value. This
amount will be allocated to the Divisions of the
Separate Account in the same manner as it was
deducted.
Conversion Rights Once during the first two certificate years you have
the right, upon written request, to exchange this
certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
for benefits that do not vary with the investment
return of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
evidence of insurability will be required. However, we
will require that this certificate be in force and
that you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time
of the conversion, the new policy will have, at your
option, either the same death benefit or the same
difference between death benefit and cash value as
this certificate. The new policy will also have the
same issue date and issue age as this certificate. The
planned premiums for the new policy will be based on
our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
class as the original certificate.
You also have the right once during the first two
years following the effective date of an increase in
face amount to exchange the increased portion of this
certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
for fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
conversion of the entire certificate described above
are also applicable to a conversion of an increase in
face amount.
Eligibility Change If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends
Conversion due to the termination of the contract or termination
Privilege of the employee's employment, your coverage, if still
in force, will convert automatically to an individual
policy. Such individual policy will provide benefits
which are identical to those provided under this
certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an
individual policy will be mailed:
1. Within 31 days after we receive written
notification that the employee's employment ended;
or after the termination of the contract; and
2. Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy
from lapsing is paid to us at our home office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
intervals we may establish from time to time.
Additional premium payments may be made at any time
subject to limitations identical to those contained in
this certificate.
30616 6.02
(5/95)
<PAGE>
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age and the amount of the death benefit will be that which
Corrections would be purchased by the most recent mortality
charge at the correct age.
If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to
us, our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the
right to correct any errors in the certificate.
Incontestability We can not contest this certificate after it has been
in force during the lifetime of the insured for two
years from its certificate date. We can not contest an
increase in face amount with regard to material
misstatements made concerning such increase after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
for two years from its effective date. We can not
contest any reinstatement of this certificate after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
for a period of two years from the date we approve the
reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
rider which contains its own incontestability clause.
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
within two years from the certificate date (or within
the maximum period permitted by law of the state in
which this certificate was delivered, if less than two
years), the amount payable will be limited to the
amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
certificate loans with interest to the date of death,
and less any partial withdrawals. If the insured,
while sane or insane, commits suicide within two years
after the effective date of any increase in face
amount, the death benefit for that increase will be
limited to the monthly deductions for the increase.
If the group contract is issued to a contractholder in
the state of Missouri, then this certificate is
considered issued to a Missouri citizen. This
provision does not apply unless we prove that the
Insured, who is considered a Missouri citizen,
intended suicide when this certificate was applied
for. This provision does not apply to an increase in
face amount unless the Insured, who is considered a
Missouri citizen, intended suicide when the increase
in face amount was applied for.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
current certificate values, premiums paid and
deductions made since the last report, and any
outstanding certificate loans.
Projection of You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and of illustrative future cash values and death
Values benefits. This projection will be furnished to you for
a nominal fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this certificate are
provided through investments in the Separate Account.
This account is used for flexible premium variable
life insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may
be used for other policies or contracts as well.
We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
assets are held separately from the Company's general
assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
realized ---from assets allocated to the Separate
Account will be credited to or charged against the
account without regard to our other income, gains or
losses.
Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other
business we may conduct. We have the right to transfer
to the Company's general assets any assets of the
Separate Account which are in excess of the reserves
and other policy liabilities of the Separate Account.
30616 6.03
(5/95)
<PAGE>
The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
the contract was delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions which are
shown on the certificate specifications page. The
Separate Account will buy shares in the Funds
identified on the certificate specifications page.
Each Fund corresponds to a different investment
portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
--- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that
Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
other Divisions of the Separate Account.
We will value the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account at the end of each valuation period.
A valuation period is the period between two
successive valuation dates, commencing at the close of
trading (currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each
valuation date and ending at the close of trading
(currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the next
succeeding valuation date. A valuation date is each
day that the New York Stock Exchange and our home
office are open for business or any other day that may
be required by any applicable Securities and Exchange
Commission Rules and Regulations.
Transfers You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account.
These transfers will be subject to the following
conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
Separate Account may be made at any time and must
be at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have
in a Division, if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the
frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments or substitutions for the shares of a fund that are
held by the Separate Account or that the Separate
Account may purchase. We reserve the right to
eliminate the shares of any of the Funds and to
substitute shares of another fund or of another
registered open-end, investment company, if the shares
or funds are no longer available for investment or if
in our judgement, further investment in any fund
should become inappropriate in view of the purpose of
the policy or contract. We will not substitute any
shares attributable to the owner's interest in a
Division of the Separate Account without notice to the
owner and compliance with the Investment Company Act
of 1940. This will not prevent the Separate Account
from purchasing other securities for other series or
classes of policies, or from permitting conversion
between series or classes of policies or contracts on
the basis of requests made by owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
a new fund or in shares of another open-end investment
company and to make such Divisions available to such
class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
assets between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
event registration is no longer required; it may be
combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
may be transferred to other separate accounts.
30616 6.04
(5/95)
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provided on the face
page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with us.
30706 7.01
(5/95)
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
A MetLife(R)
Company [LOGO]
----------------------
PARAGON
LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
30028
(1/95)
<PAGE>
[LOGO]
PARAGON CERTIFICATE NUMBER
Life Insurance Company
St. Louis, Missouri 63105
INSURED
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
Flexible Premiums are payable during the lifetime of the insured to age 95. The
death benefit is payable at the death of the insured prior to age 95 and while
the certificate is in force. Cash surrender value, if any, is payable at the
insured's age 95.
THE AMOUNT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT OR THE DURATION OF THE DEATH BENEFIT MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE UNDER THE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON PAGES 3.02 AND 3.03.
THE CERTIFICATE'S CASH VALUE IN EACH INVESTMENT DIVISION OF THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
IS BASED ON THE INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THAT INVESTMENT DIVISION AND MAY
INCREASE OR DECREASE DAILY. IT IS NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT. SEE THE
SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISION.
RIGHT TO
EXAMINE CERTIFICATE
Please read this certificate. You may return this certificate to us or to the
agent through whom it was purchased within 20 days from the date you receive it
or within 45 days after the application is signed, whichever period ends later.
If you return it within this period, the certificate will be void from the
beginning. We will refund any premium paid.
The provisions on the pages which follow are a part of this certificate. This
contains a summary of the terms of the Group Contract which is the contract
between the Contractholder and Paragon Life Insurance Company. This certificate
is evidence of life insurance under the Group Contract and is subject to all of
the terms and limits of the Group Contract and any amendments thereto. PLEASE
READ YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY.
Signed for the company at its Home Office, St. Louis, Missouri 63105.
(314-862-2211)
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE] /s/ Carl H. Anderson
- ----------------- --------------------
V.P., GENERAL COUNSEL PRESIDENT
AND SECRETARY
30036 0.01
(6/96)
<PAGE>
ALPHABETIC GUIDE TO YOUR CERTIFICATE
Page
6.04 Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
3.04 Allocation of Net Premiums
6.01 Assignments
4.05 Basis of Computation
6.01 Beneficiary
4.04 Cash Surrender Value
4.01 Cash Values
3.03 Certificate Changes
3.01 Certificate Date
3.03 Change in Contract Type
3.03 Change in Face Amount
6.01 Change of Owner or Beneficiary
6.02 Claims of Creditors
6.01 Conformity with Statutes
6.02 Conversion Rights
3.02 Death Benefit
3.01 Definitions
6.02 Eligibility Change Conversion Privilege
3.04 Grace Period
6.03 Incontestability
7.01 Interest an Proceeds
4.03 Loan Account Cash Value
4.01 Loans
3.01 Maturity Date
6.03 Misstatement of Age and Corrections
4.03 Monthly Cost of Insurance
4.03 Monthly Deduction
4.02 Net Investment Factor
3.04 Not Premium
6.01 Owner
4.04 Partial Withdrawals
7.01 Payment of Benefits
3.04 Payment of Premiums
4.04 Postponement of Payments
3.02 Proceeds
3.05 Reinstatement
6.02 Right to Examine Increase in Face Amount
4.02 Separate Account Cash Value
6.03 Separate Account Provisions
6.02 Statements in Application
6.03 Suicide Exclusion
6.04 Transfers
Additional Benefit Riders, Modifications and Amendments, if any, and a Copy of
the Application are found following the final section.
30036
(6/96) 0.02
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE SPECIFICATIONS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INSURED AGE <AGE> INSURED <INSURED>
SEX <SEX> FACE AMOUNT <FACEAMT>
CONTRACT TYPE <CONTTYPE> CERTIFICATE DATE <CERTDATE>
MINIMUM FACE AMOUNT <MINFACEAMT> CERTIFICATE NUMBER <CERTNUM>
NET PREMIUM PERCENTAGE <NETPREMPER> PLANNED ANNUAL PREMIUM <APREMIUM>
LOAN ACCOUNT GUARANTEED MONTHLY EXPENSE CHARGE <MOEXPCHG>
INTEREST RATE 5.0% FIRST YEAR MONTHLY
RISK CLASSIFICATION <RISKCLASS> EXPENSE CHARGE <FYMEC>
MATURITY DATE* <MATDATE> SEPARATE ACCOUNT <SEPACCT>
</TABLE>
FORM BENEFITS-AS SPECIFIED IN CERTIFICATE
NUMBER AND IN ANY RIDER
Certificate Plan: FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
(DOCSLIST[LOOPIN, 1])
* It is possible that coverage will expire prior to the Maturity Date shown
where either no premiums are paid following payment of the initial premium
or subsequent premiums are insufficient to continue coverage to such a
date. If current values change, the planned periodic premium could be
insufficient to continue coverage to the maturity date.
30175 1.01
<PAGE>
TABLE OF GUARANTEED MONTHLY COST OF INSURANCE RATES
RATES ARE PER $1,000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
INSURED: <INSURED> CERTIFICATE NUMBER: <CERTNUM>
CERTIFICATE DATE: <CERTDATE>
ATTAINED ATTAINED ATTAINED
AGE RATE AGE RATE AGE RATE
--- ---- --- ---- --- ----
</TABLE>
THESE RATES ARE FOR THE BASE COVERAGE AT ISSUE. They are based on 125 percent of
the 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C Age Last Birthday.
Any values guaranteed in this certificate are based on these rates.
30176 1.01
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS
We, Us and Our The Paragon Life insurance Company.
You and Your The owner of this certificate. The owner may be
someone other than the insured.
In the application the words "You" and "Your"
refer to the proposed insured person(s).
Insured The person whose life is insured under this
certificate. See the certificate specifications
page. The insured must be eligible to participate
in the plan sponsored by the contractholder at the
time this certificate is issued.
Issue Age The insured's age at his or her last birthday as
of the certificate date.
Attained Age The issue age plus the number of completed
certificate years.
Certificate Date The date of issue of this certificate is the
effective date of coverage under this certificate.
It is also the date from which certificate
anniversaries, certificate years, and certificate
months are measured.
Investment The date the first premium is applied to the
Start Date Divisions of the Separate Account. This date will
be the later of:
- The certificate date; or
- The date we receive the first premium at our
home office.
Maturity Date The certificate anniversary on which the insured
attains age 95. If the insured is living and the
certificate is in force on this date, the cash
surrender value is payable to you. It is possible
that insurance coverage may not continue to the
maturity date even if planned premiums are paid in
a timely manner.
Monthly The same date in each succeeding month as the
Anniversary certificate date except that whenever the monthly
anniversary falls on a date other than a valuation
date, the monthly anniversary will be deemed the
next valuation date. If any monthly anniversary
would be the 29th, 30th, or 31st day of a month
that does not have that number of days, then the
monthly anniversary will be the last day of that
month.
Business Day Any day that we are open for business.
Separate Account A separate investment account created by us to
receive and invest net premiums received for this
certificate. The particular Separate Account for
this certificate is indicated on the certificate
specifications page.
Loan Account The account to which we will transfer from the
Divisions of the Separate Account the amount of
any certificate loan.
Loan SubAccount A Loan SubAccount exists for each Division of the
Separate Account. Any cash value transferred to
the Loan Account will be allocated to the
appropriate Loan SubAccount to reflect the origin
of the cash value. At any point in time, the Loan
Account will equal the sum of all the Loan
SubAccounts.
Actively The employee must work for his employer at his
at Work usual place of work or such other places as
required by his employer in the course of such
work for the full number of hours and full rate of
pay, as set by the employment practices of his
employer. In no event will the amount of time
worked per week be less than 30 hours.
Contract The Group Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance
Contract issued to the contractholder by us.
30320 3.01
(6/96)
<PAGE>
2. DEATH BENEFITS
Proceeds The certificate proceeds are:
1. The death benefit under the contract type
then in effect; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for the portion
of the certificate month from the date of
death to the end of the month of death; less
3. Any loan and loan interest due.
Death Benefit The death benefit depends upon the contract type
in effect on the date of the insured's death. The
contract type in effect is shown on the
certificate specifications page.
Level Contract Type: (Death benefit is level
except when it equals a percentage of cash value.)
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value
on the date of death as described in Section
7702(d) of the internal Revenue Code of 1986
or any applicable successor provision
thereto.
Increasing Contract Type:
The death benefit is the greater of:
1. The face amount plus the cash value on the
date of death; or
2. The applicable percentage of the cash value
on the date of death as described in Section
7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
or any applicable successor provision
thereto.
Not withstanding anything in this certificate, the
death benefit will in no case be less than the
amount necessary to cause the certificate to meet
the guideline premium test set forth in Section
7702(c) of the 1986 Internal Revenue Code or any
applicable successor.
Applicable The percentages as currently described in Section
Percentage 7702(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are
as follows:
<TABLE>
In the case of an insured with an The applicable percentage
attained age as of the beginning will decrease by a ratable
of the certificate year of: portion for each full year:
More than: But not more than: From: To:
<S> <C>
0.......................... 40 250......................... 250
40.......................... 45 250......................... 215
45.......................... 50 215......................... 185
50.......................... 55 185......................... 150
55.......................... 60 150......................... 130
60.......................... 65 130......................... 120
65.......................... 70 120......................... 115
70.......................... 75 115......................... 105
75.......................... 90 105......................... 105
90.......................... 95 105......................... 100
95.......................... 100 100......................... 100
100.......................... 100 100......................... 100
or higher
</TABLE>
30320 3.02
(6/96)
<PAGE>
Certificate You may request certificate changes at any time
Changes unless we specifically indicate otherwise. We
reserve the right to limit the number of changes to
one per certificate year and to restrict the
changes in the first certificate year. The types of
changes allowed are explained below.
No change will be permitted that would result in
this certificate not satisfying the definition of
Life Insurance under the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 or any applicable successor provision thereto.
Change in The face amount may be changed by sending us a
Face Amount written request.
1. The decrease will become effective on the
monthly anniversary on or following our
receipt of the request.
2. The decrease will reduce the face amount in
the following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most
recent increase;
b. Face amounts provided by the next most
recent increases, successively; and
c. The face amount when the certificate was
issued.
3. The face amount remaining in force after any
requested decrease may not be less than the
minimum face amount shown on the certificate
specifications page.
4. Any decrease must be at least $5,000.
Any increase in face amount will be subject to the
following conditions:
1. Proof that the insured is insurable by our
standards on the date of the requested
increase must be submitted.
2. The increase will become effective on the
monthly anniversary on or following our
receipt of such proof.
3. Any increase must be at least $5,000.
4. The insured must have an attained age not
greater than age 80 on the anniversary date
that the increase will become effective.
We will amend your certificate to show the
effective date at the decrease or increase.
Change in The contract type in effect may be changed by
Contract Type sending us a written request. The effective date of
change will be the monthly anniversary on or
following the date we receive the request. On the
effective date of this change the death benefit
payable does not change.
If the contract type in effect is increasing, it
may be changed to level. The face amount will be
increased to equal the benefit on the effective
date of change.
If the contract type in effect is level, it may be
changed to increasing. Proof that the insured is
insurable by our standards on the date of the
change must be submitted. The face amount will be
decreased to equal the death benefit less the cash
value on the effective date of change. This change
may not be made if it would result in a face amount
which is less than the minimum face amount shown on
the certificate specifications page.
30320 3.03
(6/96)
<PAGE>
3. PREMIUMS AND GRACE PERIOD
Payment of Your first premium is due as of the certificate
Premiums date. While the insured is living, premiums after
the first must be paid at our home office. If this
certificate is not in your possession and you have
not paid the first premium, it is not in force. It
will be considered that you have the certificate
for inspection only.
Premiums after the first may be paid in any amount
and at any interval subject to the following
conditions:
1. No premium payment may be less than $20.00.
2. Total premiums paid in any certificate year
may not exceed the maximum premium limit for
that certificate year. The maximum premium
limit for a certificate year is the largest
amount of premium which can be paid in that
certificate year such that the sum of the
premiums paid under the certificate will not
at any time exceed the guideline premium
limitation referred to in Section 7702(c) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or as set
forth in any applicable successor provision
thereto. The maximum premium limit for the
following certificate year will be shown on
your annual report.
On any date that we receive a premium which
causes the death benefit to increase by an
amount that exceeds that premium received, we
reserve the right to refuse the premium
payment. We may require additional evidence
of insurability before we accept the premium
payment.
Net Premium The premium paid times the net premium
percentage from the certificate
specifications page is the net premium.
Allocation of You determine the allocation of net premiums
Net Premiums among the Divisions of the Separate Account.
The minimum percentage (other than zero) that
may be allocated to any Division of the
Separate Account is 10%. Percentages must be
in whole numbers.
Your Right You may change the allocation of future net
to Change premiums among the Divisions of the Separate
Allocation Account subject to the conditions outlined in
the Allocation of the Net Premiums provision.
The change in allocation percentages will
take effect immediately upon our receipt of
your written request.
Grace Period We will allow a grace period of 62 days. The
grace period will start on any monthly,
anniversary when the cash surrender value is
not large enough to cover the next monthly
deduction. (Monthly deduction is defined in
the Cash Values Section.) At that time, we
will send you and any assignee of record a
notice. The notice will indicate the minimum
premium needed to keep the certificate in
force and the date such payment is due.
If you do not pay a premium large enough to
cover the monthly deduction by the end of the
grace period, your certificate will lapse at
the end of that 62 day period. It will then
terminate without cash value. It the insured
dies during the grace period, any past due
monthly deductions will be deducted from the
death benefit.
30320 3.04
(6/96)
<PAGE>
Reinstatement You may reinstate your lapsed certificate within 5
years after the date of lapse. This must be done
before the insured's age 95. You must submit the
following items:
1. A written request for reinstatement.
2. Proof satisfactory to us that the insured is
insurable by our standards.
3. A premium large enough to cover:
a. The monthly deductions due at the time
of lapse; and
b. Two times the monthly deduction due at
the time of reinstatement.
The insured must be alive on the date we approve
the request for reinstatement. If the insured is
not alive, such approval is void and of no effect.
The reinstated certificate will be in force from
the date we approve the reinstatement application.
There will be a full monthly deduction for the
certificate month which includes that date. The
only accumulation value of this certificate upon
reinstatement will be the amount provided by the
premium then paid. The application for
reinstatement will be contestable for two years
during the lifetime of the insured from the date
of its approval.
Any loan and loan interest due on the date of
lapse may be paid or reinstated. Any loan and loan
interest reinstated will cause a cash value of an
equal amount to also be reinstated.
Any loan paid at the time of reinstatement will
cause an increase in cash value equal to the
amount of the repaid loan.
30320 3.05
(6/96)
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
4. LOANS
<S> <C>
After the first certificate anniversary, you may borrow an amount not in excess of the
loan value of your certificate while it is in force. The minimum amount of your net loan
request at any one time must be at least $100. Your certificate will be the sole security
for such loan. We have the right to require your certificate for endorsement.
The loan value is 85% of the cash value of your certificate at the date of the loan
request, reduced by any existing loans and loan interest due.
You may allocate the certificate loan and any loan interest due on this loan among the
Divisions of the Separate Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the
certificate loan will be allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account, on the date of the certificate loan.
Cash value equal to the certificate loan and the loan interest due on this loan allocated
to each Division of the Separate Account will be transferred to the Loan Account, reducing
the cash value allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account accordingly.
Cash value held in the Loan Account for loan collateral will earn interest daily at an
annual rate not less than the Loan Account guaranteed interest rate shown on the
certificate specifications page.
Interest payable on a loan accrues daily. Loan interest is due and payable in arrears on
each certificate anniversary or on a pro rata basis for any shorter period as the loan
may exist. If you do not pay the interest when it is due, we will add it to your existing
loan if your certificate has sufficient loan value. We will charge the same rate of
interest on this amount as an the certificate loan. The total loan rate will be 8.0% per
year.
Loan Repayments All funds received will be credited to your certificate as a premium unless clearly
marked for loan repayment.
You may repay your loan in whole or in part at any time before the death of the insured
while the certificate is in force. When a loan repayment is made, cash value securing
the debt in the Loan Account equal to the loan repayment will be repaid to the Divisions
of the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value in the Loan Account
bears to the cash value in each Loan SubAccount as of the date the original loan was made,
unless you indicate a specific allocation to the Divisions of the Separate Account.
Unpaid loans and loan interest will be deducted from any settlement of your certificate.
If you fail to make repayment when the total loan and loan interest due would exceed the
cash value, your certificate will terminate. We will allow you a grace period for such
payment of loans and loan interest due. In such event the certificate becomes void at the
end of the grace period, we will mail a notice to your last known address, the last known
address of the insured, and that of any assignee of record. This grace period will
expire 62 days from the monthly anniversary immediately before the date the total loan and
loan interest due exceeds the cash value and any unpaid monthly expense charges; or 31
days after such notice has been mailed, it later.
5. CASH VALUES
Cash Value The cash value of your certificate is equal to the total of:
- The cash value in the Divisions of the Separate Account; plus
- The cash value in the Loan Account.
</TABLE>
30417
(6/96) 4.01
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
You may borrow against the loan value of your certificate. The interest rate used to
calculate the interest earned on the cash values in the Loan Account securing any
certificate loan will be at an effective annual rate not less than the Loan Account
guaranteed interest rate shown on the certificate specifications page.
Separate Account The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on the Investment Start Date is
Cash Value equal to:
- The portion of the initial net premium received and allocated to the Division; minus
- The portion of the monthly deductions due from the certificate date through the
Investment Start Date charged to the Division
The cash value in each Division of the Separate Account on a subsequent valuation date is
equal to:
- The cash value in the Division on the preceding valuation date multiplied by that
Division's net investment factor for the current valuation period; plus
- Any portion of net premium received and allocated to the Division during the current
valuation period; plus
- Any net amounts transferred to the Division from another Division during the current
valuation period; plus
- Any loan repayments allocated to the Division during the current valuation period; plus
- That portion of any interest credited on outstanding loans which is allocated to the
Division during the current valuation period; minus
- Any amounts transferred plus any transfer charge from the Division during the current
valuation period; minus
- Any partial withdrawal plus any withdrawal transaction charge from the Division during
the current valuation period; minus
- Any amount transferred from the Division to the Loan Account during that valuation
period; minus
- If a monthly anniversary occurs during the current valuation period, the portion of the
monthly deduction charged to the Division during the current valuation period to cover the
certificate month which starts during that valuation period.
Net Investment The Net Investment Factor measures the investment performance of a Division during a
Factor valuation period. The Net Investment Factor for each Division for a valuation period is
calculated as follows:
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding valuation period; plus
- The investment income and capital gains --- realized or unrealized --- credited to the
assets in the valuation period for which the net investment factor is being determined;
minus
- The capital losses --- realized or unrealized --- charged against those during the
valuation period; minus
- Any amount charged against each Division for taxes including any tax or other economic
burden resulting from the application of tax laws that we determine to be properly
attributable to the Divisions of the Separate Account, or any amount we set aside during
the valuation period as a reserve for taxes attributable to the operation or maintenance
of each Division; minus
- A charge not to exceed .0024547% for each day in the valuation period. This corresponds
to 0.90% per year for mortality and expense risks; divided by
- The value of the assets at the end of the preceding valuation period.
</TABLE>
30417
(6/96) 4.02
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Loan Account The cash value of the Loan Account as of the Investment Start Date is zero.
Cash Value
The cash value of the Loan Account on any day after the Investment Start Date is equal to:
- The cash value of the Loan Account on the preceding business day, with interest; plus
- Any net amount transferred to the Loan Account from the Divisions of the Separate
Account on that day; minus
- Any loan repayments on that day.
Monthly Cost The monthly cost of insurance for the following month is deducted on the monthly
of Insurance anniversary date. The monthly cost of insurance is 1, below, multiplied by the
difference between 2 and 3 below:
1. The monthly cost of insurance rate divided by 1,000.
2. The death benefit at the beginning of the certificate month divided by 1.0040741.
3. The cash value at the beginning of the certificate month, before the deduction of the
monthly cost of insurance.
If the contract type is level and if there has been an increase in the face amount, then
the cash value will first be considered a part of the face amount when the certificate
was issued. If the cash value is greater than the initial face amount, the excess cash
value will then be considered a part of each increase in order, starting with the first
increase.
Monthly Cost At the beginning of each certificate year, the monthly cost of insurance rate is
of Insurance determined using the insured's attained age. The monthly cost of insurance rate is based
Rates on the attained age and rate class. For the initial face amount, we will use the rate
class on the certificate date. For each increase, we will use the rate class applicable
to the increase. If the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value, any increase
in cash value will cause an automatic increase in the death benefit. The rate class for
such increase will be the same as that used for the most recent increase that required
proof that the insured was insurable by our standards.
The monthly cost of insurance rates will never exceed the rates shown on the Table of
Guaranteed Monthly Cost of Insurance Rates page. Any change in the cost of insurance
rates will apply to all persons of the same age, and classification whose certificates
have been in force for the same length of time.
First Year The amount of additional monthly expense to be charged during the first certificate year
Monthly Expense is shown on the certificate specifications page.
Charge
Monthly Expense The amount of the monthly expense charge is shown on the certificate specifications page.
Charge
Monthly Deduction The monthly deduction is:
1. The monthly cost of insurance; plus
2. The monthly cost of insurance for any rider included with this certificate; plus
3. The monthly expense charge; plus
4. For the first certificate year, the first year monthly expense charge.
The monthly deduction for a certificate month will be allocated among the Divisions of
the Separate Account in the same proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to
the total cash value of the certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the
monthly anniversary.
</TABLE>
30417
(6/96) 4.03
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash Surrender The cash surrender value of this certificate is:
Value
1. The cash value at the time of surrender; minus
2. Any loan and loan interest due.
Surrender You may surrender your certificate for its cash surrender value at any time during the
lifetime of the insured by sending us a written request. The cash surrender value will
be determined as of the date we receive your written request at our home office. The cash
surrender value will not be reduced by any monthly deduction due on that date for a
subsequent certificate month.
Partial After the first certificate year, you can make a partial withdrawal of cash subject to the
Withdrawal following conditions:
- You may make up to one partial withdrawal each certificate month.
- The minimum amount of your net partial withdrawal request from any one Division must be
at least $50.00 of a Division or your entire balance in that Division, if smaller.
- The total amount of your net partial withdrawal request at any one time must be at
least $500.
- The amount of withdrawal obtained by partial withdrawal may not exceed the loan value.
Allocation of You may allocate the partial withdrawal, subject to the above conditions, among the
Partial Divisions of the Separate Account. If you do not specify the allocation, then the partial
Withdrawal withdrawal will be allocated among the Divisions of the Separate Account in the same
proportion that the cash value in each Division bears to the total cash value of the
certificate, minus the cash value in the Loan Account on the date of the partial
withdrawal.
If the contract type is level and the death benefit equals the face amount, then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the partial withdrawal. If
the death benefit equals a percentage of the cash value then a partial withdrawal will
decrease the face amount by any amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the face amount. The face amount will be
decreased in the following order:
1. The face amount at issue; and
2. Any increases in the same order in which they were issued.
No partial withdrawal will be processed which will result in the face amount being
decreased below the minimum face amount shown on the certificate specifications page.
We reserve the right to change the minimum amount or the number of times you may make a
partial withdrawal. Each partial withdrawal is subject to an administrative charge equal
to the lesser of $25.00 or 2% of the amount of the partial withdrawal.
Postponement We will usually pay any amounts payable on surrender, partial withdrawal or certificate
of Payment loan allocated to the Divisions of the Separate Account within seven days after written
notice is received. We will usually pay any death benefit proceeds within seven days
after we receive due proof of claim. Payment of any amount payable on surrender, partial
withdrawal, certificate loan or death may be postponed whenever:
1. The New York Stock Exchange or our home office are closed (other than customary
weekend and holiday closing) or trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as
determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission;
2. The Securities and Exchange Commission, by order, permits postponement for the
protection of certificate owners; or
</TABLE>
30417
(6//96) 4.06
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
3. An emergency exists as determined by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, as a result of
which disposal of securities is not reasonably
practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to
determine the value of the net assets of the
Separate Account.
Transfers may also be postponed under the circumstances listed above.
Continuation If all premium payments cease, the insurance provided under this certificate, including
of Insurance benefits provided by any rider attached to this certificate will continue in accordance
with the provisions of this certificate for as long as the cash surrender value is
sufficient to cover the monthly deductions. Any remaining cash surrender value will be
payable on the maturity date.
Basis of All values are at least equal to those required by any applicable law of the state that
Computation governs your certificate. We have filed a detailed statement of the method of calculating
cash values and reserves with the insurance supervisory official of that state.
</TABLE>
30417
(6/96) 4.05
<PAGE>
6. PERSONS WITH AN INTEREST IN THE CERTIFICATE
Owner Unless someone else is shown as owner in the
application or in any supplemental agreement attached
to this certificate, the insured will be the owner of
this certificate. If there is more than one owner at a
given time, all must exercise the right of ownership.
ownership may be changed in accordance with the Change
of Owner of Beneficiary provision.
You, as owner, are entitled to exercise all ownership
rights provided by this certificate while it is in
force. Any person whose rights of ownership depend upon
some future event will not possess any present rights
of ownership. If you should die, and you are not the
insured, your interest will go to your estate unless
otherwise provided.
Beneficiary The original beneficiary is shown in the application.
You may change the beneficiary in accordance with the
Change of Owner or Beneficiary provision. Unless
otherwise stated, the beneficiary has no rights in this
certificate before the death of the insured. If there
is more than one beneficiary at the death of the
insured, each will receive equal payments unless
otherwise provided. If no beneficiary is living at the
death of the insured the proceeds will be payable to
you, if you are living, or to your estate.
Change of During the insured's lifetime you may change the
Owner or ownership and beneficiary designations, subject to
Beneficiary any restrictions as stated in the Owner or Beneficiary
provisions. You must make the change in written form
satisfactory to us. If acceptable to us it will take
effect as of the time you signed the request, whether
or not the insured is living when we receive your
request at our home office. The change will be subject
to any assignment of this certificate or other legal
restrictions. It will also be subject to any payment we
made or action we took before we received your written
notice of the change. We have the right to require the
certificate for endorsement before we accept the
change.
If you are also the beneficiary of the certificate at
the time of the insured's death, you may designate some
other person to receive the proceeds of the certificate
within 60 days after the insured's death.
Assignments We will not be bound by an assignment of the
certificate or of any interest in it unless:
1. The assignment is made as a written instrument,
2. You file the original instrument or a certified
copy with us at our home office, and
3. We send you an acknowledged copy.
We are not responsible for determining the validity of
any assignment. If a claim is based on an assignment,
we may require proof of interest of the claimant. A
valid assignment will take precedence over any claim of
a beneficiary.
7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Entire Contract We have issued this certificate in consideration of the
application and payment of premiums. The certificate,
the application for it, any riders, and any application
for an increase in face amount constitute the entire
contract and are attached to and made a part of the
certificate when the insurance applied for is accepted.
A copy of any application for reinstatement will be
sent to you for attachment to this certificate and will
become part of the contract of reinstatement and of
this certificate. The certificate may be changed by
mutual agreement. Any change must be in writing and
approved by our President, Vice President, or
Secretary. Our agents have no authority to alter or
modify any terms, conditions, or agreements of this
certificate, or to waive any of its provisions.
Conformity with If any provision in this certificate is in conflict
Statutes with the laws of the state which govern this
certificate, the provision will be deemed to be amended
to conform with such laws. In addition, we reserve the
right to change this certificate if we determine that a
change is necessary to cause this certificate to comply
with, or give you the benefit of, any federal or state
statute, rule or regulation, including, but not limited
to, requirements for life insurance contracts under the
Internal Revenue Code, or its regulations or published
rulings.
30620
(6/96) 6.01
<PAGE>
Statements in All statements made by the insured or on his or her
Application behalf, or by the applicant, will be deemed
representations and not warranties, except in the case
of fraud. Material misstatements will not be used to
void the certificate, any rider or any increase in face
amount or deny a claim unless made in the application
for a certificate, rider or an increase in face amount.
Claims of To the extent permitted by law, neither the certificate
Creditor nor any payment under it will be subject to the claim
of creditors or to any legal process.
Right to You have the right to request us to cancel an increase
Examine Increase in face amount and receive a refund. The request must
in Face Amount be made no later than:
- 20 days from the date you received the new
certificate specifications page for the increase;
or
- 45 days after the date you signed the application
for the increase.
The refund will equal the monthly deductions associated
with that increase. If you do request us to cancel the
increase but do not request a refund, the monthly
deductions associated with that increase will be
restored to the certificate's cash value. This amount
will be allocated to the Divisions of the Separate
Account in the same manner as it was deducted.
Conversion Rights Once during the first two certificate years you have
the right, upon written request, to exchange this
certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
for benefits that do not vary with the investment
return of the Divisions of the Separate Account. No
evidence of insurability will be required. However, we
will require that this certificate be in force and that
you repay any existing indebtedness. At the time of the
conversion, the new policy will have, at your option,
either the same death benefit or the same difference
between death benefit and cash value as this
certificate. The new policy will also have the same
issue date and issue age as this certificate. The
planned premiums for the new policy will be based an
our rates in effect for the same issue age and risk
class as the original certificate.
You also have the right once during the first two years
following the effective date of an increase in face
amount to exchange the increased portion of this
certificate for a life insurance policy that provides
for fixed benefits. The provisions applicable to the
conversion of the entire certificate described above
are also applicable to a conversion of an increase in
face amount.
Eligibility Change If an insured's eligibility under the Contract ends
Conversion due to the termination of the contract or termination
Privilege of the employee's employment, your coverage, if still
in force, will convert automatically to an individual
policy. Such individual policy will provide benefits
which are identical to those provided under this
certificate.
An amendment to convert the certificate to an
individual policy will be mailed:
1. Within 31 days after we receive written
notification that the employee's employment ended;
or after the termination of the contract; and
2. Once any premium necessary to prevent the policy
from lapsing is paid to us at our home office.
The planned premiums for this individual policy may be
paid annually, semiannually, quarterly, or at other
intervals we may establish from time to time.
Additional premium payments may be made at any time
subject to limitations identical to those contained in
this certificate.
30620 6.02
(6/96)
<PAGE>
Misstatement If there is a misstatement of age in the application,
of Age and the amount of the death benefit will be that which
Corrections would be purchased by the most recent mortality charge
at the correct age.
If we make any payment or certificate changes in good
faith, relying on our records, or evidence supplied to
us, our duty will be fully discharged. We reserve the
right to correct any errors in the certificate.
Incontestability We can not contest this certificate after it has been
in force during the lifetime of the insured for two
years from its certificate date. We can not contest an
increase in face amount with regard to material
misstatements made concerning such increase after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
for two years from its effective date. We can not
contest any reinstatement of this certificate after it
has been in force during the lifetime of the insured
for a period of two years from the date we approve the
reinstatement. This provision will not apply to any
rider which contains its own incontestability clause.
Suicide Exclusion If the insured dies by suicide, while sane or insane,
within two years from the certificate date (or within
the maximum period permitted by law of the state in
which this certificate was delivered, if less than two
years), the amount payable will be limited to the
amount of premiums paid, less any outstanding
certificate loans with interest to the date of death,
and less any partial withdrawals.
If the insured, while sane or insane, commits suicide
within two years after the effective date of any
increase in face amount, the death benefit for that
increase will be limited to the monthly deductions for
the increase.
Annual Report Each year a report will be sent to you which shows the
current certificate values, premiums paid and
deductions made since the last report, and any
outstanding certificate loans.
Projection of You may make a written request to us for a projection
Benefits and of illustrative future cash values and death benefits.
Values This projection will be furnished to you for a nominal
fee.
8. SEPARATE ACCOUNT PROVISIONS
Separate Account The variable benefits under this certificate are
provided through investments in the Separate Account.
This account is used for flexible premium variable life
insurance policies and, if permitted by law, may be
used for other policies or contracts as well.
We hold the assets of the Separate Account. These
assets are held separately from the Company's general
assets. Income, gains and losses --- whether or not
realized --- from assets allocated to the Separate
Account will be credited to or charged against the
account without regard to our other income, gains or
losses.
Assets held by the Separate Account will not be
charged with liabilities that arise from any other
business we may conduct. We have the right to transfer
to the Company's general assets any assets of the
Separate Account which are in excess of the reserves
and other policy liabilities of the Separate Account.
30620 6.03
(6/96)
<PAGE>
The Separate Account is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Separate
Account is also subject to the laws of the State of
Missouri, which regulate the operations of insurance
companies incorporated in Missouri. The investment
policy of the Separate Account will not be changed
without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of
the State of Missouri. The approval process is on file
with the Insurance Commissioner of the state in which
the contract was delivered.
Divisions The Separate Account has several Divisions. Each
Separate Account Division will buy shares in a
different investment portfolio.
Income, gains and losses --- whether or not realized
--- from the assets of each Division of the Separate
Account are credited to or charged against that
Division without regard to income, gains or losses in
other Divisions of the Separate Account.
We will value the assets of each Division of the
Separate Account at the end of each valuation period. A
valuation period is the period between two successive
valuation dates, commencing at the close of trading
(currently 4:00 p.m. New York time) each valuation date
and ending at the close of trading (currently 4:00 p.m.
New York time) on the next succeeding valuation date. A
valuation date is each day that the New York Stock
Exchange and our home office are open for business or
any other day that may be required by any applicable
Securities and Exchange Commission Rules and
Regulations.
Transfer You may transfer amounts among the Divisions of the
Separate Account.
These transfers will be subject to the following
conditions:
- We must receive a written request for transfer.
- Transfers from or among the Divisions of the
Separate Account may be made at any time and must be
at least $250.00 or the entire amount you have in a
Division, if smaller.
We may modify the transfer privilege at any time,
including the minimum amount transferable, the
frequency, and the transfer charge, if any.
Addition, Deletion We reserve the right, subject to compliance with
or Substitution applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from,
of Investments of substitutions for the shares of a fund that are held
by the Separate Account or that the Separate Account
may purchase. We reserve the right to eliminate the
shares of any of the Funds and to substitute shares of
another fund or of another registered open-end,
investment company, if the shares or funds are no
longer available for investment or if in our judgement,
further investment in any fund should become
inappropriate in view of the purpose of the policy or
contract. We will not substitute any shares
attributable to the owner's interest in a Division of
the Separate Account without notice to the owner and
compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940.
This will not prevent the Separate Account from
purchasing other securities for other wines or classes
of policies, or from permitting conversion between
series or classes of policies or contracts on the basis
of requests made by owners.
We reserve the right to establish additional Divisions
of the Separate Account, each of which would invest in
a now fund or in shares of another open-end investment
company and to make such Divisions available to such
class or series of policies as we deem appropriate.
Subject to any required regulatory approval, we also
reserve the right to eliminate or combine existing
Divisions of the Separate Account or to transfer
between Divisions.
Subject to obtaining any necessary regulatory or owner
approval, the Separate Account may be operated as a
management company under the Investment Company Act of
1940; it may be deregistered under that Act in the
event registration is no longer required; it may be
combined with other separate accounts; or its assets
may be transferred to other separate accounts.
30620 6.04
(6/96)
<PAGE>
9. PAYMENT OF CERTIFICATE BENEFITS
Payment A lump sum payment will be made as provide on the face
page.
Interest on We will pay interest on proceeds from the date of the
Proceeds insured's death to the date of payment. Interest will be at
an annual rate determined by us, but never less than the
guaranteed rate of 4.0%.
Extended Provisions for settlement of proceeds different from a lump
Provisions sum payment may only be made upon written agreement with
us.
7.01
30710
(6/96)
<PAGE>
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE TO AGE 95
Non-Participating
[PARAGON LOGO]
30036
(6/96)
<PAGE>
Exhibit 6
FORM OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT WITH DEAN WITTER
VARIABLE INVESTMENT SERIES
<PAGE>
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this the ______ day of _______
1994, by and among PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), on its own
behalf and on behalf of the Separate Account D of Paragon Life Insurance Company
(the "Account"), a separate account of the Company, and DEAN WITTER VARIABLE
INVESTMENT SERIES, an unincorporated business trust organized under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Trust") and DEAN WITTER
DISTRIBUTORS INC. (the "Distributor").
WHEREAS, the Trust and the Distributor have previously entered into
Agreements to Purchase Shares with Northbrook Life Insurance Company and
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York with regard to the purchase by those
companies of shares of the Trust on their own behalf and on behalf of certain
separate variable accounts of those companies, which Agreements shall continue
in effect with those companies following the entry by the Trust and the
Distributor into this Agreement with the Company; and
WHEREAS, by resolution of its Board of Directors on , 1994, the Company
established the Account to set aside and invest assets attributable to certain
flexible premium variable life insurance contracts (the "Contracts") issued by
the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company has registered the Account as a unit investment trust
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"); and
WHEREAS, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") declared the
Account's registration statement of the Contract filed under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), effective on ___________________, 1994;
and
WHEREAS, the Trust is engaged in business as an open-end management
investment company and is registered as such under the 1940 Act and has filed
its registration statement with the SEC which declared such registration
statement effective on October 5, 1983; and
WHEREAS, the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), and is a
member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(the "NASD"); and
WHEREAS, the Trust is available to act as the investment vehicle for
separate accounts established for variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance contracts offered or to be offered by insurance companies which have
entered into agreements to purchase shares or participation agreements with the
Trust and the Distributor (hereinafter "Participating insurance Companies"); and
WHEREAS, the Trust has obtained an order from the SEC dated 1994 (File No.
812-) granting participating insurance Companies and variable annuity and
variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of
Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and
6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Trust
to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate
accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies
(hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"; and
WHEREAS, the Trust is presently comprised of eleven Portfolios designated
as the Money Market Portfolio, the Quality Income Plus Portfolio, the High Yield
Portfolio, the Utilities Portfolio, the Dividend Growth Portfolio, the Capital
Growth Portfolio, the Global Dividend Growth Portfolio, the European Growth
Portfolio, the Pacific Growth Portfolio, the Equity Portfolio and the Managed
Assets Portfolio, and other Portfolios may be subsequently established by the
Trust (the "Portfolios"); and
WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends by purchasing shares of the Portfolios on
behalf of the Account to fund the Contracts and the Distributor is authorized to
sell such shares to the Company for the benefit of the Account at net asset
value without the imposition of any charges;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company,
the Trust and the Distributor agree as follows:
1
<PAGE>
1. Purchase of Shares. In accordance with the Trust's and the Distributor's
Distribution Agreement dated June 30, 1993, as amended on _____, 1994 (the
"Distribution Agreement"), the Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares
of each Portfolio of the Trust offered by the then current prospectus of the
Trust (the "Prospectus") included in the Trust's registration statement ("the
Registration Statement") most recently filed from time to time with the SEC and
effective under the 1933 and 1940 Acts or as the Prospectus may be amended or
supplemented and filed with the SEC pursuant to the 1933 Act.
2. Sale of Shares. The Distributor agrees to sell shares of the Trust to the
Company for allocation to the Account, executing such orders on a daily basis at
the next determined net asset value per share after receipt by the Trust or its
designee of the order for shares of the applicable Portfolio of the Trust
determined as set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Trust agree that
shares of the Trust will be sold only to insurance companies which have entered
into agreements to purchase shares or participation agreements substantially
identical to this Agreement and their-affiliated-insurance companies, and their
separate accounts. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general
public. The Distributor shall provide the Company (at the Company's expense)
with as many copies of the Trust's current Prospectus as the Company may
reasonably request.
3. Redemption of Shares. At the Company's request, the Trust agrees to redeem
for cash without charge, any full or fractional shares of the Trust held by the
Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value of the
applicable Portfolio computed after receipt of the redemption request provided,
however, that the Trust reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption or
to postpone the date of payment upon redemption of the shares of any Portfolio
under the circumstances and for the period of time specified in the Prospectus.
4. Availability of Shares. Subject to Sections 3(c) and 4(b) of the
Distribution Agreement, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference,
the Trust agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for purchase by the
Company at the applicable net asset value per share on those days on which the
Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC. and the Trust
shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
5. Payment of Shares. The Company shall pay for Trust shares within five days
after it places the order for Trust shares. The Trust reserves the right to
delay issuing or transferring Trust shares and/or to delay accruing or declaring
dividends in accordance with any policy set forth in the Prospectus with respect
to such shares until any payment check has cleared. If the Trust or the
Distributor does not receive payment within the five days period, the Trust may,
without notice, cancel the order and require the Company to reimburse the Trust
promptly for any loss the Trust suffered by reason of the Company failing to
timely pay for its shares.
6. Fee for Shares. The Company shall purchase and redeem shares in the Trust
at net asset value and the Company shall not pay any commission, dealers fee or
other fee to the Distributor or any other broker dealer.
7. Trust's Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Trust shall amend the
Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from
time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its
shares and, at its own expense, shall provide the Company with as many copies of
its current prospectus as the Company may reasonably request.
8. Investment of Assets. The Trust agrees to invest its assets in accordance
with its investment policies as disclosed in the Prospectus and the provisions
of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and Treasury
Regulation 1.817-5, as amended from time to time, and any Treasury
interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification requirements for
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts and any amendments or
other modifications to such Section or Regulations.
9. Administration of Contracts. The Company shall be responsible for
administering the Contracts and keeping records on the Contracts.
10. Shareholder Information. The Trust shall furnish the Company copies of its
proxy material, reports to shareholders and other communication so shareholders
in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to
owners or participants under the Contracts. The Company will distribute these
materials to such owners or participants as required.
2
<PAGE>
11. Voting. (a) To the extent required by law, the Company shall vote Trust
shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners. If.
however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended or if the
present interpretation thereof should change, and as a result the Company
determines that it is permitted to vote the Trust's shares in its own right, it
may elect to do so. The Company shall vote shares of a Portfolio for which no
instructions have been received in the same proportion as the voting
instructions which are received with respect to all Contract participating in
that Portfolio. Neither the Company nor persons under its control shall
recommend action in connection with solicitation of proxies for Trust shares
allocated to the Account. The Company shall also vote shares it owns that are
not attributable to Contract owners in the same proportion. The Company may,
when required by state insurance regulatory authorities, disregard voting
instructions if the instructions require that the shares be voted so as to cause
a change in the sub-classification or investment objective of the Trust or one
or more of its Portfolios or to approve or disapprove an investment advisory
contract for a Portfolio of the Trust. Participating Insurance Companies shall
be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts participating
in the Trust calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with other
Participating Insurance Companies.
(b) The Trust will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting
by shareholders, and in particular the Trust will either provide for annual
meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Trust is not
one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with
Section 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Trust will act in
accordance with the SEC's interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a)
with respect to periodic elections of trustees and with whatever rules the SEC
may promulgate with respect thereto.
12. Trust's Warranty. The Trust represents and warrants that Trust shares
sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act and duly
authorized for issuance in accordance with all applicable federal and state
laws.
13. Company's Warranty. The Company represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under Missouri law and
that it has legally and validly established the Account under Section 376.309,
RSMo, and has registered the Account as a unit investment trust in accordance
with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account
for certain Contracts. The Company further represents and warrants that the
Contracts will be registered under the 1933 Act and the Contracts will be issued
and sold in compliance with all applicable Federal and State laws.
14. Distributor's Warranty. The Distributor represents and warrants that it
is a member in good standing of the NASO and is registered as a broker-dealer
with the SEC under the 1934 Act. The Distributor further represents that it will
sell and distribute the shares in accordance with the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts
and will not make any representations concerning the Account except those
contained in the then current registration statement or related prospectus and
any sales literature approved by the Trust. For purposes of this paragraph,
Section 6 of the Distribution Agreement is incorporated in this Agreement.
15. Termination of Agreement. The parties may terminate this Agreement as
follows:
(a) (i) at the option of the Company or the Trust or the Distributor upon
180 days' written notice to the other party;
(ii) at the option of the Company if, for any reason, except for those
specified in Sections 3(c) and 4(b) of the Distribution Agreement, Trust
shares are not available to meet the requirements of the Contracts as
determined by the Company; or
(iii) at the option of the Trust upon the NASD, the SEC. the director of
the Missouri Department of Insurance or any other regulatory body instituting
legal proceedings against the Company regarding its duties under this
Agreement.
3
<PAGE>
(b) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its
assignment.
(c) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust and
the Distributor shall, at the Company's option, continue to make
available additional shares of the Trust pursuant to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the
effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred
to as "Existing Contracts"), so long as the Trust is in existence.
Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts
shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Trust, redeem
investments in the Trust, or invest in the Trust upon the making of
additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. A
termination under paragraph 19 of this Agreement shall end rights of
the owners of Existing Contracts.
(d) The Company shall not redeem Trust shares attributable to the
Contracts (as opposed to Trust shares attributable to the Company's
assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement
Contract owner initiated transactions, or (ii) as required by state or
federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of
general application (hereinafter referred to as a "Legally Required
Redemption"). Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the
Trust and the Distributor the opinion of counsel for the Company (which
counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trust and the
Distributor) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii)
above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases
where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not
prevent Contract owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that
was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the
Trust or the Distributor 90 days' notice of its intention to do so.
16. Company's Indemnification Agreement. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Trust or Distributor and each of their Directors or
Trustees who is not an "interested person" of the Trust, as defined in the 1940
Act (collectively the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this paragraph 16),
against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Company) or expenses or actions to
which such Indemnified Parties may become subject, under the Federal securities
laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements arise as a result of any
failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under
terms of this Agreement or which arise from erroneous instructions by the
Company to the Distributor concerning the particular Portfolio or Portfolios
whose shares are to be allocated to the Account. This indemnity agreement is in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have. However, in no
case is the indemnity of the Company in favor of she Distributor deemed to
protect the Distributor against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders
to which the Distributor would otherwise be subject by reason of its bad faith,
wilful misfeasance or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason
of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
(b) The Company will reimburse the Indemnified Parties for any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified
Parties in connection with investigating or defending of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action.
(c) Promptly after receipt by any of the Indemnified Parties of
notice of the commencement of any action, or the making of any claim
for which indemnity may apply under this paragraph, the Indemnified
Parties will, if a claim thereof is to be made against the Trust,
notify the Company of the commencement thereof; hut the omission so
to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability
which it may have to the Indemnified Parties otherwise than under
this Agreement. In case any such action is brought against the
Indemnified Parties, and the Company is notified of the commencement
thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate therein and to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party
named in the action, and after notice from the Company so such party
of the Company's election so assume the defense thereof, the Company
will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal
or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently
in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.
17. Trust and Distributor Indemnification Agreements. (a) The Trust and
Distributor each agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of
its Directors who is not an "interested person"
4
<PAGE>
of the Company, as defined in the 1940 Act (collectively the "Company's
Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this paragraph 17), against any losses,
claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the
written consent of the Trust) or expenses or actions to which such Indemnified
Parties may become subject, under the Federal securities laws or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect thereof) or settlements:
(i) arise as a result of any failure by the Trust or Distributor to
provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
Agreement; or
(ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of any material fact contained in registration statement
or Prospectus or sales literature of the Trust (or any amendment or
supplement so any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, provided that this Agreement to indemnify shall not apply as
to the Company's Indemnified Parties if such statement or omission was
made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the
Trust or Distributor by or on behalf of the Company for use in the
registration statement or Prospectus for the Trust or in sales literature
(or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with
the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or
(iii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Trust or the Distributor in
this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of
this Agreement by the Trust or the Distributor, including a failure,
whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the
requirements specified in paragraph 8 of this Agreement.
(b) The Trust represents and warrants that the Trust will at all times
invest its assets in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be
treated as variable annuity or flexible premium life insurance contracts
under the Code and the regulations thereunder. Without limiting the scope of
the foregoing, the Trust will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the
Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, as amended from time to time, and any
Treasury' interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification
requirements for variable annuity or variable life insurance contracts and
any amendments or other modifications to such section or Regulations.
(c) Trust shares will not be sold to any person or entity that would
result in the Contracts not being treated as annuity contracts or variable
life contracts.
(d) The Trust and the Distributor will reimburse the Company for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company's Indemnified Parties
in connection with investigating or defending of any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action.
(e) Promptly after receipt by any of the Company's Indemnified Parties of
notice of the commencement of any action, or the making of any claim for
which indemnity may apply under this paragraph, the Company's Indemnified
Parties will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
Company, notify the Trust or the Distributor of commencement thereof; but
the omission so to notify the Trust or the Distributor will not relieve the
Trust or the Distributor from any liability which it may have to the
Company's Indemnified Parties otherwise than under this Agreement. In case
any such action is brought against the Company's Indemnified Parties, and
the Trust or the Distributor is notified of the commencement thereof, the
Trust or the Distributor will be entitled to participate therein and to
assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in
the action, and after notice from the Trust or the Distributor to such party
of the Trust's or the Distributor's election to assume the defense thereof,
the Trust or the Distributor will not be liable to such party under this
Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than
reasonable costs of investigation.
18. Indemnification of Trust by or of Distributor. For purposes of this
Agreement, the Trust and the Distributor shall indemnify each other according
to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, the terms of which are
incorporated by reference.
5
<PAGE>
19. Potential Conflicts (a) The Trustees of the Trust will monitor the
operations of the Trust for the existence of any material irreconcilable
conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts
investing in the Trust. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a
variety of reasons, including: (I) an action by any state insurance regulatory
authority; (ii) a change in applicable Federal or state insurance, tax, or
securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling. no-
action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or
securities regulatory authorities; (iii) an administrative or judicial decision
in any relevant proceeding; (iv) the manner in which the investments of any
Portfolio are being managed; (v) a difference in voting instructions given by
variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (vi) a
decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners.
The Trustees shall promptly inform the Company if they determine that an
irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.
(b) The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is
aware to the Trustees of the Trust. The Company will assist the Trustees in
carrying out their responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
sections (a) and (b) of this paragraph, by providing the Trustees with all
information reasonably necessary for the Trustees to consider any issues raised.
This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the
Trustees whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded.
(c) If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of the
Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such
party and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in this Agreement or
any agreement related thereto (the "Independent Trustees"), that a material
irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company shall, at its expense and to the
extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the Independent
Trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the
irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (i) withdrawing the
assets allocable to the Account from the Truss or any Portfolio and reinvesting
such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to)
another Portfolio of the Trust, or submitting the question whether such
segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected contract owners and,
as appropriate, segregating the assets of life insurance contract owners
invested in the Account from those of any other appropriate group (i.e., annuity
contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of
one or more Participating insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such
segregation, or offering so the contract owners the option of making such a
change; and (ii) establishing a new registered management investment company or
managed separate account.
(d) If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the
Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company
may be required, at the Trust's election, to withdraw the Account's investment
in the Trust and terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited so the extent required by the
foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the
Independent Trustees. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within
six (6) months after the Trust gives written notice that this provision is being
implemented, and until the end of that six month period the Distributor and
Trust shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the
purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Trust.
(e) If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state
insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the
majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the Account's
investment in the Trust and terminate this Agreement within six months after the
Trustees inform the Company in writing that they have determined that such
decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however,
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by
the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of
the Independent Trustees. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the
Distributor and Trust shall continue to accept and implement orders by the
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Trust.
(f) For purposes of sections (c) through (f) of this paragraph, a majority of
the Independent Trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately
remedies any irreconcilable material conflict,
6
<PAGE>
but in no event will the Trust be required to establish a new funding medium for
the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by section (c) to establish a
new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by
vote of a majority of contract owners materially adversely affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Trustees determine that
any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material
conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Account's investment in the Trust
and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Trustees inform the
Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such
withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such
material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the Independent
Trustees.
(g) If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule
6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act
or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as
defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions
materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order,
then (a) the Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate,
shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T),
as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such Rules are applicable;
and (b) paragraphs 11(a), 11(b), 19(a), 19(b), 19(c), 19(d), 19(e) and 19(f) of
this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and
conditions substantially identical to such paragraphs are contained in such
Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.
20. Duration of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of
the date first above written and shall remain in force until April 30, 1996 and
thereafter, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at
least annually by the Trustees of the Trust, or by the vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Trust, cast in person or by proxy. This
Agreement also may be terminated in accordance with paragraph 15 hereof.
The terms "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities",
"assignment" and "interested person", when used in this Agreement, shall have
the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act.
21. Amendments of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended by the parties
only if such amendment is specifically approved by: (i) the Trustees of the
Trust, or by the vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities of the
Trust, and (ii) a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
22. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the
law of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1933, 1934 and
1940 Acts and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder including such
exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant and
the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith. To
the extent the applicable law of the State of New York, or any of the provisions
herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter
shall control. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.
23. Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and if to
the Trust, delivered or mailed postage prepaid to it at Two World Trade Center,
New York, NY 10048; if to the Distributor, delivered or mailed postage prepaid
to it at Two World Trade Center, New York, NY 10048; and if to the Company,
delivered or mailed postage prepaid so it at 100 South Brentwood, Clayton, MO
63105. The parties shall have the right to designate any other address hereafter
by written notice to the other parties.
24. Personal Liability The Declaration of Trust establishing Dean Witter
Variable Investment Series, dated February 24, 1983, a copy of which, together
with all amendments thereto (the "Declaration"), is on file in the office of the
Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provides that the name Dean
Witter Variable Investment Series refers to the Trustees under the Declaration
collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee,
shareholder, officer, employee or agent of Dean Witter Variable Investment
Series shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be had to their
private property for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim or otherwise,
in connection with the affairs of said Dean Witter Variable Investment Series,
but the Trust Estate only shall be liable.
7
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.
Company:
Attest: PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE
_____________________________ By:_______________________________
Trust:
Attest: DEAN WITTER VARIABLE INVESTMENT SERIES
_____________________________ By:________________________________
Distributor:
Attest: DEAN WITTER DISTRUBUTORS, INC.
_____________________________ By:________________________________
8
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7(a)
(a) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR SCUDDER COMMISSIONED POLICY (33105)
<PAGE>
[PARAGON
LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY LOGO HERE]
APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Proposed Insured
-------------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI Maiden
2. Date of Birth / / 3. Sex: [_] Male [_] Female
---------------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
----------------------------------
Last First MI
5. Owner 6. Owner Social Security Number - -
------------------ ------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VARIABLE LIFE INFORMATION (REQUIRED IF APPLYING FOR FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE
LIFE INSURANCE -
----------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
7. Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be total 100%):
<S> <C> <C>
[_] Money Market Portfolio............................... %
----------------
[_] Bond Portfolio....................................... %
----------------
[_] Capital Growth Portfolio............................. %
----------------
[_] Balanced Portfolio................................... %
----------------
[_] Growth and Income Portfolio.......................... %
----------------
[_] Global Discovery Portfolio........................... %
----------------
[_] International Portfolio.............................. %
----------------
[_] Small Company Growth Portfolio....................... %
----------------
[_] Large Company Growth Portfolio....................... %
----------------
</TABLE>
8. Suitability Information:
a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
Yes [_] No [_]
Date of Prospectus: / /
-----------------
Date of any supplement: / /
-----------------
b. Do you understand that:
(i) the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or
decrease depending on investment experience, and
(ii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender value or minimum death
benefit? [_] Yes [_] No
c. Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
Yes [_] No [_]
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
9. Signatures: Dated at on
--------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
City, State Month Day Year
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured Owner (if other than Applicant) Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
</TABLE>
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7(b)
(b) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR PUTNAM POLICY (33114)
<PAGE>
[PARAGON
LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY LOGO HERE]
APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Proposed Insured
-------------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI Maiden
2. Date of Birth / / 3. Sex: [_] Male [_] Female
-----------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
----------------------------------
Last First MI
5. Owner 6. Owner Social Security Number - -
------------------ ------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
7. Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
numbers total 100%. If incomplete, initial allocation will be 100% in PCM
Money Market Fund):
<S> <C> <C>
[_] Putnam VT Asia Pacific Growth Fund....................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund ....................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Asset Allocation Fund.......................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Growth Fund ................................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Growth and Income Fund ........................ %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT High Yield Fund ............................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT International Growth Fund ..................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT International Growth And Income Fund........... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT International New Opportunities Fund .......... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Money Market Fund ............................. %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund ........................ %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Income Fund ................................... %
-----------
[_] Putnam VT Utilities Growth and Income Fund .............. %
-----------
[_] Putnam Voyager Fund ..................................... %
-----------
</TABLE>
8. Suitability Information:
a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
Yes [_] No [_]
Date of Prospectus: / /
-----------------
Date of any supplement: / /
-----------------
b. Do you understand that:
(i) the death benefit will increase or decrease depending on
investment experience, and
(ii) the cash surrender values will increase or decrease, even be
reduced to zero, depending on the investment experience, and
(iii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender. [_] Yes [_] No
c Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
Yes [_] No [_]
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
9. Signatures: Dated at on
--------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
City, State Month Day Year
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured Owner (if other than Applicant) Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
1a
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7(c)
(c) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR MFS POLICY (33115-20)
<PAGE>
[PARAGON
LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY LOGO HERE]
APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
for
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Proposed Insured
----------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI Maiden
2. Date of Birth / / 3. Sex: [_] Male [_] Female
-------------------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
----------------------------------
Last First MI
5. Owner 6. Owner Social Security Number - -
------------------ ------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
numbers total 100%. If complete, initial allocation will be 100% in MFS
Money Market Series):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
[_] MFS Emerging Growth Series....................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Value Series................................................................. %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Research Series.............................................................. %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Growth With Income Series.................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Total Return Series.......................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Utilities Series............................................................. %
-----------------------
[_] MFS High Income Series........................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS World Governments Series..................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS F & C Emerging Markets Equity Series......................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Bond Series.................................................................. %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Limited Maturity Series...................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS Money Market Series.......................................................... %
-----------------------
[_] MFS New Discovery Series......................................................... %
-----------------------
</TABLE>
8. Suitability Information:
a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
Yes [_] No [_]
Date of Prospectus: / /
------------------------
Date of any supplement: / /
-----------------------
b. Do you understand that:
(i) the death benefit will increase or decrease (It may decrease to
the point where the policy may lapse and may not provide a
death benefit unless additional premium payments are
made.)depending on investment experience, and
(ii) the cash surrender values may increase or decrease, even be
reduced to zero, depending on the investment experience, and
(iii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender.
[_] Yes [_] No
c Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
Yes [_] No [_]
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
d. Investment Objectives:
[_] Long Term Capital Appreciation [_] Aggressive Growth [_] Safety
[_] Income [_] Balanced Growth and Income [_] Other (describe)
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
9. Signatures: Dated at on
--------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
City, State Month Day Year
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured Owner (if other than Applicant) Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
</TABLE>
illustration of the benefits, including death benefits and cash surrender
values, are available per request.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33115-20 1a
(5/98)
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7(d)
(d) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR DEAN WITTER POLICY (33113)
<PAGE>
[PARAGON
LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY LOGO HERE]
APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Proposed Insured
----------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI Maiden
2. Date of Birth / / 3. Sex: [_] Male [_] Female
-------------------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
----------------------------------
Last First MI
5. Owner 6. Owner Social Security Number - -
------------------ ------------------
7. Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole
numbers total 100%; Default is 100% Money Market Portfolio):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
[_] Money Market Portfolio..................................... ________%
[_] Quality Income Plus Portfolio.............................. ________%
[_] High Yield Portfolio....................................... ________%
[_] Utilities Portfolio........................................ ________%
[_] Income Builder Portfolio................................... ________%
[_] Dividend Growth Portfolio.................................. ________%
[_] Capital Growth Portfolio................................... ________%
[_] Global Dividend Growth Portfolio........................... ________%
[_] European Growth Portfolio.................................. ________%
[_] Pacific Growth Portfolio................................... ________%
[_] Equity Portfolio........................................... ________%
[_] Competitive Edge "Best ideas" Portfolio.................... ________%
[_] Strategist Portfolio....................................... ________%
</TABLE>
8. Suitability Information:
a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for?
Yes [_] No [_]
Date of Prospectus: / /
------------------------
Date of any supplement: / /
-----------------------
b. Do you understand that:
(i) the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or
decrease depending on investment experience, and
(ii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender value or minimum death
benefit? [_] Yes [_] No
c Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your
insurance objectives and your anticipated financial needs?
Yes [_] No [_]
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
9. Signatures: Dated at on
--------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
City, State Month Day Year
- --------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------
Proposed Insured Owner (if other than Applicant) Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
</TABLE>
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if
one is issued.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1a
<PAGE>
Exhibit 7(e)
(e) FORM OF APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT FOR MULTI-MANAGER COMMISSIONED
POLICY (33116)
<PAGE>
[PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY LOGO HERE]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VARIABLE LIFE
APPLICATION SUPPLEMENT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1. Proposed Insured
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI Maiden
2. Date of Birth / / 3. Sex: [_] Male [_] Female
----------------------
4. Applicant (if other than proposed insured)
------------------------------------------------------------
Last First MI
5. Owner 6. Owner Social Security Number - -
------------------ ------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Net Premium Allocation (0 or minimum of 10%. Percentages must be in whole numbers total 100%):
[_] Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio........................................................ %
-------------
[_] Fidelity VIP Equity Income Portfolio................................................. %
-------------
[_] Fidelity VIP II Index 500 Portfolio.................................................. %
-------------
[_] Fidelity VIP II Contrafund Portfolio................................................. %
-------------
[_] MFS Emerging Growth Series .......................................................... %
-------------
[_] Putnam VT High Yield Fund............................................................ %
-------------
[_] Putnam VT New Opportunities Fund..................................................... %
-------------
[_] Putnam VT Income Fund................................................................ %
-------------
[_] Putnam VT Voyager Fund............................................................... %
-------------
[_] Scudder Money Market Portfolio....................................................... %
-------------
[_] Scudder International Portfolio...................................................... %
-------------
[_] T. Rowe Price New America Growth Portfolio........................................... %
-------------
[_] T. Rowe Price Personal Strategy Balanced Portfolio................................... %
-------------
[_] T. Rowe Price Limited-Term Bond Portfolio............................................ %
-------------
8. Suitability Information:
a. Have you received a prospectus for the policy/certificate applied for? Yes [_] No [_]
Date of Prospectus: / /
-------------------------------
Date of any supplement: / /
-------------------------------
b. Do you understand that:
(i) the death benefit and cash surrender value will increase or decrease depending on investment
experience, and
(ii) there is no guaranteed cash surrender. [_] Yes [_] No
c. Do you believe that the policy/certificate applied for meets your insurance objectives and your
anticipated financial needs? Yes [_] No [_]
9. Signatures: Dated at on
------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
City, State Month Day Year
- ------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
Proposed Insured Owner (if other than Applicant) Applicant (if other than Proposed Insured)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This is a part of the application and will be part of the policy/certificate, if one is issued.
</TABLE>
1a
<PAGE>
Exhibit 8
ISSUE, TRANSFER, AND REDEMPTION MEMO
<PAGE>
PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
DESCRIPTION OF ISSUANCE, TRANSFER
AND REDEMPTION PROCEDURES FOR
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES
Pursuant to Rule 6e-3(T) (b) (12) (ii)
and
METHOD OF COMPUTING ADJUSTMENTS IN
PAYMENTS AND CASH VALUES UPON
CONVERSION TO FIXED BENEFIT POLICIES
This document set forth the administrative procedures that will be followed
by Paragon Life Insurance Company (the "Company") in connection with the
issuance of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policies for use in the
employer-sponsored marketing, the transfer of assets held thereunder, and the
redemption by Owners of their interests in such Policies. In circumstances where
a Group Contract is issued, Individual Policies or Certificates setting forth or
summarizing the rights and privileges of the Owners and/or Insureds, will be
issued under the Group Contract. Individual policies can also be issued in
connection with employer-sponsored insurance programs in circumstances where a
Group Contract is not issued. The terms of the Certificate and the Individual
Policy, whether or not the Individual Policy is issued under a Group Contract,
are substantially the same and are collectively referred to as "Policy" or
"Policies". The document also explains the method that the Company will follow
in making a cash adjustment when a Policy is exchanged for a fixed benefit
insurance policy.
-1-
<PAGE>
I. PROCEDURES RELATING TO ISSUANCE AND PURCHASE OF POLICIES
A. Premium Payments and Underwriting
Premiums for the Policies will not be the same for all owners of
Policies ("Owners"). Payment of or payroll deduction authorization for the
initial premium, together with a completed application, must be received by the
Company before a Policy will be issued. The Company requires that the initial
premium for a Policy be at least equal to one-twelfth of the planned annual
premium. Minimum first year planned annual premiums will be established.
Following the initial premium, subject to the limitations described
below, premiums may be paid in any amount and at any interval. For the first
Policy year, the amount of the planned premiums can be no less than the minimum
annual premium. The Company establish a billed or planned premium for each
Policy. Although not required, the typical payment of planned premiums is
through payroll deduction by the sponsoring employer while the Owner is
employed. While the employee is a part of the sponsoring employer relationship
this is typically a monthly premium or annual premium divided by thirteen.
Failure to pay planned premiums, however, will not itself cause the Policy to
lapse.
Once the employee is no longer eligible for group coverage (the group
arrangement is terminated or the employee's relationship with the sponsoring
employer ceases) the Policy will automatically continue on an individual basis.
Each Certificate is amended to make it an Individual Policy. The planned premium
billed quarterly, semiannually, or annually at the Owner's option. Premium
payments need not be made on this scheduled basis, however. The Company also
makes available an option for payment of premium through periodic (generally
monthly) authorized electronic funds transfer. This procedure is only for
Company billing.
An Owner may make unscheduled premium payments at any time in any
amount, or skip planned premium payments, subject to the following limitations.
Every premium payment must be at least $20. In no event may the total of all
premiums paid in any Policy year exceed the
-2-
<PAGE>
current maximum premium limitations for that year established by Federal tax
laws. The maximum premium limit for a Policy year is the largest amount of
premium that can be paid in that Policy year such that the sum of the premiums
paid under the Policy will not at any time exceed the guideline premium
limitations referred to in section 7702 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, or any successor provision. If at any time a premium is paid
which would result in total premiums exceeding the current maximum premium
limitation, the Company will only accept that portion of the premium which will
make total premiums equal the maximum. Any part of the premium in excess of that
amount will be returned or applied as otherwise agreed and no further premiums
will be accepted until allowed by the current maximum premium limitations
prescribed by Federal tax law. The Company may require additional evidence of
insurability if any premium payment would cause an increase in the Policy's
death benefit exceeding the premium received.
Net premiums will be priced based upon the share price as of the close
of the day the premiums are received. The Company has two main methods of
premium receipt for premiums received via payroll deduction method. The first is
through a sponsoring employer for a lump-sum check attached to a list billing
for each policyowner with the employer or via an automated medium to verify the
amount. The Company does not reconcile receipts to billed amounts. The Company
does verify that the amount received matches the supporting data indicating the
amount paid per individual. For receipts received through a sponsoring employer,
allocations among multiple policies for one employee Owner are made for the
employee Owner based upon the following procedure. Premiums are applied as
billed for the spouse Policy (where employee is Owner but not the insured), and
the balance of the amount received is allocated to the employee's Policy. The
second method of premium receipt is if the employee is no longer a part of the
sponsoring employer or pays unscheduled premiums, in which case, the premiums
are received by cash, check, or automatic electronic funds transfer.
-3-
<PAGE>
A Policy will remain in force so long as the cash surrender value is
sufficient to pay the monthly deduction. Thus, the amount of a premium, if any,
that must be paid to keep the Policy in force depends upon the cash value of the
Policy, which in turn depends on such factors as the investment experience and
the cost of insurance charge. The cost of insurance rate utilized in computing
the cost of insurance charge will not be the same for each insured. The chief
reason is that the principle of pooling and distribution of mortality risks is
based on assumption that each insured incurs an insurance rate commensurate with
his mortality risk which is actuarially determined based on such factors as
attained age and rate class. Accordingly, while not all insureds will be subject
to the same cost of insurance rate, there will be a single "rate" for all
insureds in a given actuarial category.
Current cost of insurance rates will be determined by the Company
based upon expectations as to future mortality experience. The cost of
insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed rates based upon 125% of the
Commissioners' 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table C.
The Policies will be offered and sold pursuant to established
underwriting standards and in accordance with state insurance laws. State
insurance laws may prohibit unfair discrimination among insureds but recognize
that premiums may be based upon factors such as age, sex, health, and
occupation.
Policies that are deemed to be "individual contracts" under the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, will be subject to a 1 % charge deducted from
premiums received to reimburse the Company for its additional federal income tax
costs resulting from its receipt of such premiums. Such charge will be treated
as a sales charge for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations on
sales loads imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and regulations
thereunder.
-4-
<PAGE>
B. Application and Initial Premium Processing
Upon receipt of a completed application, the Company will follow
certain insurance underwriting (e.g., evaluation of risks) procedures designed
to determine whether the applicant is insurable. This process may involve such
verification procedures as consulting the Medical Information Bureau and may
require that further information be provided by the proposed insured before a
determination can be made. A Policy will not be issued until the underwriting
procedure has been completed.
The underwriting will be based upon the particular application
received. The first time an employee is given the opportunity to purchase a
Policy, the applicant may qualify for guaranteed issue if he/she is actively at
work and has not missed 10 consecutive days or a total of 30 days of work within
the past year. No medical or paramedical examination is required. However, a
blood test may be required especially for Policies with large face amounts
available per Policy and for the addition of certain insurance benefits by
rider. The maximum face amount that an employee can generally apply for under
the guaranteed issue procedure is three times the employee's salary up to a
ceiling that is based on the number of eligible employees under a group
arrangement. Guaranteed issue may also be available for programs with high
maximum face amounts dependent upon number of eligible lives or whether existing
coverage is being cancelled.
Where the face amount exceeds the guaranteed issue limits, where the
Policy has been offered previously to the employee, where the guaranteed issue
requirements set forth in the application are not met, or for programs in which
guaranteed issue is not offered, the employee must submit to a simplified
underwriting procedure which requires the employee to respond satisfactorily to
certain health questions in the application. Similarly, such questions must be
answered or blood testing may be required if, in connection with the issuance of
any children's rider or acceleration of death benefits riders, if the employee
is not eligible for guaranteed issue underwriting, or, even when the employee is
eligible, if the child does not satisfy the guaranteed
-5-
<PAGE>
issue requirements set forth in the application. However, regardless of which
underwriting procedure is used, acceptance of an application is subject to the
Company's underwriting rules, and the Company reserves the right to reject an
application for any reason.
If a Policy is to be issued to a spouse of an employee who is eligible
to purchase a Policy under a group arrangement, the appropriate application must
be supplied. The spouse will be subject to the simplified underwriting procedure
described above. Guaranteed issue is not available.
No substandard or extra rating will apply. There in no distinction is rates
based on the underwriting method once a risk is determined acceptable.
Insurance coverage under a Policy will begin on the issue date, which
is the date as of which the Policy is delivered and the initial premium has been
received prior to the insured's death and prior to any change in health as shown
in the application. The issue date is used to determine Policy anniversaries,
Policy years, and Policy months. However, for those who qualify for the
guaranteed issue category, interim insurance for the amount applied for, not to
exceed the guaranteed issue amount, will be produced from the date the
application and payroll deduction authorization is signed until the issue date.
The interim insurance may cease under other conditions that may occur earlier:
1) the date a policy other than applied for is offered; 2) the date the Company
notifies the applicant that the application for a proposed insured is declined;
3) 60 days from the date of application; or 4) termination of employment with
the sponsoring employer. These conditions are indicated on the application.
The Company will allocate the net premiums according to the allocation
indicated on the application for insurance. The allocation of net premiums may
be changed for future premium receipts by the Owner's written request. Pricing
of the initial premiums will be as of the latter of the day received or the date
of issue of the Policy.
-6-
<PAGE>
The minimum face amount at issue is currently $25,000. For those programs with
large maximum Face Amounts, i.e. Executive Program Policies, the minimum is
generally $100,000. For Executive Program Policies, the maximum is generally in
excess of $500,000.
C. Reinstatement Procedures
The Policy may be reinstated within five years after lapse and before
the maturity date unless the Policy has been surrendered. A Policy will be
reinstated upon receipt by the Company of a written application for
reinstatement, production of evidence of insurability satisfactory to the
Company (including evidence of insurability of any person covered by a rider to
reinstate the rider) and payment of sufficient premium to cover the monthly
deductions due at the time of lapse, and two times the monthly deduction due at
the time of reinstatement. Any indebtedness must also be paid or reinstated.
The amount of cash value on the date of reinstatement will be equal to
the amount of any loan reinstated, increased by the net premiums paid at
reinstatement, and any loans paid at the time of reinstatement. The effective
date of reinstatement will be the date of approval by the Company of the
application for reinstatement. There will be a full monthly deduction for the
Policy month that includes that date.
II. REDEMPTION PROCEDURES: SURRENDER AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of the principal Policy provisions and
administrative procedures which might be deemed to constitute, either directly
or indirectly, a "redemption" transaction. The summary shows that because of the
insurance nature of the Policies, the procedures involved necessarily differ in
certain significant respects from the redemption procedures for mutual funds and
contractual plans.
A. Surrenders and Partial Withdrawals
-7-
<PAGE>
At any time during the lifetime of the insured and while a Policy is
in effect, the Owner may surrender, or make a partial withdrawal under, the
Policy by sending a written request to the Company. The amount available for
surrender is the cash surrender value at the end of the valuation period during
which the surrender request is received at the Company's home office. Amounts
payable upon surrender or a partial withdrawal will ordinarily be paid within
seven days of receipt of the written request.
If the Policy is being surrendered, the Policy itself must be returned
to the Company along with the request. If the Policy cannot be returned, a lost
policy affidavit is required. Upon surrender, the Company will pay the cash
surrender value (the cash value less any indebtedness). Surrender proceeds will
be paid in a single sum. Coverage under a Policy will terminate as of the date
of surrender.
After the first Policy year, an Owner may make up to one partial
withdrawal each Policy month from the Separate Account. The total amount of a
partial withdrawal request must be at least $500 or the Policy's cash value if
smaller. The minimum amount that can be withdrawn from any one division is $50,
or the cash value in the division, if smaller. The maximum amount that may be
withdrawn from a division is the Policy's cash value in that division. The total
that may be obtained by partial withdrawal including the partial withdrawal
transaction charge is the Loan Value. A transaction charge equal to the lesser
of $25 or two percent of the amount withdrawn applies to each partial
withdrawal.
The Owner may allocate the amount withdrawn, subject to the above
conditions, among the divisions of the Separate Account. If no allocation is
specified, then the partial withdrawal will be allocated among the divisions of
the Separate Account in the same proportion that the Policy's cash value in each
division bears to the total cash value of the Policy, less the cash value in the
Loan Account, on the date the request for the partial withdrawal is received.
-8-
<PAGE>
The death benefit will be affected by a partial withdrawal. If Option
A is in effect and the death benefit equals the face amount, then a partial
withdrawal will decrease the face amount by an amount equal to the partial
withdrawal resulting from the change in face amount. If the death benefit is
based on a percentage of the cash value, then a partial withdrawal will decrease
the face amount by the amount by which the partial withdrawal exceeds the
difference between the death benefit and the face amount. If Option B is in
effect, the face amount will not change.
The face amount remaining in force after a partial withdrawal may not
be less than $25,000 or the applicable minimum issue amount. Any request for a
partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below this amount will not
be implemented. Partial withdrawals will be applied first to reduce the initial
face amount and then to each increase in face amount in order, starting with the
first increase.
B. Change in Face Amount
An Owner may increase or decrease the face amount of a Policy (without
changing the death benefit option) once each Policy year after the first Policy
anniversary. A written request is required for a change in the face amount. Any
change is subject to the following conditions:
1. Any decrease will become effective on the monthly anniversary on
or next following receipt of the written request.
2. The minimum decrease allowed is $5,000, and the face amount may
not be decreased below $25,000. If, following the decrease in face
amount, the Policy would not comply with maximum premium
limitations required by Federal tax law, the decrease may be
limited or cash value may be returned to the Owner, at his or her
election, to the extent necessary to meet these requirements. Any
decrease will reduce the face amount in the following order:
a. The face amount provided by the most recent
increase;
b. The next most recent increases successively; and
c. The initial face amount.
-9-
<PAGE>
3. For an increase in the face amount, the Company requires that
satisfactory evidence of insurability be submitted. If approved,
the increase will become effective as of the monthly anniversary
following receipt of satisfactory evidence of insurability. In
addition, the insureds must have an attained age of not greater
than 80 on the effective date of the increase. The increase may
generally not be less than $5,000.
C. Change in Death Benefit Option
After the first Policy anniversary, the Owner may request in writing
to change the death benefit option. If the request is to change from Option A to
Option B, the face amount will be decreased by the amount of the cash value.
Evidence of insurability satisfactory to the Company will be required on a
change from Option A to Option B. This change cannot be made if it would result
in a face amount of less than $5,000. If the request is to change from Option B
to Option A, the face amount will be increased by the amount of the cash value.
The effective date of a change will be the monthly anniversary on or following
the date the request for change is received by the Company. The option may be
changed once each Policy year.
D. Benefit Claims
While the Policy remains in force, the Company will pay a death
benefit to the named beneficiary in accordance with the designated death benefit
option within seven days after receipt in its home office of due proof of death
of the insured. Payment of death benefits may be postponed under certain
circumstances, such as the New York Stock Exchange being closed for reasons
other than customary weekend and holiday closings.
The amount of the death benefit is determined at the end of the
valuation period during which the insured dies. The amount of the death benefit
will never be less than the current face amount of the Policy as long as the
Policy remains in force. The proceeds will be reduced by any outstanding
indebtedness. The proceeds will be increased by the amount of the monthly cost
of insurance for the portion of the month from the date of death to the end of
the month. The death benefit may exceed the face amount of the Policy depending
on the death benefit option in effect, the cash value of the Policy, and the
applicable percentage in effect at the date of death. Under
-10-
<PAGE>
Option A, the death benefit is the greater of the face amount or the cash value
on the date of death multiplied by the applicable percentage. Under Death
Benefit Option B, the death benefit is equal to the face amount plus the cash
value on the date of death or, if greater, the applicable percentage (as per
Option A) of the cash value on the date of death.
If the insured is living on the maturity date (the date on which the
insured reaches attained age 95), the Company will pay the cash surrender value
of the Policy on the maturity date.
Death benefit proceeds may be paid in a single-sum, or under one of the
settlement options described in the Policy. The election may be made by the
Owner during the insured's lifetime, or, if no election is in effect at death,
by the beneficiary. An option is available only if the proceeds to be applied
are $5,000 or more. The settlement options are subject to the restrictions and
limitations set forth in the Policy.
Proceeds may also be payable through riders that may be available under
the Policy. These riders include HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider and
the Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. These specific riders are
described below.
HIV Acceleration of Death Benefits Rider. Provides for the Owner's
election for the Company to make an accelerated payment, prior to the death of
the Insured upon receipt of satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested
seropositive for the human immunodeficiency virus ("HIV") after both the Policy
and rider are issued. The Company will pay the Policy's death benefit (less any
Indebtedness and any term insurance added by riders), calculated on the date
that the Company receives satisfactory evidence that the Insured has tested
seropositive for HIV, reduced by a $100 administrative processing fee. The
Company will pay the accelerated benefit to the Owner in a single payment in
full settlement of the Company's obligations under the Policy. The rider may be
added to the Policy only after the Insured satisfactorily meets certain
-11-
<PAGE>
underwriting requirements which will generally include a negative HIV test
result to a blood or other screening test acceptable to the Company.
Accelerated Death Benefit Settlement Option Rider. Provides for the
accelerated payment of a portion of death benefit proceeds in a single sum to
the Owner if the Insured is terminally ill or permanently confined to a nursing
home. Under the rider, which is available at no additional cost, the Owner may
make a voluntary election to completely settle the Policy in return for the
Company's accelerated payment of a reduced death benefit. The Owner may make
such an election under the rider if the Insured (1) has a life expectancy of 12
months or less or (2) is permanently confined to a qualified nursing home and is
expected to remain there until death. Any irrevocable beneficiary and assignees
of record must provide written authorization in order for the Owner to receive
the accelerated benefit.
The amount of the death benefit payable under the rider will equal the
cash surrender value under the Policy on the date the Company receives
satisfactory evidence of either (1) or (2), above, (less any Indebtedness and
any term insurance added by other riders) plus the product of the applicable
"benefit factor" multiplied by the difference of (a) minus (b), where (a) equals
the Policy's death benefit proceeds, and (b) equals the Policy's cash surrender
value. The "benefit factor", in the case of terminal illness, is 0.85 and, in
the case of permanent nursing home confinement, is 0.70.
E. Policy Loans
After the first Policy anniversary, the Owner may, by written request
to the Company, borrow an amount up to the loan value of the Policy, with the
Policy servicing as sole security for such loan. The loan value is equal to 85%
of the cash value of the Policy on the date the Policy loan is requested,
reduced by the amount of any existing loans and interest payable on those loans.
The minimum amount that may be borrowed is $100. Any amount due to an owner
under a loan ordinarily will be paid within seven days after the Company
received a loan request
-12-
<PAGE>
at its home office, although payments may be postponed under certain
circumstances.
When a loan is made, cash value equal to the amount of the loan will
be transferred to the "Loan Account" (part of the Company's general assets) as
security for the loan. Unless the Owner requests a different allocation, amounts
will be transferred from the divisions of the Separate Account to the Loan
Account in the same proportion that the Policy's cash value in each division
bears to the total cash value, less the cash value in the Loan Account. Cash
value transferred to the Loan Account will accrue interest daily at an annual
rate not less than 5 %. The Loan Account crediting rate will be determined by
Company officers as authorized by the Board of Directors. The interest rate
charged will be 8%.
A Policy loan may be repaid in whole or in part at any time prior to
the death of the insured and as long as a Policy is in effect. When a loan
repayment is made, an amount securing the indebtedness in the Loan Account equal
to the loan repayment will be transferred to the divisions of the Separate
Account in the same proportion that cash value in the Loan Account bears to the
cash value in each Loan division.
Ill. TRANSFERS
The Separate Account currently has five divisions. Under the Company's
current rules, a Policy's cash value, except amounts credited to the Loan
Account, may be transferred among the divisions of the Separate Account.
Requests for transfers from or among divisions of the Separate Account must be
in writing and may be made once each Policy month. Transfers must be in amounts
of at least $250 or, if smaller, the Policy's cash value in a division. The
Company will effectuate transfers and determine all values in connection with
transfers as of the end of the valuation period during which the transfer
request is received.
The Company currently intends to continue to permit transfers for the
foreseeable
-13-
<PAGE>
future. The Policy provides that the Company may at any time modify the transfer
privilege, including the minimum amount transferable, and may in the future
impose a charge of no more than $25 per transfer request.
IV. REFUNDS
A. Right to Examine Policy Period
An Owner may cancel a Policy within the latest of 20 days after
receiving it, 45 days after the application was signed, or 10 days of mailing a
notice of the cancellation right. If a Policy is cancelled within this time
period, a refund will be paid. The refund will equal all premiums paid under the
Policy or any different amount required by state law.
The Company will apply premiums to the divisions of the separate
account as initially requested. Any refund of premiums due to the "free look"
provision would be paid from the Separate Account. Any insufficiencies in funds
from the Separate Account will be paid from our general assets.
To cancel the Policy, the Owner must mail or deliver the Policy
directly to the Company. A refund of premiums paid by check may be delayed until
the check has cleared the Owner's bank.
A request for an increase in face amount may also be cancelled. The
request for cancellation must be made within the latest of 20 days from the date
the Owner received the new Policy specifications page from the increase, 45 days
after the application for the increase was signed, or 10 days of mailing the
right to cancellation notice.
-14-
<PAGE>
Upon cancellation of an increase, the Owner may request that the
Company refund the amount of the additional charges deducted in connection with
the increase. This will equal the amount by which the monthly deductions since
the increase went into effect exceeded the monthly deductions which would have
been made absent the increase.
If no request is made, the Company will increase the Policy's cash
value by the amount of these additional charges. This amount will be allocated
among the divisions of the Separate Account in the same manner as it was
deducted.
B. Suicide
In the event the insured commits suicide, whether sane or insane,
within two years of the issue date (or within the maximum period permitted by
the laws of the state in which the policy was delivered, if less than two
years), the amount payable will be limited to the return of premiums paid, less
any indebtedness or partial withdrawals. In the event of suicide within two
years of the effective date of any increase will be limited to the amount of the
monthly deductions for the increase.
C. Incontestability Clause
The Policy is incontestable after it has been in force for two years
from the issue date during the lifetime of the insured. An increase in the face
amount or addition of a rider after the issue date is incontestable after such
increase or addition has been in force for two years from its effective date
during the lifetime of the insured. Any reinstatement of a Policy is
incontestable, except for nonpayment of premiums, only after it has been in
force during the lifetime of the insured for two years after the effective date
of the reinstatement.
D. Misstatement of Age.
If the age of the insured has been misstated in the application, the
amount of the death benefit will be that which the most recent cost of insurance
charge would have purchased for the correct age.
-15-
<PAGE>
V. METHOD OF COMPUTING EXCHANGE ADJUSTMENTS
Once during the first 24 Policy months following the issue date of the
Policy, the Owner may, upon written request, convert a Policy still in force to
a life insurance policy that provides for benefits that do not vary with the
investment return of the divisions of the Separate Account. No evidence of
insurability will be required when this right is exercised. However, the Company
will require that the Policy be in force and that the Owner repay any existing
indebtedness. At the time of the conversion, the new Policy will have, at the
Owner's option, either the same death benefit or the same net amount at risk as
the original Policy. The new Policy will also have the same issue date and issue
age as the original Policy. The premiums for the new Policy will be based on the
company's rates in effect for the same issue age and rate class as the original
Policy.
In addition, once during the first 24 Policy months following the effective
date of a requested increase in face amount (i.e., an increase that is not the
result of a change in death benefit options), the Owner may, upon written
request, convert the amount of the increase in face amount to a life insurance
policy which also provides for fixed benefits. Premiums under this new contract
will be based on the Company's rates in effect for the same issue age and rate
class of the insured as were applied on the effective date of the increase in
the face amount. The conditions and principles, described above, which are
applicable to a conversion of the entire Policy, will be equally applicable to
the conversion of an increase in face amount to a fixed-benefit policy.
-16-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 9
OPINION OF MATTHEW P. McCAULEY, ESQUIRE,
GENERAL COUNSEL OF PARAGON LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
<PAGE>
February 22, 1993
Paragon Life Insurance Company
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, MO 63105
Gentlemen:
This opinion is furnished in connection with the offering of certain group
variable life insurance contracts ("Group Contracts") and certain individual
variable life insurance contracts ("Individual Contracts") (collectively,
"Contracts") under Registration Statement No. 33-58796 filed by Paragon Life
--------
Insurance Company ("Paragon") and Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance
Company (the "Separate Account") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").
I am the Vice President and General Counsel of Paragon, and in such capacity I
am familiar with Paragon's Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and have
reviewed all statements, records, instruments and documents which I have deemed
it necessary to examine for the purpose of this opinion. I have examined the
form of registration statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on Form S-6 in connection with the registration, under the Act, of
the Contracts. I have supervised the establishment of the Separate Account on
January 4, 1993, by the Board of Directors of Paragon as a Separate Account for
assets designed to support the Contracts. I am familiar with the proceedings
taken and proposed to be taken in connection with the authorization, issuance
and sale of the Contracts. Based upon a review of these documents and such laws
that I consider appropriate, I am of the opinion that:
1. Paragon is validly organized and in good standing under the laws of
the State of Missouri and a validly existing corporation.
2. The Separate Account is duly created and validly existing as a
Separate Account pursuant to the provisions of Section 309 of Chapter
376 of the Revised Statutes of Missouri.
3. Both the Group Contracts and the Individual Contracts to be issued
pursuant to the terms of the Registration Statement have been duly
authorized and, when issued and delivered as provided therein, will
constitute legal, validly issued, and binding obligations of Paragon
in accordance with their terms.
4. To the extent so provided in the Contracts, the portion of the assets
to be held in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and
liabilities under the Contracts will not be chargeable with
liabilities arising out of any other business Paragon may conduct.
<PAGE>
Paragon Life Insurance Company 2 February 22, 1993
5. General American Life Insurance Company's resolution dated May 23,
1991 stating that it will ensure that Paragon will have sufficient
funds to meet all of its contractual obligations and agreeing that its
guarantee of Paragon's insurance policies will be and remain
enforceable by Paragon policyholders against General American Life
Insurance Company directly does not constitute a guarantee of the
investment experience or cash values of any Contract issued by
Paragon.
5. The disclosure in the Registration Statement regarding the resolution
described in Item 5 has been prepared or reviewed by me, and is fair,
correct, and complete in all material respects.
I hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.
Respectfully submitted,
/s/ Matthew P. McCauley
Matthew P. McCauley
Vice President and General Counsel
<PAGE>
Exhibit 1O
OPINION AND CONSENT OF CRAIG K. NORDYKE, F.S.A., M.A.A.A.,
EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ACTUARY
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon
Life Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
--------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 2 (Dean Witter)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death
benefits, and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained
in the Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate
structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship
between premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
-------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 3 (Putnam)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
-------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus 4 (MFS)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, cash surrender values, death benefits,
and accumulated premiums in the Appendix to the prospectus contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the illustration,
and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies. The rate structure of
the Policies has not been designed so as to make the relationship between
premiums and benefits, as shown in the illustrations, appear to be more
favorable to prospective purchasers of Policies aged 45 or 50 in the rate class
illustrated than to prospective purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption stated in
the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of my
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
RE: 33-58796
Prospectus #5 (Multi-Manager)
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary for Paragon Life
Insurance Company, I have provided actuarial advice concerning: (a) the
preparation of a registration statement for Separate Account B filed on Form S-6
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933
(the "Registration Statement") regarding the offer and sale of flexible premium
variable life insurance policies (the "Policies"); and (b) the preparation of
policy forms for the Policies described in the Registration Statement.
It is my professional opinion that:
1. The illustrations of cash values, death benefits, and accumulated
premiums in the Appendix to the prospectuses contained in the
Registration Statement, are based on the assumptions stated in the
illustration, and are consistent with the provisions of the Policies.
The rate structure of the Policies has not been designed so as to make
the relationship between premiums and benefits, as shown in the
illustrations, appear to be more favorable to prospective purchasers of
Policies aged 45 in the rate class illustrated than to prospective
purchasers of Policies at other ages.
2. The information contained in the examples set forth in the section of
the prospectus entitled "Death Benefits", is based on the assumption
stated in the examples, and is consistent with the provisions of the
Policies.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Post-
Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement and to the use of ny
name under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/Craig K. Nordyke
-------------------------
Craig K. Nordyke, FSA, MAAA
Executive Vice President and Chief Actuary
<PAGE>
Exhibit 11
WRITTEN CONSENT OF KPMG LLP,
INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Consent
The Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the Registration Statement and Prospectus
of Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company.
KPMG LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
April 28, 2000
<PAGE>
Exhibit 12
WRITTEN CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP
<PAGE>
April 25, 2000
Board of Directors
Paragon Life Insurance Company
100 South Brentwood Boulevard
St. Louis, Missouri 63105
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to
the registration statement on Form S-6 for Separate Account B of Paragon Life
Insurance Company (File No. 33-58796). In giving this consent, we do not admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933.
Very truly yours,
SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP
By: /s/ Stephen E. Roth
------------------------
Stephen E. Roth
<PAGE>
Exhibit 13
Powers of Attorney
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ Craig K. Nordyke Member, Board of Directors
- -----------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
Craig K. Nordyke
- -----------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- -----------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ Carl H. Anderson Member, Board of Directors
- --------------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
Carl H. Anderson
- ---------------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- ----------------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ A. Greig Woodring Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
A. Greig Woodring
- ---------------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- ----------------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ Richard A. Liddy Member, Board of Directors
- -------------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
Richard A. Liddy
- -------------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- -------------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ E. Thomas Hughes, Jr. Member, Board of Directors
- -----------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
E. Thomas Hughes, Jr.
- -----------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- -----------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ Bernard H. Wolzenski Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
Bernard H. Wolzenski
- ---------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- ---------------------------
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
As a member of the Board of Directors of Paragon Life Insurance Company, I
hereby constitute Matthew P. McCauley, Carl H. Anderson and Craig K. Nordyke,
and each of them singly, with full power to them and each of them singly to sign
for me, and in my name and in the capacity mentioned below, any and all
Registration Statements, documents, instruments, and exhibits related thereto,
and any and all amendments to Registration Statements filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities issued by
Separate Account B of Paragon Life Insurance Company, and I hereby ratify and
confirm my signature as it may be signed by the above-mentioned people to said
Registration Statements and to any and all amendments thereto.
Witness my hand on the date set forth below.
Signature
---------
/s/ Matthew P. McCauley Member, Board of Directors
- ---------------------------
Paragon Life Insurance Company
Matthew P. McCauley
- ---------------------------
Name (typed or printed)
Date January 26, 1993
- ---------------------------